■ ■ SWARTHMORE COLLEGE BULLETIN 1 9 8 9- 9 0 Swarthmore College Bulletin 1 9 8 9 -1 9 9 0 Volume LX X X V II Number 1 Catalogue Issue September 1989 D irections fo r C orresponden ce SWARTHMORE COLLEGE, SWARTHMORE, PA 19081 David W. Fraser GENERAL COLLEGE POLICY President Ja m e s W. England ACADEMIC POLICY Provost R o b e rt A . B a rr, J r . ADM ISSIONS AND CATALOGUES Dean o f Admissions Ja n e H . Mullins RECO RD S AND TRANSCRIPTS Registrar S u za n n e P. Welsh FINANCIAL INFORMATION Assistant Treasurer La u ra Talbot FINANCIAL AID AND FINANCING OPTIONS INFORMATION CA REER p l a n n in g AND Director o f Financial Aid H . T h o m as Francis placem en t Director ALUMNI, DEVELOPMENT, AND PUBLIC RELATIONS Kendall Landis Vice President EQUAL OPPORTUNITY INFORMATION P a tric ia A . Whitman Equal Opportunity Officer GENERAL INFORMATION M a ra ly n Orb iso n Gillespie Associate Vice President Swarthmore College is committed to the prin­ ciple o f equal opportunity for all qualified persons without discrimination against any person by reason o f sex, race, color, age, religion, national origin, handicap, or sexual preference. This policy is consistent with rele­ vant governmental statutes and regulations, including those pursuant to Title IX of the federal Education Amendments o f 1972 and Section 5 0 4 o f the Federal Rehabilitation Act o f 1973. The Swarthmore College Bulletin (ISSN 0888-2126), o f which this is Volume LXXXVII, number 1, is published in September, Novem­ ber, December, February, March, and August by Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA 19081. Second-class postage paid at Swarthmore, PA 19081 and additional mailing offices. Post­ master: Send address changes to Swarthmore College Bulletin, Swarthmore, PA 19081. Printed in U .S.A . Table of Contents CALENDAR 4 INTRODUCTION 8 EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES 10 ADMISSION 18 EXPENSES 21 FINANCIAL AID 22 COLLEGE LIFE 36 STUDENT COMMUNITY 43 IV V VI EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM 49 FACULTY REGULATIONS 61 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 64 AWARDS AND PRIZES 66 FELLOWSHIPS 70 C O U R S E S O F IN S T R U C T IO N 73 Art 74 Linguistics 160 Asian Studies 81 Literature 167 Astronomy 84 Mathematics 169 Biology 85 Medieval Studies 178 Black Studies 91 Modern Languages and Literatures 180 Chemistry 92 Music and Dance 195 Classics 98 Philosophy 203 Computer Science 104 Physical Education and Athletics 209 Economics 108 Physics and Astronomy 211 Education 115 Political Science 221 Engineering 120 Psychology 229 English Literature 129 Public Policy 236 German Studies 145 Religion 238 History 147 Sociology and Anthropology 244 International Relations 158 Women’s Studies 253 THE CORPORATION and BOARD OF MANAGERS 258 ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS and ALUMNI COUNCIL 263 THE FACULTY 268 ADMINISTRATION 284 VISITING EXAMINERS 295 DEGREES CONFERRED 298 AWARDS AND DISTINCTIONS 303 ENROLLMENT STATISTICS 306 INDEX 307 PLAN OF COLLEGE GROUNDS 318 DIRECTIONS FOR REACHING THE COLLEGE 320 3 Sun \Mon Tue Wed Thu 3 4 5 10 It 12 17 18 19 ' 24 25 ; 26 Fri : Sac 1 2 6 !■ 7 el 8 9 13 14 15 16 20 i 21 ; 22 23 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER Fri Sac : 2 3 4 5 6 1i 7 9 10 11 12 13 ! 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 ; 28 : 30 31 : Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu l •1 8 15 22 29 NOVEM BER Fri Sac 1 2$ 3 : 4 •" 5 6 7 8 9 io 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 i 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Son Mon Tbe Wed Thu 26 27 28 29 30 Fri 5 12 19 26 Sat 6 13 20 27 Fri 2 9 16 23 Sat 3 10 17 24 3 10 17 24 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 Fri 6 13 20 27 Sat 7 14 21 28 M Sat Tue W ed t h u '■i ém 3 4 7 8 m i 10 11 ili 15“ u 17 18 19 20 ■'ti'; 22 2 3 , 2 4 25 26 27 mm. 29 3 0 ' 31' 4, 6 15 ||fj 7 14 21 28 FEBRUARY Tu e W ed " 3 17 24 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 1 2 8 5 6 9 7 16 12 13 15 14 21 22 23 19 20 26 27 28 29 30 Sat 4 11 18 25 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 Fri Sat 7 14 21 28 8 15 22 29 Fri 7 14 21 15 22 2 9 16 23 Thu Fri Sat 20 27 28'' M ARCH Su n M on Tue Wed 3 mMl i l l IO 11 12 , Fri 3 10 17 24 31 s® il! 6 12 13 4 - 5' 11 18 19 26 JU LY Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 5 1 2 3 4 12 10 11 8 9 16 18 19 15 17 26 22 23 24 25 29 30 31 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 1 2 3 4 11 8 9 10 7 18 15 16 17 14 25 21 22 23 24 28 29 30 31 Fri 5 12 19 26 Sat 6 13 20 27 NOVEM BER Fri 2 9 16 23 30 Sat 3 10 17 24 31 A P R IL 4 Sat 2 9 16 23 30 JA N U A R Y 1 Su n M ón 17 24 31 18 25 19 26 6 13 7 14 21 28 20 27 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 ;|p ; 30 A PR IL Su n Mon Tn e Wed T h u 2 3 1 4 IO 11 8 9 7 18 16 17 14 15 24 j l i i 21 2 2 > 23 30 W M , 29 Fri Sat 6 5 12 20 19 26 I I I ili MAY 20 27 Tne Wed Thu 2 1 9 !É&; 15 16 14 22 23 21 2 $ \%9 30 js S u n M on Tue Wed Thu F ri ili 6 13 . 20 27 7 14 21 28 8 15 22 29 Mon s 12 19 26 6 I li! Fri l i i io ì? 24 31 Sat 4 lì 18 25 OCTOBER M ARCH Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 5 1 2 3 4 12 8 10 11 9 16 18 19 15 17 22 25 26 23 24 29 30 Fri 1 8 15 22 29 JU N E Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu FEBR U AR Y Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 1 5 6 8 4 7 11 12 13 15 14 21 22 18 19 20 26 27 28 29 25 Sat 5 12 19 26 SEPTEM B ER 1990 JA N U A R Y Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 1 5 6 8 4 7 11 12 13 15 14 21 22 18 19 20 28 25 26 27 Fri 4 11 18 25 A U G U ST Tue Wed Thu i Fri S u 1 : 2 9 5 6 ! 7 : 8 4 15 13 14 16 n 12 19 20 ' 21 : 22 23 18 30 25 26 27 ; 28 29 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 1 2 3 4 8 10 11 9 7 16 18 14 15 17 23 21 22 24 25 31 28 29 30 1 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 1 2 3 10 6 8 9 7 15 16 17 13 14 21 22 23 24 20 29 30 31 27 28 DECEM BER Sun Mon 3 10 17 24 31 ■s H M h M M H S B 1990 M AY 1989 SEPTEM B ER Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu 1 8 5 6 7 4 15 11 12 13 14 21 22 18 19 20 25 26 27 28 29 Sat 7 14 21 28 Sat 3 10 17 24 DECEM BER Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri 6 13 20 27 Fri 2 9 16 23 30 2 9 16 23 30 3 10 17 24 31 4 11 18 25 5 12 19 26 6 13 20 27 Fri Sat 7 14 21 28 8 15 22 29 JU N E imm 9 16 23. 30 3 IO 17 24 4 11 18 25' 5 : 12 26 Sàt JU LY - S u n M on Tu e W ed Thu w im ir ¡« 2 1 9 10 7 8 16 17 J5 21 22 23 24 30 31 28 29 111? iì §38 725 Fri ;..:$at '/$ ? 6 13 20 12 19 26 III Fri Sat 16 23 17 24 31 AU G U ST Su n M on 4 5 il 12 19 26 18 25 Tue Wed Thu 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 1 8 15 22 29 7 ii V 3 V 9 10 30 College Calendar 1989 Fall Semester August 30 -Septem ber 3 September 1 September 2 September 4 September 22-23 October 20 November 27 December 1 - 2 December 6 -1 2 December 12 December 13 December 15 December 15 December 23 Freshman placement days Meeting o f Honors students Registration Classes and Seminars begin Meeting o f the Board o f Managers October holiday begins, end o f last class or seminar October holiday ends, 8 :3 0 a.m. Thanksgiving vacation begins, end o f last class or seminar Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m. Meeting o f the Board o f Managers Optional reading period Classes end Enrollment for spring semester Seminars end Final examinations begin Final examinations end 1990 Spring Semester October 30 November 22 January 22 March 2-3 March 9 March 19 April 6-8 April 30 -M ay 4 May 4 May 4 -5 May 7 May 10 May 10 May 19 May 21 May 21-22 May 24-26 June 3 June 4 June 8 -10 Classes and Seminars begin Meeting o f the Board o f Managers Spring vacation begins, end o f last class or seminar Spring vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m. Parents Weekend Optional reading period Classes and Seminars end Meeting o f the Board o f Managers Enrollment for fall semester Written Honors examinations begin Course examinations begin Course examinations end Written Honors examinations end Senior comprehensive examinations Oral Honors examinations Baccalaureate Day Commencement Day Alumni Weekend 5 College Calendar (Tentative) 1990 Fall Semester August 29 -Septem ber 2 August 31 Septem ber 1 Septem ber 3 O ctober 5 -6 O ctober 19 November 26 D ecem ber 7 -8 D ecem ber 5 - 1 1 D ecem ber 11 D ecem ber 12 D ecem ber 14 D ecem ber 14 D ecem ber 22 Freshman placement days Meeting o f Honors students Registration Classes and Seminars begin Meeting o f the Board o f Managers October holiday begins, end o f last class or seminar October holiday ends, 8 :3 0 a.m. Thanksgiving vacation begins, end o f last class or seminar Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8 :30 a.m. Meeting o f the Board o f Managers Optional reading period Classes end Enrollment for spring semester Seminars end Final examinations begin Final examinations end 1991 Spring Semester O ctober 29 November 21 January 21 M arch 1 - 2 M arch 8 M arch 18 A pril 29 -M ay 3 M ay 3 M ay 3 - 4 M ay 6 M ay 9 May 9 M ay 18 M ay 20 M ay 2 0 -2 1 M ay 23-25 June 2 June 3 June 7 - 9 6 Classes and Seminars begin Meeting o f the Board o f Managers Spring vacation begins, end o f last class or seminar Spring vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m. Optional reading period Classes and Seminars end Meeting o f the Board o f Managers Enrollment for fall semester Written Honors examinations begin Course examinations begin Course examinations end Written Honors examinations end Senior comprehensive examinations Oral Honors examinations Baccalaureate Day Commencement Day Alumni Weekend Introduction to S w a rth m o re College Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by members o f the Religious Society o f Friends as a coeducational institution, occupies a cam­ pus o f more than 3 0 0 acres o f rolling wooded land in and adjacent to the borough o f Swarth­ more in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. It is a small college by deliberate policy. Its present enrollment is about 1,300 men and women students. The borough o f Swarthmore is a residential suburb within half an hour’s com­ muting distance o f Philadelphia. College stu­ dents are able to enjoy both the advantages of a semi-rural setting and the opportunities offered by Philadelphia. The College’s loca­ tion also makes possible cooperation with three nearby institutions, Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges and the University of Pennsylvania. OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSES Swarthmore students are expected to prepare themselves for full, balanced lives as individ­ uals and as responsible citizens through exact­ ing intellectual study supplemented by a varied program o f sports and other extra-curricular activities. institutions, each school, college, and univer­ sity seeks to realize that purpose in its own way. Each must select those tasks it can do best. By such selection it contributes to the diversity and richness o f educational oppor­ tunity which is part o f the American heritage. The purpose o f Swarthmore College is to make its students more valuable human beings and more useful members o f society. W hile it shares this purpose with other educational Swarthmore seeks to help its students realize their fullest intellectual and personal potential combined with a deep sense o f ethical and social concern. VARIETIES OF EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCE Education is largely an individual matter, for no two students are exactly alike. The Course and External Examination (Honors) Programs are designed to give recognition to this fact. They provide alternative systems o f instruc­ tion for students during their last two years. Both seek to evoke the maximum effort and development from each student, the choice o f method being determined by individual pref­ erence and capacity. The Honors Program, in which Swarthmore pioneered, provides an enriching and exciting intellectual experience. It has as its main ingredients close association with faculty members, often in small seminars, concentrated work in various fields o f study, and maximum latitude for the development of individual responsibility. W ithin the Course Program, options for independent study and interdisciplinary work offer opportunities for exploration and development over a wide range o f individual goals. These opportunities typ­ ically include considerable flexibility of pro­ gram choices from semester to semester, so that academic planning may be responsive to the emerging needs o f students. THE RELIGIOUS TRADITION Swarthmore College was founded by members o f the Religious Society o f Friends. Although it has been nonsectarian in control since the beginning o f the present century, and although Friends now compose a minority o f the stu­ dent body, the faculty, and the administration, the College seeks to illuminate the lives o f its students with the spiritual principles o f that Society. 8 Foremost among these principles is the individ­ ual’s responsibility for seeking and applying truth, and for testing whatever truth one believes one has found. As a way of life, Quakerism emphasizes hard work, simple liv­ ing, and generous giving; personal integrity, social justice, and the peaceful settlement of disputes. The College does not seek to impose on its students this Quaker view o f life, or any other specific set o f convictions about the nature o f things and the duties o f human beings. It does, however, encourage ethical and religious concern about such matters, and continuing examination o f any view which may be held regarding them. T R A D IT IO N A N D C H A N G E A college draws strength from tradition, and energy from the necessity o f change. Its pur­ poses and policies must respond to new con­ ditions and new demands. By being open to change, Swarthmore tries to provide for its students, by means appropriate to the times, the standard o f excellence it has sought to maintain from its founding. 9 Educational Resources The primary educational resources o f any college are the quality o f its faculty and the spirit o f the institution. Financial as well as physical resources play an important supportive role, THE ENDOWMENT The educational resources at Swarthmore College have been provided by gifts and be­ quests from many alumni, foundations, cor­ porations, parents and friends. In addition to unrestricted gifts for the operating budget, these donors have contributed funds for build­ ings, equipment, collections o f art and litera­ ture, and permanently endowed profes­ sorships, scholarships, awards, book funds and lectureships. Their gifts to Swarthmore have not only provided the physical plant, but also have created an endowment fund o f ap­ proximately $ 2 7 7 ,0 0 0 ,0 0 0 at market value on December 31, 1988. Swarthmore ranks among the top ten in the country in endow­ ment per student. Income from the endow­ ment during the academic year 1988-89 con­ tributed approximately $ 8,100 to meet the total expense o f educating each student and accounted for almost 26% o f the College’s educational and general income. The College’s ability to continue to offer a high quality o f education depends on con­ tinuing voluntary support. Swarthmore seeks additional gifts and bequests for its current operations, its permanent endowment, and its capital development programs to maintain and strengthen its resources. The Vice Presi­ dent in charge o f development will be pleased to provide information about various forms o f gifts: bequests, outright gifts o f cash or securities, real estate or other property, and deferred gifts through charitable remainder trusts and life income contracts in which the donor reserves the right to the annual income during his or her lifetime. I LIBRARIES The College Library is an active participant in the instructional and research program o f the College. It seeks to instruct students in the effective and efficient use o f the library, and to encourage them to develop the habit o f selfeducation so that books and libraries may contribute to their intellectual development in future years. To this end the Library ac­ quires and organizes books, journals, audio­ visuals, and other library materials for the use o f students and faculty. W hile the Library’s collections are geared primarily towards under­ graduate instruction, the demands o f student and faculty research make necessary the pro­ vision o f source material in quantity not usually found in undergraduate libraries. Fur­ ther needs are met through interlibrary loan or other cooperative arrangements. The Thom ­ as B. and Jean ette E. L. M cC abe Library, situ­ ated on the front campus, is the center o f the College Library system housing reading and seminar rooms, administrative offices, and 10 the major portion o f the College Library collections. Total College Library holdings amount to 6 7 8 .0 0 0 volumes with some 2 0 ,0 0 0 volumes added annually. About 2 ,3 0 0 periodical titles are received regularly. T he C ornell Library of Science and Engineering (completed in 1982) houses some 5 9 ,0 0 0 volumes. T he Daniel U nderhill M usic Library contains around 15.000 books and scores, 13,000 recordings and listening equipment. A small collection of relevant material is located in the Black Cul­ tural Center. I Special Library Collections The Library contains certain special collec­ tions: British A m ericana, accounts o f British travellers in the United States; the works of the English poets Wordsworth and Thomson bequeathed to the Library by Edwin H. Wells; the W. H. Auden C ollection commemorating the English poet who taught at Swarthmore in I I the mid-forties; the Bathe C ollection o f the history o f technology donated by Greville Bathe; the Private Press Collection representing the work of over 6 0 0 presses. The A udiovisual Collection has over 6 0 0 recordings on disc, tape, and over 9 0 0 videotapes. It includes contemporary writers reading from and dis­ cussing their works; full length versions o f Shakespearean plays (both videocassettes and discs) and other dramatic literature; the liter­ ature of earlier periods read both in modem English and in the pronunciation o f the time; recordings o f literary programs held at Swarthmore, and videocassettes o f U .S. and foreign film classics. These materials are used as adjuncts to the study o f literature, art, and history and are housed in the McCabe Library. Their acquisition is partially funded with in­ come from the W illiam Plummer Potter Public Speaking Fund ( 1950) and the Betty Dougherty Spock ’52 M em orial Fund. Within the McCabe Library building are two special libraries which enrich the academic background o f the College: The Friends H istorical Library, founded in 1871 by Anson Lapham, is one o f the outstanding collections in the United States o f manu­ scripts, books, pamphlets, and pictures relat­ ing to the history o f the Society o f Friends. The library is a depository for records o f Friends Meetings belonging to Baltimore, Phi­ ladelphia, and other Yearly Meetings. More than 3,200 record books, dating from the 1670’s until the present, have been deposited. Additional records are available on microfilm. The William Wade Hinshaw Index to Quaker Meeting Records lists material o f genealogical interest. Special collections include materials on various subjects o f Quaker concern such as abolition, Indian rights, utopian reform, and the history o f women’s rights. Notable among the other holdings are the W hittier Collection (first editions and manuscripts o f John Greenleaf Whittier, the Quaker poet), the M ott manuscripts (over 500 autographed letters o f Lucretia Mott, antislavery and women’s rights leader), and the Hicks manuscripts (more than 300 letters o f Elias Hicks, a prominent Quaker minister). The library’s collection o f books and pamphlets by and about Friends numbers more than 3 8 ,0 0 0 volumes. Over 200 Quaker periodicals are currently received. There is also an extensive collection o f photo­ graphs o f meetinghouses and pictures o f rep­ resentative Friends, as well as a number o f oil paintings, including two versions o f "The Peaceable Kingdom” by Edward Hicks. It is hoped that Friends and others will consider the advantages o f giving to this library any books and family papers which may throw light on the history o f the Society o f Friends. The Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollection is o f special interest to research students seeking the records o f the peace movement. The re­ cords o f the Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom and the personal pa­ pers o f Jane Addams o f Hull-House, Chicago, formed the original nucleus o f the Collection (1930). Over the years other major collections have been added including the papers o f Devere Allen, Emily Greene Balch, Julien Cor­ nell, Homer Jack, Lucy Biddle Lewis, A. J. Muste, Lawrence Scott, John Nevin Sayre, William Sollmann, E. Raymond W ilson, and others, as well as the records o f the American Peace Society, A Quaker Action Group, Busi­ ness Executives Move, CCCO, Fellowship o f Reconciliation, Friends Committee on Na­ tional Legislation, The Great Peace March, Lake Mohonk Conferences on International Arbitration, National Interreligious Service Board for Conscientious Objectors, National Council for Prevention o f War, National Coun­ cil to Repeal the Draft, SANE, War Resisters League, Women Strike for Peace, World Con­ ference o f Religion for Peace, and many oth­ ers. The Peace Collection serves as the official repository for the archives o f many o f these organizations, incorporated here in more than 10,000 document boxes. The Collection also houses over 12,000 books and pamphlets and about 2,0 0 0 periodical titles. Four hundred periodicals are currently received from 22 countries. The comprehensive Guide to the Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollection, published in 1981, and the Guide to Sources on Women in the Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollection de­ scribe the archival holdings. 11 Educational Resources PHYSICAL FACILITIES Laboratories, well-equipped for undergradu­ ate instruction and in most cases for research, exist in astronomy, botany, chemistry, com­ puter science, engineering, physics, psycholo­ gy, and zoology. The Sproul Observatory, with its 24-inch visual refracting telescope, is the center o f much fundamental research in multiple star systems. A 24-inch reflecting telescope on Papazian Hall is used for solar and stellar spectroscopy. The Edward Martin Biological Laboratory provides facilities for work in zoology, botany, and premedical stud­ ies. The Pierre S. Du Pont Science Building provides accommodations for chemistry, mathematics, and physics. Hicks Hall contains the engineering laboratories, several o f which are equipped for computer-assisted and com­ puter-controlled laboratory experimentation. Papazian Hall provides facilities for work in psychology, and for the engineering shops. Pearson H all contains the Paul M. Pearson Experimental Theatre and studios for various arts and crafts. T he Florence W ilcox G allery for art exhibitions is located in Room 303 on the third floor o f Beardsley Hall. The Eugene M. and T heresa Lang M usic Build­ ing, opened in 1973, contains an auditorium seating approximately 500, the Daniel Under­ hill Music Library, classrooms, practice and rehearsal rooms, and an exhibition area. It is the central facility for the program o f the Music Department and for musical activities at the College. The Computing Center is located on the first floor o f Beardsley Hall. A VAX 8810, running VAX/VMS, is available as a central file server to students and faculty for research and in­ struction, for posting notices on a number o f user-created bulletin boards, and for sending mail through BITNET, INTERNET, or the campus-wide mail system. This VAX is net­ worked together with a number o f Micro VAX II’s, several VAXStation 2100’s and VAXStation 3100’s, approximately 3 0 0 Macintoshes, a SUN Computer work station LAN, and an Apollo Computer work station LAN. Using one o f a number o f available terminal emula­ tion programs, users can gain access to any 12 academic computer on campus from any Mac­ intosh connected to this network. Apple Macintosh computers are widely used for word processing as well as for data man­ agement, Basic programming, desktop pub­ lishing, and for creating graphics and spread­ sheets. Software for use on Macintoshes can be purchased in the Computer Store located in Beardsley Hall. Macintosh and terminal clusters are maintained in Beardsley, Du Pont, and Trotter Halls, as well as in the Graphics Lab in Sproul Observatory and in McCabe and Cornell Libraries. Student Consultants are available throughout most o f the day and night, seven days a week, to assist users in the Beardsley public area and the Graphics Lab; Consultants are available in Trotter during the evening hours. Terminals or Macintoshes have also been placed in virtually all academic and administrative departments. Additional resources for academic computing include; a network o f Macintosh II’s and VAXStation 3 100’s in the Physics Depart­ ment; a cluster o f Apollo graphics worksta­ tions housed in the Engineering Department; a network o f SUN workstations and numer­ ous software development tools (e.g., the UN IX operating system and languages such as C, Clu, Fortran 77, LISP, Pascal, and Prolog) available in the Computer Science Laboratory in Sproul Observatory; and state-of-the-art hardware and software devoted to computer graphics. A Prime Information 9950 and a Prime 2 2 5 0 are used for the College’s adminis­ trative data management and word processing needs. T he Center for Social and Policy Studies in Trotter Hall serves as a laboratory for the social sciences. The Center has a social science data archive available for empirical research on social and policy issues, and it provides statistical consulting for faculty and students. The Center also supports the concentration in Public Policy through its physical facilities, data archives and program o f events. The Language Laboratory in Martin Hall was newly installed in 1982. It provides stations for 27 students and has equipment for both audio and video instruction. SPECIAL FUNDS AND LECTURESHIPS — The W illiam J. C ooper Foundation provides a varied program o f lectures and concerts which enriches the academic work o f the College. The Foundation was established by William J. Cooper, a devoted friend o f the College, whose wife, Emma Mcllvain Cooper, served as a member o f the Board o f Managers from 1882 to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed to the College the sum o f $100,000 and provided that the income should be used "in bringing to the college from time to time eminent citizens o f this and other countries who are leaders in statesmanship, education, the arts, sciences, learned professions and business, in order that the faculty, students and the college community may be broadened by a closer acquaintance with matters o f world interest.” Admission to all programs is without charge. 1 The Cooper Foundation Committee works with the departments and with student organi­ zations in arranging single lectures and con­ certs, and also in bringing to the College speakers o f note who remain in residence for a long enough period to enter into the life o f the community. Some o f these speakers have been invited with the understanding that their lectures should be published under the aus­ pices of the Foundation. This arrangement has so far produced eighteen volumes. ■ 1 The Promise Fund, established anonymously by an alumnus on the occasion o f his gradu­ ation, is administered by the Cooper Founda­ tion Committee. Income fom the Promise Fund brings guest speakers and performers in music, film, and theatre who show promise o f distinguished achievement. The W illiam I. H ull Fund was established in 1958 by Mrs. Hannah Clothier Hull, Class o f 1891, in memory o f her late husband. Dr. Hull was Professor o f History and International Law at Swarthmore College for 48 years. The Fund enables the College to bring a noted lecturer on peace to the campus each year in memory of Dr. and Mrs. Hull who were peace | activists. ■ The Scott Arboretum. About three hundred twenty-five acres are contained in the College property, including a large tract o f woodland and the valley o f Crum Creek. Much o f this tract has been developed as a horticultural and botanical collection o f trees, shrubs, and her­ baceous plants through the provisions o f the Scott Arboretum, established in 1929 by Mrs. Arthur Hoyt Scott and Owen and Margaret Moon as a memorial to Arthur Hoyt Scott o f the Class o f 1895. The plant collections are designed both to afford examples o f the better kinds o f trees and shrubs which are hardy in the climate o f Eastern Pennsylvania and suit­ able for planting by the average gardener, and to beautify the campus. All collections are labeled and recorded. There are exceptionally fine displays o f hollies, Japanese cherries, flowering crabapples, magnolias, and tree peo­ nies, and a great variety o f lilacs, rhodo­ dendrons, azaleas, and daffodils. Many inter­ ested donors have contributed generously to the collections. The Arboretum conducts applied research on ornamental plants, and serves as a test site for three plant evaluation programs: the Styer Award o f Garden Merit through the Pennsyl­ vania Horticultural Society and the Plant In­ troduction scheme o f the University o f British Columbia Botanic Garden and the National Crabapple Evaluation Program. The Arboretum offers horticultural educa­ tional programs to the general public and an extracurricular course in horticulture to Swarthmore students. These workshops, lec­ tures, and classes are designed to cover many facets o f the science/art called gardening. Tours are conducted throughout the year for college people and interested public groups. Aiding the Arboretum’s staff, in all o f its efforts, are the "Associates o f the Scott Arbo­ retum.” This organization provides not only financial support but also assistance in carry­ ing out the myriad operations which make up the Arboretum’s total program, such as plant propagation, public lectures, and bus tours to other gardens. The Arboretum’s newsletter, Hybrid, serves to publicize their activities and provides up-to-date information on seasonal gardening topics. Maps o f the Arboretum’s plant collections and self-guided brochures are available at the Scott Offices (215) 3 2 8 802 5 , located in the Cunningham House. 13 Educational Resources T he Barnard Fund was established in 1964 by two graduates o f the College, Mr. and Mrs. Boyd T. Barnard o f Rosemont, Pennsylvania. The fund has been augmented by the 50-year class gifts from the classes o f 1917 and 1919, and other friends. The income from the fund may be used for any activity that contributes to the advancement o f music at the College. It has been used, for example, for concerts on the campus, for the purchase o f vocal and orchestral scores and other musical literature, and to provide scholarships for students in the Department o f Music who show unusual promise as instrumentalists or vocalists. T he G ene D. O verstreet M em orial Fund, given by friends in memory o f Gene D. Overstreet (1 9 2 4-1965), a member o f the Political Sci­ ence Department, 1957-1964, provides in­ come to bring a visiting expert to the campus to discuss problems o f developing or modern­ izing nations and cultures. T he Benjamin W est Lecture, made possible by gifts from members o f the class o f 1905 and other friends o f the College, is given annually on some phase o f art. It is the outgrowth o f the 14 Benjamin West Society which built up a col­ lection o f paintings, drawings, and prints, which are exhibited, as space permits, in the college buildings. The lecture owes its name to the American artist, who was born in a house which stands on the campus and who became president o f the Royal Academy. T he Swarthmore C hapter o f Sigma Xi lecture series brings eminent scientists to the campus under its auspices throughout the year. Local members present colloquia on their own re­ search. T he L ee Frank M em orial Art Fund, endowed by the family and friends o f Lee Frank, Class of 1921, sponsors each year a special event in the Art Department: a visiting lecturer or artist, a scholar or artist in residence, or a special exhibit. T he M arjorie H eilm an Visiting Artist Fund was established by M. Grant Heilman, Class of 1941, in memory o f Marjorie Heilman to stimulate interest in art, particularly the prac­ tice o f art, on campus. Endowed Professorships The Edmund A llen Professorship o f Chemistry was established in 1938 by a trust set up by his daughter Laura Allen, friend o f the college and niece o f Manager Rachel Hillborn. The Franklin E. and Betty Barr C hair in Econom­ ics was established in 1989 as a memorial to Franklin E. Barr, Jr. ’4 8 by his wife, Betty Barr. The Albert L. and Edna Pownall Buffington Professorship was established by a bequest from Albert Buffington, Class o f 1896, in 1964, in honor o f his wife, Edna Pownall Buffington, Class o f 1898. Centennial Chairs. Three professorships, un­ restricted as to field, were created in 1964 in honor of Swarthmore’s Centennial from funds raised during the Centennial Fund Campaign. The Isaac H. C lothier Professorship o f History and International Relations was created in 1888 by Isaac H. Clothier, member o f the Board o f Managers. Originally in the field o f Civil and Mechanical Engineering, he later approved its being a chair in Latin, and in 1912 he approved its present designation. The Isaac H. C lothier, Jr., Professorship o f Bi­ ology was established lay Isaac H. Clothier, Jr. as a tribute o f gratitude and esteem for Dr. Spencer Trotter, Professor o f Biology, 18881926. The Morris L. C lothier Professorship o f Physics was established by Morris L. Clothier, Class of 1890, in 1905. The Julien and V irginia C ornell V isiting Profes­ sorship was endowed by Julien Cornell ’30, member, and Virginia Stratton Cornell ’30, former member o f the Board o f Managers, to bring professors and lecturers from other nations and cultures for a semester or a year. Since 1962, from every comer o f the world, Cornell professors and their families have resided on the campus so that they might deepen the perspective o f both students and faculty. The A lexander Griswold Cummins Professorship o f English Literature was established in 1911 in honor o f Alexander Griswold Cummins, Class of 1889, by Morris L. Clothier, Class o f 1890. The Howard N. and A da J . Eavenson Professor­ ship in Engineering was established in 1959 by a trust bequest o f Mrs. Eavenson, whose husband graduated in 1895. T he H oward M. and C harles F. Jenkins Profes­ sorship o f Q uaker History and Research was endowed in 1924 by Charles F. Jenkins, Hon. *26 and member of the Board o f Managers, on behalf o f the family o f Howard M. Jenkins, member o f the Board o f Managers, to increase the usefulness o f the Friends Historical Library and to stimulate interest in American and Colonial history with special reference to Pennsylvania. The fund was added to over the years through the efforts o f the Jenkins family, and by a 1976 bequest from C. Marshall Taylor ’04. The W illiam R. Kenan, Jr. Professorship was established in 1973 by a grant from the W il­ liam R. Kenan, Jr. Charitable Trust to “sup­ port and encourage a scholar-teacher whose enthusiasm for learning, commitment to teach­ ing and sincere personal interest in students will enhance the learning process and make an effective contribution to the undergraduate community.” T he Eugene M. Lang Research Professorship, established in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang ’38, member o f the Board o f Managers, normally rotates every four years among members o f the Swarthmore faculty and includes one year devoted entirely to research, study, enrich­ ment or writing. It carries an annual discre­ tionary grant for research expenses, books and materials. T he Eugene M. Lang Visiting Professorship, endowed in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang ’38, brings to Swarthmore College for a period o f one semester to three years an outstanding social scientist or other suitably qualified person who has achieved prominence and special recognition in the area o f significant change. T he Susan W. Lippincott Professorship o f French was endowed in 1911 through a bequest from Susan W. Lippincott, member of the Board o f Managers, a contribution from her niece Caro­ line Lippincott, Class o f 1881, and gifts by other family members. The Edward H icks M agill Professorship o f M athe­ m atics and Astronomy was created in 1888 15 Endow ed Pro fe sso rships largely by contributions o f interested friends o f Edward H. Magill, President o f the College 1872-1889, and a bequest from John M. George. T he C harles and H arriet Cox M cDowell Profes­ sorship o f Philosophy and Religion was estab­ lished in 1952 by Harriet Cox McDowell, Class o f 1887 and member o f the Board of Managers, in her name and that o f her hus­ band, Dr. Charles McDowell, Class o f 1877. The R ichter Professorship o f P olitical Science was established in 1962 by a bequest from Max Richter at the suggestion o f his friend and attorney, Charles Segal, father o f Robert L. Segal ’4 6 and Andrew Segal ’50. The Scheuer Family C hair o f H um anities was created in 1987 through the gifts o f James H. Scheuer ’46, Walter and Marge Pearlman Scheuer ’4 8, and their children, Laura Lee ’73, Elizabeth Helen ’75, Jeffrey ’75, and Susan ’78 and joined by a challenge grant from 16 The National Endowment for the Humanities. The Henry C. and J. Archer Turner Professorship o f Engineering was established with their con­ tributions and gifts from members of the Turner family in 1946 in recognition o f the devoted service and wise counsel o f Henry C. Turner, Class o f 1893 and member o f the Board o f Managers, and his brother J. Archer Turner, Class o f 1905 and member of the Board o f Managers. T he D aniel U nderhill Professorship o f Music was established in 1976 by a bequest from Bertha Underhill to honor her husband, Class of 1894 and member o f the Board o f Managers. The Joseph W harton Professorship o f Political Economy was endowed by a trust given to the College in 1888 by Joseph Wharton, President o f the Board o f Managers. T he Isaiah V. W illiam son Professorship o f Civil and M echanical Engineering was endowed in 1888 by a gift from Isaiah V. Williamson. Adm ission Inquiries concerning admission and applica­ tions should be addressed to the Dean o f Admissions, Swarthmore College, Swarth­ more, Pennsylvania 19081. GENERAL STATEMENT In the selection o f students, the College seeks those qualities o f character, social responsi­ bility, and intellectual capacity which it is primarily concerned to develop. It seeks them, not in isolation, but as essential elements in the whole personality o f candidates for ad­ mission. Selection is important and difficult. No simple formula will be effective. The task is to choose those who give promise o f distinction in the quality o f their personal lives, in service to the community, or in leadership in their chosen fields. Swarthmore College must choose its students on the basis o f their individual future worth to society and o f their collective realiz­ ation o f the purpose o f the College. It is the policy o f the College to have the student body represent not only different parts o f the United States but many foreign countries, both public and private secondary schools, and various economic, social, reli­ gious, and racial groups. The College is also concerned to include in each class sons and daughters o f alumni and o f members o f the Society o f Friends. Admission to the freshman class is normally based upon the satisfactory completion o f a four-year secondary school program. Under some circumstances, students who have virtu- ally completed the normal four-year program in three years will be considered for admis­ sion, provided they meet the competition of other candidates in general maturity as well as readiness for a rigorous academic program. All applicants are selected on the following evidence: 1. Record in secondary school. 2. Recommendations from the school prin­ cipal, headmaster, or guidance counselor, and from two teachers. 3. Scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and in three Achievement Tests o f the College Entrance Examination Board. 4. A brief essay (subject specified). 5. Reading and experience, both in school and out. Applicants must have satisfactory standing in school, in aptitude and achievement tests, and 1 strong intellectual interests. Other factors of interest to the College include strength of j character, promise o f growth, initiative, seri- 1 ousness o f purpose, distinction in personal and extra-curricular interests, and a sense of | social responsibility. The College values the diversity which varied interests and back­ grounds can bring to the community. PREPARATION Swarthmore does not require a set plan o f secondary school courses as preparation for its program. The election o f specific subjects is left to the student and school advisers. In general, however, preparation should in­ clude: 1. Accurate and effective use o f the English language in reading, writing, and speaking. 2. Comprehension and application o f the principles o f mathematics. 3. The strongest possible command o f one or two foreign languages. The College en- 18 courages students to study at least one I language for four years, if possible. 4. Substantial course work in (a) history and social studies, (b) literature, art, and music, (c) the sciences. Variations o f choice and emphasis are acceptable although some work in each o f the three groups is recom-1 mended. Those planning to major in engineering should i present work in chemistry, physics, and four years o f mathematics including algebra, ge­ ometry, and trigonometry. APPLICATIONS AND EXAMINATIONS Application to the College may be submitted through one o f three plans: Regular Admis­ sion, Fall Early Decision, or W inter Early Decision. Applicants follow the same proce­ dures, submit the same supporting materials, and are evaluated by the same criteria under each plan. The Regular Admission plan is designed for those candidates who wish to keep open several different options for their undergradu­ ate education throughout the admissions pro­ cess. Applications under this plan will be accepted at any time up to the February 1 deadline. The two Early D ecision plans are designed for candidates who have thoroughly and thought­ fully investigated Swarthmore and other col­ leges and found Swarthmore to be an un­ equivocal first choice. The W inter Early Decision plan differs from the Fall Early Decision plan only in recognizing that some candidates may arrive at a final choice o f college later than others. Early Decision can­ didates under either plan may file regular applications at other colleges with the under­ standing that these applications will be with­ drawn upon admission to Swarthmore; how­ ever, one benefit o f the Early Decision plans is the reduction o f cost, effort, and anxiety inherent in multiple application procedures. Application under any o f the three plans must be accompanied by a non-refundable applica­ tion fee of $35. Timetables for the three plans are: Fail Early Decision Closing date for applications November 15 Final date for all supporting materials November 30 Notification o f candidate on or before December 15 Winter Early Decision Closing date for applications Final date for all supporting materials Notification o f candidate January 1 January 15 on or before February 1 Regular Admission Closing date for applications Final date for all supporting materials Notification o f candidate Candidates reply date February 1 February 15 on or before April 15 May 1 Any Early Decision candidate not accepted through either the Fall or W inter will be reconsidered without prejudice among the Regular Admission candidates. All applicants for first-year admission must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test and three Achievement Tests given by the College En­ trance Examination Board. English Composi­ tion is required, and the other two Achieve­ ment Tests should be selected from two different fields. Applicants for Engineering must take one Achievement Test in Mathe­ matics. Application to take these tests should be made directly to the College Entrance Exami­ nation Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 085 4 0 . A bulletin o f information may be obtained without charge from the Board. Stu­ dents who wish to be examined in any o f the following western states, provinces, and Pa­ cific areas—Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming, Alberta, British Columbia, Mani­ toba, Saskatchewan, Mexico, Australia, and all Pacific Islands including Formosa and Japan — should address their inquiries and send their applications to the College Entrance Examination Board, Box 1025, Berkeley, Cali­ fornia 94701. Application should be made to the Board at least a month before the date on which the test will be taken. No additional tests are required o f candidates for scholarships. All applicants who would like to be considered for any o f our scholar­ ships should complete their applications at the earliest possible date. Information con­ cerning financial aid will be found on pages 22 -3 4 . 19 Adm ission THE INTERVIEW An admissions interview with a representative o f the College is a recommended part o f the application process. Applicants should take the initiative in arranging for this interview. Those who can reach Swarthmore with no more than a half day’s trip are urged to make an appointment to visit the College for this purpose.* Other applicants should request a meeting with an alumni representative in their own area. Interviews with alumni representa­ tives take longer to arrange than interviews on campus. Applicants must make alumni inter­ view arrangements well in advance of the final dates for receipt o f supporting materials. Arrangements for on-campus or alumni inter­ views can be made by writing the Office of Admissions or calling 215-328-8300. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Freshmen may apply for advanced standing or placement in particular courses if they have taken college level courses and the Advanced Placement Tests o f the College Entrance Ex­ amination Board. Decisions are made by the departments concerned. Every effort is made to place students in the most advanced courses for which they are qualified. Those freshmen who wish to have courses taken at another college considered for either advanced placement or credit must provide an official transcript from the institution at­ tended as well as written work (papers, exami­ nations), syllabi, and reading lists in order that the course work may be evaluated by the department concerned. Such requests for credit must be made within the freshman year at Swarthmore. Departments may set addi­ tional requirements. For instance, students may be required to take a placement examina­ tion at Swarthmore to validate their previous work. APPLICATIONS FOR TRANSFER The College welcomes well-qualified transfer students. Applicants for transfer must have had a good academic record in the institution attended and must present full credentials for both college and preparatory work, including a statement o f honorable dismissal. They must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the College Entrance Examination Board if this test has not been taken previously. Four semesters o f study at Swarthmore College constitute the minimum requirement for a degree, two o f which must be those of the senior year. Applications for transfer must be filed by April 15 o f the year in which entrance is desired. Decisions on these applications are announced by June 1. Application for transfer at mid-year must be received by November 15. Financial assistance is available for transfer students. See page 3 9 for information on withdrawal and readmission for health reasons. * Directions for reaching the College can be found inside the back cover o f this catalogue. 20 I I I I I I I 1 I Expenses STUDENT CHARGES Total charges for the 1989-90 academic year (two semesters) are as follows: Tuition Room Board Student Activities Fee $14,380 2,4 6 0 2,460 150 $19,450 These are the only charges billed by the Col­ lege. Students and their parents, however, should plan for expenditures associated with books, travel, and other personal items. Students engaged in independent projects away from the College for which regular academic credit is anticipated are expected to register in advance in the usual way and pay normal tuition. If the student is away from the College for a full semester, no charge for room and board will be made; but, if a student is away only for a part o f a semester the above charges may be made on a pro rata basis. The regular College tuition covers the normal program o f four courses per term as well as variations o f as many as five courses or as few as three courses. Students who elect to carry more than five courses incur a unit charge for the additional course ($1,800) or half course ($ 9 0 0 ), although they may within the regular tuition vary their programs to average as many as five courses in the two semesters o f any academic year. College policy does not permit programs o f fewer than three courses for degree candidates in their first eight semesters o f enrollment. PAYMENT POLICY A deposit of $100, due before enrollment for each semester, is required o f all new and continuing students. This is credited against the College bill. Semester bills are mailed on July 14 and December 15. Payment for the first semester is due by August 7 and for the second semester by January 8. A one percent late fee will be assessed on payments received after the due date. Many parents have indicated a preference to pay college charges on a monthly basis rather than in two installments. For this reason, Swarthmore offers the AMS Budget Plan, which provides for payment in installments without interest charges. Information on the AM S Budget Plan is mailed to all parents in April. WITHDRAWAL POLICY Total charges will be reduced for students who, for reasons approved by the Dean, with­ draw on or after the first day o f classes. Tuition, fees, and room charges will be re­ duced as follows: Prior to the 2nd week o f classes Prior to the 3rd week o f classes Prior to the 4th week o f classes 80% 60% 40% Prior to the 5th week o f classes None thereafter. 20% Board charges will be reduced by $ 5 0 for each week the student is absent from the dining room. No refund o f the $100 deposit is made in the event o f withdrawal. INQUIRIES All correspondence regarding payment of student charges should be addressed to: Margaret A. Thompson, Bursar. 215/ 328-8394 21 Financial Aid The College strives to make it possible for all students who are admitted to attend Swarth' more, regardless o f their financial circum­ stances, and to enable them to complete their education when financial reversals take place. Forty-nine percent o f the total student body currently receives aid from the College. Most financial aid awarded by the College is based upon demonstrated financial need and is usu­ ally a combination o f scholarship, loan, and student employment. The College is commit­ ted to meeting all demonstrated financial need. A prospective student must apply for College as well as outside assistance at the time o f application for admission: admission and fi­ nancial aid decisions are, however, made sep­ arately. Instructions for obtaining and filing an application are included in the admissions application. Financial assistance will be of­ fered if family resources are not sufficient to meet College costs. The amount a family is expected to contribute is determined by weighing the family’s income and assets against such demands as taxes, living expenses, med­ ical expenses, and siblings’ tuition expenses. It also includes the expectation o f $ 9 5 0 $ 1,200 from the student’s summer earnings as well as a portion o f his or her personal savings and assets. For 1989-90 the College bill, which includes tuition, room and board, a comprehensive fee and the health insurance fee, will be $19,450. This comprehensive fee covers not only the usual student services—health, library, labo­ ratory fees, for example—but admission to all social, cultural, and athletic events on campus. The total budget figure against which aid is computed is $ 20,780. This allows $1,330 for books and personal expenses. A travel allow­ ance is added to the budget for those who live beyond 100 miles from the College. In keeping with the policy o f basing financial aid upon need, the College reviews each stu­ dent’s award annually. Mid-year each student who has aid must submit a new financial aid application for the next academic year. A student’s aid is not withdrawn unless need is no longer demonstrated. Assistance is avail­ able only for the duration o f a normal-length undergraduate program (8 semesters) and while a student makes satisfactory academic progress. These limitations are applied in our consideration o f a sibling’s educational ex­ penses also. Students who choose to live off campus may not receive College assistance in excess o f their College bill, although the cost o f living o ff campus will be recognized in the calculation o f a student’s financial need and outside sources o f aid may be used to help meet off-campus living costs. Students who have not previously received financial aid may apply if special circumstan­ ces have arisen. A student who marries may continue to apply for aid, but a contribution from the parents is expected equal to the contribution made were the student single. Eligibility for federal aid funds is now limited to those who are able to complete and submit to us the Statement o f Registration Com­ pliance. The College has recently reaffirmed its need-blind admission policy and the related practice o f meeting the demonstrated financial need o f all admitted or enrolled students by action o f our Board. Additional funds have been made available for those who are unable to accept need-based federal aid because they have not registered with the Selective Service. A special brochure has been prepared to advise families o f the various sources of aid, as well as a variety o f financing options. Please request a copy. SCHOLARSHIPS For the academic year 1989-90 the College awarded almost $ 5 ,5 0 0 ,0 0 0 in grants. About one half o f that sum was provided through the generosity o f alumni and friends by special gifts and the endowed scholarships listed on pp. 2 4 -3 4 . The Federal government also makes Pell Grants and Supplemental Educa­ 22 tional Opportunity Grants available. It is not necessary to apply for a specific College schol­ arship; the College decides who is to receive endowed scholarships and others are helped from general scholarship funds. Although some endowed scholarships are restricted by locality, sex, religion or physical vigor, the College’s system o f awarding aid makes it possible to meet need without regard to these restrictions. Financial need is a requirem ent for a ll scholarships unless otherw ise indicated. LOAN FUNDS Long-term, low-interest loan funds with gen­ erous repayment terms combine with Swarthmore’s program o f grants to enable the College to meet the needs o f each student. Although most offers o f support from the College in­ clude elements o f self-help (work and bor­ rowing opportunities), the College strives to keep a student’s debt at a manageable level. Aided students will be expected to meet a portion of their demonstrated need (from $800 to about $ 2 ,2 5 0 ) through the Perkins Loan (formerly NDSL), the Swarthmore Col­ lege Loan (SCL), or the Stafford Loan (for­ merly GSL) Programs (the College will deter­ mine which source is appropriate for the student). Each o f these programs allows the borrower to delay repayment until after leav­ ing school, and each allows deferment o f the debt if the borrower goes on to graduate school. Up to 10 years may be taken to repay Perkins, SCL, or Stafford Loans. No separate application is needed for the Perkins or SCL loans since the College administers these funds. Stafford Loan applications must be initiated by the student with the lender, the student’s local bank. Interest on these loans does not accrue for an enrolled student al­ though interest does accrue on the unpaid balance once the student is no longer in school. Students whose families do not receive College support may wish to borrow to help meet College expenses. The PLUS, PHEAA HELP, and SHARE loan programs are available for ithis purpose. Eligible parents may borrow up to $ 4 ,0 0 0 per year through the PLUS Loan Program. Al­ though a 10-year repayment schedule is pos­ sible for the PLUS Loan, repayment must begin soon after the lender (the student’s local bank) disburses the funds. The PLUS Loan currently carries a 10.45% interest rate. The HELP Loan through Pennsylvania offers up to $ 10,000 per child each year to credit­ worthy parents from any state. The variable interest rate is currently 9.5% , and parents may take 10 years to repay. The SHARE Loan is offered by Swarthmore College through the Consortium on Financing Higher Education, the Educational Research Institute, and Nellie Mae—the New England Student Loan Marketing Association. The SHARE Loan program offers up to $2 0 ,0 0 0 per child each year to credit-worthy parents. The variable-rate interest loan (12.95% as o f 6/ 89) may be repaid over a period o f 20 years, and borrowers may choose variable or equal monthly payments. For example, those who borrow $15,000 should expect to repay about $160 each month and those who borrow $ 6 0 ,0 0 0 should expect to repay about $660 each month over a 15-year period. Students who would like more information about these loan programs should read our Financial Aid Brochure. The College also maintains special loan funds which are listed below: The C lass o f 1916 Loan Fund The C lass o f 1920 Loan Fund The C lass o f 1936 Loan Fund The C lass o f 1937 Loan Fund The Jay and Sandra Levine Loan Fund The John A . M iller Loan Fund The Paul M. Pearson Loan Fund The T hatcher Family Loan Fund The Ellis D. W illiam s Fund The Swarthmore C ollege Student Loan Fund The Joseph W. Conard M em orial Fund, estab­ lished by friends o f the late Professor Conard, provides short-term loans without interest to meet student emergencies. Income earned by T he A lphonse N. Bertrand Fund is also available for this purpose. Financial Aid STUDENT EMPLOYMENT Student employment on the Swarthmore cam­ pus is handled by the Student Employment Office, which is under student direction. Jobs are available in such areas as the dining hall, library, departmental offices, and the post office, and placements can be arranged when students arrive in the fall. On-campus rates o f pay run from $4.15 to $4.65 per hour. Stu­ dents receiving financial aid are usually offered the opportunity to earn up to $ 9 5 0 during the year and are given hiring priority, but there are usually jobs available for others who wish em­ ployment. The Student Employment Office publicizes local off-campus and temporary employment opportunities. Students are generally able to carry a moderate working schedule without detriment to their academic performance. For students who qualify under the federal College Work-Study Program (most aided students), off-campus placements in public or private, non-profit agencies in the local or Philadelphia area can be arranged through the Financial Aid Office during the academic year or nation-wide during the summer. Among suitable agencies are hospitals, schools, muse-1 urns, social service agencies and local, state or federal government agencies. Swarthmore College National Scholarships O n occasion Swarthmore College awards four-year National Scholarships to the out­ standing men and women entering the fresh­ man class. The awards are made to those candidates who, in the opinion of the Committee on Admission, rank highest in scholarship, leadership, char­ acter, and personality. The amount o f the I annual award varies from $ 3 ,0 0 0 , the mini-1 mum stipend, or enough to cover all expenses, I depending on the financial need o f the winner. I O ther Scholarships (Financial need is a requirem ent for a ll scholarships unless otherw ise indicated. N o separate application is needed.) T he A etna L ife and Casualty Foundation Schol­ arship provides assistance to minority students with financial need. tion’s interest in the international exchange of I students. j The L isa P. A lbert Scholarship is awarded to a young man or woman on the basis o f scholar­ ship and need with preference given to those with a demonstrated interest in the humani­ ties. The Jonathan Leigh Altm an Scholarship, given in memory o f this member o f the Class of 1974 by Shing-mei P. Altman ’76, is awarded, on the recommendation o f the Department of Art, to a junior who has a strong interest in the studio arts. It is held during the senior year. j The George I. Alden Scholarship Fund estab­ lished as a memorial by the Alden Trust is awarded on the basis o f merit and need with preference to a student in the sciences or engineering. The EvenOT Amungton Scholarship is given each! year to a worthy student with financial need I in recognition o f the long-standing and affec-1 tionate connection between the Armingtonl family and Swarthmore College. The Vivian B. Allen Foundation provides schol­ arship aid to enable foreign students to attend Swarthmore College, as part o f the Founda- The Frank and M arie Aydelotte Scholarship is awarded to a new student who shows promise o f distinguished intellectual attainment based upon sound character and effective personali­ ty. The award is made in honor o f Frank Aydelotte, President o f the College from 19211940, and originator o f the Honors program at Swarthmore, and o f Marie Osgood Ayde­ lotte, his wife. The W. Herman Barcus Scholarship Fund was established in 1982 in memory o f W. Herman Barcus, Class o f 1927. It is awarded to a meritorious student who has financial need. T he P hilip H. Barley M em orial Scholarship, established in memory o f Philip H. Barley, ’66, by his family and friends and the Class o f 1966, which he served as president, provides financial assistance for a junior or senior who has demonstrated outstanding leadership quali­ ties at Swarthmore. T he Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants are awarded by the Department o f Music to stu­ dents at the College who show unusual prom­ ise as instrumentalists or vocalists and who need help to pay for private instruction. T he Franklin E. Barr, Jr. ’48 Scholarship is awarded to a freshman student who has broad academic and extracurricular interests and who shows promise o f developing these abili­ ties for the betterment o f society. This schol­ arship is based on need and is renewable for three years. The H. A lbert Beekhuis Scholarship in engineer­ ing is awarded on the basis o f merit and need to a freshman and is renewable through the senior year as long as that student retains a major in engineering. This scholarship is en­ dowed through the generous bequest o f this Mr. Beekhuis, neighbor, friend, and successful engineer. The B elville Scholarship has been endowed in memory o f Robert Chambers Belville and Margaret Klein Belville. It is awarded annually to an incoming student o f particular promise and is renewable for his or her years at Swarth­ more. The Brand and Frances Blanshard Scholarship is given in their memory to a deserving student with high academic promise. The Curtis Bok Scholarship was established in the College’s Centennial Year 1964 in honor o f the late Philadelphia attorney, author and jurist, who was a Quaker and honorary alum­ nus o f Swarthmore. The scholarship is as­ signed annually to a junior or senior whose qualities o f mind and character indicate a potential for humanitarian service such as Curtis Bok himself rendered and would have wished to develop in young people. Students in any field o f study, and from any part o f this country or from abroad, are eligible. The scholarship is renewable until graduation. T he Edward S. Bower M em orial Scholarship, established by Mr. and Mrs. Ward T. Bower in memory o f their son, Class o f ’42, is awarded annually to a man or woman student who ranks high in scholarship, character, and per­ sonality. The D aniel W alter Brenner M em orial Scholar­ ship, established by family and friends in mem­ ory o f Daniel W. Brenner, Class o f 1974, is awarded to a senior majoring in biology who is distinguished for scholarship and an interest iu plant ecology, or wildlife preservation, or animal behavior research. The recipient is chosen with the approval o f biology and Clas­ sics faculty. The John S. Brod ’34 Scholarship is awarded to a deserving student on the basis o f merit and financial need. T he C hi O mega Scholarship provides an award annually to a member o f the freshman class. Preference is given to daughters or sons o f members o f the fraternity. T he Eleanor Stabler C larke Scholarship, estab­ lished in her honor by Cornelia Clarke Schmidt ’4 6 and W. Marshall Schmidt ’47, is awarded to a worthy freshman student with need. Preference is to be accorded to members o f the Society o f Friends. The scholarship is renewable through four years. The Class o f 1963 Scholarship is awarded on the basis o f merit and need and is renewable through the senior year. The scholarship was created in honor o f the class’s 25th reunion. T he Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship, established in 1977 through a bequest by Susan P. Cobbs, Dean Emerita o f Swarthmore, is awarded to a junior or senior student majoring in some branch o f the Classics. The recipient is desig­ nated by the Classics Department. The C harles A . Collins Scholarship Fund is awarded every year to a deserving student who 25 Financial Aid is in need o f financial assistance, in accordance with the donor’s will. The N . Harvey Collisson Scholarship established by his family and the Olin Mathieson Chari­ table Trust in memory o f N. Harvey Collisson o f the Class o f 1922 is awarded to a freshman man or woman. Selection will place emphasis on character, personality, and ability. T he Stephanie Cooley ’70 Scholarship, estab­ lished in loving memory by her parents, is awarded on the basis o f financial need to a worthy student from Kifissia, Greece. T he D avid S. Couiden Scholarship was estab­ lished by Professor David S. Cowden, Class o f 1942, who taught English Literature at Swarthmore from 1949 until his death in May 1983. It is awarded on the basis o f financial need. T he Ellsworth F. Curtin M em orial Scholarship was established by Margaretta Cope Curtin, Class o f 1918, in memory o f her husband, Class o f 1916, to benefit an engineering stu­ dent with financial need. T he M arion L. D annenberg Scholarship is awarded to a freshman student with financial need who ranks high in personality, character, and scholarship. This endowment is in mem­ ory o f Mrs. Dannenberg who was mother and grandmother o f six students who attended Swarthmore. T he Edith Thatcher ’50 and C . Russell ’47 de Burlo Scholarship is awarded to students in­ tending to major either in engineering or in the humanities. It is awarded on the basis o f need and merit and is renewable annually. It is the gift o f Edith and Russell de Burlo. T he D istrict o f Colum bia Scholarship was estab­ lished by alumni residents in the area o f Washington, D.C., to encourage educational opportunity for qualified minority and disad­ vantaged students. Awards are made on the basis o f merit and need. T he Francis W. D ’O lier Scholarship, in memory o f Francis W. D ’Olier o f the Class o f 1907, is awarded to a freshman. Selection will place emphasis on character, personality, and abili­ ty. T he Robert K . Enders Scholarship, established by his friends and former students, to honor Dr. Robert K. Enders, a member o f the Col­ 26 lege faculty from 1932 to 1970, is awarded annually to a worthy student with an interest in the study o f biological problems in a natural environment. T he Philip Evans Scholarship is established in fond memory o f a member o f the Class o f 1948 by his friend Jerome Kohlberg ’4 6 and seeks to expand the diversity o f the Swarth­ more community by bringing to this campus outstanding students with need, whether from near or far. The scholarship is awarded to members o f the freshman class and is renew­ able annually, and provides a summer oppor­ tunity grant which is awarded on the recom­ mendation o f the Dean. T he Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Q uartet Schol­ arships, endowed by Frank W. Fetter ’20, Robert Fetter ’5 3 , Thomas Fetter ’56, and Ellen Fetter Gille in memory o f Elizabeth P. Fetter '2 5 , subsidize the private instrumental lessons o f four top-notch student string play­ ers at the College. Interested applicants should write to the Chairman o f the Department of Music and should plan to play an audition at the College when coming for an interview. T he Eleanor Flexner Scholarship is awarded on the basis o f merit and need to a student in the humanities. It is the gift o f Eleanor Flexner of the Class o f 1930, author o f Century o f Struggle and M ary W ollstonecraft: A Biography. The scholarship is renewable through the senior year. T he Polly and G erard Fountain Scholarship has been established in their honor by Rosalind Chang Whitehead ’5 8 in appreciation o f their kindness and support during her college years. It is awarded to a freshman with need and merit, and is renewable through the senior year. T he T heodore and E lizabeth Friend Scholarship is established as an expression o f respect and appreciation by Board members and others who have been associated with them in the service o f Swarthmore College. The scholar­ ship will be awarded each year on the basis of need to a worthy student. Friends o f M usic and D ance Summer Scholar­ ships provide stipends for attendance at sum­ mer workshops in music and dance. Recipi­ ents are selected by the Department o f Music and Dance on the basis o f written proposals. The Edwin B. Garrigues Foundation Scholarships subsidize the entire cost o f private instrumen­ tal or vocal lessons with the teacher o f their choice for a limited number o f especially gifted or advanced students. These scholar­ ships, which are awarded yearly to approxi­ mately 10 students, are determined through competition as well as through interviews and auditions. The Joyce M ertz Gilmore Scholarship is awarded to an entering freshman, and may be renewed for each o f the following three undergraduate years. The recipient is chosen on the basis o f mental vigor, concern for human welfare, and the potential to contribute to the College and the Community outside. The award was es­ tablished in 1976 by Harold Mertz ’2 6 in memory o f Joyce Mertz Gilmore, who was a member o f the class o f 1951. The B arbara Entenberg Girhbel Scholarship Fund was endowed in memory o f Barbara Entenberg Gimbel ’3 9 by her husband, Dr. Nicholas S. Gimbel. The scholarship is awarded on the basis o f need to a worthy student, with pref­ erence to a black candidate. The M ary Lippincott Griscom Scholarship is given to a woman student with financial need, who ranks high in character, personality, and scholarship. Preference is given to a member o f the Society o f Friends. The Stella and C harles Guttman Foundation Scholarships were established in 1964 by a grant from the Foundation to provide scholar­ ships to defray all or part o f the cost o f tuition and fees for students who require financial assistance. Preference is given to students o f recognized ability who have completed two academic years o f college and who are con­ templating graduate or professional study. The scholarships are renewable for a second year. The M ason H aire Scholarship is given by his wife, Vivian, in honor o f this member o f the Class o f 1937, a distinguished psychologist and sometime member o f the Swarthmore College faculty. The scholarship is awarded to a freshman with financial need who is distin­ guished for intellectual promise and leader­ ship. It is renewable through the senior year. T he W illiam R andolph H earst Scholarship Fund for M inority Students, established by the Hearst Foundation, Inc., provides financial assistance to minority students with need. The J. Philip Hermann Scholarship is awarded to an entering freshman on the basis o f merit and need and is renewable annually to gradu­ ation. This award was established by Katharine F. Herrmann ’ 14 and by Margaret Herrmann Ball ’24 in honor o f their father. The A. Price Heusner Scholarship, given by his family in memory o f A. Price Heusner, Class o f 1932, is awarded to an upperclassman from the Middle West. Preference is given to a premedical student. Consideration is given to the candidate’s character, demonstrated concern for the welfare o f others, and participation in team activities, as well as academic standing. The R achel W. H illbom Scholarship was founded by Anne Hillbom Philips o f the Class o f 1892 in memory o f her mother, with the stipulation that the income shall go to a student in the junior or senior class who is studying for service in the international field. Preference is given to a Friend or to one who intends to contribute to world understanding through diplomatic service, participation in some in­ ternational government agency, the American Friends Service Committee, or similar activi­ ties. T he Betty Stem H offenberg Scholarship, estab­ lished in 1987 in honor o f this member o f the Class o f 1943, is awarded to a junior or senior with merit and need who shows unusual promise, character, and intellectual strength. Strong preference is given to a student major­ ing in history. T he H adassah M. L. H olcom be Scholarship is awarded to a freshman with financial need and is renewable for three years at the discretion o f the College. Preference will be given to members o f the Society o f Friends. T he C arl R. Horten ’47 Scholarship was created by the Ingersoll-Rand Company. Preference in the awarding is given to students planning to major in engineering or pre-law. T he R ichard Humphreys Fund Scholarship pro­ vides assistance to a student (or students) o f African descent. 27 Financial Aid T he Everett L . Hunt Scholarship, endowed by the Class o f 1937 in the name o f its beloved emeritus professor and dean, provides an unrestricted scholarship to be awarded annu' ally by the College. The W illiam H. K istler ’43 Scholarship is en­ dowed in his memory by his wife, Suzanne, and his friends and former classmates. It is awarded to a needy and deserving student majoring in engineering or economics. T he Betty P. Hunter Scholarship Fund. Betty P. Hunter, Class o f 1948, one o f the first black students to attend Swarthmore College, established this fund through a bequest "to provide scholarship aid to needy students.” The Paul and Mary Ja n e Kopsch Scholarship Fund, established through a gift o f Paul J. Kopsch o f the Class o f ’46, is awarded each year to a junior premedical student(s) with financial need. The scholarship is renewable in the senior year. The W illiam Y. lnouye ’44 Scholarship, estab­ lished in loving memory by his family, friends, and colleagues in recognition o f his life o f service as a physician, is awarded to a worthy junior premedical student with need. The scholarship is renewable in the senior year. T he A aron B. Ivins Scholarship is awarded annually to a young man o f the graduating class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook, Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is subject to the approval o f Swarthmore Col­ lege. T he George B. Jackson ’ 21 Scholarship has been endowed by Gene Lang ’3 8 in honor o f the man who guided him to Swarthmore. It is to be awarded on the basis o f need and merit with preference given to a student from the New York metropolitan area. T he H oward C ooper Johnson Scholarship, estab­ lished by Howard Cooper Johnson ’96, is awarded on the basis o f all-around achieve­ ment to a male undergraduate who is a mem­ ber o f the Society o f Friends. T he K appa K appa Gam ma Scholarship provides an award to a woman in the freshman class, renewable each year. Preference is given to a relative o f members o f the fraternity. T he Kennedy Scholarship is given in honor o f the parents and with thanks to the children o f Christopher and Jane Kennedy. The scholar­ ship is awarded on the basis o f need and merit and is renewable through four years. T he Florence an d M elville Kershaw Scholarship is endowed in their honor by their son Thom­ as A. Kershaw, Class o f 1960. It is awarded to a freshman on the basis o f need and merit, with preference to those intending to major in engineering, and is renewable through the senior year. 28 T he W alter W. K rider Scholarship was estab­ lished by his wife and daughter for a young man who ranks high in scholarship, character, and personality. T he L afore Scholarship is awarded in memory o f John A. Lafore o f the Class o f 1895. The College in granting this scholarship gives pref­ erence to qualified candidates who are des­ cendants o f Amand and Margaret W hite La­ fore. T he Laurence L afore ’38 Scholarship was estab­ lished in his memory in 1986 by family, friends, classmates, and former students. Pro­ fessor Lafore, author o f numerous books and essays, taught history at Swarthmore from 1945 until 1969. This scholarship is awarded to a needy student showing unusual promise and is renewable through four years. T he B arbara Lang Scholarship is awarded to a student in the junior class whose major is in the arts, preferably in music, who ranks high in scholarship and has financial need. It is renewable in the senior year. This scholarship was established by Eugene M. Lang ’38 in honor o f his sister. Eugene M. Lang Opportunity Grants are awarded each year to as many as five entering students who are selected by a special committee on the basis o f distinguished academic and extra-curricular achievement and demon­ strable interest in social change. Stipends are based on financial need and take the form of full grants up to the amount o f total college charges. Each Lang Scholar is also eligible for summer or academic year research or commu­ nity service support, while an undergraduate, up to a maximum o f $ 7 ,5 0 0 and for a $2,700 fellowship for graduate study. Projects, which must be approved in advance by a faculty committee, are expected to facilitate social I I I I j change in a significant way. The program is made possible by the gift o f Eugene M. Lang ’38. T he Id a and D aniel Lang Scholarship estab­ lished by their son, Eugene M. Lang o f the Class o f 1938, provides financial assistance for a man or woman who ranks high in scholarship, character, and personality. T he Frances Reiner and Stephen G irard Lax Scholarship has been established with prefer­ ence for minority or foreign students who show both merit and need. This scholarship has been endowed by the family o f Stephen Girard Lax ’41, who was Chairman o f the Board o f Managers o f Swarthmore College from 1971 to 1976. The Stephen Girard Lax Scholarship, established by family, friends and business associates o f Stephen Lax ’41, is awarded on the basis o f financial need every two years to a student entering the junior year and showing academic distinction, leadership qualities, and definite interest in a career in business. The Scott B. Lilly Scholarship, endowed by Jacob T. Schless o f the Class o f 1914 at Swarthmore College, was offered for the first time in 1950. This scholarship is in honor o f a former distinguished Professor o f Engineer­ ing and, therefore, students who plan to major in engineering are given preference. An award is made annually. The C hristian R. and M ary F. Lin dback Founda­ tion Scholarship is awarded to deserving stu­ dents from the states o f Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, or Maryland. The Long Island Q uarterly Meeting, N .Y., Schol­ arship, is awarded annually by a committee o f that Quarterly Meeting. The D avid Laurent Low M em orial Scholarship, established by Martin L. Low, Class o f 1940, his wife, Alice, Andy Low, Class o f 1973, and Kathy Low in memory o f their son and brother, is awarded to a man or woman who gives the great promise that David himself did. The award assumes both need and academic excellence, and places emphasis, in order, on qualities o f leadership, a concern for others, and character, or outstanding and unusual promise. The scholarship is awarded to a freshman and is renewable for the undergrad­ uate years. T he L elan d S. M acPhail, Jr. Scholarship, given by Major League Baseball in recognition o f 4 8 years o f dedicated service by Leland S. MacPhail, Jr. ’39, will be awarded annually to a deserving student on the basis o f need and merit. T he D avid M andelbaum Scholarship is awarded to a freshman student with financial need who ranks high in scholarship and character, with preference to residents o f the states o f Penn­ sylvania and New Jersey. T he Dorothy M aynor Scholarship, established by the Hearst Foundation, is awarded to a student from the Harlem School o f the Arts in honor o f its founder. It provides a grant for the full amount o f need and for music lessons. The awardee will be nominated by the Harlem School o f the Arts and selected by Swarth­ more College on the basis o f all-around quali­ fications. T he Thom as B. M cC abe Achievem ent Awards, established by Thomas B. McCabe ’15, are awarded to entering students from the Delmarva Peninsula, and Delaware County, Penn­ sylvania, who give promise o f leadership. In making selections, the Committee places em­ phasis on ability, character, personality, and service to school and community. These awards provide a minimum annual grant of tuition, or a maximum to cover tuition, fees, room and board, depending on need. Candi­ dates for the McCabe Awards must apply for admission to the College by January 15. T he C harlotte G oette ’20 and W allace M. Mc­ Curdy Scholarship is awarded to a freshman on the basis o f need and merit, and is renewable annually. It has been endowed by Charlotte McCurdy ’20. T he Dorothy Shoem aker ’29 and Hugh McD iarm id ’30 Scholarship is awarded to a freshman man or woman student on the basis o f merit and need and is renewable through the senior year. It is the gift o f the McDiarmid family in commemoration o f their close association with Swarthmore College. T he Norman M einkoth Scholarship, established by his friends and former students, to honor Dr. Norman A. Meinkoth, a member o f the College faculty from 1947 to 1978, is awarded 29 Financial Aid annually to a worthy student with an interest in the study o f biological problems in a natural environment. T he Peter Merit Scholarship is awarded to an entering freshman outstanding in mental and physical vigor, who shows promise o f spend­ ing these talents for the good o f the college community and o f the larger community out­ side. The award was established in 1955 by Harold, LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in memory o f Peter Mertz, who was a member o f the class o f 1957. It is renewable for the undergraduate years. T he Jam es E. M iller Scholarship. Under the will o f Arabella M. Miller, funds are available annually for students from Delaware County (with preference for residents o f Nether Provi­ dence Township). T he Margaret Moore Scholarship Fund provides scholarships to foreign students with a prefer­ ence given to students o f South Asian origin. T he Florence Eising Naumburg Scholarship, named in 1975 in honor o f the mother o f an alumna o f the Class o f 1943, is awarded to a student whose past performance gives evi­ dence o f intellectual attainment, leadership, and character, and who shows potential for future intellectual growth, creativity, and scholarship, and for being a contributor to the College and ultimately to society. T he Thom as S. ’30 and M arian Hamming N icely ’30 Scholarship is awarded to a freshman with need who shows promise o f academic achieve­ ment, fine character, and athletic ability. Pref­ erence will be given to a person who hits been on the varsity tennis, squash, racquets, golf, or swimming teams in high or preparatory schools. T he John H. Nixon Scholarship was established by John H. Nixon, Class o f ’35, to assist Third World students, especially those who plan to return to their country o f origin. T he Edward L . Noyes ’31 Scholarship has been endowed in his memory by his wife, Jean Walton Noyes ’32, his three sons and his many friends. The scholarship is available to an incoming freshman, with preference given to those from the southwest, especially Texas. It is awarded on the basis o f need and merit to students with broad interests and is renewable through four years. T he H arriet W. Paiste Fund provides a scholar­ ship for a young woman who is a member o f the Society o f Friends (Philadephia Yearly Meeting). T he Rogers Palmer Scholarships, established in 1973 by Rogers Palmer o f the Class o f 1926, are awarded to members o f the freshman class who show promise o f leadership and who have need o f financial assistance. The scholar­ ships are renewable for a total o f four years at the discretion o f the College. T he J. R oland Pennock Scholarships were estab­ lished by Ann and Guerin Todd ’3 8 in honor o f J. Roland Pennock ’2 7, Richter Professor Emeritus o f Political Science. Income from this endowment is to be used to award four scholarships on the basis o f merit and need, preferably to one scholar in each class. The W innifred Poland Pierce Scholarship Fund is awarded on the basis o f merit and financial need and is renewable through the senior year. T he C ornelia Chapm an and N icholas O. Pittenger Scholarship, established by family and friends, is awarded to an incoming freshman man or woman who ranks high in scholarship, character, and personality and who has need for financial assistance. T he Anthony Beekm an Pool Scholarship. This scholarship is awarded to an incoming fresh­ man man o f promise and intellectual curiosity. It is given in memory o f Tony Pool o f the Class o f 1959. The George G. and H elen G askill Ratfije ’ 18 Scholarship is awarded to students with char­ acter, outstanding academic record, and fi­ nancial need. T he Raruey-Chandra and Niyomsit Scholarships are given by Renoo Suvamsit ’47 in memory o f his parents. They are given in alternate years: the Raruey-Chandra Scholarship to a woman for her senior year, and the Niyomsit Scholarship to a man for his senior year, who has high academic standing and real need for financial aid. Preference is given to a candidate who has divorced or deceased parents or a deceased mother or father. T he Fred C. and Jessie M . Reynolds Scholarship Fund, created through a testamentary gift of Jean Reynolds ’3 2, is awarded each year to a worthy student based on need. T he Lily Tily Richards Scholarship, established by Peirce L. Richards, Jr., in memory o f his wife, Lily Tily Richards ’29, is awarded to a woman distinguished for high scholarship, character, personality, and physical vigor. T he A dele Mills Riley M em orial Scholarship, founded by her husband, John R. Riley, was awarded for the first time for the academic year 1964-65. An annual award subject to renewal is made to a deserving student, man or woman. Selection stresses the candidate’s capacity for significant development o f his or her interests and talents during the college years. Qualities o f intellectual promise as well as potential for service are sought in making this appointment. T he Byron T. Roberts Scholarship, endowed by his family in memory o f Byron T. Roberts, ’12, is awarded annually to an incoming stu­ dent and is renewable for his or her years o f study at Swarthmore. T he Louis N. Robinson Scholarship was estab­ lished during the College’s Centennial year by the family and friends o f Louis N. Robinson. Mr. Robinson was for many years a member o f the Swarthmore College faculty and founder o f the Economics Discussion Group. A member o f the junior or senior class who has demonstrated interest and ability in the study o f Economics is chosen for this award. The Edwin P. Rome Scholarship provides finan­ cial assistance to worthy students with need. It was established in memory o f Edwin P. Rome ’37 by his wife, Mrs. Rita Rome, and the William Penn Foundation on whose board he served. The A lexis Rosenberg Scholarship Fund, estab­ lished by The Alexis Rosenberg Foundation, provides aid for a freshman student. It is awarded annually to a worthy student who could not attend the College without such assistance. The Ida and W illiam Rosenthal Scholarship was established by Elizabeth Coleman ’6 9 to be awarded to a student with need from a middle income family. The Girard Bliss Ruddick ’27 Scholarship is awarded to a junior on the basis o f merit and need, with preference to an economics major. It is renewable in the senior year. T he M arcia Perry Ruddick C ook ’27 Scholarship is awarded to a junior on the basis o f merit and need, with preference to an English Literature major, and is renewable for the senior year. Both scholar­ ships are endowed by J. Perry Ruddick in memory o f his parents. T he Edith A . Runge Scholarship Fund, estab­ lished by the will o f Edith A. Runge o f the Class o f 1938, provides assistance annually to students who have need o f financial aid. T he D avid B arker Rushmore Scholarship, estab­ lished in honor o f David Barker Rushmore, Class o f 1894, by his niece Dorothea Rush­ more Egan ’24, is awarded annually to a worthy student who plans to major in Engi­ neering or Economics. T he K atharine Scherman Scholarship is awarded to a student with a primary interest in the arts and the humanities, having special talents in these fields. Students with other special inter­ ests, however, will not be excluded from consideration. Awarded in honor o f Katharine Scherman, o f the Class o f 1938, it is renewable for the full period o f undergraduate study. T he W illiam G. and Mary N. Serrill Honors Scholarship is a competitive scholarship for men, awarded to a candidate for admission to the College, based upon the general plan o f the Rhodes Scholarships. Preference will be given to men who are residents o f Abington Town­ ship, including Jenkintown and Glenside, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania. T he Clinton G. Shafer Scholarship endowed by his family in memory o f Clinton G. Shafer, o f the Class o f 1951, is awarded to students interested in engineering and physical science. The committee in making its selection con­ siders character, personality, and leadership. T he Jo e and Terry Shane Scholarship, created in honor o f Joe Shane ’25, who was Vice Presi­ dent o f Swarthmore College’s Alumni, Devel­ opment, and Public Relations from 19501972, and his wife, Terry, who assisted him in countless ways in serving the College, was established by their son, Larry Shane ’56, and his wife, Marty Porter Shane ’57, in remem­ brance o f Joe and Terry’s warm friendship with generations o f Swarthmore alumni. This award is made to a freshman student on the 31 Financial Aid basis o f merit and need. It is renewable through four years. stewardship o f the College’s affairs and his tragic death in its service. T he Florence C reer Shepard ’26 Scholarship, established by her husband, is awarded on the basis o f high scholastic attainment, character, and personality. T he W. W. Smith C haritable Trust provides scholarships to students who qualify on the basis o f need and merit. T he C aroline Shero Scholarship was established in 1982 on the occasion o f her retirement from the College. It is awarded to a deserving student with need. T he Annie Shoem aker Scholarship is granted annually to a young woman o f the graduating class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook, Philadelphia. This scholarship is awarded by the faculty o f Friends Central School, and is subject to the approval o f Swarthmore Col­ lege. T he Sarah W. Shreiner Scholarship, given in loving memory by her daughter, Leah S. Leeds o f the Class o f 1927, is awarded annually to a woman who ranks high in scholarship, character, and personality. T he W illiam C . and B arbara Tipping Sieck Scholarship is awarded annually to a student showing distinction in academics, leadership qualities, and extra-curricular activities, and who indicates an interest in a career in busi­ ness. T he Nancy Baxter Skallerup Scholarship, estab­ lished by her husband and children, is awarded to an incoming freshman with financial need. It is renewable through four years. T he W illiam W. Slocum, Jr. Scholarship fund established in 1981 by a member o f the Class o f 1943 is awarded to a deserving student on the basis o f merit and need. T he Courtney C. Smith Scholarship is for stu­ dents who best exemplify the characteristics o f Swarthmore’s Ninth President: intellect and intellectual courage, natural dignity, hu­ mane purpose, and capacity for leadership. Normally the award will be made to a member o f the freshman class on the basis o f merit and need. It is renewable during the undergraduate years. Holders o f this scholarship gain access to a special file in the Friends Historical Library left by the scholarship’s creator, the Class o f 1957, inviting them to perpetuate the memory o f this individual’s sixteen years o f 32 T he H arold E. and Ruth C olw ell Snyder Pre­ m edical Scholarship is the gift o f Harold E. Snyder, Class o f 1929. It provides support up to full tuition and fees for junior or senior premedical students and is awarded on the basis o f merit and need. T he Cindy Solomon M em orial Scholarship is awarded with preference to a young woman in need o f financial assistance, and who has special talent in poetry or other creative and imaginative fields. T he H elen Solomon Scholarship is given in her memory by her son, Frank Solomon Jr. o f the Class o f 1950. It is awarded to a freshman on the basis o f merit and need and is renewable through the senior year. T he B abette S. Spiegel Scholarship Award, given in memory o f Babette S. Spiegel, Class of 1933, is awarded to a student showing very great promise as a creative writer (in any literary form) who has need o f financial assis­ tance. The Department o f English determines those eligible. T he Harry E. Sprogell Scholarship was estab­ lished in 1981 in memory o f Harry E. Sprogell ’32, and in honor o f his class’s 50th reunion. It is awarded to a junior or senior with financial need who has a special interest in law or music. C.V. Starr Scholarship Fund, established by The Starr Foundation as a memorial to its founder, provides scholarship assistance on the basis o f merit and need. T he C larence K . Streit Scholarship is awarded to a student entering the junior or senior year and majoring in history. Preference is given to persons, outstanding in initiative and scholar­ ship, who demonstrate a particular interest in American pre-Revolutionary War History. This scholarship honors Clarence K. Streit, author o f U nion Now: A Proposal For An At­ lantic Federal U nion o f the Free, whose seminal ideas were made public in three Cooper Foun­ dation lectures at Swarthmore. T he K atharin e Bennett Tappen, C lass o f 1931, M em orial Scholarship, established in 1980 is awarded to a freshman student. The scholar­ ship is renewable for four years at the discre­ tion o f the College. Preference is given to a resident o f the Delmarva Peninsula. T he Newton E. Tarble Award, established by Newton E. Tarble o f the Class o f 1913, is granted to a freshman man who gives promise o f leadership, ranks high in scholarship, char­ acter, and personality, and resides west o f the Mississippi River or south o f Springfield in the State o f Illinois. T he Jonathan K . Taylor Scholarship, in accor­ dance with the donor’s will, is awarded by the Board o f Trustees o f the Baltimore Monthly Meeting o f Friends. First preference is to descendants o f Jonathan K. Taylor; then to members o f the Baltimore Yearly Meeting o f Friends; then to others. The Phebe Anna T hom e Fund provides an income for scholarships for students whose previous work has demonstrated their ear­ nestness and ability. This gift includes a clause of preference to those students who are members o f the New York Monthly Meeting of Friends. The Audrey Friedm an Troy Scholarship, estab­ lished by her husband, Melvin B. Troy ’48, is awarded to a freshman man or woman. The scholarship is renewable through four years at the discretion o f the College. In awarding the scholarship, prime consideration is given to the ability o f the prospective scholar to profit from a Swarthmore education, and to be a contributor to the College and ultimately to society. The Robert C . and Sue Thomas Turner Scholar­ ship is awarded to a deserving student on the basis o f merit and financial need. The W illiam H illes W ard Scholarships, in mem­ ory o f William Hilles Ward o f the Class o f 1915, are awarded annually, preferably to students who plan to major in science. The committee in making its selection has regard for candidates who are most deserving o f financial assistance. The Stanley and Corinne W eithorn Scholarship Fund was established to provide financial as­ sistance on the basis o f need and merit. T he Barclay and Edith Lew is White Scholarship is awarded annually by the Music Department to a student o f music. T he I. V. W illiam son Scholarship. Preference is given to graduates o f Friends Central, George School, New York Friends Seminary, Balti­ more Friends School, Wilmington Friends School, Moorestown Friends School, Friends Academy at Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends School, and Brooklyn Friends School. The Edward C larkson W ilson Scholarship has been established at Swarthmore by friends o f Edward Clarkson W ilson, 1891, formerly Principal o f the Baltimore Friends School. It is awarded each year to a former student o f the Baltimore Friends School, who has been ap­ proved by the faculty o f the school, on the basis o f high character and high standing in scholarship. T he Elm er L . W inkler Scholarship Fund, estab­ lished in 1980 by a member o f the Class o f 1952, is awarded annually to a deserving student on the basis o f merit and need. The L etitia M. W olverton Scholarship Fund, given by Letitia M. Wolverton o f the Class o f 1913, provides scholarships for members o f the junior and senior classes who have proved to be capable students and have need for financial assistance to complete their educa­ tion at Swarthmore College. T he Roselynd A therholt W ood ’23 Fund provides a scholarship for a young man or woman with financial need who is distinguished for intel­ lectual promise as well as potential for service. T he M ichael M. and Zelm a K . Wynn Scholarship was established in 1983 by Kenneth R. Wynn ’73 in honor o f his mother and father. It is awarded annually to a student on the basis o f need and merit. The income from each o f the following funds is awarded at the discretion o f the College. T he Barclay G. Atkinson Scholarship Fund T he R ebecca M. Atkinson Scholarship Fund T he B ook and Key Scholarship Fund T he Leon W illard Briggs Scholarship Fund T he Robert C. Brooks Scholarship Fund T he Edna Pownall Buffington Scholarship Fund T he C lass o f 1913 Scholarship Fund T he C lass o f 1914 Scholarship Fund 33 Financial Aid T he C lass o f 1915 Scholarship Fund T he C lass o f 1917 Scholarship Fund T he C lass o f 1925 Scholarship Fund T he C lass o f 1956 Scholarship Fund T he Cochran M em orial Scholarship Fund T he Sarah Antrim C ole Scholarship Fund T he D elta Gamma Scholarship Fund The W illiam Dorsey Scholarship Fund The George E llsler Scholarship Fund T he J. H orace Ervien Scholarship Fund The H oward S. and Gertrude P. Evans Scholarship Fund The Joseph E. Gillingham Fund T he George K . and S allie K. Johnson Scholarship Fund T he K appa A lpha T heta Scholarship Fund T he Jessie Stevenson K ovalenko Scholarship Fund The E. H ibberd Law rence Scholarship Fund T he Thom as L. Leedom Scholarship Fund The Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship Fund T he Mary T. Longstreth Scholarship Fund T he C lara B. M arshall Scholarship Fund T he Edward Martin Scholarship Fund T he H oward Osborn Scholarship Fund T he Susanna H aines ’80 and Beulah H aines Parry Scholarship Fund 34 The T. H. Dudley Perkins Scholarship Fund T he Mary C oates Preston Scholarship Fund The D avid L. Price Scholarship The Robert Pyle Scholarship Fund T he R eader’s D igest Foundation Endowed Scholarship Fund The M ark E. Reeves Scholarship Fund The Frank Solomon Memorial Scholarship Fund The Mary Sproul Scholarship Fund T he H elen Squier Scholarship Fund T he W alter Frederick Sims Scholarship Fund T he H elen G. Stafford Scholarship Fund T he Francis Holmes Strozier M em orial Scholarship Fund T he Joseph T. Sullivan Scholarship Fund T he Titus Scholarships Fund T he D aniel U nderhill Scholarship Fund T he D eborah F. Wharton Scholarship Fund T he Thom as H. W hite Scholarship Fund T he Sam uel W illets Scholarship Fund T he Edward C larkson W ilson and E lizabeth T. W ilson Scholarship Fund T he Mary W ood Scholarship Fund T he Thom as Woodnutt Scholarship Fund College Life H O U S IN G Swarthmore is primarily a residential college, conducted on the assumption that the close association o f students and instructors is an important element in education. Most stu­ dents live in College dormitories, which in- elude coeducational housing as well as single sex dormitories and sections. Many members o f the faculty live on or near the campus, and are readily accessible to students. Residence Halls Twelve residence halls, ranging in capacity from 21 to 235 students, offer a diversity o f housing styles. These dormitories include: Woolman House; Dana and Hallowell Halls, which were opened in 1967; the upper floors in the wings o f Parrish Hall; W harton Hall, named in honor o f its donor, Joseph Wharton, at one time President o f the Board o f Man­ agers; Palmer, Pittinger, and Roberts Halls on South Chester Road; one building on the Mary Lyon School property; W orth Hall, the gift o f William P. and J. Sharpies Worth, as a memorial to their parents; W illets Hall, made possible largely by a bequest from Phebe Seaman, and named in honor o f her mother and aunts; and Mertz Hall, the gift o f Harold and Esther Mertz. About eighty percent o f dormitory areas are designated as coeducational housing either by floor, section, or entire dorm; the remaining areas are reserved for single sex housing. Dormitory sections may determine their own visitation hours up to and including twentyfour-hour visitation. New students are assigned to rooms by the Deans. Efforts are made to follow the prefer­ ences indicated, and to accommodate special needs, such as physical handicaps. Other stu­ dents choose their rooms in an order deter­ mined by lot or by invoking special options— among these are block housing, allowing friends to apply as a group for a section o f a particular hall or dorm; and language hall inclusion in which occupants are expected to conduct conversations in a language other than English to provide an immersion experi­ ence o f learning. There is also the opportunity to reside at neighboring Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges in a cross-campus housing exchange that proceeds on a matched one-forone basis. All students are expected to occupy the rooms to which they are assigned or which they have selected through the regular room choosing process unless authorized by the Deans to move. Permission must also be obtained from the Deans to reside outside college housing. Resident Assistants, selected from the junior and senior classes, are assigned to each o f the dormitory sections. Dormitories remain open during October and Thanksgiving breaks but are closed to student occupancy during Christmas and Spring vaca­ tions. Students enrolled for the fall semester only are expected to vacate their dormitory rooms within twenty-four hours after their last scheduled examination. Freshmen, sopho­ mores, and juniors are expected to leave im­ mediately after their last examination in the spring so that their rooms may be prepared for use by Commencement visitors. The insurance program for the College is designed to provide protection for College property and does not include the property of students or others. Students and their parents are strongly urged to review their insurance program in order to be sure that coverage is extended to include personal effects while at college. Sharpies Dining H all All students living on campus are required to subscribe to the College board plan for meals in the Philip T. Sharpies Dining Hall. The board plan covers 2 0 meals a week. Although an effort is made to meet the dietary needs o f all students, not all special requirements can 36 be accommodated; permission to reside off campus will be extended to any student not able to participate in the board plan. The dining hall is closed during the Christmas and Spring vacations. S O C IA L C E N T E R S T arble S o cia l C en ter Through the original generosity o f Newton E. Tarble o f the Class o f 1913 and his widow, Louise A. Tarble, the reconstructed Tarble Social Center in Clothier Memorial opened in April o f 1986. The facility includes recrea­ tional areas, a snack bar, lounge, student ac- tivities offices, a multi-purpose performance space as well as the bookstore. Under the leadership o f a Student Activities Coordinator and student co-directors, many major social activities (parties, concerts, plays, etc.) are held in Tarble. O ther Centers The A lice Paul Women’s Center was established to draw all women o f the Swarthmore com­ munity together through common concerns. The Center, which serves faculty, students, faculty wives, staff and alumnae, maintains a library o f resource books, pamphlets and periodicals, provides information, and spon­ sors a variety o f programs, lectures, discus­ sions and symposia for all members o f the college community about issues relating to women. A B lack Cultural Center, located in the Caroline Hadley Robinson House, provides a library and facilities for various cultural activities o f special interest to black students. The Center and its program are guided by a director and a committee o f black students, faculty, and administrators. Programs planned by the Cen­ ter are open to all members o f the College community. There are three fraternities at Swarthmore; Delta Upsilon and Phi Sigma Kappa are affili­ ated with national organizations, while Phi Omicron Psi is a local association. Fraternities are adjuncts to the college social program and maintain separate lodges on campus. The lodges do not contain dormitory accommoda­ tions or eating facilities. New members are pledged during late fall o f their first year at the College. In recent years about ten per cent o f the freshman men have decided to affiliate with one o f the fraternities. R E L IG IO U S L IF E Religious life at the College is a matter o f individual choice, as is consistent with Quaker principles. The Society o f Friends is commit­ ted to the belief that religion is best expressed in the quality o f everyday living. There are accordingly no compulsory religious exer­ cises. Students are encouraged to attend the churches o f their choice. Seven churches are located in the borough o f Swarthmore; other churches and synagogues may be found in the nearby towns o f M orton, Media, Chester, and Springfield. The Swarthmore Friends Meeting House is located on the campus. Students are cordially invited to attend its meeting for worship on Sunday. Extracurricular groups with faculty cooperation exist for the study o f the Bible and the exploration o f common concerns o f religion. They include: The Chris­ tian Fellowship and Caritas, both Christian groups; Young Friends, Ruach (Jewish organi­ zation), Catholic Students’ Association, and Ba’hai. S T U D E N T S E R V IC E S H ealth S erv ices The Worth Health Center, a gift o f the Worth family in memory o f William Penn Worth and Caroline Hallowell Worth, houses offices for the college physicians and nurses, outpatient 37 College Life treatment facilities, offices o f the Psychologi­ cal Services director and staff, and rooms for students who require in-patient care. The college physicians hold office hours every weekday at the College, where students may consult them without charge. Students should report any illness to the college physicians but are free to go for treatment to another doctor if they prefer to do so. As a part o f the matriculation process each student must submit a brief medical history and health certificate prepared by the family physician on a form supplied by the College. Pertinent information about such matters as medical problems, handicaps, allergies, medi­ cations, or psychiatric disturbances will be especially valuable to the college Health Ser­ vice in assisting each student. All this infor­ mation will be kept confidential. Each student is allowed ten days in-patient care in the Health Center per term without charge. Students suffering from a communi­ cable disease or from illness which makes it necessary for them to remain in bed must stay in the Health Center for the period o f their illness. Ordinary medicines are furnished without cost, but a charge is made for special medicines, certain immunization procedures and laboratory tests, and transportation when necessary to local hospitals. The Health Center staff cooperates closely with the Department o f Physical Education and Athletics. Recommendations for limited activity may be made for those students with physical handicaps. Rarely are students ex­ cused entirely from the requirements o f the Physical Education Department because adap­ tive programs are offered. The medical facilities o f the College are avail­ able to students injured in athletic activities or otherwise, but the College cannot assume additional financial responsibility for medical and surgical expenses arising from accidents. Insurance coverage for all students participat­ ing in athletics, however, is included in the mandatory health insurance package as is sup­ plementary coverage for all accident injuries. Psychological Services The program o f Psychological Services, which is administered separately from Health Ser­ vices, is housed in the North wing o f Worth Health Center. Services for students include counseling and psychotherapy, after hours emergency-on-call availability every day o f the academic year, consultation and educa­ tional talks and workshops. The director and staff are all part-time but collectively provide regular appointment times Monday through Friday. Students may be referred to outside mental health practitioners when long-term or highly specialized services are needed. The staff includes clinical psychologists and a clinical social worker as well as a consulting psychiatrist who is available on an as-needed basis. Psychological Services participates in training Resident Assistants and provides con­ sultation to staff and faculty. There is a strict policy o f confidentiality except where there may be an imminent threat to life. Student Advising Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member who acts as course adviser until this respon­ sibility falls to the chairman o f the student’s major department at the end o f the sophomore year. Requests for a change o f adviser should be addressed to the Associate Dean and will be freely granted, subject only to equity in the number o f advisees assigned to individual faculty members. The Deans hold overall responsibility for the 38 advising system. They are themselves available to all students for advice on any academic or personal matter, and for assistance with spe­ cial needs, such as those arising from physical handicaps. A consultant for testing and guidance is avail­ able to assist students with special problems o f academic adjustment, study skills and read­ ing proficiency. In addition, aptitude and in­ terest tests may be given on request. Career Planning and Placement The Career Planning and Placement Office helps students evaluate themselves and their goals in order to plan future career and life style alternatives. Individual counseling ses' sions and group workshops are conducted to facilitate this planning. The programs are open to students in all classes and are developmental in nature. W ork' shops are designed to help students expand their career options through exploration of their values, skills, interests, abilities, and experiences. A computerized interactive guid­ ance system, which provides an extensive source o f career information, is available as well. Sophomore and junior students in particular are encouraged to test options by participating in the Extern Program. This program provides on-site experience in a variety o f career fields by pairing students with an alumnus/a to work on a mutually planned task during one or more weeks o f vacation. Career exploration and experiential education is also encouraged during summer internships and jobs, during a semester or year off, and during the school year. Assistance is provided in helping stu­ dents locate and secure appropriate jobs, in­ ternships, and volunteer opportunities, and efforts are made to help students learn the most they can from these experiences. Additional help is provided through career information panels, on-site field trips, work­ shops on topics such as resume writing and cover letter writing, interviewing skills, and job search techniques. The office cooperates with the Alumni Office, the Alumni Associ­ ation, and the Parents Council to help put students in touch with a wide network o f people that can be o f assistance to them. The Career Resources Library includes many pub­ lications concerning all stages o f the job search process. The office hosts on-campus recruit­ ing by representatives from business, indus­ try, government, non-profit organizations, and graduate and professional schools. Notices of job vacancies are collected, posted, and in­ cluded in the office’s newsletter. Credential files are compiled for interested students and alumni to be sent to prospective employers and graduate admissions committees. Academic Support A program o f academic support includes in­ dividual tutorial services; special review sec­ tions attached to introductory courses in the natural sciences, philosophy, and economics; a mathematics lab; an expository writing course; a reading and study skills workshop; and a pre-freshman summer program for se­ lected entering students which is sponsored conjointly with Haverford and Bryn Mawr Colleges. These programs are overseen by the Deans and a faculty committee in cooperation with the academic departments. There are no fees required for any o f these supportive services. To meet the needs o f writers who would like to get assistance or feedback, a Writing Center has been established. The Center is staffed by Writing Associates, students trained to assist their peers with all stages o f the writing pro­ cess. The Center is located in Trotter Hall and operates on a drop-in basis. Writing Asso­ ciates are assigned on a regular basis to selected courses. W ithdrawal and Readmission for H ealth Reasons Students may withdraw voluntarily because of health problems. W here health problems of a physical or psychological nature substan­ tially interfere with a student’s academic per­ formance or safety, or the safety o f others, the student may be withdrawn at the discretion o f the College. The College reserves the right to require withdrawal when, in the judgment o f either the Director o f Health Services or the Director o f Psychological Services, a student’s functioning is impaired or in jeopardy. A student who has withdrawn for health reasons may apply for readmission. In the case o f a mental health withdrawal, the College will not, as a rule, accept applications for re- 39 College Life admission until a full semester (in addition to the semester in which the student has with­ drawn) has passed. A student applying to the College for «adm is­ sion must provide evidence from his or her physician or psychotherapist o f increased abil­ ity to function academically or o f decreased hazard to health or safety. After such evi­ dence has been provided, the student will ordinarily be required to be evaluated in person by a physician employed by the College Health Services and/or the Director o f Psy­ chological Services, as appropriate. Recom­ mendations for readmission are made to the Dean o f the College, who makes the final de­ cision. S T A T E M E N T O F S E C U R IT Y P O L IC IE S A N D P R O C E D U R E S Swarthmore College is a coeducational insti­ tution founded in 1864 by members o f the Religious Society o f Friends. It occupies ap­ proximately 3 0 0 acres o f privately owned land adjacent to the Borough o f Swarthmore in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. There are approximately 1,330 undergraduate students enrolled for the 1988-89 academic year with 1,209 occupying college housing. Approxi­ mately 6 0 0 non-student personnel are em­ ployed on campus either in a part-time or full­ time capacity. The Department o f Security and Safety Ser­ vices is primarily responsible for the overall security o f the campus. Its mission is to "protect persons and property, to preserve the peace, to deter crime, to apprehend crimi­ nal offenders, to recover lost and stolen prop­ erty, to perform services as required, to en­ force appropriate college regulations, and to maintain a sense o f community security and confidence in the department.” It endeavors to accomplish this task through a department comprised o f a Director, Coordinator, Lieu­ tenant, Corporal, and seven full-time and four part-time patrol officers. All full-time patrol officers undergo a thorough background check, psychological screening, and physical examination before hiring. They are subse­ quently sworn in as Special Officers after completing a recognized Pennsylvania State Police Training Academy for municipal police officers. These officers may exercise full police powers on Swarthmore College property. Local jurisdiction is shared with Swarthmore Borough Police Department, with whom a close working relationship is maintained. Additionally, current certification in cardio­ pulmonary resuscitation, obstructed airway, and standard first aid is minimally required. 40 Ongoing training after the police academy is provided for all full-time officers. Significant criminal incidents are reported to the Swarthmore Borough Police and to other state and local agencies as is indicated or required. Campus Officers also enforce col­ lege rules and regulations. Swarthmore Col­ lege is considered private property and tres­ passers are escorted o ff campus or arrested. Criminal incidents may be reported by the College community by dialing the College Communications Officer " 0 , ” or one o f the two numbers for security. These numbers are conspicuously placed near all college tele­ phones. The information received is immedi­ ately broadcast out to on-duty patrol officers who respond to the scene. Swarthmore Bor­ ough Police vehicles are outfitted with trans­ ceivers and may also respond. Other appro­ priate assistance is summoned by the College Communications Officer. All college buildings are posted so as to re­ strict all others but students, employees, and invited guests. These facilities are locked on a flexible schedule dictated by the college calen­ dar. The possession and use o f alcoholic beverages on the campus is regulated by State law and limited to those areas o f the campus which are specified by the Student Council and the Dean. The observance o f moderation and de­ corum in respect to drink is a student obliga­ tion. Disorderly conduct is regarded as a serious offense. The use or possession of illegal drugs or narcotics, without the specific recommendation o f a physician and knowl­ edge o f the Deans, is prohibited and subjects a student to possible suspension or expulsion. The use or possession o f firearms or other dangerous weapons is not permitted by stu­ dents, staff, or college security officers. Known criminal records o f students and em­ ployees are taken into consideration before admission and/or hiring. At least twice each academic year, a standing committee composed o f faculty, staff, and students reviews security considerations on campus and reports possible hazards to the Physical Plant Department. Outside lighting on campus has recently been upgraded. The college community is kept apprised o f security matters in a number o f ways. In addition to the weekly school newspaper, the Department o f Security and Safety Services publishes a bi-weekly newsletter. Serious in­ cidents are detailed in flyer form and immedi­ ately posted in dormitories and key locations throughout the campus. This information may also be transmitted via a resident assistant and off-campus phone tree system. The college’s Public Relations office works closely with the local news media when any significant college event transpires. Swarthmore is primarily a residential college, in recognition that the close association o f students and instructors is an important ele­ ment in education. Most students live in col­ lege residence halls. Single, double, and group rooms are available. There are no graduate or married housing accommodations. Many members o f the faculty and staff live on or near the campus and are readily accessible to students. New students are assigned to rooms by the Deans. Efforts are made to follow the prefer­ ences indicated by the students and to accom­ modate special needs. Other students choose their rooms in an order determined by lot or by invoking special options. Requests for room changes can be made by notifying the Housing Office o f room preferences under guidelines distributed by the Dean’s office throughout the year. Students are permitted guests in college hous­ ing so long as their resident assistants and housekeepers are duly notified. Guests o f the college are housed separately in facilities apart from the main campus. Residence halls are secured at 11 p.m. during normal semester days. Those residence halls located on the fringe o f the main campus are always locked. During October and Thanksgiving breaks, residence halls are locked earlier, the times being determined by census. All students are required to leave campus housing during Christmas and Spring vacations. Automatic locks on outside residence hall doors are supplemented by posted warnings that these facilities are private property, and access is restricted. All student rooms are individually keyed, and their windows are equipped with screens and locking devices to deter unauth­ orized entry. Regular interior and exterior patrols are made by college Security Officers. Resident assistants are selected to serve in all residence halls and have on-site responsibility for security, fire protection, and general safety. Each student is provided with an informa­ tional sheet detailing security concerns, proce­ dures, and services. This information is also published yearly in the Swarthmore College Student Handbook. The Department o f Security and Safety Ser­ vices maintains an active crime prevention program and designates a trained officer to work within the college community. A radio equipped shuttle service and pedestrian escort service are but a part o f an overall network designed to make the campus as safe as pos­ sible. Should anyone desire more detailed informa­ tion concerning this brief overview or wish to review crime statistics, feel free to write or call the Department o f Security and Safety Ser­ vices during business hours. A L U M N I O F F I C E A N D P U B L IC A T IO N S Alumni Relations is the communication chan­ nel between the College and its alumni, en­ abling them to maintain an on-going relation­ ship with each other. Some o f the office’s programs and activities include Alumni Week­ end in the spring, Homecoming Day in the fall, Swarthmore Today, alumni gatherings off campus all over the country, and alumni travel 41 College Life tours. It also plans the annual Parents Week­ end. The Alumni Office hires students as events interns and to help staff alumni events on campus and in the Philadelphia area. Stu­ dents also work as staff for most o f the cam­ pus events. The Alumni Office works closely with the Office o f Career Planning and Placement to facilitate "networking” between students and alumni and among alumni in order to take full advantage o f the invaluable experience repre­ sented among the alumni. The Alumni Office also helps officers o f the senior class plan special events. The Alumni Office gives staff support to the Alumni Association, which celebrated its 100th anniversary in 1981-82, and to the Alumni Council, die fifty-person elected governing body o f the Alumni Association. The Alumni Office gives staff support also to the ten regional alumni organizations, called Connec­ tions, in Philadelphia, New York, Boston, Washington, D.C., southern Florida, Chicago, Boulder, Los Angeles, San Francisco, and Seattle. There are 15,200 alumni: 7,913 men, 7,287 women, and 2,202 married to each other, giving substance to the traditional appellation for the College o f "Quaker Matchbox.” The College defines an alumnus/a as anyone who has completed one semester. College Publications All alumni, parents o f students, seniors, fac­ ulty, and staff receive the quarterly Alumni Bulletin free o f charge, and it is made available to all students. Other complimentary publica- tions sent to alumni, parents, and friends are an annual engagement calendar, the President’s an d Treasurer’s Report, and the Garnet Letter. P U B L IC R E L A T IO N S The Public Relations Office works with the print and broadcasting media to provide news and information about the College to its various publics. It responds to requests from the media for information on a variety o f subjects by calling on the resources and exper­ tise o f the faculty and professional staff. The Public Relations Office prepares two publica­ tions: On Cam pus, a monthly schedule o f activities at the College that are open to the 42 public, distributed on request to more than 2 ,0 0 0 households in the Philadelphia area, and the W eekly News, a newsletter o f events and announcements distributed to faculty, staff, and students. The Public Relations Office hires students who can write like journalists to be feature writers and events publicity writers, and also employs students as clerical help. Student Com m unity Student Conduct Students who choose Swarthmore as their college should understand that they are ac­ cepting social and academic standards which, while subject to periodic review, are essential to the well-being o f the community. In general, the life o f students should be governed by good taste and accepted practice rather than elaborate rules. Certain regulations, however, are o f particular importance and are listed below. 1. The possession and use o f alcoholic bever­ ages on the campus is regulated by State law and limited to those areas o f the campus which are specified by the Student Council and the Dean. The observance o f moderation and decorum in respect to drink is a student obligation. Disorderly conduct is regarded as a serious offense. Complete information about the College’s alcohol policy and guide­ lines is provided in the Student Handbook. 2. The use or possession o f injurious drugs or narcotics without the specific recommenda­ tion o f a physician and knowledge o f the Deans subjects a student to possible suspen­ sion or expulsion. 3. The use or possession o f firearms or other dangerous weapons is not permitted. Fire­ crackers or other explosives are prohibited. The setting o f fires outside o f restricted areas is a serious offense, as is tampering with fire alarms or fire prevention equipment. 4. The participation by any student in any disruption or interference with the orderly programs, functions, or conduct o f College activities o f any kind is a serious offense. 5. Occupants o f residence halls are expected to show consideration for other residents. Students are held responsible for the behavior o f visiting guests. 6 . No undergraduate may maintain an auto­ mobile while enrolled at the College without the permission o f the Car Authorization Com­ mittee, a student-faculty group. This permis­ sion is not extended to freshmen. Day students may use cars for commuting to College, but special arrangements for stickers must be made for campus parking. More detailed in­ formation may be obtained from the Office of the Deans. Penalties for violations o f College regulations such as those listed above are set by judicial committees or the Deans and may involve suspensions or expulsion. Standing regula­ tions may be modified and new rules may be added at any time upon notice to the student body. The College reserves the right to exclude at any time students whose conduct it regards as undesirable, and without assigning any further reason therefor. Neither the College nor any o f its officers shall be under any liability whatsoever for such exclusion. Judicial Bodies There are two judicial committees with dis­ tinct jurisdictions. The Student Judiciary Com­ m ittee, elected by the entire student body, acts on cases o f alleged violations o f students’ rules and campus regulations except as they fall within the sphere o f the College Judiciary Committee. The C ollege Judiciary Comm ittee is composed o f student, faculty, and administra- tion members. It has primary jurisdiction over cases that may involve academic disho­ nesty. It also acts upon cases referred by or ap­ pealed from the Student Judiciary Committee. A more complete description o f the judicial system is available from the Office o f the Dean or in the Student Handbook. Student Council The semi-annually elected Student Council represents the entire undergraduate commu­ nity and is the chief body o f student govern­ ment. Its efforts are directed toward coordi­ nation o f student activities and the expression o f student opinion. Committees o f the Council include the Ap­ pointments Committee, which selects qualified applicants for student positions on student/ 43 Student Com m unity faculty/administration committees, Board o f Managers committees, and student commit­ tees; the Budget Committee, which regulates distribution o f funds to student groups, and the Elections Committee, which supervises procedures in campus elections; and the Social Consortium, which is the oversight group for Social Committee and student social organiza­ tions. Social Committee An extensive program o f social activities is managed by the Social Committee, a represen­ tative student committee. The program is designed to appeal to a wide variety o f in­ terests and is open to all students. There is no charge for Social Committee functions and for most other campus events. E X T R A C U R R IC U L A R A C T IV IT IE S In addition to the foregoing organizations, Swarthmore students have an opportunity to participate in a program o f extracurricular activities wide enough to meet every kind o f interest. There are dozens o f formal and in- formal organizations.They vary as gready as the interests o f the students vary. The College encourages students to participate in whatever activities best fit their personal talents and inclinations. Student A r t Association The Student Art Association encourages and supports a wide range o f extracurricular op­ portunities for those interested in the visual and performing arts. It has sponsored avantgarde happenings and lectures by visiting ar­ tists, and it runs three programs that continue from year to year: the Griffin Gallery for student art shows and performances; Studio Free Pearson, a cooperative studio space on the top floor o f the Arts Center; and the Life Drawing Program, presenting weekly sessions o f figure drawing. All events are open to the entire College community, and each semester the group holds meetings for all who are in­ terested in the creative arts. Music The Department o f Music administers and staffs several performing organizations. T he C ollege Chorus, conducted by Robert Smart, rehearses three hours per week. T he C ollege Singers, a select small chorus drawn from the membership o f the Chorus and conducted by Karen Meyers, rehearses an additional two hours per week. T he C ollege O rchestra, di­ rected by Arne Running, rehearses twice a week. The Cham ber O rchestra, directed by James Freeman, gives two concerts each se­ mester; its rehearsals closely precede the con­ certs and its members are drawn from The College Orchestra. The W ind Ensem ble, which rehearses one night weekly and gives two major concerts each year in addition to several outdoor performances, is under the direction o f Michael Johns. T he Early M usic Ensemble, 44 directed by Michael Marissen, meets each week and gives several concerts during the year. More information about joining these performing groups can be found on the De­ partment bulletin board on the upper level of Lang. Instrumentalists and singers can also partici­ pate in the chamber music coaching program coordinated by Dorothy Freeman. The Or­ chestra (Chamber Orchestra) and Chorus (Singers) both require auditions for member­ ship. Several student chamber music concerts (in which all interested students have an opportunity to perform) are given each se­ mester. These concerts also provide an oppor­ tunity for student composers to have their works performed. T he Swarthmore College String Q uartet, composed o f four top-notch student string players who also serve as prin­ cipal players in the College Orchestra and Chamber Orchestra, performs frequently at the College and at other institutions. The Edwin B. Garrigues Foundation Scholarships subsidize the entire cost o f private instrumen­ tal or vocal lessons for a limited number o f especially gifted and advanced student musi­ cians with the teacher o f their choice. These scholarships, which are awarded yearly to approximately ten students, are determined through a departmental screening process. The Department each year sponsors a Concerto Com petition, open to all Swarthmore College students. Auditions for the competition are normally held the first Thursday after wintervacation. The winner performs later with the Orchestra. Practice and performance facilities in the Lang Music Building include sixteen practice rooms (each with at least one piano), a concert and a rehearsal hall (each with its own concert grand), one organ, and two harp­ sichords. The D aniel U nderhill M usic Library has excellent collections o f scores, books, and records. T he W illiam J. C ooper Foundation presents a distinguished group o f concerts each year on the campus. The Music Department adminis­ ters a separate series o f public concerts. T he Swarthmore M usic and D ance Festival takes place on campus during three weeks o f the fall semester. It presents concerts, master classes, and symposia, focusing on contemporary American works performed and discussed by eminent artists. Dance The Swarthmore College Dancers perform public concerts with works choreographed by students, the dance faculty, and other profes­ sional choreographers. Each year there are a series o f formal concerts at the end o f each semester, as well as informal performances throughout the year, including a series o f exchange concerts with other area colleges. Lecture demonstrations for public schools and for organizations within the sur­ rounding communities are also a regular part of the yearly dance performance schedule. For the past few years Swarthmore College has been the recipient o f Pennsylvania Council of the Arts and National Endowment for the Arts grants which have enabled the College, in conjunction with the William J. Cooper Foun­ dation, to bring outstanding professional dance companies for short term residencies. These residencies typically last from one to three weeks, and include master classes, lec­ tures, performances, and sometimes, the cre­ ation o f a new work by a guest artist for student performers. Each year the Swarthmore Music and Dance Festival brings together guest artists, faculty members, and students in a series o f perfor­ mances and symposia focused on specific themes. Scholarships for summer study are available to dance students through funds provided by the Friends o f Music and Dance. The Department o f Physical Education and Athletics sponsors a coeducational perfor­ mance group in Folk Dance. Theatre Professor Lee Devin is Director o f The Theatre. He supervises the Theatre Studies program. Interested students should consult the depart­ mental statement for English Literature. Internships in film production, casting, and theatre are available throughout the Philadel- phia area. See Mr. Devin for details. Extra-curricular theatre is produced by Drama Board. News o f try-outs and productions appears on the Call Board in Parrish Hall, near the telephones. 45 Student Com m unity Athletics Swarthmore’s athletic policy is based on the premise that any sports program must be justified by the contributions which it can make to the educational development o f the individual student who chooses to participate. In keeping with this fundamental policy, Swarthmore’s athletic program is varied and extensive, offering every student a chance to take part in a wide range o f sports. W ithin the limits o f finance, personnel, and facilities, the College feels that it is desirable to have as many students as possible competing on its intercollegiate or club teams, or in intramural sports. Faculty members serve as advisers for several o f the varsity athletic teams. They work closely with the teams, attending prac­ tices and many o f the scheduled contests. In terest Clubs There are a great variety o f special interest clubs, listed more fully in the Student H and­ book. Since the interests o f our students change frequently, new clubs are often formed by student groups. Publications and M edia The Phoenix, the weekly College newspaper, and W SRN , the campus radio station, are both completely student-run organizations. In addition, there is a variety o f other student publications, including literary magazines, newsletters, and an alternative magazine. The current list can be found in the H andbook. O U TREA CH PRO GRA M S AIM S, Adventures in M ath and Science AIMS is a residential enrichment program for rising ninth and tenth grade students from Philadelphia, Chester, and local public schools. It was initiated at Swarthmore in 1986, and Swarthmore College students serve as counse­ lors and teaching assistants in partnership with College professors, high school teachers, and other educators. The goal o f the program is to create an innovative, motivational learn­ ing environment for middle-ability students. Math, science, writing, and personal assess­ ment and growth are emphasized. AIMS is funded by the William Penn Foundation; Myrt Westphal is the Administrative Director. Swarthmore College Upward Bound The Upward Bound Program at Swarthmore College, begun in 1964 and continued with Federal support, is intended to provide simul­ taneously a valuable experience for Swarth­ more students and a service to high school students who are members o f surrounding communities. It offers both a six-week resi­ dential summer school in which Swarthmore students may serve as counselors, and a series o f activities during the academic year in which Swarthmore students serve as tutors. The program, designed to assist young people in their preparation for post-high school educa­ tion, is administered by Edwin A. Collins, Project Director. Swarthmore College Volunteer Program Swarthmore students may work as volunteers or paid Interns in community agencies that 46 provide a variety o f services including housing rehabilitation, legal assistance, and counseling. The localities serviced include the nearby City o f Chester, Delaware County, and Philadel­ phia. The program was begun by students in 1983 and is now overseen by a coordinator and a committee o f faculty members, students, and community leaders. Swarthmore Foundation The Swarthmore Foundation is a small philan­ thropic body designed to be a distinctive part o f Swarthmore College. Its mission is to pro­ mote an understanding and a sense o f social responsibility within our students by enabling them to become involved in effective charit- able work. The Foundation operates under the oversight o f the Dean o f the College and, on a competitive basis, awards grants to students who wish to engage in charitable activity. The awards are small, generally ranging from $200 to $ 2,000 a year to a single beneficiary. 47 IV Educational Program Awards and Prizes Faculty Regulations Fellowships Degree Requirements 48 Educational Program G EN ER A L STA TEM EN T Swarthmore College offers the degree o f Bache­ lor o f Arts and the degree o f Bachelor o f Science. The latter is given only to students who major in Engineering; the former, to students in the Humanities, the Social Sci­ ences, and the Natural Sciences. Four years o f resident study are normally required for a Bachelor’s degree (see page 6 4 ), but variation in this term, particularly as a result o f Ad­ vanced Placement credit, is possible (see page 20). The selection o f a program will depend upon the student’s interests and vocational plans. The purpose o f a liberal education, however, is not primarily to provide vocational instruc­ tion, even though it provides the best founda­ tion for one’s future vocation. Its purpose is to help students fulfill their responsibilities as citizens and grow into cultivated and versatile individuals. A liberal education is concerned with the cultural inheritance o f the past, with I the cultivation o f moral, spiritual, and aesI thetic values, with the development o f anaI lytical abilities. Intellectually it aims to enI hance resourcefulness, serious curiosity, open-mindedness, perspective, logical coherI ence, insight, discrimination. I One comprehensive review o f Swarthmore’s I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 9 curriculum (Critique o f a C ollege, 1967) suggested two principles for a liberal education. "One is the principle o f Depth. To make the most of a liberal education, each student must go far enough into some subjects to give him a genuine mastery o f disciplinary skills, so that he can use them to generate new discoveries on his own___ He must go far enough to grasp systematic connections within a field, to see how fundamental principles combine to make intelligible a range o f subordinate principles or phenomena.. . . The other principle is that o f Diversity. To make the most o f a liberal education, each student must have enough breadth and variety in his studies so that he can compare and contrast different methods o f inquiry. . . , and so that he can have the experience o f making the bright spark of connection leap across wide gaps. It is this breadth that gives point to the two senses o f 'relevance’ that are fundamental in liberal education. . . perception o f the rele- vance o f one part o f learning to another, even across the boundaries o f fields and subjects (and ). . . perception o f the relevance o f learn­ ing to the exigencies o f life___ ” To these two principles the study added that the curriculum should aim to encourage resourcefulness and self-reliance and develop the personal condi­ tions o f intellectual progress by placing sub­ stantial responsibility upon the student for his or her education, amply allowing individuality o f programs and requiring important choices about the composition o f programs. "W hat we are proposing,” the study concluded, "is a curriculum that leans rather sharply toward specialized diversity, and away from uniform generality.. . . Our emphasis is on serious en­ counters with special topics and problems at a comparatively high level o f competence, and on student programs that reflect individual constellations o f diversified interests.” Accordingly, the Swarthmore curriculum re­ quires o f the student both a diversity o f intellectual experience sufficient to test and develop different capacities and perspectives and concentration on some field(s) sufficiently intensive to develop a serious understanding o f problems and methods and a sense o f the conditions o f mastery. These ends o f a liberal education are reflected in requirements for distribution and for the major. During the first half o f their college program all students are expected to satisfy some if not all o f the distribution requirements, to choose their major and minor subjects, and to prepare for advanced work in these subjects by taking certain prerequisites. The normal program consists o f four courses each semester chosen by the student in consultation with his or her faculty advisor. The program for upper class students affords a choice between two methods o f study: the External Examination (Honors) Program and the Course program. Reading for Honors is characteristically the more intensive, Course work the more diversified. An Honors candi­ date concentrates on two or three fields through a disciplinary major and minor or focuses the program o f study in an interdisci­ plinary major or concentration; studies are intensive and will occupy the equivalent o f 49 Educational Program three-fourths o f the student’s work during the last two years. In addition to work taken as a part o f the External Examination Program, the students take other courses which provide opportunities for further exploration. At the close o f the senior year, the candidate’s exter­ nal examination program will be evaluated by visiting examiners. A student in the course program has wider freedom o f election and normally takes four courses or their equivalent in each o f the last four semesters. All students must fulfill the requirements for the major, and before the end o f the senior year, students are required to pass a comprehensive examination given by the major department. All students are admitted to seminars based on their prior academic work. The program for engineering students follows a similar basic plan, with certain variations which are explained on page 121. Courses outside the technical fields are distributed over all four years. The course advisors o f freshmen and sopho­ mores are members o f the faculty appointed by the Dean. For juniors and seniors the advisors are the chairs o f their major depart­ ments or their representatives. PRO G R A M F O R FRESH M EN A N D SO PH O M O R ES The major goals o f the first two years o f a Swarthmore education are to introduce stu­ dents to a broad range o f intellectual pursuits, to equip them with the analytic and expressive skills required to engage in those pursuits, and to foster a critical stance towards learning and knowing. The College distribution require­ ments are designed to aid students in achieving these goals. To meet the distribution requirements, a stu­ dent must take at least three credits in each o f the three divisions o f the College and complete at least 20 credits outside the major before graduation. A t least two credits in each divi­ sion must be in different departments and must also be earned in courses designated as Primary Distribution courses. For purposes o f the distribution requirements the three divisions o f the College are consti­ tuted as follows: H um anities: Art, Classics (literature), English Literature, Modern Languages and Litera­ tures, Music and Dance, Philosophy, Reli­ gion. N atural Sciences and Engineering: Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Engineering, Mathematics, Physics and Astronomy. Social Sciences: Classics (ancient history), Eco­ nomics, Education, History, Linguistics, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology and Anthropology. 50 Primary Distribution courses place particular emphasis on the mode o f inquiry in a particu­ lar discipline. In teaching students to be self conscious about how knowledge is generated, these courses seek to develop an appreciation o f both the power and the limits o f each discipline within a broader system o f knowl­ edge. In recognition o f the importance of writing as an integral part o f the learning process in disciplines across the curriculum, Primary Distribution courses also provide considerable practice in expressing analytic and synthetic thought in writing. Primary Distribution courses are intended to be ap­ propriate both for those students who con­ tinue in a field and for those who do not. They are restricted to 25 students or have accom­ panying small laboratories or discussion sec­ tions. Courses which count for Primary Distribution are designated in the departmental listings. All six Primary Distribution courses must be satisfied by courses taken at Swarthmore and, with the exception o f literature courses taught in a language other than English, will normally be completed before the student enters the junior year. Extensions in the time allowed to complete the remaining Primary Distribution courses may be granted by the Committee on Academic Requirements to students who study for a semester or more away from Swarthmore. Any course in a division (with the exception o f English Literature courses numbered 1A, IB , 1C, Music courses numbered 4 0 -4 9 , and Dance courses numbered 1-12 and 4 0 ) may be chosen as the third Distribution course in that division. Some courses may be designated as qualifying for distribution (including Primary Distribution) within more than one division. One-credit courses so designated can be counted in only one o f those divisions; multicredit courses so designated may be counted for distribution in two or more divisions. A course cross-listed between departments, within or across divisions, will fulfill the distribution requirement only for the depart­ ment and division o f the professor who offers the course. Unless designated otherwise, courses taught jointly or alternately by faculty members o f departments in different divisions may not be used to satisfy distribution re­ quirements. Students who have been granted credit and advanced placement by two departments in the same division for work done prior to matriculation at Swarthmore will be exempted from one Primary Distribution requirement in that division on the condition that they take an additional course in one o f those depart­ ments. They will be exempted from both Primary Distribution requirements in that division on the condition that they take an additional course in each o f those depart­ ments. Students who enter Swarthmore with at most four semesters remaining to complete their degree will be exempted from the Pri­ mary Distribution component o f the distribu­ tion requirement. It is most desirable that students include in their programs some work in a foreign lan­ guage, beyond the basic language requirement (see p. 64 ). A student who intends to major in one o f the natural sciences, mathematics, or engineering should take an appropriate mathe­ matics course in the freshman year. Students intending to major in one o f the social sciences should be aware o f the increasing importance o f mathematical background for these sub­ jects. In addition to the requirements listed above, prerequisites must be completed for the work o f the last two years in major and minor subjects, and sufficient additional electives must be taken to make up a full program, bearing in mind the requirement that at least 20 credits must be taken outside the major department. Early in the sophomore year, die student should identify two or three subjects as possible majors, paying particular attention to departmental requirements and recommen­ dations. W hile faculty advisors assist students in pre­ paring their academic programs, it is empha­ sized that students themselves are individually responsible for planning and adhering to pro­ grams and for the completion o f graduation requirements. Faculty advisors, department chairmen, other faculty members, the Deans, and the Registrar are available for information and advice. In the freshman and sophomore years all students not excused for medical reasons are required to complete a four quarter (two semester) program in physical education. The requirements are stated in full on page 63. P R O G R A M S F O R JU N IO R S A N D S E N IO R S The major goals o f the last two years o f a Swarthmore education are to engage students with a chosen field o f inquiry and to assist them in assuming an independent role in creating and synthesizing knowledge within it. The breadth o f exposure, acquisition o f skills, and development o f a critical stance during the first two years prepare students to pursue these goals. W ith the choice o f a major, the focus shifts from scope to depth. Students become involved for two years with a discrete field o f inquiry and demonstrate their mastery o f that field through the completion o f courses within the major and courses taken outside the major which serve to expand and deepen the student’s perspective on the major. All students are required to include sufficient 51 Educational Program work in a single department or program (des­ ignated as a "m ajor” ) to make an equivalent o f at least eight courses before graduation. In the spring o f the sophomore year, each student will, with the guidance o f his or her advisor, prepare a reasoned plan o f study for the last two years. This plan will be submitted to the chair o f the student’s proposed major as a part o f the application for a major. Acceptance will be based on the student’s record and an estimate o f his or her capacities in the desig­ nated major. Students who fail to secure approval o f a major cannot be admitted to the junior class. During the senior year a student may choose to study in one o f two programs o f study described below. C O U R SE PRO GRAM Work in the Course program includes some intensive study within a general area o f inter­ est. This work results in a departmental major or a special major. To complete a departmental major, a student must be accepted as a major, and in addition to the standard eight courses and comprehensive examination in the major department, must fulfill specific departmental requirements. The requirements for accep­ tance to departmental majors and for comple­ tion o f them are specified in this catalogue under the respective departmental listings. The latter are designated to ensure a compre­ hensive acquaintance with the field. A student must accumulate twenty courses outside his or her major, but there is no other limit on the number o f courses that a student may take in his or her major. W ith departmental permission it is possible for a student to plan a Special M ajor that includes closely related work in one or more departments outside the major department. This work (up to four courses normally) is part o f the major program for the comprehen­ sive examination; some o f it may consist o f a thesis or other written research project(s) designed to integrate the work across depart­ mental boundaries. In any case, the program o f the Special Major is expected to be integral in the sense that it specifies a field o f learning (not necessarily conventional) or topic or problems for sustained inquiry that crosses departmental boundaries and can be treated as a sub-field within the normal departmental major. Special Majors consist o f at least 10 credits and normally o f no more than 12 credits. Occasionally, where regular depart­ mental requirements unduly constrain the possibilities o f a Special Major, these require­ ments may be relaxed to a minimum o f six courses in the primary department or by the omission o f certain courses in that department normally required for the sake o f breadth of experience o f the major field; but course requirements central to systematic understand­ ing o f the major field will not be waived. By extension, Special Majors may be formulated as joint majors between two departments, normally with at least five credits in each department and 11 in both departments, which, in such programs, collaborate in advis­ ing and in the comprehensive examination. During the junior and senior years, Course students are advised by the chairman o f the major department (or a member o f the depart­ ment designated by the chairman) whose ap­ proval must be secured for the choice of courses each semester. The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree with Distinction to students who have done distinguished work in the Course program and have achieved the grade average estab­ lished for this degree. 52 \ e ( t f c f i t t ( ( < t I ( t I ( t ( \ ( ( ( < 1 1 ( 1 < \ 1 ; 1 E X T E R N A L E X A M I N A T IO N P R O G R A M ( R E A D I N G F O R H O N O R S ) The External Examination Program, initiated in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte and modified most recently in 1987, is a distinctive f part o f Swarthmore’s educational life. While the program is designedly flexible and responsive to new needs, it has been characterized from the beginning by three basic elements, which taken together may be said to be the essence o f the system. (1 ) Reading for Honors involves a concentra­ tion o f the student’s attention upon a limited field o f studies. Normally, the student pursues only two subjects each semester, avoiding fragmentation o f interests. Content o f studies is correspondingly broader and deeper, per­ mitting a wide range o f reading and investiga­ tion and demanding o f the student correlations of an independent and searching nature. (2) W hile Reading for Honors frees students from periodic examination, it exposes their thinking to continual scrutiny from both class­ mates and instructors. Students prepare for examination over their program at the close o f the senior year. In these, the student is ex­ pected to demonstrate competence in a field of knowledge rather than mere mastery o f those facts and interpretations which the in­ structor has presented. These examinations, consisting o f a three-hour paper in each field, are set by examiners from other institutions who also come to the campus to conduct an oral examination o f each student. (3) Reading for Honors is customarily carried on in seminars, in independent projects, or in classes which have been approved as prepara­ tions for external examinations. Seminars meet once a week, in many cases in the home of the instructor, for sessions lasting three hours or more. The exact technique o f the seminar varies with the subject matter, but its essence is a cooperative search for truth, whether it be by papers, discussion, or labora­ tory experiment. Once a seminar in a desig­ nated subject has been taken, the student must stand for the external examination as part o f his or her Honors program. An external examination program will be based on the equivalent o f twelve units o f work covering at least four fields chosen from at least two departments. The program o f study must contain at least three fields from the student’s major department or be in a faculty-approved interdisciplinary major or concentration. The major department may require that the minor field o f a four field examination program be related to the three fields in the major. A student who sits for an external examination in a field must do so based on one o f the following forms o f preparation: (1 ) Two units o f work consisting o f a twocredit seminar or its equivalent, or a twocredit thesis or individual research project. (2 ) Three units o f work consisting o f a twocredit seminar or its equivalent plus a unit o f prerequisite work. (3 ) One unit o f work if this work is related to one or more o f the other fields in the student’s external examination program. The examined work will take the form o f a written essay which will be the equivalent o f a one-credit thesis. A student may include, at most, two single-unit fields in the program for external examination. A candidate for admission to the external examination program should, during the spring semester o f the junior year, consult the chair o f his or her prospective major and minor departments or the chair o f an approved interdisciplinary concentration or major in which the examination program is to be fo­ cused, to work out his or her proposed pro­ gram for external examination. The applica­ tion for an external examination program contains a specification o f i) which examina­ tion a student proposes to take, ii) how many units each examination is to count for, and iii) the form o f preparation for each examination. This proposed program must be filed in the office o f the Registrar, who will forward it to the divisions concerned. Accceptance o f the candidate by the division will be based on the recommendation o f the major and minor de­ partments, concentrations or interdisciplinary major. The recommendation o f the major department or interdisciplinary program will depend on the proposed program o f study and the quality o f the student’s previous work as indicated by grades received and upon the student’s apparent capacity for assuming the responsibility o f reading for honors. The major department or interdisciplinary pro­ gram is responsible for the original plan o f work and for keeping in touch with the can­ didate’s progress from semester to semester. 53 Educational Program The division is responsible for approval o f the original program and o f any later changes in that program. For purposes o f the external examination program, the structure o f divisions will be as follows: H um anities: Art, Classics, English Literature, History, Linguistics (program), Mathematics, Modern Languages, Music, Philosophy, Psy­ chology, Religion. Social Sciences: Economics, Education, Engi­ neering, History, Linguistics (program), Mathe­ matics, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychol­ ogy, Sociology and Anthropology. N atural Sciences and Engineering: Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science (program), En­ gineering, Mathematics, Philosophy, Physics and Astronomy, Psychology. All seminar work will be followed by an examination at the end o f the spring semester o f the year in which the seminar is offered. For seniors in the external examination program, the external examination will constitute suffi­ cient examination for all seminars in their plan o f study. All other students who have taken seminars will stand for an appropriate exami­ nation set (when feasible) by external examin­ ers and read by a member o f the Swarthmore faculty. I f such an exam is not available, these students will stand for an equivalent examina­ tion set and read by a member o f the Swarth­ more faculty. Seniors who are awarded honors and juniors who have been accepted into the external examination program will have no grades recorded on their transcript for any seminars included in their plan o f study for honors programs. Seniors who take courses within a plan o f study for an external examination program will be expected to m eet all the requirements for such courses except that of course examination, unless the instructor deems it necessary that they take the examina­ tion. Normally, the external examination will be sufficient examination for such courses. A t the end o f the senior year the reading o f the examinations and the decision o f the degree of Honors to be awarded the candidates is en­ tirely in the hands o f the visiting examiners. Upon their recommendation, successful can­ didates are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree with Honors, with High Honors, or with Highest Honors. W hen the work o f a candi­ date does not in the opinion o f the examiners merit Honors o f any grade, Swarthmore fac­ ulty members review the student’s examina­ tion papers and assign grades. E X C E P T IO N S T O T H E F O U R -Y E A R P R O G R A M Although the normal period o f uninterrupted work toward the Bachelor o f Arts and Bache­ lor o f Science degrees is four years, graduation in three years is freely permitted when a student can take advantage o f Advanced Place­ ment credits, perhaps combining them with extra work by special permission. When cir­ cumstances warrant, a student may lengthen the continuous route to graduation to five years by carrying fewer courses than the norm o f four: this may be appropriate for students who enter Swarthmore lacking some elements o f the usual preparation for college, who are physically handicapped, or who wish to free time for activities relating to their curricular work although not done for academic credit. Such five-year programs are possible in Music and Studio Arts for students who are tak­ 54 ing instruction o ff campus or who wish to pursue studio or instrumental work without full credit but with instruction and critical supervision; but such programs are possible only on application to and selection by the department concerned, which will look for exceptional accomplishment or promise. In all cases where it is proposed to reduce aca­ demic credit and lengthen the period before graduation the College looks particularly to personal circumstances and to careful advising and necessarily charges the regular annual tuition (see the provisions for overloads, p. 21 ). Full-time leaves o f absence for a semes­ ter or a year or more are freely permitted and in some cases encouraged, subject also to careful planning and academic advising. N O RM A L C O U R SE LOAD Although normal progress toward the degree of Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor o f Science is made by eight semesters’ work o f four courses or the equivalent each semester, students may and frequently do vary this by programs o f five courses or three courses if it is desirable for them to do so. The object o f progress toward the degree is not primarily, however, the mere accumulation o f 32 credits. College policy does not permit programs o f fewer than three courses within the normal eight semester enrollment. Programs o f more than five courses or fewer than four courses require special permission (see p. 21 on tuition and p. 6 2 on registration). F O R M A T S O F IN S T R U C T IO N While classes and seminars are the normal curricular formats at Swarthmore, faculty regu­ lations encourage other modes as well. These include various forms o f individual study, student-run courses, and a limited amount o f "practical” or off-campus work. The principal forms o f individual work are attachments to courses, directed reading, and tutorials. The faculty regulation on attach­ ments provides that a student may attach to an existing course, with permission o f the in­ structor, a project o f additional reading, re­ search, and writing. If this attachment is taken concurrently with the course it is normally done for half credit. If it is taken in a later semester (preferably the semester immediately following), it may be done for either half or full credit. This kind o f work can be done on either a small-group or individual basis. It is not possible in all courses, but it is in most, including some introductory courses. For freshmen and sophomores it is a way o f developing capacities for independent work, and for Honors candidates it is an alternative to seminars as a preparation for papers. Stu­ dents who decide before the middle o f the semester to do a half-credit attachment may commonly, with permission, withdraw from a regular course and carry three and a half credits in that term to be balanced by four and a half credits in another term. Students may do as many as two attachments each year. Directed reading and tutorials are similar; but the faculty role in the former is more biblio­ graphical than pedagogical, and, because they require somewhat less faculty time, oppor­ tunities for directed reading are more frequent in most departments than are opportunities for tutorials. In both cases substantial written work and/or written examinations are con­ sidered appropriate, and it is generally desir­ able that the work be more specialized or more sharply focussed than is usually the case in courses or seminars; the work may range from a course o f reading to a specific research project. Such work is available primarily to juniors and seniors in accordance with their curricular interests and as faculty time per­ mits. The faculty regulation on student-run courses permits a group o f students to propose a topic to an instructor for half or single credit and to run their own course with a reading list ap­ proved by the instructor and a final examina­ tion or equivalent administered by him or her, but normally with no further involvement o f faculty. In organizing such a course students obtain provisional approval and agreement to serve as course supervisor from a faculty member by December 1st (for the spring term) or May 1st (for the fall term) on the basis o f an initial memorandum emphasizing the principal subject matter to be studied, the questions to be asked about it, the methods o f investigation, and providing a preliminary bib­ liography. The course is then registered by its organizers with the Provost, who has admin­ istrative supervision o f such work, and who may waive the foregoing deadlines to recognize problems in the organization o f such courses. The course supervisor consults his or her department, and in the case o f an interdepart­ mental course, any other department con­ cerned, whose representatives together with 55 Educational Program the Provost will decide whether to approve the course. The supervisor also reviews the course outline and bibliography and qualifications and general eligibility o f students proposing to participate in the course. After a studentrun course has been found acceptable by the appropriate department (or departments) and the Provost, the course supervisor’s final ap­ proval is due ten days before the term begins, following which a revised reading list and class list are given to the Librarian and the course title and class list are filed with the Registrar. A t the end o f the course the supervisor evalu­ ates and grades the students’ work in the usual way or arranges for an outside examiner to do so. Student-run courses may vary in format and content. In particular, they may be provi­ sionally proposed for half credit to run in the first half o f the semester, and at midterm, may be either concluded or, if the participants and course supervisor find the work profitable, continued for the balance o f the term for full credit. Alternatively, student-run courses may be started after the beginning o f the semester (up to midsemester) for half credit and then be continued, on the same basis, into the following term. O r they may be taken for half credit over a full term. The role o f the course supervisor may exceed that in planning and evaluation outlined above and extend to occa­ sional or regular participation. The only es­ sentials, and the purpose o f the procedures, are sufficient planning and organization o f the course to facilitate focus and penetration. The course planning and organization, both ana­ lytical and bibliographical, are also regarded as important ends in themselves, to be em­ phasized in the review o f proposals before approval. Up to four o f the 32 credits required for graduation may be taken in student-run courses. Finally, as to applied or practical work, the College may under faculty regulations grant up to one course credit for practical work, which may be done o ff campus, when it can be shown to lend itself to intellectual analysis and is likely to contribute to a student’s progress in regular course work, and subject to four conditions: ( 1 ) agreement o f an in­ structor to supervise the project; ( 2) sponsor­ ship by the instructor’s department, and in the case o f an interdisciplinary project, any other department concerned, whose representatives together with the Provost will decide whether to grant permission for the applied or practical work before that work is undertaken; (3) a basis for the project in some prior course work; and (4 ) normally, the examination of pertinent literature and production o f a writ­ ten report as parts o f the project. This option is intended to apply to work in which direct experience o f the off-campus world or re­ sponsible applications o f academic learning or imaginative aspects o f the practice o f an art are the primary elements. Because such work is likely to bear a loose relation to organized instruction and the regular curriculum, the College limits academic credit for it while recognizing its special importance for some students’ programs. IN T E R D I S C I P L I N A R Y W O R K The requirements o f the major typically leave room for significant flexibility in students’ programs, both within and outside the major. This may be used to pursue a variety o f interests and to emphasize intellectual diver­ sity; it may also be used for the practical integration o f individual programs around interests or principles supplementing the major. The College offers interdepartmental majors in Asian Studies, Medieval Studies, Literature, Linguistics-Psychology, and The­ atre Studies, and formal interdisciplinary pro­ 56 grams short o f the major in Black Studies, Computer Science, International Relations, Public Policy, and Women’s Studies. The pro­ grams in Education and in Linguistics have departmental status as to staff. It should be recognized that some departments are them­ selves interdisciplinary in nature; that a con­ siderable number o f courses are cross-listed between departments; that each year some courses are taught jointly by members of two or more departments; that departments com­ monly recommend or require supporting work for their majors in other departments; and that students can organize their work into personally selected concentrations in addition to or as extensions o f their majors, particularly in Special Majors. Such concentration is for­ mally provided in Black Studies, International Relations, Public Policy, and Women’s Stu­ dies. Many other opportunities exist infor­ mally—e.g., in comparative literature, in Af­ rican studies, in American studies, in religion and sociology-anthropology, in engineering and social sciences, in women’s studies, in biochemistry, or in chemical physics. Students are encouraged to seek the advice o f faculty members on such possibilities with respect to their particular interests. In some cases faculty members o f several departments have planned and scheduled their course offerings with some consultation so as to afford a de facto concentration in addition to the major, and students may wish to know and take advantage o f these cases o f overlapping faculty interests. H E A L T H S C IE N C E S A D V IS O R Y P R O G R A M The function o f the health sciences advisory program is twofold: to advise students inter­ ested in a career in the health sciences, and to prepare letters o f recommendation for profes­ sional schools to which students apply. The letters are based on faculty evaluations re­ quested by the student, the student’s academic record and non-academic activities. Students intending to enter a career in the health sciences, especially those applying to medical or dental schools, should plan their academic programs carefully to meet the ne­ cessary requirements, as well as the general College requirements. The following courses are among the minimum requirements for stu­ dents entering medical or dental schools: Bi­ ology 1, 2 (students who have earned ad­ vanced placement credit for Biology 1, 2 should take two other biology courses); Chemistry 1 0 ,2 2 ,3 2 ,3 6 , or 3 8; Physics 3 , 4 ; Math 5 and one additional math course; and English Literature, two semester courses. The work o f the junior and senior years may be completed in either the Course or the Honors Program, and in any major department o f the student’s choice. However, professional schools in the health sciences generally require a demonstrated proficiency in the basic scien­ ces. All required courses should therefore be taken on a graded basis after the first semester of the freshman year. Almost all medical schools require applicants to take the Medical College Admission Test which is given in April and September each year. It is recommended that students take the test in the Spring o f the year that they apply for admission to medical schools. Swarthmore College is a testing center for the MCAT. Corollary tests, the Dental Aptitude Test and the Veterinary Aptitude Test, are often re­ quired by dental and veterinary schools. Specific requirements for each medical and dental school along with much other useful information are given in two publications which are available in the Health Sciences Advisory Office: M edical School Admission Requirements and Adm ission Requirements o f A m erican D ental Schools. Catalogs for most medical and veterinary schools are also on file in the Advisory Office. The Health Sciences Advisor meets periodi­ cally with students interested in health careers and is available to assist students in planning their programs in cooperation with students’ own academic advisors. Further information on opportunities, requirements and proce­ dures can be obtained from the Health Sci­ ences Advisor but it is the student’s respon­ sibility to make his or her intentions known to the Advisor at the earliest possible date. C R E A T IV E A R T S Work in the creative arts is available both in the curriculum o f certain departments and on an extracurricular basis. Interested students should consult the departmental statements 57 Educational Program in Art, English Literature, and Music. A total o f not more than five courses in the creative arts may be counted toward the degrees o f Bachelor o f Arts and Bachelor o f Science. C O O P E R A T I O N W I T H N E IG H B O R I N G I N S T I T U T I O N S W ith the approval o f their faculty advisor and the Registrar, students may take a course offered by Bryn Mawr or Haverford College or the University o f Pennsylvania without the payment o f extra tuition. Students are ex- pected to know and abide by the academic regulations o f the host institution. This ar­ rangement does not apply to the summer sessions o f the University o f Pennsylvania and Bryn Ma.wr College. STU D EN T EXCH AN GE PRO G RA M S To provide variety and a broadened outlook for interested students, the College has stu­ dent exchange arrangements with Brandeis University, Harvey Mudd College, Howard University, Middlebury College, Mills Col­ lege, Pomona College, Rice University, and Tufts University. Selection is made by a com­ mittee o f the home institution from among applicants who will be sophomores or juniors at the time o f the exchange. W ith each institution there is a limited and matched number o f exchanges. Students setde financially with the home institution, thus retaining during the exchange any financial aid for which they are eligible. Exchange arrange­ ments do not permit transfer o f participants to the institution with which the exchange takes place. E D U C A T IO N A B R O A D The College recognizes the general educational value o f travel and study abroad and cooper­ ates as far as possible in enabling interested students to take advantage o f such opportuni­ ties. To be acceptable for credit, foreign study must meet Swarthmore academic standards, and must form a coherent part o f the student’s four-year plan o f study. Plans for study abroad must be approved in advance by the Registrar and the chairmen o f departments concerned, if credit is to be given for courses taken. Students may be asked to take examinations upon their return to the College. Requests for credit must be made within the academic year following return to Swarthmore. Individual departments, such as A rt and Modern Languages and Literatures, publish separate instructions for transfer o f credits from other institutions. These are available from the respective department of­ fices. 1. The Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, France, 58 inaugurated in the fall o f 1972. Students entering this program spend either one or two semesters at the University o f Grenoble, where their course o f study is the equivalent o f one or two semesters at Swarthmore. This program, under the auspices o f the Depart­ ment o f Modern Languages and Literatures, is open to students from any department, but especially those in the humanities and social sciences. Should there be places available, applications from students at other institu­ tions are accepted. The number o f participants in limited to twenty-five. Students are integrated into the academic life at the University o f Grenoble through regular courses, when their language competence al­ lows, or through special courses for foreign students. Individual programs are arranged to suit the needs and competencies o f students. Preparation o f External Examination papers is possible in certain fields. The program is designed primarily for juniors and second ! I ¡ j --------------------------------------------------------semester sophomores, but seniors can be ac­ commodated in special cases. more Colleges, serve also as directors-in-residence in Madrid. A member o f the Department o f Modern Languages and Literatures acts as resident Director. The Director teaches a course or a seminar, supervises the academic program and the living arrangements o f the students, and advises on all educational or personal problems. A coordinator o f the program at Swarthmore handles such matters as admis­ sions to the program (in consultation with the Deans), financial aid, transfer o f academic credit to departments within the College and to institutions whose students participate in the program. Applications for the fall semester must be submitted by March 15 and for the spring semester by October 15. Applications and further information are avail­ able from the Department o f Modern Lan­ guages and Literatures. 3. Swarthmore-supported Programs o f Study A broad. Swarthmore students may apply their scholarship monies to the cost o f participating in one o f the programs o f academic study abroad listed below, subject to the student’s acceptance to the program in question and the customary regulations which apply to study abroad as outlined above. 1) Swarthmore College Program in Grenoble (France) for either semester or the entire academic year (see above); 2 ) Hamilton College Academic Year in Ma­ 2. A cadem ic Year in M adrid, Spain. This pro­ drid (Spain) for the fall semester or the gram is administered by the Romance Lan­ entire academic year (see above); guage Department o f Hamilton College, in cooperation with faculty members o f W il­ 3 ) Wayne State Junior Year in Germany, liams, Mount Holyoke and Swarthmore Col­ either at the University o f Freiburg or the leges. Students many enroll either for the full University o f Munich (West Germany) academic year or for the fall semester only. for the entire academic year; (Credit at Swarthmore must be obtained 4 ) Smith College Junior Year at the University through the departments concerned.) The o f Hamburg (West Germany) for the entire program attempts to take full advantage o f the academic year; best facilities and teaching staff o f the Spanish community, while adhering to the code o f 5 ) Great Lakes College Association Latin intellectual performance characteristic o f the America Program (Ceuca) in Bogota (Co­ most demanding American institutions. lombia) for either semester or the entire academic year; A distinguishing aspect o f the program is the individual guidance provided students in non6 ) The Intercollegiate Center for Classical academic areas, especially in (1 ) the efforts Studies in Rome (Italy) for either semester that are made to find homes well suited for or the entire academic year. (See also student lodging, and (2 ) the activities which announcement o f the Art Department, are planned to insure ample contact with p. 74, and o f the Classics Department, Spanish students. P- 9 8 .) The program is based in Madrid, where the 7) cultural, educational and geographic benefits 8 ) are optimum. Classrooms and office space are located at the International Institute (Miguel Angel 8, Madrid). The Institute is centrally s located, it houses a library eminently suited for study and research, and it sponsors a series 9) of lectures, concerts and social activities. The program is under the general guidance of a committee comprised o f members o f the Hamilton College Department o f Romance Languages, who, in rotation with professors from Williams, Mount Holyoke, and Swarth- Sweet Briar Junior Year in France (Paris). Intercollegiate Sri Lanka Educational (ISLE) Program at the University o f Peradeniya for the fall (August-November) semester. CET/Wellesley College Chinese Language Program in Beijing for one or both semes­ ters. Students who wish to apply scholarship funds to the above programs should consult with the Financial Aid officer o f the College. 59 Educational Program 4. O ther Established Programs. Students who wish to study abroad under formal academic conditions but whose needs would not be met by any o f the programs listed above may apply to one o f the programs administered by other American colleges and universities; for exam­ ple, those o f Oberlin College, with whose Chinese Studies Program at Tunghai Univer­ sity the College is also affiliated, Smith Col­ lege, or Sweet Briar College. These are fullyear programs o f study at foreign universities, under the supervision o f American college personnel. Interested students should consult the Associate Provost. 5. D irect Enrollment. Application may also be made directly to foreign institutions for ad­ mission as a special student. This should be done only after consultation with the Registrar and the appropriate department head. Care must be taken to assure in advance that courses taken abroad will be acceptable for Swarthmore credit. Most foreign universities severely limit the number o f students they accept for short periods. 60 The O lga Lam kert M em orial Fund. Income from a fund established in 1979 by students o f Olga Lamkert, Professor o f Russian at Swarthmore College from 1949 to 1956, is available to students with demonstrated financial need who wish to attend a Russian summer school program in this country or either the Lenin­ grad or Moscow semester programs in the U SSR. Awards based on merit and financial need will be made on the recommendation of the Russian section o f the Department of Modern Languages and Literatures. T he Eugene M. W eber M em orial Fund. Income from a fund established in 1986 to honor the memory o f Eugene M. Weber, Professor of German at Swarthmore College from 1973 to 1986, is available to students with demon­ strated financial need who wish to attend an academic program in a German-speaking coun­ try. Awards based on merit and financial need will be made on the recommendation o f the German section o f the Department o f Modern Languages and Literatures. Faculty Regulations A TTEN D A N CE A T C LA SSES Registration to take a course for credit implies regular attendance at classes, unless a student specifically elects to obtain credit in a course without attending classes. The conditions for exercising this option are set forth below. W ith this exception, students are responsible for regular attendance. Faculty members will report to the Dean the name o f any student whose repeated absence is in their opinion impairing the student’s work. The number o f cuts allowed in a given course is not specified, a fact which places a heavy responsibility on all students to make sure that their work is not suffering as a result o f absences. Since fresh­ men must exercise particular care in this respect, and since the Faculty recognizes its greater responsibility toward freshmen in the matter o f class attendance, it is expected that freshmen, especially, will attend a ll classes. When illness necessitates absence from classes, the student should report at once to the Health Center. A student may obtain credit for a course without attending class meetings by reading the material prescribed by a syllabus and taking a final examination, under the follow­ ing conditions: 1) The student must signify intent to do so at the time o f registration, having obtained the instructor’s approval in advance. 2 ) I f after such registration the student wishes to resume normal class attendance, the in­ structor’s approval must be obtained. 3 ) The student may be required to perform such work, in addition to the final examina­ tion, as the instructor deems necessary for adequate evaluation o f his or her perfor­ mance. 4 ) The final grade will be recorded by the Registrar exactly as if the student had attended classes normally. GRADES Instructors report to the Dean’s and Regis­ trar’s offices at intervals during the year upon the work o f students in courses. Informal reports during the semester take the form o f comments on unsatisfactory work. A t the end of each semester formal grades are given in each course under the letter system, by which A means excellent work, B good work, C satisfactory work, D passing but below the average required for graduation, and NC (no credit) for uncompleted or unsatisfactory work. Letter grades are qualified by pluses and minuses. W signifies that the student has been permitted to withdraw from the course by the Committee on Academic Require­ ments. X designates a condition; this means that a student has done unsatisfactory work in the first half o f a year course, but by creditable work during the second half may earn a passing grade for the full course and thereby remove the condition. R is used to designate an auditor or to indicate cases in which the work o f a foreign student cannot be evaluated because o f deficiencies in English. I Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete with respect to specific assignments or exam­ inations. The Faculty has voted that a stu­ dent’s final grade in a course should incorpo­ rate a zero for any part o f the course not completed by the date o f the final examina­ tion, or the end o f the examination period. However, if circumstances beyond the stu­ dent’s control preclude the completion o f the work by this date, a grade o f Incom plete (Inc.) may be assigned with the permission o f the Registrar. In such cases incomplete work must normally be made up and graded and the final grade recorded within five weeks after the start o f the following term. Except by special permission o f the Registrar (on consultation with the Committee on Academic Require­ ments) all grades o f Inc. still outstanding after that date will be replaced on the student’s permanent record by NC (no credit). Waiver o f this provision by special permission shall in no case extend beyond one year from the time the Inc. grade was incurred. The only grades recorded on students’ records for courses taken during their first semester o f the freshman year are CR (credit) and NC (no Faculty Regulations credit). In the balance o f their work at Swarthmore, students may select up to four courses for Credit/No Credit by informing the Regis­ trar’s Office within the first two weeks o f the term in which the course is taken, except that repeated courses may not be taken Credit/No Credit. For freshmen and sophomores CR will be recorded for work that would earn a grade o f D or higher; for juniors and seniors the minimum equivalent letter grade for CR will be C. Instructors are asked to provide the student and the faculty adviser with evaluation o f the student’s Credit/No Credit work. The evaluation for first-semester freshmen in­ cludes a letter-grade equivalent; for other students the evaluation may be either a lettergrade equivalent, or a comment. Such evalua­ tions are not a part o f the student’s grade record. Letter grade equivalents only, for first semester freshmen courses only, may be pro­ vided to other institutions if requested by the student and absolutely required by the other institution. Reports o f grades are sent to students at the end o f each semester. They are not routinely sent to parents or guardians, but such information may be released when students request it. A C (2 .0 ) average is required in the courses counted for graduation. R E G IS T R A T IO N All students are required to register and enroll at the time specified in official announcements and to file programs o f courses or seminars approved by their faculty advisors. Fines are imposed for late or incomplete registration or enrollment. A regular student is expected to take the prescribed number o f courses in each semes­ ter. If more than five or fewer than four courses seem desirable, the faculty advisor should be consulted and a petition filed with the Committee on Academic Requirements. Applications involving late entrance into a course must be received within the first two weeks o f the semester. Applications involving withdrawal from a course must be received not later than the middle o f the semester, or the mid-point o f the course if it meets for only one-half a semester. A deposit o f $100 is required o f all returning students prior to their enrollment in both the spring and fall semesters. This deposit is applied to charges for the semester, and is not refundable. E X A M I N A T IO N S Any student who is absent from an examina­ tion, announcement o f which was made in advance, shall be given an examination at another hour only by special arrangement with the instructor in charge o f the course. No examination in absentia shall be permitted. This rule shall be interpreted to mean that instructors shall give examinations only at the College and under direct departmental super­ vision. A C A D E M IC H O N E S T Y Members o f an academic community have an unequivocal responsibility to present as the result o f their own work only that which is truly theirs. Cheating, whether in examina­ tions or by plagiarizing the work o f others, is a most serious offense, and one which strikes at the foundations o f academic life. 62 The responsibility o f the Faculty in this area is three-fold: to explain the nature o f the problem to those they teach (the Faculty’s statement concerning plagiarism may be found in The Student H andbook), to minimize temptation, and to report any case o f cheating to the Dean for action by the College Judiciary Committee. The College Judiciary Committee will consider the case, determine guilt, and recommend a penalty to the President. The order o f magni­ tude o f the penalty should reflect the serious­ ness o f the transgression. It is the opinion o f the Faculty that for the first offense failure in the course and, as appropriate, suspension for a semester or deprivation o f the degree in that year is not unsuitable; for a second offense the penalty should normally be expulsion. A full description o f College judicial procedure may be obtained from the office o f the Dean. ST U D E N T LEA V ES O F A BSEN C E Student leaves o f absence are freely permitted provided the request for leave is received by the date o f enrollment and the student is in good standing. If a student has not enrolled and has not arranged for a leave o f absence for the subsequent semester, it is assumed that he or she is withdrawing. Such students must apply to the Dean for re-admission in order to return to College after an interval. The pur­ pose o f this policy is to assist the College in planning its enrollments. SU M M ER SC H O O L W O R K Students desiring to receive Swarthmore Col­ lege credit for work at a summer school are required to obtain the approval o f the chair­ man o f the Swarthmore department con­ cerned before doing the work. Prior approval is not automatic: it depends upon adequate information about the content and instruction of the work to be undertaken. Validation o f the work for credit depends upon evaluation of the materials o f the course including sylla­ bus, reading lists, written papers, and exami- nations by the Swarthmore department con­ cerned after the work has been done. Valida­ tion may include an examination, written or oral, administered at Swarthmore. An official transcript from the summer school must be presented to the Office o f the Registrar before the work can be validated for credit. Requests for credit must be made within the academic year following the term in which the course is taken. One course credit at Swarthmore is regarded as equivalent to 4 semester hours. P H Y S IC A L E D U C A T I O N In the freshman and sophomore years all nonveteran students not excused for medical rea­ sons are required to complete a four quarter (two semester) program in physical education. All students must pass a survival swimming test or take up to one quarter o f swimming instruction. (See the departmental statement o f the Department o f Physical Education and Athletics.) Students who have not fulfilled their Physical Education requirement will not be allowed to enter their junior year. E X C L U S IO N F R O M C O L L E G E The College reserves the right to exclude at any time students whose academic standing it regards as unsatisfactory, and without assigning any further reason therefor; and neither the College nor any o f its officers shall be under any liability whatsoever for such exclusion. W IT H D R A W A L A N D R E A D M I S S I O N F O R H E A L T H R E A S O N S (se e p. 3 9 ) 63 Degree Requirem ents B A C H E L O R O F A R T S A N D B A C H E L O R O F S C IE N C E The degree o f Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor o f Science is conferred upon students who have met the following requirements for gradua­ tion. The candidate must have: 1. Completed thirty-two courses or their equivalent. test; or, c) passed one year o f a foreign lan­ guage while at Swarthmore. 5. Met the requirements in the major and supporting fields during the last two years. 2. An average grade o f C in the courses counted for graduation.* 6 . Passed satisfactorily the comprehensive ex­ aminations in his or her major field, or met the standards set by visiting examiners for a degree with Honors. 3. Complied with the distribution require­ ments and have completed at least twenty credits outside the major. (See pages 4 9 -5 0 .) 7. Completed four semesters o f study at Swarthmore College, two o f which have been those o f the senior year. 4. The foreign language requirement, having either: a) passed three years or their equivalent (as determined by the Provost) o f one foreign language while in grades nine through twelve; or, b ) achieved a score o f 6 0 0 or its equivalent in a foreign language on a standard achievement 8. Completed the physical education require­ ment set forth on page 63 and in statements of the Department o f Physical Education and Athletics. 9. Paid all outstanding bills and returned all equipment and library books. M A S T E R O F A R T S A N D M A S T E R O F S C IE N C E The degree o f Master o f Arts or Master o f Science may be conferred subject to the fol­ lowing requirements: Only students who have completed the work for the Bachelor’s degree with some distinc­ tion, either at Swarthmore or at another insti­ tution o f satisfactory standing, shall be ad­ mitted as candidates for the Master’s degree at Swarthmore. done in courses, seminars, reading courses, regular conferences with members o f the faculty, or research. The work may be done in one department or in two related depart­ ments. The candidate’s record and a detailed program setting forth the aim o f the work to be pursued shall be submitted, with a recommendation from the department or departments con­ cerned, to the Curriculum Committee. I f ac­ cepted by the Committee, the candidate’s name shall be reported to the faculty at or before the first faculty meeting o f the year in which the candidate is to begin work. A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be required to pass an examination conducted by the department or departments in which the work was done. The candidate shall be ex­ amined by outside examiners, provided that where this procedure is not practicable, ex­ ceptions may be made by the Curriculum Committee. The department or departments concerned, on the basis o f the reports o f the outside examiners, together with the reports o f the student’s resident instructors, shall make recommendations to the faculty for the award o f the degree. The requirements for the Master’s- degree shall include the equivalent o f a full year’s work o f graduate character. This work may be A t the option o f the department or depart­ ments concerned, a thesis may be required as part o f the work for the degree. * " A n average o f C ” is interpreted for this purpose as being a numerical average o f at least 2.0 (A +, A = 4.0, A - = 3.67, B + = 3.33, B = 3.0, B - = 2 .67, C + = 2 .33, C = 2.0, C - = 1.67, D + = 1.33, D = 1.0, D— 0.67). Grades o f Credit/No Credit and grades on the record for work not taken at Swarthmore College are not included in computing this average. 84 Degree Requirem ents A candidate for the Master’s degree will be expected to show before admission to candi­ dacy a competence in those languages deemed by his or her department or departments most essential for the field o f research. Detailed language requirements will be indicated in the announcements o f departments which admit candidates for the degree. The tuition fee for graduate students who are candidates for the Master’s degree is $14,380. 65 A w a rd s and P rize s The Ivy Award is made by the Faculty each year to the man o f the graduating class who is outstanding in leadership, scholarship, and contributions to the College community. T he O ak L e a f Award is made by the Faculty each year to the woman o f the graduating class who is outstanding in leadership, scholarship, and contributions to the College community. T he M cC abe Engineering Award, founded by Thomas B. McCabe, 1915, is presented each year to the outstanding engineering student in the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a committee o f the faculty o f the department o f Engineering. T he F lack Achievement Award, presented by the Flack Foundation, one o f whose founders is Hertha Eisenmenger Flack o f the Class o f 1938, is made to a deserving student who, during the first two years at Swarthmore College, has demonstrated a good record o f achievements in both academic and extracur­ ricular activities while showing leadership po­ tential as a constructive member o f the Col­ lege. The donor hopes these awards will go to students o f demonstrated achievement and high potential who are dedicated to the basic principles o f American democracy and o f academic freedom. The awards are not related to need. T he Academ y o f A m erican Poets awards $100 each year for the prize poem (or group o f poems) submitted in a competition under the direction o f the Department o f English Litera­ ture. T he Adam s Prize o f $100 is awarded each year by the Department o f Economics for the best paper submitted in quantitative economics. T he Stanley Adam son Prize in Chemistry is endowed in memory o f Stanley D. Adamson ’65 by his parents, June and George Adamson. It is awarded each spring to a well-rounded Junior majoring in Chemistry or Biochemistry who, in the opinion o f the Department, gives most promise o f excellence and dedication in the field. The Jonathan Leigh Altm an Summer Grant, given in memory o f this member o f the Class o f 1974 by Shing-mei P. Altman ’76, is awarded by the Department o f Art to a junior who has strong interest and potential in the studio arts. 66 It provides up to $ 2 ,0 0 0 to support purpose­ ful work in the studio arts during the summer between the junior and senior years. A m erican C hem ical Society Award is given to the student who is judged by the Department o f Chemistry to have the best performance in chemistry and overall academic achievement. American Institute o f Chem ists Award is given to the student who is judged by the Depart­ ment o f Chemistry to have the second best record in chemistry and overall academic per­ formance. T he Boyd Barnard Award is awarded annually to one or more students, selected by the Department o f Music, in recognition o f mu­ sical excellence and achievement. T he Jam es H. Batton ’72 Award, endowed in his memory by G. Isaac Stanley ’73 and Ava Harris Stanley, M .D. ’7 2, is awarded for the personal growth or career development o f a minority student with financial need. T he Paul H. B eik Prize in History o f $100 is awarded each May for the best thesis or extended paper on an historical subject by a History major during the previous academic year. T he B lack Alumni Prize is awarded annually to honor the sophomore or junior minority stu­ dent who has shown exemplary academic performance and community service. The Brand Blanshard Prize, honoring Brand Blanshard, Professor o f Philosophy at Swarth­ more from 1925 to 1945, has been established by David H. Scull, o f the Class o f 1936. The award o f $100 is presented annually to the student who, in the opinion o f the Depart­ ment, submits the best essay on any philo­ sophical topic. T he Sophie and W illiam Bramson Prize is awarded annually to an outstanding student majoring in sociology and anthropology. The prize recognizes the excellence o f the senior thesis, in either the course or external exami­ nations program, as well as the excellence of the student’s entire career in the department. The Bramson prize is given in memory o f the parents o f Leon Bramson, founding chairman o f Swarthmore’s sociology-anthropology de­ partment, and it carries a cash stipend. T he H einrich W. Brinkmann M athem atics Prize, honoring Heinrich Brinkmann, Professor o f Mathematics, 1933-1969, was established by his students in 1978 in honor o f his 80th birthday. Two awards o f $100 each are to be presented annually to a Course student and Honors candidate who, in the opinion o f the Mathematics Department, have demonstrated excellence in Mathematics. The Sarah Kaighn C ooper Scholarship, founded by Sallie K. Johnson in memory o f her grand­ mothers, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper, is awarded to the member o f the Junior Class who is judged by the faculty to have had, since entering College, the best record for scholar­ ship, character, and influence. The A lice L . Crossley Prize in Asian Studies o f $100 is awarded to the student who, in the opinion o f the Asian Studies Committee, submits the best essay on any topic in Asian Studies. The Rod D ow dle ’82 Achievem ent Award in tennis is given annually to the male varsity tennis player who best exhibits qualities o f perseverance and strong personal effort to achieve a meaningful personal or team goal. The Robert Enders Field Biology Award, estab­ lished by his friends and former students, to honor Dr. Robert K. Enders, a member o f the College faculty from 1932 to 1970, is awarded to support the essential costs o f the study o f biological problems in a natural environment. The Dorothy D itter Gondos Award, bequeathed by Victor Gondos, Jr., in honor o f his wife, Class o f 1930, is given every other year to a student o f Swarthmore College who, in the opinion o f a faculty committee, submits the best paper on the subject dealing with a literature o f a foreign language. The prize o f about $100 is awarded in the spring semester. Awarding o f the prize will be under the direc­ tion of the Literature Committee. partment submit the best critical essays on any topic in the field o f literature. T he Jesse H. H olm es Prize in Religion o f $150, donated by Eleanor S. Clarke o f the Class o f 1918 and named in honor o f Jesse Holmes, Professor o f History o f Religion and Philoso­ phy at Swarthmore from 1899 to 1934, is awarded to the student who, in the opinion o f the Department o f Religion, submits the best essay on any topic in the field o f religion. T he M ichael H. K eene Award, endowed by the family and friends o f this member o f the Class o f 1985, is awarded by the Dean to a worthy student to honor the memory o f Michael’s personal courage and high ideals. It carries a cash stipend. T he N aom i K ies Award is given in her memory by her classmates and friends to a student who has worked long and hard in community service outside the academic setting, alleviat­ ing discrimination or suffering, promoting a democratic and egalitarian society, or resolv­ ing social and political conflict. It carries a cash stipend. T he Kw ink Trophy, first awarded in 1951 by the campus managerial organization known as the Society o f Kwink, is presented by the faculty o f the Department o f Physical Educa­ tion and Athletics to the senior man who best exemplifies the Society’s five principles: Ser­ vice, Spirit, Scholarship, Society, and Sports­ manship. T he L eo M . Leva M em orial Prize, established by his family and friends, is awarded by the Biology Department to a graduating senior whose major is Biology and whose work in the field shows unusual promise. The John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes are offered for the best original poem or for a translation from any language. T he Linguistics Prizes were established in 1989 by contributions from alumni interested in linguistics. Two awards o f $100 each are pre­ sented annually, one for linguistic theory and one for psycholinguistics, to the two students who, in the opinion o f the Program in Lin­ guistics, submit the best senior papers or theses in these area. The Philip M. Hicks Prizes are endowed by friends o f Philip M. Hicks, former Professor of English and Chairman o f the Department of English Literature. They are awarded to the two students who in the opinion o f the De­ T he Norman M einkoth Field Biology Award, established by his friends and former students, to honor Dr. Norman A. Meinkoth, a member o f the College faculty from 1947 to 1978, is awarded to support the essential costs o f the 67 A w a rd s and P rize s study o f biological problems in a natural en­ vironment. The E lla Frances Bunting Extemporary Speaking Fund and the Owen Moon Fund provide income for a poetry reading contest as well as funds for visiting poets and writers. T he Lois M orrell Poetry Award, given by her parents in memory o f Lois Morrell o f the Class o f 1946, goes to that student who, in the opinion o f the faculty, submits the best origi­ nal poem in the annual competition for the award. The award o f $100 is made in the spring o f the year. The A. Edward Newton Library Prize endowed by A. Edward Newton, to make permanent the Library Prize first established by W.W. Thayer, is awarded annually to that under­ graduate who, in the opinion o f the Commit­ tee o f Award, shows the best and most intel­ ligently chosen collection o f books upon any subject. Particular emphasis is laid not merely upon the size o f the collection but also upon the skill with which the books are selected and upon the owner’s knowledge o f their subjectmatter. T he M ay E. Parry M em orial Award, donated by the Class o f 1925 o f which she was a member, is presented by the faculty o f the Department o f Physical Education and Athletics to the senior woman who by her loyalty, sportsman­ ship, and skill in athletics has made a valuable contribution to Swarthmore College. The Drew Pearson Prize o f $100 is awarded by the Dean on the recommendation o f the edi­ tors o f T he Phoenix at the end o f each staff academic year to a member o f T he Phoenix for excellence in journalism. The prize was estab­ lished by the directors o f The Drew Pearson Foundation in memory o f Drew Pearson, Class o f 1919. T he D avid A. Peele ’50 Sportsmanship Award is made to a tennis player after submission o f a written essay. It is endowed by Marla Hamil­ ton Peele in memory o f her husband’s love and advocacy o f tennis and carries a cash stipend. T he John W. Perdue M em orial Prize, established in 1969 in memory o f an engineering student o f the Class o f 1969, is awarded by the Department o f Engineering to the outstanding student entering the junior class with a major 68 in engineering. The W illiam Plumer Potter Public Speaking Fund, established in 1927, in addition to providing funds for the collection o f recorded literature described on page 11, sponsors awards for the best student short stories, and is a major source o f funds for campus appearances by poets and writers. Judith Polgar Ruchkin Prize Essay is an award for a paper on politics or public policy written during the junior or senior year. The paper may be in satisfaction o f a course, a seminar, or an independent project, including a thesis. The paper is nominated by a faculty member and judged by a committee o f the Department o f Political Science to be o f outstanding merit based upon originality, power o f analysis and written exposition, and depth o f understand­ ing o f goals as well as technique. T he R osita S am off Prize for Playwriting is awarded for the best full-length or one-act play as judged by external reviewers in a competition conducted by the Department of English Literature. T he Frank Solomon, Jr. Student Art Prize Pur­ chase Fund permits the A rt Department to purchase for the College one or two o f the most outstanding student works from the year’s student art exhibitions. T he H ally Jo Stein Award, endowed in her memory by her brother Craig Edward Stein ’78, is given to an outstanding student who in the view o f the Dance faculty best exemplifies Hally Jo ’s dedication to the ideals o f dance. It carries a cash stipend. T he K aren Dvonch Steinmetz ’76 Prize, endowed in her memory by many friends and family, is awarded annually to a junior who will be applying to medical school and who demon­ strates a special compassion for others. T he Peter Gram Swing Prize o f $1,000 is awarded each year at commencement to an outstanding student whose plans for graduate study in music indicate special promise and need. The endowment for the prize was estab­ lished in the name o f Ruth Cross Barnard ’19. T he M elvin B. Troy Award o f $ 2 5 0 is given each year for the best, most insightful paper in Music or Dance, or composition or choreog­ raphy by a student, judged by the Department o f Music and Dance. The prize was established by the family and friends o f Melvin B. Troy, Class o f 1948. T he P. Linwood U rban, Jr. Prize, honoring Lin Urban, Professor o f Religion at Swarthmore from 1957 to 1989, is awarded annually to a graduating senior planning to continue reli­ gious studies either in seminary or graduate school. FA CU LTY AW ARD T he F lack Faculty Award is given for excellence in teaching and promise in scholarly activity to a member o f the Swarthmore Faculty, to help meet the expenses o f a full year o f leave devoted to research and self-improvement. This award acknowledges the particularly strong link that exists at Swarthmore between teaching and original scholarly work. The award itself is to be made by the President upon the recommendation o f the Provost and the candidate’s academic department. This award is made possible by an endowment established by James M. Flack and Hertha Eisenmenger Flack ’38. 69 Fellow ships Three fellowships (the Leedom , Lippincott, and Lockw ood Fellowships—see below) are awarded annually by the Faculty, and two fellowships (the Mott and Tyson Fellowships— see below) are awarded by the Somerville Literary Society, to seniors or graduates o f the College for the pursuit o f advanced work. These awards are made on recommendation o f the Committee on Fellowships and Prizes for a proposed program o f study which has the approval o f the Faculty. Applications must be in the hands o f the Committee by March 23. The Committee considers applicants for all o f these fellowships for which they are eligible and makes recommendations which overall do not discriminate on the basis o f sex. These fellowships are: The H annah A. Leedom Fellowship founded by the bequest o f Hannah A. Leedom. The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship founded by Howard W. Lippincott, o f the Class o f 1875, in memory o f his father. T he John Lockw ood M em orial Fellowship, founded by the bequest o f Lydia A. Lockwood, New York, in memory o f her brother, John Lockwood. It was the wish o f the donor that the fellowship be awarded to a member o f the Society o f Friends. T he Lucretia Mott Fellowship, founded by the Somerville Literary Society and sustained by the contributions o f Swarthmore alumnae. It is awarded each year to a woman senior who is to pursue advanced study in an institution approved by the Committee. T he M artha E. Tyson Fellowship, founded by the Somerville Literary Society in 1913 and sustained by the contributions o f Swarthmore alumnae. It is awarded each year to a woman senior or graduate who plans to enter elemen­ tary or secondary school work-. The recipient o f the award is to pursue a course o f study in an institution approved by the Committee. Other fellowships are awarded under the con­ ditions described below: Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship, established to honor the memory o f Dean Susan P. Cobbs, is awarded at the discretion o f the Classics Department to a student majoring in Classics for study in Greece or Italy. 70 The General Electric Foundation G raduate Fellow­ ship, to be awarded to a graduating senior for the first year o f graduate work, is intended to encourage outstanding scholars to pursue an academic career. The recipient, who must be a United States citizen or permanent resident, will receive the amount necessary to cover tuition, fees, and subsistence allowance for study directed toward a PhD in Engineering or Computer Science at another institution in the United States. The precise amount o f each fellowship will be based on the costs and policies o f the university and department cho­ sen for graduate work. Phi B eta K appa Fellowship. The Swarthmore Chapter o f Phi Beta Kappa (Epsilon o f Penn­ sylvania) awards a Fellowship for graduate study to a senior who has been elected to Phi Beta Kappa and has been admitted to a pro­ gram o f advanced study in some branch o f the liberal arts. T he Eugene M. Lang Graduate Incentive Fellow­ ship. In awarding these fellowships, preference is given to Eugene M. Lang senior Scholars who have completed their Opportunity Project (see Financial Aid) and who have academic achievement at Swarthmore sufficient to earn Distinction or Honors. Applicants should sub­ mit to the Committee on Fellowships and Prizes a plan o f graduate study with high potential for service to society. This fellowship is made possible by the gift o f Eugene M. Lang ’38. T he Thom as B. M cCabe, Jr. and Yvonne Motley M cC abe M em orial Fellowship. This Fellowship, awarded annually to a graduate o f the College, provides a grant toward the first year o f study at the Harvard Business School. Yvonne and Thomas B. McCabe, Jr., were for a time resi­ dents o f Cambridge, Massachusetts, and Mr. McCabe received the M .B.A. from Harvard and was a Visiting Lecturer there. In selecting the recipient, the Committee on Fellowships and Prizes follows the standards that determine the McCabe Achievement Awards, giving spe­ cial consideration to applicants who have dem­ onstrated superior qualities o f leadership. Young alumni and graduating seniors are eligi­ ble to apply. M ellon Minority U ndergraduate Fellowship Pro­ gram. The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation has provided a grant to establish an undergraduate fellowship program intended to increase the number o f minority students who choose to enroll in Ph.D. programs and pursue an aca­ demic career. The Foundation’s grant provides term and summer stipends for students to work with faculty mentors, as well as a loanforgiveness component to reduce undergradu­ ate indebtedness for those Fellows who pursue graduate study. The Fellowships are limited to the Humanities, a very few o f the Social Sci­ ences, and selected Physical Sciences. A faculty selection committee invites nominations o f sophomore students in February and awards the Fellowships in consultation with the Dean and Provost. T he ]. Roland Pennock Undergraduate Fellowship in Public A ffairs. The Fellowship, endowed by friends o f Professor J. Roland Pennock at his retirement in 1976 and in recognition o f his many years o f distinguished teaching o f Politi­ cal Science at Swarthmore, provides a grant for as much as $2,5 0 0 to support a substantial research project (which could include inquiry through responsible participation) in public affairs. The Fellowship, for Swarthmore un­ dergraduates, would normally be held offcampus during the summer. Preference is given to applicants from the Junior Class. F A C U L T Y F E L L O W S H IP S The Mary Albertson Faculty Fellowship was en­ dowed by an anonymous gift from two o f her former students, under a challenge grant issued by the National Endowment for the Humani­ ties. It will provide an annual award o f a semester’s leave at full pay, to support research and writing by members o f the humanities faculty. Mary Albertson joined the Swarth­ more faculty in 1927 and served as chairman of the history department from 1942 until her retirement in 1963. She died in May, 1986. mittee, there may be a small additional grant for travel and project expenses. Any humani­ ties faculty member eligible for leave may apply. Fellows will prepare a paper about the work o f their leave year and present it publicly to the College and wider community. The Blanshard Fellowship is made possible by an anonymous donor who was Blanshard’s stu­ dent at Swarthmore, and a challenge grant from the National Endowment for the Human­ ities. The George Becker Faculty Fellowship was en­ dowed by Ramon Posel ’5 0 under a challenge from the National Endowment for the Hu­ manities, in honor o f this former member o f the English department and its chairman from 1953-70. The fellowship will provide a semes­ ter o f leave at full pay for a member o f the humanities faculty to do research and write, in the fields o f art history, Classics, English liter­ ature, history, linguistics, modern languages, music, philosophy, or religion, but with pref­ erence to members o f the department o f En­ glish literature. T he Eugene M. Lang Faculty Fellowship is de­ signed to enhance the educational program o f Swarthmore College by contributing to faculty development, by promoting original or innov­ ative scholarly achievement o f faculty mem­ bers, and by encouraging the use o f such achievements to stimulate intellectual ex­ change among scholars. The Fellowship will provide financial support for faculty leaves through a grant o f about one half the recipi­ ent’s salary during the grant year. Upon rec­ ommendation o f the Selection Committee, there may be a small additional grant for travel and project expenses and for library book purchases. The Selection Committee shall consist o f the Provost, three Divisional Chair­ men, and three others selected by the Presi­ dent, o f whom at least two must be Swarth­ more alumni. Any faculty member eligible for leave may apply, and up to four may be chosen. Fellows will be expected to prepare a paper or papers resulting from the work o f their leave year, presented publicly for the The Brand Blanshard Faculty Fellowship is an endowed Faculty fellowship in the humanities established in the name o f philosopher and former faculty member Brand Blanshard. Blan­ shard taught philosophy at Swarthmore from 1925 to 1944. The Fellowship will provide a semester leave at full pay for a member o f the humanities faculty to do research and to write. Upon recommendation o f the Selection Com­ 71 Fellow ships College and wider community. The Selection Committee may support wholly or in part the cost o f publishing any o f these papers. These 72 fellowships are made possible by an endowment established by Eugene M. Lang ’38. V Courses o f Instruction The course (semester course) is the unit o f credit. Seminars and colloquia are usually given for double credit, i.e., equivalent to two courses. A few courses are given for half' course credit. Courses are numbered as follows: 1 to 10 — introductory courses 11 to 9 9 — other courses (Some o f these courses are not open to fresh­ men and sophomores.) 100 to 199 — seminars for upperclass persons and graduate students. Year courses, the number o f which are joined by a hyphen (e.g., 1- 2) must be continued for the entire year; credit is not given for the first semester’s work only, nor is credit given for the first semester if the student fails the second semester. Although the course listings in this catalogue cannot be guaranteed as accurate, these are intended to facilitate planning by representing probable offerings over a two-year period. Those courses actually offered each semester are listed in the schedule o f classes available before enrollment for that semester. 73 A rt C O N S T A N C E C A IN H U N G E R F O R D , Professor o f Art History T . K A O R I K IT A O , Professor o f Art History M IC H A E L W . C O T H R E N , Associate Professor o f Art History and Chair12 R A N D A L L L . E X O N , Associate Professor o f Studio A rts3* R R IA N A . M E U N IE R , Associate Professor o f Studio Arts and Acting Chair, Spring 1990 R E T S E Y A . R A T C H ELO R , Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts J O Y C E J . N A G A T A , Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts (part-time) 1 D IA N E M . O ’ D O N O G H U E , Assistant Professor o f Art History3 K A T H E R IN E F. H A C K E R , Instructor o f Art History (part-time) 5 D A N IE L S M A R T T , Instructor o f Art History The Department o f A rt offers historical, criti­ cal, and practical instruction in the visual arts. Courses in art history consider questions having to do with the forms, traditions, mean­ ing, and historical context o f works o f art and architecture; studio arts courses explore prob­ lems o f methods, processes, and personal resources which arise in the actual creation o f objects in various media. W ilcox G allery: The Florence W ilcox Art Gal­ lery provides seven to nine exhibitions a year, which are an integral part o f the Studio Arts Program. The works o f nationally known artists as well as those o f younger artists, in various media, are exhibited in group and one-person shows. Each spring there is a group show o f student work drawn from Studio Arts classes throughout the year, as well as a series o f solo exhibitions by senior majors. H eilm an A rtist: Each year the Department of Art selects an artist to visit the College to serve as a visiting artist and critic under the Marjorie Heilman Visiting Artist Program. The work o f the invited artist is exhibited in the W ilcox A rt Gallery in Beardsley Hall; he or she gives critiques in the studios and also meets and talks with students, both majors and non-majors, on an informal basis. L ee Frank Lecture: See p. 14. Benjamin W est Lecture: See p. 14. Jonathan Leigh Altm an Scholarship: See p. 24. Jonathan Leigh Altm an Summer Grant: See p. 66. R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S Prerequisites: ARTH 1 is the prerequisite for all other art history courses in the Department. STU A 1 is the usual prerequisite for studio arts courses; it may be waived only by present­ ing a portfolio for evaluation. Students are advised that graduate work in art history requires a reading knowledge o f at least Ger­ man and French. Study A broad: The Art Department strongly encourages those with an interest in art to 1 2 3 5 74 Absent on leave, Absent on leave, Absent on leave, Spring semester, fall semester, 1989. spring semester, 1990. 1989-90. 1990. consider incorporating foreign study—either during a summer or a regular academic term— into their Swarthmore program. Important examples o f art and architecture are scattered throughout the world, and the encounter with works still imbedded in their original context is vital to an understanding o f their historical and contemporary significance. Past experience has shown, however, that art courses in most foreign study programs fall considerably I I I I I I ] I I | below the academic standards o f comparable courses at Swarthmore. To aid students in their attempt to gain Swarthmore credit for study abroad, the Department has established the following guidelines. (1 ) Beginning with the class o f 1992, no request for transfer credit in art history will be considered unless a student has already taken ARTH 1 (the normal prerequisite for work in art history at Swarthmore) before taking a course abroad. (2 ) Students who are interested in bettering their chances o f gaining a full Swarthmore credit for a course taken in a foreign program are advised to attempt to arrange with a Swarthmore professor, before leaving the cam­ pus, to write, if necessary, a supplementary research paper as a part o f the course. Such papers will be evaluated by the Department as part o f the process o f determining transfer credit. The Course M ajor in Art History: Art History majors are required to take ARTH 1, four survey courses (ARTH 12, ARTH 14, ARTH 15, and either ARTH 17 or ARTH 18), four elective credits in Art History, and one course in Studio.Arts. The comprehensive—given in the Spring semester o f the senior year—con­ sists o f a written examination, in preparation for which students are required to study a group o f carefully chosen works o f art and architecture drawn from the core areas rep­ resented by the required survey courses. The Course M ajor in Art: The combined pro­ gram o f the Course M ajor in A rt consists o f a minimum o f five courses in Art History (ARTH 1; ARTH 12, ARTH 14, of ARTH 15; ARTH 17 or ARTH 18; and two elective credits) and five courses in Studio Arts (in­ cluding courses in drawing, another 2-D me­ dium, and a 3-D medium). The comprehen­ sive consists o f a Senior Exhibition and Catalog, prepared during Senior Workshop (STU A 3 0 ) during the Fall o f the senior year. M ajors and Minors in T he External Exam ination Program: In addition to ARTH 1 (and one studio course for majors), art history majors in the External Examination Program should take four seminars in the Department; minors should take two. W ith the approval o f the relevant professor, a corresponding course with an attachment may be substituted for a seminar if that seminar will not be offered during the period o f the student’s preparation for External Examinations. A rt History 1. C ritical S tu d y in the V isual A r t s . This introduction to the study o f the visual arts will investigate formal analysis, iconog­ raphy, and methods o f historical interpreta­ tion, using examples o f art and architecture drawn from a variety o f cultures and historical periods. The course will emphasize learning to see vividly and systematically and to write accurately about what is seen. Topics for discussion will include technique and produc­ tion, visual narrative and didacticism, patron­ age and biography, and approaches such as psychoanalysis, Marxism, and feminism. This Primary Distribution Course serves as prereq­ uisite for all further work in art history. Each semester. Cothren, Hungerford, Kitao, Smartt. 12. A s ia n S u r v e y . An introduction to the creation and use o f art within various Asian cultures, including India, China, and Japan. Architecture, sculpture, ceramics, and the pictorial arts will be in­ cluded in this survey, which will cover all major historical periods from the Neolithic to the modern era. W ithin each national tradi­ tion and period, visual culture will be ex­ amined in relation to the broader societal values—aesthetic, political, religious— that informed its production. Spring sem ester. Hacker. 14 . M e d ie va l S u r v e y . An introduction to European art and archi­ tecture from late antiquity through the thir­ teenth century. Special attention will be given to the "Romanization” o f Christian art under Constantine, the alternative Celtic Christian heritage o f the British Isles and its culmination in the Book o f Kells, the Imperial Papal 75 Art patronage o f Sixtus III, Justinianic Constan­ tinople and Ravenna, the political implications o f the Carolingian Renaissance, Romanesque sculpture as ecclesiastical propaganda, the efflorescence o f monastic art under the Cluniacs and Cistercians, the neoplatonic aesthetic that gave birth to the Gothic, and the political ideology that led to its dissemination. Spring semester. Smartt. 15. R e n aissan ce and Baroque S u r v e y . Study o f artistic developments in Europe from the fourteenth to eighteenth centuries, cover­ ing major activities and legacies in Florence, Rome, Venice, Paris, Amsterdam, and Lon­ don, with special emphasis on the emergence o f a new style in Florence, Leonardo da Vinci’s achievements in art and science, Clas­ sicism and Mannerism, Bernini’s remaking of Rome, and the spread o f Baroque in and beyond Europe. Fall sem ester. Kitao. 1 7 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry S u r v e y . Developments in European painting and sculpture from the late 18th century through the Post-Impressionist generation o f Cézanne, van Gogh, and Gauguin. Relevant social, po­ litical, economic, and cultural contexts are considered. Fall sem ester. Hungerford. 18 . T w e n tie th -C e n tu ry S u r v e y . Painting and sculpture from the Post-Impresssionists to the present, considered in the context o f relevant social, political, economic, and cultural factors. The course focuses on art in Western Europe through the outbreak o f World War II and then turns to developments in the United States beginning c. 1940. Spring sem ester. Hungerford. 19 . Film : A r t and H is to ry . Introduction to the study o f film, primarily as visual and narrative art; analytical discussion o f the elements o f film as a medium, art, literature, technology, and industry, with ex­ amples o f selected classics (Blue Angel, C itizen K ane, and Rules o f the Game) in the first half, followed by a historical survey from the silent days to Godard and Bergman. Screening, lec­ tures, and critical papers. Not offered 1989-90. Kitao. 2 5 . A r t s o f A fric a . A historical survey, this course explores A ff i- 76 can political, religious, and social systems o f different epochs through the visual arts. The purpose is to define the role o f art in a traditional African context. Topics include arts o f leadership, arts o f divination, funerary arts, rites o f passage, and masquerade as total art. Emphasis is placed on the relationship between social structure, artistic expression, and symbolic thought. Also considered are the role o f the artist in African society, the aesthetic values o f different cultures, canons o f form, and stylistic change. Not offered 1989-90. O ’Donoghue. 3 4 . A r ts o f Ja p a n . This course is intended to introduce the arts o f Japan from ca. 6 0 0 0 BCE through the pres­ ent era. Topics will include the arts o f Shinto and Buddhism, architecture, ceramics, paint­ ing, sculpture, and printmaking, as well as the traditional crafts and decorative arts. Strong emphasis will be placed on viewing art in re­ lation to its larger historical context. Not offered 1989-90. O ’Donoghue. 3 5 . C hinese A r t and A rc h a e o lo g y . An introduction to China’s artistic traditions from their origins in the localized cultures of the Neolithic period to the founding o f the People’s Republic. Topics to be covered within this historical survey include the ritual and funerary art o f the Bronze Age, Buddhist architecture and sculpture, landscape painting and painting theory, as well as the politicization o f Chinese art in the twentieth century. Not offered 1989-90. O ’Donoghue. 4 5 . G o th ic A r t and A rc h ite c tu re . The course will emphasize the formation of Gothic art around the year 1140 and its de­ velopment and codification in France during the thirteenth century. Topics will include the role o f Abbot Suger’s Neoplatonism in the establishment o f a Gothic aesthetic, the Gothic church as theatrical space, the inspiration fot and effectiveness o f structural systems in Gothic architecture, and Gothic "humanism” in the figural arts around the year 1200. Architecture, sculpture, stained glass, and manuscript illustration will be considered. N ot offered 1989-90. Cothren. 4 7 . La te A n tiq u e , E a rly C h ristia n , and B y za n tin e A r t An examination o f the emergence o f a Chris­ tian form o f artistic expression from the heri­ tage o f late antique art, followed by a survey of its international development through the sixth century and its progression in the Byzan­ tine empire centered in Constantinople until the fall o f that empire to the Ottoman Turks in 1453. Attention will be given to architec­ ture, its monumental mosaic and fresco dec­ oration, manuscript illumination, iconic de­ votional images, and the small-scale arts o f ivory carving, metalwork, and enamels. Not offered 1989-90. Cothren. 53. M ichelangelo and H is T im e s . Michelangelo’s art, architecture, poetry, and artistic theory in relation to his Quattrocento predecessors and High Renaissance contem­ poraries. Topics include classicism, art as prob­ lem-solving, definition o f genius, the idea o f the canon in art, the rise o f art criticism, and Mannerism. Not offered 1989-90. Kitao. 55. R e m bran dt and H is T im e s . Study o f Rembrandt’s art, especially toward the understanding o f the nature o f picture making. Works in painting, drawing, and etch­ ing are examined. Topics considered include Holland’s mercantile and Protestant milieu, Rembrandt’s relation to Italy, his Dutch con­ temporaries, the development o f the genres, the print as a medium, the loose style, optics and painting, popular imagery, and, above all, the general questions concerning portraiture, self-portraiture, theatricality, realism, narra­ tive art, landscape, marketing, and the late style. Spring sem ester. Kitao. 65. Philadelphia: A rc h ite c tu ra l Heritage. Introduction to the history and criticism o f architecture and planning, covering American and European Architecture o f the last 300 years with focus on Philadelphia; special em­ phasis on Philadelphia’s relation to the Europe of Neoclassicism, Georgian and Victorian Lon­ don, Paris o f the Second Empire, the Chicago School, Art Nouveaux, the International Style and Post-Modernism, with topics on the rise of professionalism, historicism and new tech­ nology, modernism and the classical canon, and historic preervation. Papers and projects, and walking tours o f Philadelphia. Fail semester. Kitao. 6 6 . A m e ric a n A r t Painting and sculpture in the United States from the Colonial Period to the present, with special attention to the relationship between developments in American art and those in Western European art. Not offered 1989-90. Hungerford. 6 7 . M o d e rn ism in A m e ric a n A r t and Lite ra tu re . (Also listed as English 85 .) An interdiscipli­ nary study o f the origins, ideology, develop­ ment o f modernism in American culture be­ tween 1870 and 1930 using approaches from the fields o f art history, American studies, and literary criticism. Artists include Winslow Homer and Ernest Hemingway, W illa Cather and Georgia O ’Keeffe, Charles Demuth, Charles Sheeler, Marcel Duchamp, and W il­ liam Carlos Williams, plus selected artists and writers associated with the Harlem Renais­ sance. Prerequisites: one introductory course in English and ARTH 1. Fall sem ester. Hungerford and Schmidt. 6 8. Yankee In g enu ity: T e ch no lo g y, D e sig n , and M a te ria l C ulture. Discussion o f machine-made objects as cul­ tural artifacts. The course examines industrial technology in American design in relation to the history o f material culture, focusing on selected design, large and small, extending from household appliances to mass transit, and considers such topics as the theory o f design and craftsmanship, tools and machines, standardization, electricity and electronics, the cult o f speed and efficiency, the computer world, and observations on the "history o f things.” N ot offered 1989-90. Kitao. 7 5 . Sp e cial S tu d ie s in C in em a: H o lly w o o d 1939. This course, conducted in a seminar format, will deal with selected films in wide-ranging genres, with emphasis on cine-semiotics and other critical theories. Prerequisite: ARTH1 or 2, ARTH 7, and per­ mission o f the instructor. Fall semester. Kitao. 8 6 . A rc h ite c tu ra l T h e o ry : D e sig n , T h o u g h t and C u ltu re . Topics discussed include functionalism, classi­ 77 Art cism, theory o f structure and decoration; build­ ings as objects and environmental constructs; architecture in relation to urban planning and systems design; architecture and behavioral sciences; architecture as metalanguage; archi­ tectural semiotics; architecture in relation to history and culture. Readings cover Sullivan, Viollet-le-Duc, Ruskin, Alberti, and Vitru­ vius as well as more recent theories by Lynch, Alexander, Norberg-Schulz, Venturi, Eco, and Tafuri. Not offered 1989-90. Kitao. 9 5 . T h e o ry and M eth o do log y. This one-credit seminar, which is required for all course majors in art history and is normally taken in the senior year, focuses on the process o f art historical inquiry. Non-majors are ad­ mitted only with the permission o f the in­ structor. Not offered 1989-90. Cothren or O ’Donoghue. 9 6. D irecte d Reading. Staff. 9 9. T h e s is . S E M IN A R S 135. C hin ese Painting. 153. M ichelang elo and H is T im e s . The development o f China’s pictorial tradi­ tion is examined from its origins in early language and ritual imagery to the theoretical and structural concerns o f the late dynastic and modern periods. Topics for consideration include philosophical and formal issues relat­ ing to the depiction o f landscape, the role o f theory and the formulation o f the painting "canon,” imperial and religious imagery and the position o f the painter in Chinese society. Fail sem ester 1990. O ’Donoghue. See description for ARTH 53. Not offered 1989-91. Kitao. 138. Isla m ic Painting. After a brief general introduction to Islamic art, the seminar will explore the history and evolution o f the pictorial narrative tradition within Islamic culture from A.D. 691 to A.D. 1548. Particular emphasis will be given to the manuscripts o f the M aqam at o f al-Hariri pro­ duced in thirteenth-century Baghdad and to the development o f a tradition for the illustra­ tion o f Persian poetic and historical texts from the fourteenth to the sixteenth centuries. The seminar will culminate in a detailed study o f the lavish Sha/inama o f Shah Tahmasp, a proj­ ect which occupied the most important paint­ ers o f the period (c. A.D. 1522-35). Not offered 1989-91. Cothren. 14 5 . G o th ic A r t and A rc h ite c tu re . See description for ARTH 45. Spring semester 1991. Cothren. 78 16 0. Eig h te e n th -C e n tu ry A r t Study o f the transition from royal and aristo­ cratic visual culture to that o f the rising middle class in Western Europe and the emerging United States, with primary attention to paint­ ing, sculpture, and architecture. Spring sem ester 1991. Hungerford. 16 4 . M od ern A r t This seminar will focus on the varying schol­ arly approaches to the work o f artists such as David, Courbet, Manet, Monet, Cézanne, Pi­ casso, and Pollock and to the issue o f "mod­ ernism” in nineteenth- and twentieth-century painting. Prerequisite: ARTH 17 or ARTH 18, or the completion o f another seminar in art history, or permission o f the instructor. Spring sem ester. Hungerford. 19 5 . T h e o ry and M e th o d o lo g y. An introduction to the historiography o f art history, both theory and practice, and an ex­ ploration o f the current "crisis” o f the disci­ pline which has led to its reassessment from a variety o f critical perspectives. Prerequisite: four credits in art history. Not offered 1989-91. Cothren or O ’Donoghue. Studio A rts Studio Arts courses meet six hours weekly in two three-hour sessions; all courses are for full course credit unless otherwise noted. Studio Arts courses are subject to the Col­ lege’s limit on Creative Arts courses (see p. 57 ). Studio Art I is the usual prerequisite for studio arts courses; it may be waived only by presenting a portfolio for evaluation by the Studio Arts faculty. 1. In troduction to S tu d io A r ts . Explorations in the visual description and construction o f objects and ideas; problems in drawing, color, and three-dimensional form. Attention will be given both to the theoretical aspects o f the work and to the development o f studio techniques. Each sem ester. Batchelor, Meunier, and Nagata. 2. C e ra m ic S c u lp tu re . This class examines the concepts o f form and mass in three-dimensional structures. Clay is the primary medium. Students should have a familiarity with hand-forming methods in clay, basic two- and three-dimensional classwork, or consent o f instructor. Not offered 1989-90. Nagata. 3. D ra w in g . Work in various media directed toward a clearer perception o f space, light and form. A course for all levels o f ability. Weekly outside drawing problems and a final project. Not offered 1989-90. Exon. 4. Sculptu re. This course will cover a wide range o f sculp­ tural concepts and techniques, from tradi­ tional to contemporary. These techniques will include: clay modeling, casting, multi-media assemblage, and wood construction. Each semester. Meunier. 5. C eram ics I. Ceramics for beginners. Introduction to hand­ building and wheel techniques, and artistic use of these techniques. Not offered 1989-90. Nagata. 6. Ph otograph y. Introduction to the technical processes and visual and theoretical concepts o f photog­ raphy, both as a unique medium and as it relates to other forms o f non-photographic composition. Not offered 1989-90. Meunier. 7 . C e ra m ic s II. Artistic expression in clay forming, glazing and firing (raku, low-fire, stoneware, and some porcelain). Prerequisite: STU A 5 or equivalent. N ot offered 1989-90. Nagata. 8 . Paintin g . Investigation in oil paint o f pictorial structure and o f the complex nature o f color—how it can define surface, space, light, temperature and mood. Spring sem ester. Batchelor. 10 . L ife D ra w in g . Work in various media directed toward a clearer perception o f the human form in nature and in art. Although the course centers on drawing from the model, many other nat­ ural forms are utilized in order fully to estab­ lish a student’s appreciation o f the visual world. Fall semester. Batchelor. 14 . A d va n c e d S c u lp tu re . Not offered 1989-90. Meunier. 15. A d v a n c e d C e ra m ic s . Tutorial in ceramics; special emphasis on per­ sonal development in explorative glazing; decorative techniques with slips, colors, tex­ tures; and understanding o f firing processes. Admission by consent o f the instructor. N ot offered 1989-90. Nagata. 16. A d v a n c e d P h o to g ra p h y. N ot offered 1989-90. Meunier. 18. A d va n c e d Painting. N ot offered 1989-go. Exon. 2 0 . Sp e cial S tu d ie s. Staff. 3 0 . S e n io r W o rk sh o p . A course designed to strengthen critical, the­ oretical, and practical skills on an advanced level. Critiques by the resident faculty and visiting artists, as well as group critiques with all members o f the workshop, will guide and assess the development o f the students’ indi­ vidual directed practice in a chosen field. 79 Art Assigned readings and scheduled discussions will initiate the writing o f the catalogue for the senior exhibition. (This course is required o f senior art majors; non-majors will be admitted 80 only by permission o f the instructor.) F all sem ester. Meunier. 40. Staff. S e n io r T h e s is . Asian Studies Coordinators: S U S A N W IL L IA M S O N (Social Sciences Librarian, fall) A L A N B ER K O W ITZ (M odem Languages, Chinese, spring) Faculty: S te v e n Goodm an (Religion) G e ra ld Le vin s o n (Music) Lillia n U (History) 1 Li-ch in g M a ir (Modern Languages, Chinese) Diane O ’ Donoghue (A rt)*3 Steph en P ik e r (Sociology/Anthropology) S . W. R . D e .A . S a m a ra s in g h e (Cornell Visiting Professor) V id ya m a li S a m a ra s in g h e (Cornell Visiting Professor) P a tric ia S tran a h an (History) 4 Donald S w e a r e r (Religion) 3 L a r r y W estphal (Economics) T yre n e W hite (Political Science) 3 PU RPO SE The purpose o f the Asian Studies major is to provide the student with interdisciplinary education concerning Asia that has five components, four o f which are required: (1 ) A general background in Asia that stresses the ability to make cross-cultural comparisons. For this purpose the student is required to take courses in more than one o f the regions of Asia: China, Japan, South Asia, and South­ east Asia. (2 ) An interdisciplinary approach; the student will be required to take instruction in at least three different departments, one o f which may be language. (3 ) A specialized knowledge o f one area o f Asia, defined either geographically or topically. (4 ) The ability to demonstrate this specialized knowledge in an independent research project (thesis) done in the senior year. A fifth, strongly recommended, component is the study o f an Asian language. Students may study an Asian language in one o f the follow­ ing ways: (a) taking Chinese language at Swarthmore or Japanese at Haverford, (b) taking another Asian language at the Univer­ sity of Pennsylvania or in summer school, for example at the Middlebury College Summer Language Institute, or (c) taking language courses in one o f the study-abroad programs with which Swarthmore is affiliated. All lan­ guage courses taken above the first-year level may be counted toward the major. Other courses taken in a study-abroad program may also be applied toward the major, subject to the approval o f the Asian Studies Committee. In planning their programs o f study, prospec­ tive majors are urged to consider study abroad for a summer, a semester, or a year. Study abroad serves not only as an opportunity for students to build their language skills, but also as the ideal way to study a foreign culture. To the greatest extent possible the Asian Studies faculty will help students plan a program abroad that will support and enhance their Swarthmore programs. In planning his/her major in Asian Studies, the student should demonstrate in the sopho­ more plan o f study the intellectual coherence o f his/her proposed program. To a large extent this will consist o f explaining how the proposed program develops a specialized knowledge o f one o f the regions o f Asia, as defined above, or o f a topic that spans the different regions. Examples o f the latter might be Buddhism in Asia, Revolutionary Move­ ments in Asia, the Political Economy o f Asian Development, or Elite and Popular Cultures 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989. 3 Absent on leave, 1989-90. 4 Fall semester, 1989. G1 Asia n Studies in Asia. Any subsequent changes in the program, after its initial approval by the Asian Studies Committee, must be aproved in advance by the Coordinator o f Asian Studies. R E Q U IR E M E N T S The major consists o f a minimim o f 9 credits distributed in the following way: ( 1 ) 2 credits at the introductory level. History 9 (Chinese Civilization), Religion 11/History 72 (The History, Religion, and Culture o f Japan), or Religion 8 (The Religions o f India). (2 ) Minimum o f 6 credits o f work at the intermediate or advanced level in at least two different departments, one o f which may be language above the first year. The external examination candidates will nor­ mally present two fields plus a thesis for examination, in addition to three fields outside the major. (In cases where fields represent three credits o f work, three of these fields must be in Asian Studies, and one will be outside the major.) (3 ) 1- or 2-credit Senior thesis. Each major will be expected to write a senior thesis in his/her area o f specializa­ tion. External examination candidates will generally be required to write a twocredit thesis for external examination; other students will write a one-credit thesis. C O U R SES D e p a rtm e n t o f A r t 12. Asian Survey Spring sem ester. 34. Arts o f Japan Not offered 1989-90. 35. Chinese Art and Archaeology Not offered 1989-90. 135. Chinese Painting Not offered 1989-90. D e p a rtm e n t o f Ec on o m ics 86. Economic Problems o f Southern Asia Spring semester. D e p a rtm e n t o f H is to ry 9. Chinese Civilization Spring sem ester. .72. The History, Religion, and Culture of Japan Not offered 1989-90. 74. Modern China Fall semester. 75. Modern Japan Not offered 1989-90. 76. 20th Century Japan F all semester. 144. Modem China Fall sem ester. 82 D e p a rtm e n t o f M od ern Lan g u ag e s and Lite ra tu re s 3B, 4B. Second-year Mandarin Chinese Fall and spring semesters. 11. Third-year Chinese Fall semester. 11 A. Chinese Conversation Fall semester. 12. Advanced Chinese Spring semester. 12A. Chinese Conversation Spring semester. 16. The Classical Tradition Fall semester. 17. Vernacular, Modern, and Contemporary Writings. Sjjring semester. 93. Directed Reading D e p a rtm e n t o f Po litica l Scie nce 19. Comparative Communist Politics Not offered 1989-90. 20. Politics o f China Not offered 1989-90. 26. Ethnic Conflicts F all semester. 107. Comparative Politics: Communist Regimes Not offered 1989-90. Departm ent o f Religion 8. The Religions o f India Fall semester. 9. Mahayana Buddhism Spring semester. 11. The History, Religion, and Culture of Japan Not offered 1989-90. 12. Introduction to Islam Spring semester. 103. Asian Religious Thought Not offered 1989-90. 104. Buddhism in Southeast Asia N ot offered 1989-90. 110. Foundations o f Buddhism Spring semester. D e p a rtm e n t o f S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 80. Women and Feminism in the Third World. Spring semester. 93. Southeast Asia: Culture and History Independent Study. 83 A stro n o m y J O H N L G A U S T A D , Professor* W U L F F D. H E IN T Z , Professor See P h y s ic s and A s tro n o m y for major requirements and full descriptions o f courses. 1. In tro d u c to ry A s tro n o m y . 5 ,6 . G en eral A s tro n o m y I, II. 9. M e te o ro lo g y . 23. M eth o ds o f O b se rvatio n al A s tro n o m y . 5 1 . C ele stial M ec h a n ics. 5 2 . C on ce pts o f th e C o s m o s. 2 84 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990. 5 5 . P la n e ta ry S cie n ce . 5 6 . C o s m o lo g y. 59. 6 1. 64. Positional A s tro n o m y . C u rre n t P ro b le m s in A s tro n o m y and A s tro p h y s ic s . G a lactic S tru c tu re . 9 3. D irecte d Reading. 9 4 . R e se a rch P r o je c t 1 1 7 ,1 1 8 . T h e o re tic a l A s tro p h y s ic s . Biology M A R K J A C O B S , Professor and Chair J O H N B . J E N K IN S , Professor RO B ER T E. S A V A G E , Professor T IM O T H Y C . W IL L IA M S , Professor' GR EG O R Y L F L O R A N T , Associate Professor*3 4 S C O T T F. G ILB ER T , Associate Professor N A N C Y V. H A M L E T T , Associate Professor3 B A R B A R A Y. S T EW A R T , Associate Professor and Associate Chair JA C O B W E IN ER , Associate Professor3 A A R O N M . E L L IS O N , Assistant Professor R A C H EL A . M E R Z , Assistant Professor1 K A T H L E E N K . S IW IC K I, Assistant Professor PH ILIP U . S T O D D A R D , Assistant Professor4 A M Y C . V O L L M E R , Assistant Professor D A R L E N E B R A M U C C I, Assistant A N N E S T O R K , Assistant The student may be introduced to biology by enrolling in Biology 1 and Biology 2. Either course may be taken first. A diversity o f intermediate and advanced courses, some of­ fered in alternate years, affords the student the opportunity o f building a broad biological background while concentrating, if desired, in some specialized areas such as cellular and molecular biology, or organismal and popula­ tion biology. Intermediate courses are num­ bered 10-60; courses numbered beyond 60 are advanced. A special major in biochemistry is offered in cooperation with the Department o f Chemistry (cf. Chemistry). A special major in psychobiology is offered in cooperation with the Department o f Psychology (cf. Psy­ chology). R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S Students electing a Course major in Biology should include the following supporting sub­ jects in addition to the minimum o f eight courses composing the major: introductory chemistry, at least one semester o f organic chemistry, and two semesters o f college mathe­ matics (not Math 1 or 3). One semester of statistics (Math 2 ) is strongly recommended. These courses should be completed before the senior year. Introductory physics is strongly recommended and is prerequisite to some departmental offerings. Further, it should be noted that medical schools and graduate schools in biology require introductory phys­ ics and four semesters o f chemistry for admis­ sion. Students majoring in Biology must take at least one course or seminar in each o f the following three groups: I, cell and molecular biology (i.e., 2 0 ,2 1 ,3 4 ,3 8 ,5 8 ,1 0 2 ,1 5 1 ,1 5 3 , 154, 156); II, organismal biology (i.e., 1 2 ,2 9 , 36, 37, 7 8 ,1 0 6 ,1 5 2 ,1 5 7 , 173); III, populational biology (i.e., 17, 25, 26, 28, 39, 50, 1 0 2 ,1 0 8 , 160, 168). Biology course majors are expected to take at least one seminar in Biology. 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989. 3 Absent on leave, 1989-90. 4 Fall semester, 1989. 05 Biology E X T E R N A L E X A M I N A T IO N P R O G R A M Qualified students may prepare for External Examinations by combining courses and semi­ nars in the areas o f Virology (Bio 38 or 21 and 153), Microbial Ecology (Bio 3 8 or 3 9 and 168), Plant Ecology (Bio 3 9 and 104), Animal Physiology (Bio 12 and 157), Behavioral Ecol­ ogy (Bio 25 or 39 and 160), Orientation and Sensory Systems (Bio 12 or 25 and 173), Developmental Biology (Bio 20, 21 or 3 8 and 152), Human Genetics (Bio 20 and 156), Biomechanics (Bio 3 6 or 5 0 and 106), Cell Biology (Bio 21 and 151), Paleobiology (Bio 36, 50, 17, 12, 2 6 or 3 9 and 108), Neurobiology (Bio 29 and 78), Membrane Molecu­ lar Biology (Bio 21 or Chem 3 8 and Bio 102), and Research in Biology (Bio 180). Most seminars used to prepare for the External Examination are one credit and are an exten­ sion and continuation o f a prerequisite course. Admission to the External Examination Pro­ gram is based on academic record (average of B or better in the natural sciences) and com­ pletion o f prerequisites for the courses or seminars used in preparation for external examination. Departmental requirements in chemistry and mathematics must also be ful­ filled. Students wishing to obtain secondary teacher certification in biology must complete suc­ cessfully a major in biology. In addition, the Program in Education strongly recommends a course in physics and one biology course in a plant science. 1. C ellu la r and M o le c u la r B io lo g y. 12 . Th e V e rte b ra te s. An introductory study o f phenomena funda­ mental to living systems illustrated by exam­ ples drawn from the fields o f microbiology, cell biology, genetics, and developmental biol­ ogy. Emphasis is upon the means by which biologists have attempted to elucidate these phenomena rather than upon a survey o f them. One laboratory period per week. Enrollment limited to 125. Primary Distribution Course. Fall sem ester. Staff. A consideration o f the anatomy o f vertebrate classes from an evolutionary viewpoint. Struc­ ture and function o f particular vertebrate organs are emphasized. Laboratory exercises include dissection, physiological demonstra­ tions, films, an introduction to basic histolo­ gy, and when possible, radiographic presenta­ tions. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2. Enrollment limited to 24. Spring semester. 2 . O rg an ism a l and Population B io lo g y. An introduction to the study o f whole organ­ isms, chiefly the higher plants and animals. Stress is placed on adaptive aspects o f the morphology and physiology o f organisms, their development, behavior, ecology, and evolution. One laboratory period per week. Enrollment limited to 125. Primary Distribution Course. Spring sem ester. Staff. 10. H um an Evo lu tio n . Cross-listed with Sociology/Anthropology 10 (c/ Sociology/Anthropology). This course is a Primary Distribution Course in the Social Sciences when taken as Sociology/Anthro­ pology 10, but not in the Natural Sciences when taken as Biology 10. 86 1 7 . S y s te m a tic B o ta n y. Principles and methods o f plant systematics approached through the classification and iden­ tification o f the major families o f vascular plants. Emphasis is upon the flora o f the northeastern United States. The course is open to biology majors and interested non-majors. Two lecture-laboratory periods or field trips per week. Prerequisites: Biology 2 or consent o f instruc­ tor. Enrollment limited to 16. A lternate years, spring sem ester. Weiner. 2 0 . Ge n etics. An examination o f the transmission, struc­ ture, and function o f the genetic material. The course content includes the establishment of Mendelism; the chromosome theory o f inheri­ tance; the expansion o f Mendelism; the iden­ tification, structure, and replication o f the genetic material; gene function; bacterial and viral genetics; and the regulation o f gene activ­ ity. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 1. Enrollment limited to 34. Fall sem ester. Jenkins. 21. Cell Bio lo gy. A study o f the ultrastructure and function o f cell components, cell division, biosynthesis o f macromolecules, and intermediary metabo­ lism. Laboratory exercises are designed to illustrate the variety o f approaches to findings in cell biology. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22. Enrollment limited to 32. Spring sem ester. Savage. 25. A n im a l B e h a vio r. An introduction to the biological study o f animal behavior in field and laboratory. Both vertebrate and invertebrate animals are co­ vered and emphasis is placed on the evolu­ tionary importance o f social behavior (Ethol­ ogy and Behavioral Ecology) and the physi­ ological mechanisms that mediate behavior (Neurobiology and Behavior). Laboratory experience includes field trips, individual re­ search projects, and recording from nerve cells. One laboratory or field period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 2; Math 2 recom­ mended. Enrollment limited to 24. Alternate years. Stoddard. 26. Adaptational P la n t A n a to m y . An examination o f the anatomical adaptations of vascular plants to environmental factors, principally light, water, temperature, and bi­ otic factors. Topics include the adaptive anatomy/morphology o f hydrophytes, xerophytes, epiphytes, arctic and alpine plants, insectivorous plants, and plants’ flowers, fruits, and seeds. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 1, 2. Enrollment limited to 20. Alternate years. Spring sem ester. Jacobs. 2 8 . C ro p P la n ts . An introduction to the plants used as food by man: their origins and evolution, growth and development, nutritional value, production methodology and breeding for yield improve­ ment and pest resistance. Labs will examine the preparation and processing o f crops for use as food by man and will include several field trips to production farms and experi­ mental farms in the area. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 2, or permission o f the instructor. A lternate years. Spring sem ester. Jacobs. 2 9 . N eu ro b io log y. An introduction to the cell biology o f neurons and the organization o f neural systems. Topics include the properties o f excitable mem­ branes, synapic physiology and biochemistry, modulation o f synapses and ion channels, as well as the organization o f sensory and motor systems. No laboratory in 1989-90. Prerequisite: Biology 1. Spring sem ester. Siwicki. 3 4 . Im m un ology. A survey o f the humoral and cellular mecha­ nisms by which vertebrates recognize and destroy material foreign to their bodies. Spe­ cial attention will be given to the cellular interactions leading to immunocompetency, AIDS, and the strategies whereby certain mi­ croorganisms, tumors, and fetal cells avoid immune detection. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. 2 0 or 21 recommended. Enrollment limited to 32. A lternate years, spring sem ester. Gilbert. 3 6 . In v e rte b ra te Z o o lo g y . The evolution and comparative biology o f invertebrate animals. Consideration is given to morphology, phylogeny, ecology, and phys­ iology o f invertebrates. One laboratory period per week. Field trips. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. Enrollment limited to 24. A lternate years, fa ll sem ester. Merz. 3 7 . Pla nt P h y s io lo g y . A study o f the principal physiological pro­ cesses o f higher plants, including photosyn- 87 Biology thesis, gas exchange, water and nutrient trans' port, mineral metabolism, plant hormone action, and environmental responses. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1 ,2 , and Chemistry 22. Enrollment limited to 20. Fall sem ester. Jacobs. 38. M ic ro b io lo g y . Biology o f microorganisms with an emphasis on aspects unique to prokaryotes. Topics include microbial cell structure, metabolism, physiology, genetics, and ecology. Laboratory exercises include techniques for detecting, isolating, cultivating, quantifying, and identi' fying bacteria. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22. Enrollment limited to 24. Fall sem ester. Vollmer. 39. Ec o lo g y. The scientific study o f the relationships that determine the distribution and abundance o f organisms. Topics covered include interac­ tions between organisms and their environ­ ments, population dynamics, species interac­ tions, community ecology, and nutrient cycles. One laboratory period or field trip per week. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. Enrollment limited to 24. Fall sem ester. Ellison. 4 3 . H is to ry o f Bio lo g y. The topics o f this course vary from year to year. Recent courses have focused on genetics, development, and evolution; science and the­ ology; and contemporary social critiques o f biological sciences. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. Enrollment limited to 32. A lternate years, spring sem ester. Gilbert. 49 . F re s h w a te r Bio lo g y. The biology o f organisms (especially inverte­ brates) living in streams and lakes, with par­ ticular emphasis on the environmental factors governing their distribution and abundance. Topics include: the physics and chemistry o f lakes and streams, morphological and physi­ ological adaptions o f freshwater organisms, food webs and species interactions, nutrient cycling, and pollution ecology (e.g., eutrophi­ cation, acidification). One laboratory period or field trip per week, 88 plus one week-end and one all-day field trip. Prerequisite: Biology 1 and 2 or permission of instructor. Fall sem ester, 1989 only. Hart. 5 0 . M a rin e B io lo g y. Ecology o f oceans and estuaries, including discussions o f physiological and structural adaptations o f marine animals, plants, and micro-organisms. One laboratory period per week; several all­ day field trips. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2. Enrollment limited to 24. A lternate years, fa ll sem ester. Merz. 5 8. Biological C h e m is try. Cross-listed with Chemistry 38. (cf. Chemistry). 7 8 . N e u ra l B a sis o f B e h a vio r. A study o f the cellular and molecular mecha­ nisms underlying specific behaviors, empha­ sizing current research on the neural substrates o f locomotion, escape reflexes, feeding be­ havior, biological rhythms, and learning. Lab­ oratory work will focus on the neurophysio­ logical and anatomical techniques used in these research papers. Seminar format, with one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Biology 2 9 or 12. Psychology 30, or permission o f instructor. Enrollment limited to 12. F all sem ester. Siwicki. 9 3 . D irecte d Reading. W ith the permission o f a staff member who is willing to supervise it, a qualified student may undertake a program o f directed reading in an area o f biology not included in the curriculum, or as an extension o f one o f his/her courses. Fall or spring sem ester. Staff. 9 4 . R e se a rch P r o je c t W ith the permission o f the Department, quali­ fied students may elect to pursue a research program. Fall or spring sem ester. Stewart, Staff. 9 5 . S e n io r Lite ra tu re P a p e r. W ith the permission o f the department a student may write a senior literature paper in Biology for satisfaction o f the requirement of a comprehensive examination for graduation. Students are not required to enroll in 95 while writing the paper. Does not count as a course for the major. 9 7 . S e n io r Evo lu tio n S e m in a r. A consideration o f evolution from the per­ spectives o f several biological subdisciplines. Participation in the evolution seminar is re­ quired o f all Biology majors. For course stu­ dents, this satisfies the comprehensive exami­ nation requirement. Students are not required to enroll in Biology 97 while participating in the seminar. Graded Credit/No Credit. The course does not count as a course for the major. S E M IN A R S 102. M e m b ra n e M o le c u la r Bio lo g y. An examination o f the role o f lipids, proteins, and carbohydrates in membrane structure and function. Topics include a discussion o f com­ plex lipid types, (their formation and metab­ olism), structural organization and biosynthe­ sis o f membranes, energy transduction, transport systems, and mechanisms for the recognition and control o f cellular activity. Students are required to present a major library research project on a selected area o f contemporary research in molecular biology. Prerequisites: Bio 21 or Chem 38. One credit. Fall semester. Stewart. 104. P la n t Ec o lo g y. The study o f plant individuals, populations and communities in their relationships with their physical and biological environments. Areas developed include climatology, soil sci­ ence, plant population biology, competition, herbivory, and plant communities. Labora­ tory and field work emphasize hypothesis formation and the collection, analysis, and interpretation o f data. One laboratory period or field trip per week. Prerequisites: Concurrent or previous enroll­ ment in Biology 3 9 and consent o f instructor. One credit. Not offered 1989-90. 106. B iom ech anics. This course is designed to introduce biologists to engineering theory and techniques for ap­ plication to the study o f the design o f organ­ isms. The basic principles o f solid and fluid mechanics will be explored as they apply to the morphology, ecology, and evolution o f plants and animals. Lectures, discussions o f recent papers, and laboratory and field experi­ ments will be held. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2 and one other biology course, or permission o f the instruc­ tor. One credit. A lternate years, spring sem ester. Merz. 108. Pale obio lo g y. This seminar format course will provide stu­ dents with a familiarity with the fossil record and an understanding o f the techniques and theories used by paleontologists. Current issues in paleontology will be examined, in­ cluding mass extinctions, rates o f speciation, and ecological and physiological interpreta­ tions o f the fossil record. Laboratory experi­ ence will include field trips to collect fossils and exploration o f museum collections. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2 and one other Biology course. One credit. A lternate years, spring semester. Merz. 15 1. C ells in C ulture. The biology o f plant and animal cells as revealed through studies in culturo. Seminar discussions focus on cell skeleton and sur­ faces, growth, locomotion, transformation, and on somatic cell hybridization studies. In the laboratory, techniques o f animal and plant cell culture are introduced. Students then undertake independent investigative projects. Continuing laboratory work. Prerequisite: Biology 21 or consent o f instruc­ tor. One credit. Fall semester. Savage. 15 2. B evelopm ental Biology and D e velop m ental G e n etics. An integration o f molecular and organismal aspects o f animal development. Topics include fertilization and embryonic cleavage, the for­ mation o f representative organs, cell migra­ tion, pattern formation, and the roles o f the cell surface in development. Special attention will be given to the mechanisms governing eukaryotic gene expression. Laboratory exer- 89 Biology cises investigate the developmental anatomy o f selected organisms in normal and manipulated conditions, and molecular aspects o f differential gene expression. One laboratory per week; seminar format. Prerequisites: Biology 20, 21, or 38. Two credits. Fall sem ester. Gilbert. 153. V iro lo g y. A study o f viruses with emphasis on their molecular biology. Topics include techniques for studying and cultivating viruses, virus structure and replication, the interactions o f viruses and their hosts, and properties o f selected groups o f viruses. Laboratory exer­ cises use bacteriophage to demonstrate tech­ niques for studying viruses. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: Biology 21 or 38. Biology 20 recommended. One credit. A lternate years, spring semester. 15 6. H u m an 6 en e tic s. An examination o f human inheritance pat­ terns using techniques o f genetic analysis that are appropriate to humans. Research into the structure, function, organization, and regula­ tion o f the human genome will be discussed, along with applications o f current research. Prerequisites: Biology 2 0 or permission o f the instructor. One credit. Spring sem ester. Jenkins. 1 5 7 . Topics in A n im a l P h y s io lo g y . A comparison o f major physiological systems among vertebrates. The endocrine, cardiovas­ cular, renal, respiratory, and central nervous systems are studied in detail. Emphasis is also placed on physiological control processes in­ volved in the various adaptations to unusual environments. Laboratory exercises include investigation o f physiological responses to different stimuli in various species, including humans. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: Biology 12; Physics 2 or 4 recommended. One credit. Fall sem ester. Florant. 160. B e h a vio ra l Ec o lo g y. The study o f the evolution o f behavior as an 90 adaptation to an environment. Topics include, but are not limited to, environmental factors affecting social structure, optimal foraging strategies, mating systems, coevolution and sex roles. Topics covered will vary depending on student interest but usually include a con­ sideration o f primate social systems and their relevance to human evolution. Prerequisites: Biology 25 or 39. Students with preparation outside biology should seek per­ mission o f the instructor. Laboratory includes field trips and individual projects. Two credits. A lternate years. Williams. 168. M icro b ial Ec o lo g y . A study o f the interrelationships o f microor­ ganisms and their environment with emphasis on the biological, biochemical, and physio­ logical elements affecting microbial popula­ tions and communities. Investigative laboratory projects. Prerequisite: Biology 3 8 or 39. Two credits. Not offered 1989-90. 1 7 3 . S e n s o ry S y s te m s , O rie n tatio n , and M ig ra tio n . An investigation o f sensory systems and how they are used by different animals. Sensory biology includes not only vision and hearing but such systems as magnetic, electrical, and infra-red reception and echolocation by bats and whales. A group laboratory project on avian migration using radar and other tech­ niques serves as a focus o f the seminar. Topics include not only orientation behavior but eco­ logical and evolutionary perspectives on mi­ gration in a variety o f animals. Prerequisites: Biology 12 or 25 or 29 or Psychology 30, or permission o f the instruc­ tor. Physics (College or High School) and Statis­ tics are recommended. Alternate years, spring semester. Williams. 180. T h e s is. A research project for students who partici­ pate in the External Examination program in Biology. Students minoring in Biology may elect to present a research thesis as part of their external examination program. One or two credits. Both semesters. Black Studies Coordinators: H IL L A R D P O U N C Y and P E T E R S C H M ID T Committee: R A Y M O H D F. H O P K IH S (Political Science) C H A R L E S J A M E S (English Literature) (fall) M A R JO R IE M U R P H Y (History) J E R O M E H . W O O D , J R . (History) The purpose o f the Black Studies Program is ( 1) to introduce students to the history, cul­ ture, society, and political and economic con­ ditions o f Black people in Africa, the Ameri­ cas, and elsewhere in the world; and (2 ) to explore new approaches— in perspectives, analyses and interdisciplinary techniques— appropriate to the study o f the Black experi­ ence. Students in any department may add a Con­ centration in Black Studies to their depart­ mental major by fulfilling the requirements stated below. Applications for admission to the Concentration should be made in the spring semester o f the sophomore year to the Coordinator o f the Program. All programs must be approved by the Committee on Black Studies. All Concentrators in Black Studies are re­ quired to take History 7, as early as feasible, and Black Studies 91, ordinarily in the last semester o f the senior year. They must take a minimum o f five courses in Black Studies. These must include at least three courses (which may include Black Studies 91) outside the departmental major, from at least two departments other than the major. Black Studies 91, Special Topics in Black Studies, will take the form o f a one-credit tutorial (if there are three or fewer students in any one year) or a seminar (if there are four or more students), with all senior Concentra­ tors participating. The topics selected for reading, class discussions, and the writing o f seminar papers will be drawn from represen­ tative works in Black Studies from a variety of disciplines and perspectives and will depend on the interests and backgrounds o f the par­ ticipants. The tutorial or seminar will nor­ mally be taken in the spring semester o f the senior year, and will culminate in a compre­ hensive examination administered by the Black Studies Committee. Courses o f the Black Studies Concentration are listed below. Courses o f independent study, special attachments on subjects relevant to Black Studies, and courses offered by vis­ iting faculty (those courses not regularly listed in the College Bulletin) may, at the discretion o f the Black Studies Committee, be included in the Program. Students who wish to pursue these possibilities should consult with the appropriate department and with the Black Studies Committee. Ec on o m ics 7 0 . La b o r Ec on o m ics Ec o n o m ic s 7 1 . S o cial Ec o n o m ics . Ec o n o m ic s 7 2 . W om en and M in o ritie s in the Ec o n o m y. English Lite ra tu re 5 9 . Th e A fr o A m e ric a n W rite r. English Lite ra tu re 6 0. The C o n te m p o ra ry A fro -A m e ric a n W rite r. En g lish Lite ra tu re 7 6 . T h e Rla ck A fric a n W rite r. English Lite ra tu re 1 2 1 . M od ern B la ck Fictio n . H is to ry 7 . Th e H is to ry o f the A fric a n A m e ric a n People. H is to ry 8 . A fric a . H is to ry 10 6. Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: W om en in E a rly A fric a n C iv iliza tio n s . H is to ry 5 3 . B lack C ulture and B la ck C o n sc io u sn e ss. H is to ry 5 6 . E x -S la v e N a rra tiv e s . H is to ry 5 8. Th e W orld o f D u B o is, R o g e rs , and Diop. H is to ry 6 3. S outh A fric a . H is to ry 6 6. To p ic s in La tin A m e ric a n H is to ry . H is to ry 6 7 . Th e B lack Exp e rie n c e in La tin A m e ric a . 91 Black Studies H is to ry 140 . M od ern A fric a . H is to ry 14 1. S outh A fric a . Political S cie n ce 2 1 . P o litic s o f A fric a . Political S cie n ce 4 4 . R a ce , Eth n ic ity, and Public P o lic y . 92 S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 2 7 . A fr o A m e ric a n C ulture and S o c ie ty . S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 3 6 . Peoples and C u ltu re s o f A fric a . B la ck S tu d ie s 9 1 . Special Top ics in B lack S tu d ie s (se n io r th e s is). Chem istry J A M E S H . H A M M O N S , Professor’ R O BER T F. P A S T E R N A C K , Professor’ P E T E R T . T H O M P S O N , Professor J U D IT H G . V O ET, Associate Professor and Chair J E F F R E Y A . C H A R O N N A T , Assistant Professor RO BERT S . P A L E Y , Assistant Professor T H O M A S A . S T E P H E N S O N , Assistant Professor A L IS O N P. W IL L IA M S , Assistant Professor RO BERT 0 . F IS H E R , Lecturer U R S U L A M . D A VIS, Assistant VIRG IN IA M . IN D IV ER O , Assistant M A R G A R E T M . L E H M A N , Assistant The aim o f the Department o f Chemistry is to provide sound training in the fundamental principles and basic techniques o f the science and to provide interested students with the opportunity for advanced work in the main subdisciplines o f modem chemistry. R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S The normal route for entrance to the advanced level program is to take Chemistry 10 followed by 22, 32, and either 3 6 or 3 8 (or both)'. Students with especially strong pre-college background in chemistry are advised to begin with Chemistry 10H, Chemistry 10L, or Chem­ istry 22. Such students will normally be asked to take a placement examination. Students seeking Advanced Placement credit may also be required to take this examination. Consult with the Department Chair. The minimum requirement for a major in Chemistry is nine courses in the Department. These must include Chemistry 1 0 ,2 2 ,3 2 ,3 6 , 38, 44, 45, 50 and one single-credit seminar. Students should note the Mathematics and Physics prerequisites for Chemistry 36, 44, and 45. Those considering a major in Chem­ istry are strongly urged to complete these prerequisites by the end o f the Sophomore year. Those students planning professional work in Chemistry should include in their programs a fourth semester o f mathematics and at least two additional courses in chemistry. Accredi­ tation by the American Chemical Society (ACS) is useful for those who intend to pur­ sue a career in chemical industry and requires a year o f independent research through Chem­ istry 94, 96, or 180. Further, proficiency in reading scientific German, Russian, or French is an asset to the practicing chemist. Students desiring teacher certification in chem­ istry must complete Biology 1, 2 in addition to the Chemistry major program. All candi­ dates for teacher certification are required to assist in the instruction o f the laboratory o f an introductory chemistry course on one after­ noon per week for two semesters. Research opportunities with individual staff members are available through Chemistry 94, 96, and 180. Majors are encouraged to consult the staff about current research problems under investigation. In collaboration, the Departments o f Chem­ istry and Physics provide for a Special Major in Chemical Physics (see discussion o f Special Major, page 52 ), which offers students the opportunity to gain strong background in the study o f chemical processes from a micro­ scopic, molecular point o f view. Interested 3 Absent on leave, 1989-90. 93 C h em istry students should consult the Chair o f both departments. B IO C H E M IS T R Y S P E C IA L M A JO R In collaboration with the Department o f Bi­ ology, the Department o f Chemistry also offers a Special M ajor in Biochemistry, which provides the student with the opportunity to gain a strong background in chemistry with special emphasis on the application o f chemis­ try to biochemical and molecular biological problems. The requirements include Chemis- try 22, 32, 36, 38, 44, 45, 50, and 108b; Biology 2 0 or 21 or 38; and Biology 152 or 153. Students should note the Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, and Biology prerequisites for these courses. Research opportunities are available in both Biology and Chemistry De­ partments. Interested students should consult the Chairs o f the two departments. E X T E R N A L E X A M I N A T IO N P R O G R A M Students preparing for the External Examina­ tion Program with a major in Chemistry should complete Chemistry 10, 22, 32, and either 3 6 or 3 8 (or both), three semesters o f calculus, and two semesters o f physics by the end o f the sophomore year. In addition to Chemistry 10, 22, 32, 36, and 38, all majors are further required to complete Chemistry 44, 45, and 5 0; except under truly extraordi­ nary circumstances, these requirements must be met by the end o f the junior year. The major program consists o f a minimum of three papers in Chemistry, one o f which must be a research thesis (Chemistry 180). Prepa­ ration for the remaining papers in Chemistry (Organic Reaction Mechanisms, Organic Syn­ thesis, Thermodynamics and Statistical Me­ chanics, Quantum Chemistry, Inorganic Chemistry, Biological Chemistry) consists o f the core curriculum (i.e., Chemistry 10, 22, 32, 36, 38, 44, 45, and 5 0 ) plus completion o f the appropriate 100-level seminar. The core curriculum alone is sufficient preparation for a paper in General Physical Chemistry. All papers, with the exception o f General Physical Chemistry, are "three unit” papers. All o f the External Examination papers listed in the preceding paragraph are available for students wishing to complete a minor in Chem­ istry. The minimum prerequisites for the prep­ aration o f any paper are Chemistry 10 and 36, Mathematics 5 and 6, and Physics 3 and 4. Preparation for the General Physical Chemis­ try paper consists o f completion o f Chemistry 4 4 and 45 and the additional Mathematics prerequisite. Preparation for the remaining papers consists o f completion o f the relevant 100-level seminar and the associated prereq­ uisites (see seminar prerequisites, below). C O U R SES 1. M o le cu le s and Life . 10 . G e n eral C h e m is try . This course deals with the biological chemistry o f nutrition. Emphasis is placed on an intro­ duction to chemical principles, protein struc­ ture, enzyme function, and the metabolism o f fats, carbohydrates, and proteins. One labora­ tory period every second week. Primary distribution course. Spring sem ester. Voet. A study o f the central concepts and basic principles o f chemistry; the interpretation of chemical properties and reactions on the basis o f equilibrium constants, oxidation potentials, free energies, thermochemistry; atomic struc­ ture; bonding and molecular structure; rates and mechanisms o f chemical reactions. One laboratory period weekly. 94 Primary distribution course. Fall sem ester. Williams and Staff. 10 H . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: General C h e m is try. A half-credit seminar format course for fresh­ men with Advanced Placement (or equivalent departmental exam) chemistry credit. Topics will be selected from the traditional General Chemistry curriculum, but will be discussed in greater detail and with a higher degree o f mathematical rigor. The application o f mod­ ern instrumental methods to problems in thermodynamics, chemical kinetics, and molecular structure will be emphasized in classroom discussion and laboratory demon­ strations. Some familiarity with elementary calculus concepts will be assumed. One threehour meeting weekly. Fall sem ester. Voet. 10L. Fre sh m a n S e m in a r and La b : General C h e m is try . A combination o f the Chemistry 10H Fresh­ man Seminar (above) and the laboratory com­ ponent o f Chemistry 10 (General Chemistry). One laboratory period weekly. One credit. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Voet and Staff. 22. O rgan ic C h e m is try I. An introduction to the chemistry o f some o f the more important classes o f organic com­ pounds; nomenclature, structure, physical and spectroscopic properties, methods o f prepa­ ration and reactions o f aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, halides and monofunctional oxygen compounds, with an emphasis on ionic reaction mechanisms. One laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Chemistry 10. Spring semester. Paley. 32. Organic C h e m is try II. A continuation o f Chemistry 22 with empha­ sis on more advanced aspects o f the chemistry of monofunctional and polyfunctional organic compounds, multi-step methods o f synthesis, and an introduction to bioorganic chemistry. One laboratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Chemistry 22. Fail semester. Charonnat and Paley. 36. Inorganic C h e m is try. A study o f the main group elements, acid-base reactions, oxidation-reduction reactions, elec­ trochemistry, and an introduction to transi­ tion metal chemistry. Laboratory will empha­ size the preparation and analysis o f inorganic compounds. One laboratory period weekly. Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 6, and concurrent enrollment in Physics 4 (or 8). Spring sem ester. Thompson. 3 8 . Biological C h e m is try. An introduction to the chemistry o f living systems: protein conformation, principles o f biochemical preparation techniques, enzyme mechanisms and kinetics, bioenergetics, inter­ mediary metabolism, and molecular genetics. One laboratory period weekly. Prerequisites: Chemistry 32 (Biology 1 rec­ ommended). Spring sem ester. Voet. 4 4 . Ph ysic a l C h e m is try I. An introduction to some basic concepts of physical chemistry including states o f matter, kinetic theory o f gases, laws o f thermodynam­ ics, chemical and phase equilibria, solutions, and solid state structure. One laboratory period weekly. Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 18, Physics 4 (or 8). Fall semester. Thompson. 4 5 . P h ysic a l C h e m is try II. An introduction to some basic physical chem­ istry concepts at the atomic and molecular level including particles and waves, elementary quantum theory, atomic and molecular struc­ ture, valence bond and molecular orbital the­ ory, symmetry and group theory, spectros­ copy, statistical mechanics, and reaction rates. One laboratory period weekly. Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 18, Physics 4 (or 8). Spring sem ester. Stephenson and Williams. 5 0 . M od ern In stru m e n ta l M eth o ds in C h e m is try and B io c h e m is try . Powerful instrumentation has been developed in recent years for the analysis and separation o f mixtures and for the determination o f molecular structure in chemical and biochem­ ical research. This laboratory course deals with such modern instrumental methods, in­ cluding chromatographic and spectrometric techniques, and will give special emphasis to Fourier-transform nuclear magnetic reso- 95 Chem istry nance. Students will be given the opportunity to pursue more extensive investigative proj­ ects in chemistry or biochemistry for a part o f the semester. One four-hour laboratory period weekly. Prerequisites: Chemistry 32 and either 3 6 or 38. Concurrent or prior courses in Physical Chemistry are recommended. Fall sem ester. Charonnat and Stephenson. S E M IN A R S The following single credit seminars may be taken for credit towards a degree in Course or combined with single credit courses to prepare for Papers in the External Examination Pro­ gram. Prerequisites: The preferred background for students enrolled in any seminar is prior or concurrent enrollment in Chemistry 10, 22, 32, 36, 38, 44, and 45. When circumstances warrant it, students will be permitted to enroll in Chemistry 102b or 103b while meeting only the organic chemistry prerequisites, stu­ dents will be permitted to enroll in Chemistry 108b while meeting only the organic chemistry and biological chemistry prerequisites, stu­ dents will be permitted to enroll in Chemistry 106b while meeting only the inorganic and physical chemistry prerequisites, and students will be permitted to enroll in Chemistry 104b or 105b while meeting only the physical chem­ istry prerequisites. However, such students will be expected to do the extra reading re­ quired for them to participate fully in the discussions. Students wishing to enroll in a sem i­ nar without first com pleting Chemistry io, 22, 32, 36, 38, 44, and 45 must consult with the instruc­ tor. 10 2b . O rg an ic Reaction M e c h a n ism s S e m in a r. This course deals with the structures and mechanisms o f reaction o f organic com­ pounds. Structural topics include bonding theory, stability, and stereochemistry. Polar, free-radical, pericyclic, and photochemical reactions are studied. Mechanistic discussions emphasize methods o f investigation and the interpretation o f experimental results from the primary literature. Prerequisites: See statement above regarding seminar prerequisites. Fa ll sem ester. Paley. 96 10 3 b. O rg an ic S yn th e s is S e m in a r. Modern organic synthetic methodology will be studied, with an emphasis on carboncarbon bond formation, control o f relative stereochemistry, and asymmetric synthesis. The utility o f these techniques will be illus­ trated by various total syntheses o f biologi­ cally important natural products. Prerequisites: See statement above regarding seminar prerequisites. Spring sem ester. Charonnat. 10 4 b . T h e rm o d y n a m ic s and S ta tistica l M e c h a n ics S e m in a r. Topics to be studied will be selected from more advanced aspects o f thermodynamics and statistical mechanics including interac­ tions in the gaseous and liquid states, the theory o f solutions, and chemical reaction dynamics. Prerequisites: See statement above regarding seminar prerequisites. Spring sem ester. Thompson. 105b. Quantum C h e m is try S e m in a r. Advanced consideration o f topics in quantum chemistry including the harmonic oscillator, angular momentum, time-independent and time-dependent perturbation theory, the vari­ ation method, electron spin, and the electronic structure o f atoms and molecules. Prerequisites: See statement above regarding seminar prerequisites. Additional prerequi­ site: Mathematics 16 or 16A. Fall sem ester. Stephenson. 106b. In organ ic C h e m is try S e m in a r. The study o f topics to be selected from appli­ cations o f symmetry and group theory; transi­ tion metal chemistry; bonding; reaction mech­ anisms; spectroscopy; organometallic chemis­ try; inorganic biochemistry; and bioinorganic chemistry. Prerequisites: See statement above regarding seminar prerequisites. Spring sem ester. Instructor to be announced. 108b. Biological C h e m is try S e m in a r. Selected topics in a few important areas o f current biochemistry, such as enzyme struc­ ture and function, spectroscopic methods, receptor biochemistry, and genetic and protein engineering principles. Prerequisites: See statement above regarding seminar prerequisites. Additional prerequi­ site: Biology 1. Prior or concurrent enrollment in Biology 20 or 21 or 38 is recommended. Fall semester. Voet. STU D EN T RESEA RC H All students who enroll in one or more re­ search courses during the academic year are required to attend weekly colloquium meet­ ings and to present the results o f their work during the spring semester. 94. Re se a rch Pro je c t. This course provides the opportunity for qu mified students to participate in research with individual staff members. Periodic group meetings o f all participants will allow inter­ change o f ideas on research plans, progress, and results. Students who propose to take this course should consult with the staff during the preceding semester concerning problem areas under study. This course may be elected more than once. Each sem ester. Staff. 96. Re se a rch T h e s is . Chemistry and biochemistry majors will be provided with an option o f writing a senior research thesis in lieu o f taking comprehensive examinations. Students must apply for the thesis option by the beginning o f the second semester o f the junior year and are strongly urged to participate in on-campus research during the summer between their junior and senior years. The student will form an ad­ visory committee to consist o f (but not be limited to) two members o f the Chemistry Department, one o f whom is to act as the student’s research mentor. Whereas the details o f the research thesis program will be deter­ mined by the committee and the student, certain minimum requirements must be met by all students selecting this option: i) A minimum o f two credits o f Chemistry 96 to be taken during the last three semesters o f the student’s residence at Swarthmore. ii) A thesis based upon the student’s re­ search activity to be submitted prior to the last week o f classes o f the final semes­ ter. Guidelines for the preparation o f the thesis will be provided to the student. E ach sem ester. Staff. 180 . R e se a rch T h e s is . An opportunity for students in the External Examination program to participate in re­ search with individual staff members. The thesis topic must be chosen in consultation with some member o f the staff and approved early in the semester preceding the one in which the work is to be done. E ach sem ester. Staff. 97 Classics H E L E N F. N O R T H , Professor and Chairman M A R T IN O S T W A LD , Professor G ILR E R T P. R O S E , Professor W IL L IA M N . T U R P IN , Associate Professor3 R A R 8 A R A B U R R E LL, Assistant Professor M A T T H E W J . S L A G T E R , Lecturer The Department o f Classics offers instruction in the various fields which constitute the study o f Greek and Roman culture. Courses numbered from 1 to 20 are devoted to the Greek and Latin languages and literatures. Courses numbered from 21 onwards presup­ pose no knowledge o f the Greek or Latin language and are open (except for 4 2 and 4 4 ) without prerequisite to all students; they deal with the history, mythology, religion, archae­ ology, and other aspects o f the ancient world and include the study o f classical literature in translation. Swarthmore College contributes to the Ameri­ can Academy in Rome and the American School o f Classical Studies in Athens, and its students have the privileges accorded to un­ dergraduates from contributing institutions (use o f the library at both schools and consul­ tation with the staff). Swarthmore is also one o f the institutions sponsoring the Intercol­ legiate Center for Classical Studies in Rome, which provides facilities for the study of Classics, Archaeology, and Ancient History. Classics majors, recommended by the Depart­ ment, are eligible to study at the Center, usually during their junior year, either for one semester or for two. Students o f the classics are eligible for the Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship and the Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship (see pp. 25 and 70). R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S Greek, Latin, or Ancient History may be offered as a major subject either in the Course Program or in the External Examination Pro­ gram, and as a minor subject in the latter Program. Reading in a field in which a seminar is not given (course 93 ), a thesis, or a course supple­ mented by additional independent work (i.e., an "attachment” ) may be used to prepare for the remaining paper. A student majoring in Greek or Latin in the External Examination (Honors) Program or in the Course Program should complete dur­ ing the first two years either Intermediate Greek or Intermediate Latin. A major in Greek or Latin in the Course Program will consist o f the equivalent o f at least 8 courses in the appropriate language above the introductory level. Students minoring in either Greek or Latin in the Honors Program must first complete either Intermediate Greek or Intermediate Latin. In the Honors program, three or four papers constitute a major in Greek or in Latin. Normally all or all but one o f these will be prepared for by seminars. Either Directed 3 Absent on leave, 1989-90. 98 Students majoring in Greek or Latin in either the Honors Program or the Course Program are required to take a half-credit course in prose composition. An Honors major in Ancient History will con­ sist o f (1 ) Classics 42, with attachment, (2 ) Classics 44, with attachment, and (3) at least one o f these seminars: Latin 102, Latin 105, Greek 113. The prerequisite for Classics 42 is Classics 21 or 31; the prerequisite for Classics 4 4 is Classics 32. For Greek 113 the prerequisite is one year o f Intermediate Greek, for Latin 102 or 105, one year o f Intermediate Latin. A minor in Ancient History will normally consist o f ( 1 ) and ( 2) above, with the specified prerequisites. No ancient language is required for this minor. A major in Ancient History in the Course Program will consist o f (1 ) Classics 31 or 21, (2 ) Classics 32, (3 ) Classics 42, with attach­ ment, (4 ) Classics 44, with attachment, and (5 ) at least one o f these seminars: Latin 102, Latin 105, Greek 113. Greek 1-2 . In ten sive F irs t-y e a r G re e k . 12 . H o m e r. Greek 1 (fall) imparts a basic knowledge o f Ancient Greek grammar and vocabulary and gives considerable practice in reading Greek. Greek 2 (spring), while continuing with gram­ matical training, focuses on a dialogue o f Plato and introduces students to its philosophic issues and literary merits. The course meets four times a week and carries 1 Vt credits each semester. Primary distribution course, Humanities. Year course. Rose. Selections from either the Iliad or the Odyssey are read in Greek; the remainder o f the poem is read in translation. Primary distribution course, Humanities. Spring sem ester. Ostwald. 9 ,1 9 . G re e k P ro s e C om po sitio n . Course meets one hour a week. A requirement for majors, this course is recommended in conjunction with courses at the intermediate level or above, to provide the student with grammatical and stylistic exercise. H alf course. Staff. 11. In term ediate G re e k . The main reading is Plato’s Apology. Primary distribution course, Humanities. Fall semester. North. 9 1. Special To p ic s. Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual seniors in preparation for their comprehensive examinations. Spring sem ester. Staff. 9 3 . D irecte d Reading. A program o f independent work under the supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to advanced students and may be taken only with the consent o f the Department chairman. Staff. 9 5 . A tta c h m e n t Additional, independent work attached to an advanced course, normally used to prepare for an external examination, but available also to Course students for the purposes described on page 55 (Formats o f Instruction). Staff. Latin 1-2. In ten sive F irs t-y e a r La tin . An intensive course which introduces Latin grammar and vocabulary and emphasizes the reading o f Latin texts from the outset. Read­ ings are based on original Roman authors at a relatively early point and introduce important aspects o f Roman culture and Latin literature. The course meets four times a week and carries IVi credits each semester. Primary distribution course, Humanities. Year course. Slagter. 9 ,1 0 . La tin P ro s e C om p o sitio n . The development o f Latin prose style is stud­ ied, with an analysis o f Latin texts and exten­ sive translation o f English into Latin. A re­ quirement for majors, it is recommended in conjunction with courses at the intermediate level or above. The course meets one hour a 99 Classics week. H alf course. Staff. Primary distribution course, Humanities. Fall sem ester. Rose. 1 1 . Introduction to Rom an P o e try . 14 . M e d ia e va l La tin . After a brief review o f grammar, students will read and discuss major lyric and epic poets, such as Catullus, Virgil, Horace, and Ovid. This intermediate course is normally taken by those who have had Latin in high school or have completed Latin 2. Primary distribution course, Humanities. Fall sem ester. Burrell. ' ■ Works chosen from the principal types of mediaeval Latin literature (including religious and secular poetry, history and chronicles, saints’ lives, satire, philosophy, and romances) are studied in this course. Prerequisite: Latin 11 or equivalent. Primary distribution course, Humanities. Spring semester. North. 12 . In term e diate La tin : C ic e ro . 9 1 . S p e cial To p ics. An oration and selected letters. This course is designed to introduce students to a great historical and literary figure o f the Roman Republic. It combines a study o f his major political and literary achievements with a care­ ful analysis o f his prose style. Primary distribution course, Humanities. Spring sem ester. Staff. Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual seniors in preparation for their comprehensive examinations. Spring semester. Staff. 13. Lite ra tu re o f th e A u g u s ta n A g e . The elegiac poetry o f Propertius and Ovid. Consideration will be given to the importance o f genre and imitation, the function o f humor, the relation to the moral program o f Augustus, and later responses to this literature (particu­ larly Marlowe and Ezra Pound). Prerequisite: Latin 11, Advanced Placement or equivalent. 9 3. D irecte d Reading. A program o f independent work under the supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to advanced students and may be taken only with the consent o f the Department chairman. Staff. 9 5 . A tta c h m e n t Additional, independent work attached to an advanced course, normally used to prepare for an external examination, but available also to Course students for the purposes described on page 55 (Formats o f Instruction). Staff. Ancient History and Civilization 2 1 . A n c ie n t fire e ce . 3 1 . H is to ry o f G re e ce . Greek thought, literature, and history from the Homeric age to Plato, with emphasis upon the interrelationships between the intellectual currents and the social, economic, and po­ litical systems. Readings (in translation) in­ clude Homer, Herodotus, Thucydides, Greek tragedy and comedy, and Plato. Two lectures and one discussion session per week. Satisfies prerequisite requirement for Classics 42, for a major or minor in Ancient History, and for advanced courses in the Department o f His­ tory. Counts as part o f a major in History. Primary distribution course ( 1 credit, Humani­ ties, 1 credit, Social Sciences). F all sem ester. H ot offered 1989-90. Staff. The course is devoted to the study o f the political and social history o f the Greek states to the time o f the Hellenistic kingdoms. Spe­ cial attention is given to the 6th and 5th centuries B.C. Considerable reading is done in the primary sources in translation. Satisfies same prerequisite requirements as Classics 21. Primary distribution course, Social Sciences. Fall sem ester. Ostwald. 190 3 2. Th e Rom an Republic and A u g u s tu s . A study o f Rome from its foundation through the reign o f Augustus (753 B.C.-A.D. 14). The following subjects will be considered in detail: (1 ) The evolution o f the republican constitution, (2 ) Rome’s wars o f expansion, (3 ) The accompanying changes in Roman Society and economy, (4 ) The Roman Revo­ lution, (5 ) The Augustan Principate. Students will read the pertinent original sources in translation as well as a selection o f modern viewpoints. There is no prerequisite. Satisfies prerequisite requirement for Classics 44, for a major or minor in Ancient History, and for advanced courses in the Department o f His­ tory. Counts as part o f a major in History. Primary distribution course, Social Sciences. Spring semester. Slagter. 3 3 . G re e k Lite ra tu re in Tra n s la tio n . The works studied in this course range in time from Homer to Plato and Aristotle and include selected masterpieces o f epic, lyric and elegiac, and dramatic poetry, history, and philosophy. Lectures on the historical and cultural context supplement class discussion. Primary distribution course, Humanities. Fall sem ester. N ot offered 1989-90. Rose. 36. C la ssical M yth o lo g y in Lite ra tu re and A r t A study o f selected myths in works o f Greek and Latin literature ranging from Homer’s Odyssey to the M etam orphoses o f Ovid and Apuleius. Attention is given not only to works of art inspired by mythical figures and cycles, but also to ancient sites connected with them. Given in alternate years. Fall sem ester. North. 3 7. Topics in G re e k and Rom an Religion. A study o f selected issues basic to the under­ standing o f religion in ancient society: the gods, representative cults, festivals and rituals, beliefs about the afterlife, types o f sacrifice, oracles and prophecy, the interaction o f phi­ losophy and religion, and the social context o f early Christianity. There are no prerequisites. Readings are in translation. Cross-listed as Religion 37. Fall semester. N ot offered 1989-90. North. 38. The A p o s to lic A g e . (See listing under Religion 16, Dept, o f Reli­ gion). 42. G re e ce in th e Fifth C e n tu ry 8 .C . An intensive study, chiefly on the basis o f primary sources, o f Athens and the Greek world from the reforms o f Cleisthenes to the end o f the Peloponnesian War. Special em­ phasis is placed on the political, social, and economic institutions o f the Athenian de­ mocracy and on the problems o f the Delian League, both internal and in its relation to the Greek and non-Greek world. W ith an attach­ ment Classics 42 prepares for an honors paper in Ancient History. It counts toward a major in History. Prerequisite: Classics 31 or its equivalent. Spring semester. Ostwald. 4 4 . Th e E a rly Rom an Em p ire . A detailed study, using primary sources, o f the political, economic, social, and cultural history o f the Roman world from the fall o f the Republic through the Antonine Age (5 0 B.C.-A .D. 192). W ith an attachment Classics 4 4 prepares for an honors paper in Ancient History. It counts toward a major in History. Prerequisite: Classics 32 or its equivalent. Fall semester. Not offered 1989-90. 4 5 . G re e k Political T h e o ry . A study o f Greek political concepts and insti­ tutions as a background to the political thought o f Thucydides, Plato, and Aristotle, on which the major attention o f this course is focused. Spring sem ester. N ot offered 1989-90. Ostwald. 5 1. A n In troduction to A rc h a e o lo g y . This course focuses on the discipline o f ar­ chaeology and its place in the wider fields o f the humanities and social sciences. Among the topics covered will be field techniques, me­ thods o f dating, analysis o f archaeological data and problems o f interpretation. This course fulfills requirements in the Social Science distribution group, and is cross-listed as Sociology and Anthropology 51. Fall sem ester. Burrell. 5 2 . In troduction to G re e k A rc h a e o lo g y . This course traces the development o f Greek civilization as documented by archaeology, and includes data ranging from monumental art and architecture to coins and potsherds. There is special emphasis on such important sites as Knossos, Mycenae, Delphi, Olympia, and Athens. There are no prerequisites. Primary distribution course, Humanities. Spring sem ester. Not offered 1989-90. Burrell. 5 3 . In tro ductio n to Rom an A rc h a e o lo g y . This course focuses on the monuments and 101 Classics material remains o f the ancient city o f Rome. Its chief aim is to trace Rome’s growth from a village o f huts on the Tiber River to the capital and showplace o f a great empire, while also observing the interaction between Roman society and the urban framework which the Romans built to accommodate, symbolize, and glorify that society. There are no prereq­ uisites. Primary distribution course, Humanities. Spring sem ester. Burrell. 5 4 . Th e A r t and S cie n ce o f A n c ie n t C oin s. W ith the assistance o f actual coins from the Swarthmore collections, students learn nu­ mismatic techniques and how to apply them to problems o f history, economy, and stylistic development. They are also encouraged to choose a special topic to present in class. Because o f the difficulties in presenting such small objects, enrollment will be limited to 10. Spring sem ester. 'Not offered 1989-90. Burrell. 8 2 . Th e A n c ie n t T h e a tre . A representative selection o f Greek and Roman drama, both tragedy and comedy, will be read in translation, together with the Poetics o f Aristode, and there will be a study of ancient dramatic production and the physical remains o f Greek and Roman theatres. Given in alternate years. Spring sem ester. North. 9 1 . S p e cial To p ics. Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual seniors in preparation for their comprehensive examination in Ancient History. Spring sem ester. Staff. 9 3 . D irecte d Reading. A program o f independent work under the supervision o f the instructor. It is open only to advanced students and may be taken only with the consent o f the Department chairman. Staff. 9 5 . A tta c h m e n t Additional, independent work attached to an advanced course, normally used to prepare for an external examination, but available also to Course students for the purposes described on page 55 (Formats o f Instruction). Staff. S E M IN A R S 10 2. Th e A g e o f N e ro . This seminar will study a range o f Silver Latin authors writing about the reign o f Nero (Taci­ tus, Suetonius, Seneca). The value o f the works as historical evidence and their literary merits will be considered. Fall sem ester. Burrell. 10 3 . La tin Ep ic. This seminar is devoted to one or more o f the following: Lucretius’ De Rerum Natwra, V ir­ gil’s A eneid, Ovid’s M etam orphoses. Spring sem ester. N ot offered 1989-90. North. 105. Th e A g e o f C ic e ro . This seminar will focus primarily on Cicero’s speeches, letters, and philosophical works in the context o f the history and thought o f the final years o f the Republic. In addition, works o f Sallust and Caesar will be studied for their historical evidence and their differing prose styles. Fall semester. N ot offered 1989-90. Turpin. 1 0 7 . H o ra c e : L y ric and H e xa m e te r P o e try . The seminar emphasizes the O des and Epodes and their place in the tradition o f Greek and Roman lyric poetry. Attention is also given to the Satires and Epistles, especially the Ars Poetica, and to their importance for the history o f satire and literary criticism. An effort is made to grasp the totality o f Horace’s achieve­ ment in the context o f the Augustan Age. Spring sem ester. North. 1 1 1 . C re e k Ph ilo so p h e rs. This seminar is devoted mainly to the study of Plato, which is supplemented by study o f the pre-Socratic philosophers and o f Aristode and the Hellenistic schools. The orientation o f the seminar is primarily philosophical, although the literary merits o f the Greek philosophers receive consideration. Fall sem ester. Ostwald. 112 . G re e k Ep ic . This seminar will study primarily Homer’s 102 Iliad. Selections from Hesiod and Apollonius may also be read, with some attention to the development o f Greek epic. Spring sem ester. N ot offered 1989-90. Rose. comedies is studied, with a careful reading in the original language o f one play by each o f the major dramatists. Spring semester. Rose. 113. G re e k H isto ria n s. 115 . G re e k Ele g ia c and L y ric P o e try . This seminar is devoted to a study o f Herodo­ tus and Thucydides, both as examples o f Greek historiography and as sources for Greek history. Fall sem ester. N ot offered 1989-90. Ostwald. The whole body o f extant Greek elegy and lyric is studied, with attention to the political and social background, and to the relation o f these literary types to epic and dramatic po­ etry. Fall sem ester. Not offered 1989-90. Ostwald. 114. G re e k D ra m a . The whole body o f extant Greek tragedies and 103 Com puter Science C H A R L E S F. K E L E M E N , Professor and Program Director7 G A R Y L A IS O N , Associate Professor (part-time) Committee: NelSOn M a ck e n (Engineering) M a rjo rie M u rp h y (History) J . Ed w a rd S ke a th (Mathematics) a stu de nt to be appointed Computer Science is the study o f algorithms and the issues involved in implementing them. This includes the study o f computer systems, methods to specify algorithms (for people and computer systems), and the formulation o f theories and models to aid in the understand­ ing and analysis o f the properties o f al­ gorithms, computing systems, and their inter­ relationship. The Computer Science Program is designed to provide students with a flexible set o f offerings in computing that can be tailored to satisfy interests in various areas and at several levels o f depth. All the courses emphasize the under­ lying, fundamental concepts o f computer sci­ ence, treating today’s languages and systems as current examples o f the underlying concepts. Students from any discipline who are inter­ ested in an introduction to computer science should take C S 15: Introduction to Computer Science. For a deeper, more formal introduc­ tion, they should continue with Math 9: Dis­ crete Mathematics, and CS 35: Fundamental Structures o f Computer Science. Students with sufficient previous experience in com­ puter science may skip CS 15 by passing a placement exam. The concentration in com­ puter science is designed for students who desire a coherent introduction to the core topics in the field. Students completing the concentration will possess a number o f intel­ lectual skills useful in many disciplines. C O N C E N T R A T I O N IN C O M P U T E R S C I E N C E The concentration in computer science can be combined with any major in the college. It will provide students with a well-rounded back­ ground in computer science sufficient to allow them to develop significant, creative applica­ tions in their major area o f interest and to keep up with the rapid changes in the field of computer science. Students interested in a Concentration in Computer Science should submit a concentration proposal for approval by the Computer Science Committee by the end o f their sophomore year. Both the stu­ dent’s major advisor and the Director o f the Computer Science Program should be con­ sulted when writing such a proposal. While some flexibility is possible, the requirements for the concentration in computer science will usually consist o f six courses plus a compre­ hensive experience. The six courses should be selected as follows: 7 Joint appointment with mathematics. 104 Each of: CS 15: Introduction to Computer Science; Math 9: Discrete Mathematics; CS 35:Fundamental Structures o f Computer Sci­ ence. Two of: CS 23: Computer Architecture; CS 41: Data Structures and Algorithms; CS 43: Foundations o f Programming Language De­ sign; CS 46: Theory o f Computation. One of: the remaining courses from the cate­ gory above (i.e., CS 23, 4 1 ,4 3 , or 4 6 ); Engin 22: Digital Systems; Engin 25: Laboratory Computer Applications; CS 40: Computer Graphics; C S 63: Artificial Intelligence; Math 72: Topics in Combinatorial Optimization; C S 75: Principles o f Compiler Design and Construction; Ling. 50, Ling. 108: Syntactic Theory; CS 91: Special Topics in Computer Science; CS 93: Directed Reading or Project. Note: Courses used to satisfy the requirements for a concentration must be completed with a grade o f C or better. Note: In certain cases, especially well-prepared Engineering students may be permitted to substitute Engin 11 and Math 16 for CS 15 and Math 9. The comprehensive experience will ordinarily be satisfied by completing CS 97: Senior Conference. In some cases a thesis or project may be used to satisfy some other depart­ ment’s comprehensive experience and also the Computer Science requirement. In such cases specific approval o f the Computer Science program and the other department must be obtained before embarking on the project. For example, appropriate Engineering 90 proj­ ects have been used to satisfy the comprehen­ sive requirements for both an Engineering major and a Computer Scienice Concentra­ tion. S P E C IA L M A JO R S Students desiring greater depth in computer science or desiring to integrate computer sci­ ence with another discipline in a more formal manner are encouraged to develop a Special Major in Computer Science or a Special Major combining computer science and another area. Such Special Majors require the approval of the Computer Science Committee and in the case o f joint majors the other department involved. Special Majors should be designed in consultations with the director o f the com­ puter science program. These consultations should take place as early in the student’s program as possible. M I N O R S F O R E X T E R N A L E X A M I N A T IO N For students electing to take a minor in Com­ puter Science under the external examination requirements, the Computer Science Com­ mittee has approved certain combinations o f two computer science courses to constitute a two-credit paper. A current list o f these may be obtained from the program secretary. In certain circumstances, the committee may be willing to consider other groupings o f courses or seminars to constitute a three-credit paper. GRA D U A TE STU D Y Students interested in graduate study in Com­ puter Science will be well prepared by major­ ing in Mathematics or Engineering and com­ pleting selected Computer Science courses. The choice o f the appropriate major and computing courses will depend on the stu­ dent’s interests and should be made in consul­ tation with the director o f the Computer Science Program. Other majors are also rea- sonable for students with special interests. For example, a major in Linguistics or Psy­ chology might be appropriate for a student interested in artificial intelligence. In such cases, students should consult as early as possible with the director o f the program in order to be sure o f taking the mathematics and computing courses necessary to be prepared for graduate work in Computer Science. C O M P U T E R S C IE N C E C O U R S E S (Courses numbered above 4 0 will be offered in alternate years.) 15. In troduction to C o m p u te r S cie n ce . This course is an introduction to computer science for students from all disciplines. The major emphasis o f the course is on problem 105 Com puter Science solving and algorithm development. Students are introduced to the Pascal programming language and gain proficiency in it by writing programs to solve a number o f illustrative problems. Students are also informally intro­ duced to many topics in computer science including: hardware organization; system soft­ ware; programming style and documentation; program testing and verification; fundamental data structures such as arrays, records, and linked lists; basic algorithms for searching and sorting; analysis o f algorithms; computability; and artificial intelligence. Prerequisite: Some computing experience or permission. Frequently offered as a primary distribution course. E ach sem ester. Staff. 2 3 . C o m p u te r A rc h ite c tu re . Cross-listed with Engineering 23. A survey o f techniques o f modern computer design and their implementation. Techniques such as cache, parallel processing, pipelining, distrib­ uted processing, and instruction set optimiza­ tion will be discussed. Practical designs in­ cluding supermicro families ( 8 0 3 8 6 ,6 8 0 2 0 ), RlSC-machines, microprogrammed machines, supercomputers (Cray) and highly parallel machines (Hypercube, connection machine) are considered, as well as their implications for operating systems, compiler design, artifi­ cial intelligence, and general problem solving. Includes design laboratory. Prerequisite: E 22 or CS35. A lternate years. Next offered fa ll 1990. 3 5 . Fundam ental S tru c tu re s o f C o m p u te r S cie nce . This course completes the broad introduction to computer science begun in CS 15 and provides a general background for further study in the field. Topics to be covered include: data structures (linked lists, trees, etc.) and algorithms, organization o f computer systems and assembly language programming, an in­ troduction to the theory o f computation and formal languages, and alternative program­ ming languages. A brief survey o f areas o f research interest in computer science will also be presented. Students will be expected to complete a number o f programming projects illustrating the concepts presented. Prerequisites: CS 15 and Math 9. In some 106 cases, with the permission o f the instructor, Engin 11 and Math 16 can be substituted. Fall sem ester. Kelemen. 4 0 . C om p u te r G ra p h ic s. Cross-listed with Engineering 27. A study of the mathematical and computational tech­ niques used to model two- and three-dimen­ sional scenes and display them on a graphics device. Topics include the mathematics o f 2D and 3D transformations, clipping and projec­ tions, hidden line and surface removal, shad­ ing and color, as well as hardware and software approaches to their implementation. Other topics include scene manipulation and script­ ing and the practical applications o f these techniques such as commercial animation, special effects, and movie production. Course projects include the development o f 2D and 3D graphics packages and will be written on a network o f color graphics workstations. Prerequisites: Knowledge o f C or Pascal, as well as a familiarity with vector and matrix algebra 4 1 . Data S tru c tu re s and A lg o rith m s . This course is a continuation o f the study of the basic data structures and algorithms found to be useful in many diverse areas. This study was begun informally in CS 15 and continued in CS 35. The approach here is more formal both with respect to the correctness o f the algorithms and with respect to the time and space resources required for the various algo­ rithms and their associated data structures. Topics to be covered include: abstract data types, arrays, pointers, linked lists, stacks, queues, trees (including balanced trees), graphs, searching and sorting, and algorithms and data structures appropriate for external storage media like magnetic disks and tapes. The impact o f several models o f parallel com­ putation on the design o f algorithms and data structures will be presented. Students will be expected to complete several programming projects in the course. Prerequisite: CS 35. A lternate years. Next offered fa ll 1990. 4 3 . Foundations o f P ro g ra m m in g Language Design. A study o f the organization and structure of modern programming languages with an em­ phasis on semantic issues. Topics include: specifying syntax and semantics, conventional and abstract data types, control structures, procedural languages, functional languages, other classes o f languages, program correct' ness, concurrency and synchronization, lan­ guage design and evaluation, implementation issues. Prerequisite: CS 35. Fall sem ester. Laison. 4 6 . T h e o ry o f C om pulation . The study o f various models o f computation leading to a characterization o f the kinds o f problems that can and cannot be solved by a computer and, for those problems that can be solved, a means o f classifying them with re­ spect to how difficult they are to solve. Topics to be covered include: formal languages and finite state devices, Turing machines and other models o f computation, computability, and complexity. Prerequisite: CS 35. Spring sem ester. Kelemen. 6 3. A rtific ia l intelligence. This course will emphasize many o f the basic abstractions and algorithms found to be useful in the field o f Artificial Intelligence. Topics will include: production systems; search strate­ gies including heuristic searching and applica­ tions to game playing; the predicate calculus and automated reasoning including applica­ tions to robot planning and expert systems; an introduction to some o f the computational approaches to knowledge representation, natural language understanding, and learning. While the emphasis o f the course will be on ideas and algorithms, students will be exposed to the programming languages LISP and PROLOG and expected to implement several Artificial Intelligence programs in these lan­ guages. Prerequisite: CS 35. A lternate years. Next offered spring 1991. 7 5 . P rin cip le s o f C om p ile r Design and C on stru ctio n. This course presents an introduction to the design and construction o f language transla­ tors for procedure oriented programming languages. Topics include: formal grammars, lexical analysis and finite automata, syntax analysis and pushdown automata, LL and LR parsing, semantic analysis and table handling, error detection and recovery, code generation and optimization, compiler writing tools. There will be an ongoing programming project that will culminate in a compiler for a small but not trivial programming language. Prerequisite: CS 35 and permission o f the instructor. A lternate years. Next offered fa ll 1990. 9 1. Sp e cial Top ics in C om p ute r S cie nce . Subject matter dependent on a group need or individual interest. Normally restricted to senior students and only offered when staff interests and availability make it practicable to do so. Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor. 9 3 . D irecte d Reading a n d /o r R e se a rch P r o je c t W ith the permission o f a staff member who is willing to supervise it, a qualified student may undertake a program o f extra reading and/or a project in an area o f computer science. 9 7 . S e n io r C on fe re n ce . This course provides senior concentrators and special majors an opportunity to delve more deeply and on their own into a particular topic in computer science. This is accom­ plished by way o f a written theses and an oral presentation on a topic agreed upon by the student and the instructor. This course is the usual method used to satisfy the comprehen­ sive requirement for a computer science con­ centrator. One-half credit. Spring sem ester. Kelemen. 107 Econom ies R O B IN S O N G . H O L L IS T E R , J R ., Professor FR ED ER IC L P R Y O R , Professor (part-time) 2 34 B E R N A R D S A F F R A N , Professor3 L A R R Y W E S T P H A L , Professor, Chairman S . W. R . D e .A . S A M A R A S IN G H E, Cornell Visiting Professor5 S T E P H E N S . G O LU B , Associate Professor3 M A R K K U P E R B E R G , Associate Professor J O H N P. C A S K E Y , Assistant Professor E L L E N M A G E N H E IM , Assistant Professor3 M A R T IN A . A S H E R , Visiting Assistant Professor R O N A L D B. M IN C E Y , Visiting Assistant Professor5 D O U G LA S J . P U F F E R T , Visiting Assistant Professor J A M E S S T O D D ER , Visiting Assistant Professor L E A H S M IT H , Lecturer5 J A C K T O P IO L , Visiting Lecturer The courses in economics have three main goals: ( 1 ) to provide insight into the processes and accompanying institutions through which productive activity is organized; (2) to develop a set o f tools for analyzing economic processes and institutions; and (3 ) to build a foundation for reaching informed judgments on issues o f public policy. Economics 1-2 or its equivalent is a prerequi­ site to all other work in the Department. Both semesters must be successfully completed for credit to be obtained. All majors in economics must take Economics 11 (Intermediate Microeconomics) and Eco­ nomics 2 0 (Intermediate Macroeconomics) or else Economics 100 (Economic Theory). They must also take Economics 3 0 (Statistics for Economists) or its equivalent such as Mathematics 23 or 53 (Mathematics 1-2 does not meet the requirement). Economics 30 focuses mainly upon the application o f statis­ tical tools to economic problems; the Mathe­ matics Department statistics courses empha­ size the properties o f statistical estimators. In order to read the literature in economics critically, a knowledge o f elementary calculus is extremely helpful. We strongly recommend 2 3 4 5 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990. Absent on leave, 1989-90. Fall semester, 1989. Spring semester, 1990. 100 that students take Mathematics 5 and 6 (dif­ ferential and integral calculus) or equivalent. W hen given, Math 6A and 6C are recom­ mended. Math 16 and 18 are useful for persons intending to focus on the more technical as­ pects o f economics. Students contemplating careers in interna­ tional economics or business are also strongly advised to have a mastery o f at least one mod­ em foreign language. To graduate as a major, students must have at least eight credits in economics, must meet the theory and statistics requirements, and must pass the comprehensive examination given in the Spring semester o f their senior year (course students) or the external examinations given at the end o f the Spring semester. To be prepared for the comprehensive, course stu­ dents must complete Economics 11 and Eco­ nomics 20 before the second semester o f their senior year. For students who want secondary teaching certification in the social sciences, two normal routes are available. The Erst is through a major in one social science, plus four to six semesters o f courses in other social sciences. Students majoring in history, political science, and sociology-anthropology are required to take at least four courses outside their major; students majoring in economics and psychol­ ogy are required to take six. The second route to certification is by taking at least twelve semester courses in social sciences, o f which six must normally be in one discipline and at least two more must be in a single other discipline. All students seeking social studies certification are required to take two courses in history. As o f 1987, at least one course in American history and one social science course focusing on Third World or nonWestem subject matter are required. 1 -2 . In troduction to Ec o n o m ics . This course is designed both to give the general student a comprehensive survey and to pro­ vide students doing further work in economics with a foundation on which to build. Students must take Economics 2 to receive credit for Economics 1. The first semester course describes the organi­ zation o f the economic system and analyzes the allocation o f resources, the market mecha­ nism for goods and services, government ex­ penditures and takes, and the distribution o f income. It also focuses on a variety o f microeconomic policy problems. Several designated sections will count for primary distribution credit. Fall semester. The second semester course deals with the problems o f inflation, unemployment, mone­ tary and fiscal policy, the determination o f national income, and international economic relations. It focuses primarily on macroeco­ nomic policy problems. Several sections will count for primary distribution credit; students wanting such credit must inform the depart­ ment in the Fall semester o f their intention. Spring semester. 5. Com puting fro m the U s e r’s Point o f V ie w . This will be offered as a Yt credit workshop. Participants will attend one weekly workshop applying computing procedures directly to problems o f economic analysis. Computing topics introduced are: word processing, graphics, simple programming techniques, statistical packages, spread sheet analysis, and data base handling. Vi unit. Fall sem ester. Staff. 10. Place and People: The P e rs p e c tiv e s o f G e o g ra p h y. (Cross-listed with Sociology and Anthropolo­ gy 11.) The modem discipline o f geography seeks to understand the structure and inter­ action o f the ecological system linking people to their environment and the spacial system linking one region to another by a complex system o f flows. Hence place and people form the basic themes o f geography. The discipline synthesizes knowledge from both the natural and social sciences in order to bring under­ standing to this link between place and peo­ ple. The course begins with a survey o f the major themes o f modern geography; then turns to two specialized themes; and ends with a study o f the basic skills o f cartography. For this year the two themes are: the geography o f cities— how they begin and develop, the social and economic forces that influence their structure, and the different roles played by the inner city and suburbia; and the geography o f developing nations. Fall semester. V. Samarasinghe. 1 1 . In term e diate M icro e co n o m ics . Provides a thorough grounding in intermedi­ ate-level microeconomics, both theory and application. The standard topics are covered (order indicates sequence): behavior o f the consumer and the firm, structure and perfor­ mance o f product markets, factor markets and income distribution, general equilibrium and welfare analysis, public economics. Stu­ dents do extensive problem solving to facili­ tate the learning o f theory and to see practical applications. Fall sem ester. Westphal, Asher. 2 0 . Interm e diate M a c ro e c o n o m ic s. The theory o f the determination o f the level and composition o f aggregate output, employ­ ment, prices, and interest rates. Analysis o f conflicting views o f the relationship between inflation and unemployment and o f the proper role o f government stabilization policy. Spring sem ester. Kuperberg. 2 1 . M o n e y , Ban kin g, and th e Ec o n o m y . This course will examine the behavior of financial markets and their connection to real 109 Econom ics economic activity, using a combination o f analytical and institutional perspectives. Among the topics to be considered are (1 ) the structure o f U .S. financial markets: the bank­ ing system, the bond and stock markets, etc.; (2 ) the Federal Reserve System and the con­ duct o f monetary policy; (3 ) monetarism; (4 ) interest rates, monetary policy, and inflation; (5 ) rationality and irrationality in financial markets; (6 ) international financial relations: the Eurodollar market, the foreign exchange market, and international lending. Fall sem ester. Caskey. 2 2 . C u rre n t Iss u e s in Ec on o m ic P o lic y . For students who have taken Economics 1 and 2 and would like to see further applications o f these principles to issues o f current economic policy. Topics will be drawn from both micro and macro in the areas o f budget and tax policy, stabilization policy, energy policy, in­ ternational economics policy, industrial pol­ icy. Specific issues might include natural gas deregulation, tax reforms, U .S. international competitiveness, the international debt crisis, the budget deficit dilemma, the choice o f an exchange rate regime, and the monetary/fiscal policy mix. N ot offered 1989-90. 2 3 . Political Ec o n o m y o f M acro e co n o m ic P o lic y. (Also listed as Political Science 6 9 .) Focus on the congressional and administrative processes by which macroeconomic policy is formu­ lated, approved, and implemented. N ot offered 1989-90. 3 0 . S ta tis tic s fo r Ec o n o m ists. The primary focus o f this course is on the understanding o f how simple and multiple regression can be used to estimate magnitudes in economic relationships, e.g., elasticities, and tests o f hypotheses about these magni­ tudes. The course also covers elements o f probability, sampling distributions, and deci­ sion theory. No mathematics prerequisite ex­ cept high school algebra. As this course will include problem solving using the computer, students taking it must also take Economics 5 (unless they have taken or are taking the equivalent course in other disciplines). Fall sem ester. Hollister. 110 3 1 . O p e ratio n s R e se a rch . (Also listed as Engineering 57 .) The principles o f operations research as applicable to defin­ ing optimum solutions o f engineering and financial problems as an aid to managerial decision making. Probability and probability distributions, reliability, random number singulation, queuing theory, linear program­ ming, dynamic programming, allocation and transportation theory. The working principles o f engineering economy are introduced and combined with operations research topics. Normally for junior and senior students. Primary distribution course, Natural Sciences only; and only if enrolled for Engineering 57. F all semester. 3 2 . A ccou n tin g The purpose o f this course is to equip the student with the rudiments o f accounting needed for advanced work in business finance, banking, taxation, and public regulation. (This course does not satisfy the distribution re­ quirements.) Fall sem ester. Topiol. 35. Ec o n o m e tric s. A survey o f fundamental econometric meth­ ods emphasizing application. Some empirical work will be required. Prerequisite: Economics 30. Fall sem ester. Hollister. 4 0 . Pu blic Finance. This course focuses on government expendi­ ture, tax, and debt policy. A major part o f the course is devoted to an analysis o f current policy issues in their institutional and theo­ retical contexts. The course will be o f most interest to students with an interest in eco­ nomic policy and its interaction with politics. Fall sem ester. Stodder. 4 1 . L a w and Ec o n o m ics . The purpose o f this course is to explore the premises behind the use o f utilitarian con­ structs in the analysis o f public policy issues. In particular, the appropriateness o f the grow­ ing utilization o f economic methodology will be examined through an intensive study of issues in property, tort, contract, and criminal law. The necessary background in welfare economics will be developed as needed. Fall sem ester. Kuperberg. 50. Th e International Ec o n o m y. The course consists o f a brief introduction to the historical development and institutional structure o f the international economy and an introduction to the theory o f trade, commer­ cial policy, and balance o f payments adjust­ ment. These tools are used to analyze contem­ porary international economic problems; tariffs and non-tariff barriers, international trade and economic development, exchangerate fluctuations, sovereign debt and the IMF. Spring sem ester. Caskey. 60. Th e Ec o n o m ic s o f In d u s try . Through a series o f case studies, the strategic responses o f firms and industries to their market and policy environments are analyzed. Emphasis is on the pricing, technological in­ novation, and marketing behavior o f firms and on such government policy instruments as import restrictions, price controls and subsi­ dies, antitrust, and patent policy. Not offered 1989-90. 62. G o ve rn m e n t Regulation o f In d u s try . This course analyzes the logic and effectiveness of various regulatory instruments by which the government seeks to affect the structure and performance o f major industries. The principal topics will be antitrust policy, eco­ nomic regulation o f natural monopoly indus­ tries, regulation and deregulation o f industries blending monopoly and competitive elements, and the "social” regulation o f pollution, oc­ cupational safety, and consumer information. Not offered 1989-90. 65. C orpo rate Finance C o u rs e . This course focuses on financial decisionmak­ ing in the firm and the interaction o f the firm with financial markets. Topics include the relationship between risk and return in valuing financial assets; capital budgeting and financ­ ing decisions; short- and long-term finance. In addition, several special topics are addressed including international corporate finance and mergers and acquisitions. Spring semester. Topiol. 70. La b o r Ec o n o m ics . This course will address the functioning o f labor markets and how they are affected by institutions, social attitudes, and the changing structure o f the. national and international economy. Special attention will be focused on the experience o f women and minorities in the labor market. Among the topics dealt with are: the causes and effects o f the changing supply o f labor; the changing role o f unions; the determinants o f employment and unem­ ployment; the determinants o f wage levels and wage differentials; extent and effects o f dis­ crimination, particularly with regard to wom­ en and minorities; the role o f education and training; how government regulations as well as training and employment programs have affected labor markets. (Cross-listed with Black Studies, Women’s Studies.) Spring semester. Asher. 7 1 . S ocial Ec o n o m ics . The extent, consequences, and causes o f pov­ erty and economic inequality; an appraisal o f reforms in income support programs, medical care, education, housing, and rural and ghetto development; the economics o f discrimina­ tion. Not offered 1989-90. 7 2 . W om en and M in o ritie s in th e Ec o n o m y . This course will explore the experience o f women and minorities in the U .S. economy, using a variety o f analytical and institutional approaches. Topics will include: historical context, labor force participation decisions, economic theories o f the labor market, explanations o f differences in wages (dis­ crimination, human capital, occupational segregation), and macroeconomic issues (un­ employment, income distribution, and govern­ ment taxation and transfer programs as they relate to women and minorities). Students will analyze differences among groups in the economy using SPSSX routines. No prior knowledge o f SPSSX is assumed. (Crosslisted with Black Studies, Women’s Studies). Not offered 1989-90. 7 3 . S o cial In su ra nce and W elfare P o lic y. The principal American policies and programs dealing primarily with relief o f poverty and economic insecurity, and the prospects and options for reform in this field. Topics in­ clude: Social Security, national health insur­ ance, unemployment compensation, and wel­ fare reform. The various public objectives and methods o f income support and related social 111 Econom ies services, as well as certain contextual or alter­ native programs and regulatory policies. Con­ ceptions o f "welfare” ; economic, social, po­ litical, and administrative or professional considerations in policy; historical and com­ parative perspectives. Intended as a single- or double-credit seminar for students in the Pub­ lic Policy Concentration and open for single credit to others who have taken appropriate Public Policy prerequisites, or who have re­ ceived permission o f the instructors. N ot offered 1989-90. resources. Long run implications o f resource use for economic growth, evaluation o f alter­ native uses o f natural environment and methods o f pollution control. Government response to situations involving externalities, public goods, and common property re­ sources. Case studies o f air pollution, recrea­ tion versus mineral or fuel development on public lands, the fishing industry and offshore petroleum development. Spring semester. Smith. 7 4 . U rb a n Ec o n o m ics . This course analyzes the structure and evolu­ tion o f urban economies in the United States. It takes the representative American city as the primary unit o f analysis and shows how it has evolved through time as a result o f the interaction o f socioeconomic forces, techno­ logical change, and public policy. The role o f government in this process is examined in depth, with emphasis on the policy areas of housing, land use control, transportation, and public finance. Particular attention will be paid throughout the course to the historical experience o f Philadelphia. N ot offered 1989-90. A survey o f development economics covering both the principal theories o f economic devel­ opment and the dominant issues o f public policy. W ithin a perspective that emphasizes the choice and transfer o f technology as well as technological development, particular em­ phasis is given to agricultural and industrial development, to interactions among sectors, and to international trade and capital flows (including foreign aid). Students write two short papers, one to compare countries having dissimilar development experiences and the other to examine a key issue o f their choice in some depth. N ot offered 1989-90. 7 5 . H e alth P o lic y . 8 5. C o m p a ra tiv e Ec on o m ic S y s te m s . (Also listed as Political Science 4 2 .) Analysis o f government policy toward health care and public health, its impact upon institutions and resource allocation, and major alternatives for action. Central topics are the organization o f health care delivery (roles and views o f phy­ sicians, nurses, administrators, patients and insurers); the interplay o f federal, state, and local governments, quasi-public authorities, and interest groups; technical and political aspects o f health insurance alternatives; health manpower (medical and nursing schools, para-professionals); biomedical research pro­ grams. Students wishing to take this course should consult in advance with the instruc­ tors. Prior work in at least two o f the following will be helpful: Economics 1-2, 30, 71; Poli­ tical Science 2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineer­ ing 4, 32. Spring sem ester. R. Hollister and D. Smith. 8 6 . Ec on o m ic P ro b le m s o f S o u th e rn A s ia . 7 6 . Ec o n o m ic s o f th e En viro n m e n t and N a tu ra l R e so u rc e s. M icro and macroeconomic theory applied to problems o f the environment and natural 112 8 0. Ec on o m ic D e v e lo p m e n t This course focuses on the structure and performance o f nations with different eco­ nomic systems and on the origins o f selected economic institutions. Particular emphasis is placed on the study o f the Soviet Union, China, and Yugoslavia. Methods o f drawing inferences using the comparative method are explored. N ot offered 1989-90. This course will examine South Asian (India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Nepal, Bhutan, and Sri Lanka) economic development taking into account the colonial experience, political back­ ground, and demographic change. It will focus on agriculture, industrialization, links to the world economy (trade, capital, and aid), the role o f the state, and issues in poverty and social welfare. Students will prepare several short papers and one long research essay. Spring sem ester. Samarasinghe. 90. A m e ric a n Ec on o m ic H is to ry . Survey o f American economic development from the colonial settlement to the New Deal. Explores the transition from a colonial sys­ tem, based on agricultural exports within the mercantile system, to an advanced, industrial­ ized economy supported by a vast internal market. Emphasis on i) the role o f agriculture in the process o f economic development, in particular a comparative analysis o f the plan­ tation system o f the South and the system o f family farming in the North, ii) the changing industrial structure after the Civil War as a consequence o f the growth o f the large-scale, vertically integrated corporation, and iii) the political and social bases o f economic devel­ opment, with particular attention to the American Revolution, the Civil War, the New Deal and the evolution o f the legal system, and the political responses to industrialization. Prerequisites: Economics 1-2, History 5 or 6 , I or permission o f the instructor. I Spring semester. Puffert. 9 1. W estern Ec on o m ic H is to ry . This course examines the evolution o f the economy from prehistory to our own time. It surveys demographic, agricultural, industrial, commercial, technological, and organizational developments; and it uses economic analysis to explore their interconnections. Not offered 1989-90. 9 5 . H is to ry o f Ec on o m ic T h o u g h t An examination o f classical political economy (Smith and Ricardo) and Marx with emphasis on the origins o f economic analysis in the tradition o f political theory and the structure and development o f classical thought. Prerequisites: Economics 1-2 or permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1989-90. 9 9. D irecte d Reading. W ith the consent o f a supervising instructor, individual or group study in fields o f interest not covered by regular course offerings. Fall or spring. Staff. I S E M IN A R S 100. Econom ic T h e o ry . I I I I I This seminar provides the theoretical background for the more advanced economic theory seminars. Both microeconomics (8 weeks) and macroeconomics (6 weeks) are covered. Fall semester. Saffran. 1 120. Advan ced M a c ro e c o n o m ic s. I The theory o f the determination o f the level I and composition o f aggregate output, emI ployment, prices, and interest rates. Analysis I of conflicting views o f the relationship beI tween inflation and unemployment and o f the I proper role o f government stabilization policy. I Special topics include microfoundations o f I macroeconomics and economic growth. II Spring semester. Kuperberg. lutionary models that emphasize the processes o f institutional and technological change. Stu­ dents master the fundamentals o f static and intertemporal welfare maximization by work­ ing with computer models o f several represen­ tative economies. Prerequisites: Econ. 100 or its equivalent (can be waived in exceptional circumstances on professor’s approval). Spring sem ester. Westphal. 135. Ec o n o m e tric s. Econometric theory and empirical studies. An empirical research paper is required. F all sem ester. Hollister. 14 0 . Public Finance. I 130. Th eo ry and M od els fo r I Policy A n a ly s is . This seminar focuses on the analysis o f gov­ ernment expenditure, tax, and debt policy. Not offered 1989-90. I Provides advanced instruction in general equiII librium theory while examining its uses in I policy and descriptive analyses. Focuses on I economy-wide linear programming and comI putable general equilibrium models that deal I with allocational and distributional issues in I open economies. Also deals briefly with evo­ Theory and policy o f international economic relations. The theory o f international trade and balance o f payments adjustment. Com­ mercial policy o f tariffs and non-tariff bar­ riers; international trade and economic devel­ opment, exchange-rate fluctuations, sovereign 150. International Ec o n o m ics . 113 Econom ies debt and the IMF. Spring sem ester. Caskey. 160. In dustrial O rg a n iza tio n and Public P o lic y. Applications o f theoretical and empirical anal­ ysis to major issues in industrial economics: optimality and the price system; theories of the firm; market structure; the causes o f mar­ ket failure and alternative policy responses. Not offered 1989-90. 165. C o rp o ra te Finance. Key issues in corporate finance are analyzed using theoretical and empirical tools. Among the topics to be covered are modem portfolio theory and capital asset valuation models; the firm’s capital budgeting and financing deci­ sions; capital structure and dividend policies; forms o f short- and long-term financing; and special topics, including mergers and acquisi­ tions, and international corporate finance. Not offered 1989-90. 1 7 0 . La b o r and S ocial Ec on o m ics. Economic analysis o f the organization o f labor and labor markets; education, medical care, housing, discrimination. Determinants of wages and income inequality, government policies with respect to labor relations, health, educa­ tion, and welfare. Spring sem ester. Hollister. development. Topic coverage is similar to that in Econ. 80. Here more emphasis is given to the theoretical underpinnings o f distinct ap­ proaches to isolating and understanding the "stylized facts” and to formulating prescrip­ tions for improved development performance. Students write several short papers that exam­ ine original contributions to the identification and analysis o f selected issues. A longer paper to compare countries having dissimilar devel­ opment experiences is also required. Fall semester. Westphal. 185. C o m p arative Econ om ic S ystem s. This seminar focuses on the methods by which economic systems can be analyzed. Consider­ able attention is paid to the structure and performance o f nations with particular eco­ nomic systems. Special case studies are made o f the U .S.S.R ., China, and Yugoslavia; briefer case studies are made o f several capitalist economies o f Western Europe. Causal forces underlying the origins and development of particular economic institutions are also dis­ cussed. The seminar also covers questions of convergence o f important economic institu­ tions, influences o f ideology on the operation o f the system, and forces underlying changes in both capitalist, market and socialist, cen­ trally administered economies. N ot offered 1989-90. 1 7 1 . R e se a rch on th e U rba n U n d e rc la ss . 19 0. Ec on o m ic H is to ry . This seminar will focus on currently on-going research on urban concentrations o f disad­ vantaged persons, often referred to as the "urban underclass.” The seminar will review economic, political, sociological, and anthro­ pological studies dealing with employment, education, welfare, crime, housing, transpor­ tation in urban areas o f the U .S. and the institutions and governmental policies that influence disadvantaged persons’ experiences in these areas. Participants in this seminar are expected to have initiated research on topics in these areas either with one o f the professors or through summer internships with relevant agencies or research groups. Participants will report on their on-going research and critique the research o f others. F all sem ester. Hollister and Mincey. Crosslisted as Political Science 171. This seminar surveys demographic, agricul­ tural, industrial, commercial, and organiza­ tional developments in the Western economy from prehistory to our own time. Special attention is devoted to topics exemplifying the methodological contributions o f the "new economic history.” N ot offered 1989-90. 180. Ec on o m ic D e velop m ent A survey o f the principal issues in economic 114 195. H is to ry o f Econ om ic T h o u g h t A survey o f the development o f economic science from post-Mercantilist writers (Steuart and Quesnay) to Keynes. Permission of in­ structor required. N ot offered 1989-90. 19 9. T h e s is . W ith the consent o f a supervising instructor, honors majors may undertake a senior thesis for double credit. Fall and spring semesters. Staff. I I that 1 to aP' the ripice, un­ ion per vel- ich lermd cotde fer list ces of lisof tuon ges ;n- iilsany ial he ;w ic irt n- r, is Education EVA F. T R A V ER S , Associate Professor and Program Director6 PETER C O R C O R A N . Assistant Professor K. A N N R E N N IN G ER , Assistant Professor LISA S M U LY A N , Assistant Professor and Acting D irector1 ROBERT GRO S S. Lecturer The Program in Education has three purposes: to expose students to issues in education from a variety of disciplinary perspectives, to pro­ vide a range o f field experiences for students who wish to explore their aptitude and interest in teaching, counseling or research in an edu­ cational setting, and to prepare students to be certified for entry into public school teaching. Courses in the Program in Education are intended to be integral to the College’s aca­ demic offerings. The Program’s most impor­ tant goal is to help students learn to think critically and creatively about the process of education and the place o f education in soci­ ety. To this end, both its introductory and upper level courses necessarily draw on the distinctive approaches o f Psychology, Sociol­ ogy, Anthropology, Political Science, Philos­ ophy, and History. Because students major in one o f the traditional disciplines, courses in Education offer both an opportunity to apply the particular skills o f one’s chosen field to a new domain and interaction with other stu­ dents whose disciplinary approaches may dif­ fer significantly from their own. There is no major in Education. However, special majors involving Education and another social science discipline can be arranged. There is a limit o f five Education credits that can be counted toward graduation. This limit does not apply to cross-listed courses in Education. T E A C H E R C E R T IF IC A T IO N Swarthmore offers a competency-based teach­ er preparation program for students who seek secondary certification from the Common­ wealth of Pennsylvania. Competency is judged by an interdisciplinary committee o f the fac­ ulty whose members have established criteria for certification in Biology, Chemistry, En­ glish, French, German, Mathematics, Spanish, and Social Studies. Individual programs are developed in conjunction with departmental representatives and members o f the Education staff. All students seeking certification must meet Swarthmore College’s general require­ ments for course distribution and a major. R E Q U I R E M E N T S F O R T E A C H E R C E R T IF IC A T IO N Students planning to seek secondary certifica­ tion should take Introduction to Education, Educ. 14, by the end o f their Sophomore year and enroll for Practice Teaching, Educ. 16 (a double credit course) and Curriculum and Methods Seminar, Educ. 17, no earlier than the Spring Semester o f the Junior year. In addition, they must complete the following sequence o f courses: B Educational Psychology, Educ. 21 ■ Child Development, Psychology 39; Child Development and Social Policy, Educ. 66; or Adolescence, Educ. 23 ■ An additional course from the following: a. Adolescence, Educ. 23 b. Counseling: Principles and Practices, Educ. 25 c. Women and Education, Educ. 31 d. Cultural Transmission: Education in Cross-cultural Perspective, Educ. 42 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989. 6 On administrative assignment, 1989-90. 115 Education e. Education and Society, Educ. 47 f. Oral and Written Language, Educ. 54 g. Political Socialization and Schools, Educ. 64 h. Child Development and Social Policy, Educ. 66 i. Social Change and Higher Education, Educ. 67 j. Urban Education, Educ. 68 k. Special Topics, Educ. 91 their cooperating teacher in Introduction to Education. Placement o f students in schools for Practice Teaching is contingent on success­ ful interviews with members o f the Education Program staff and appropriate secondary school personnel. Students preparing for certification must at­ tain at least a grade point average o f C in courses in their major field o f certification and a grade o f C + or better in Introduction to Education in order to undertake Practice Teaching. In addition, students must be rec­ ommended by their major department and by Swarthmore College is not authorized by the Commonwealth o f Pennsylvania to certify elementary teachers. However, students taking courses in the Education Program have an opportunity to concentrate their field work in an elementary setting and may do practice teaching for credit in an elementary school. (W ith some additional course work in ele­ mentary methods, elementary certification is available through an arrangement with a local college.) 14. Introduction to Education. 2 1 . Educational P s yc h o lo g y. A survey o f issues in education within an interdisciplinary framework. In addition to considering the impact o f individuals such as Dewey, Skinner, and Bruner, the course will explore some major economic, historical, and sociological questions in American education and discuss alternative policies and programs. The course will give students an opportunity to determine their own interest in preparing to teach, as well as furnish them with first­ hand experience in current elementary and secondary school practice. Field work is re­ quired. Primary distribution course. E ach sem ester. Staff. (Also listed as Psychology 21.) This course focuses on issues in learning and development which have particular relevance to under­ standing student thinking. A workshop-like format is employed to address the following questions: (a) W hat does prior experience tell us about learning and development and, what does it suggest about teaching? (b) How and why do we learn? (c) What are some indicators o f learning? (d) What might influence the way in which one learns and, how does all of this information affect the way in which we ap­ proach teaching? The course is designed to accommodate differences in interests and purpose; students are encouraged to consider seriously their own expectations and to selfstructure the general assignments, papers, and laboratory work in a manner consistent with these goals. This course includes tutoring in local schools and an introduction to the process o f research. Fall semester. Renninger. 16. P ra c tic e Teaching. Supervised teaching in either secondary or elementary schools. Double credit. Students seeking secondary certification must take Ed­ ucation 17 concurrently. (Single credit prac­ tice teaching may be arranged for individuals not seeking secondary certification.) E ach sem ester. Staff. 1 7 . C urricu lu m and M eth ods S e m in a r. This course will consider theoretical and ap­ plied issues related to effective classroom in­ struction. It must be taken concurrently with Educ. 16 for students planning to be certified and may not be taken without taking Educ. 16. E ach sem ester. Staff. j I I I i j i 2 3 . A d o le sce n ce . (Also listed as Psychology 23 .) A developmental perspective is employed to examine salient characteristics o f adolescence. The goal is to obtain a theoretical understanding of adolescence and an overview of major research. During the first part o f the term, various aspects o f individual development (e.g., cognitive, affective, physiological, etc.) will be addressed. The second part of the I I I I I I I I I semester will focus on the adolescent’s adap­ tation in major contexts (e.g., family, peer group, school, etc.). Spring semester. Gross. 25. Counseling: Prin cip le s and Practice. (Also listed as Psychology 22 .) An introduc­ tory course focusing on theories, techniques, and issues in school and agency counseling. Field work, guest lectures, role playing, and analysis of case studies will provide practical information and experience. Recommended for students considering graduate programs in educational counseling or those planning to teach or do youth work in an agency setting. Enrollment limited. Not offered 1989-90. 31. Women and Ed ucation . This course uses historical, psychological, and social frameworks to examine the roles women take in the educational process. Areas to be explored include the féminisation o f the teaching profession; equity in educational programs, curriculum, and materials; sex dif­ ferences in student-teacher interaction and student achievement; and current programs designed to meet the needs o f all students and teachers. Students in the course will draw on their own experience as well as field work in relating the theories examined to educational practice. Spring semester. Smulyan. 42. Cultural Tra n s m issio n : Education in Cross-C ultural P e rs p e c tive . The purpose o f this course is to communicate a transcultural and comparative perspective on the educative process in our own and other societies. Awareness o f the socio-cultural in­ fluences on education-relevant behavior will be a major focus. Coverage ranges from case studies of technologically primitive (but sym­ bolically complex) non-Western cultures to complex industrial societies. Although spe­ cific attention is given to schooling in the culturally pluralistic United States, students taking the course will be exposed to more than 20 different cultures. The development o f a partial cultural theory o f education considered as cultural transmission is one o f the main objectives o f the course. Not offered 1989-90. 4 7 . Education and S o c ie ty . (Also listed as Sociology and Anthropology 47.) The course will explore the social and cultural functions and consequences o f formal and informal education in both Western and non-Western societies. Modes o f intended and unintended socialization within the school and outside will be examined. A range o f factors which can promote or inhibit learning will be explored and linked to educational performance. Topics include: school as an agent o f social mobility and its relationship with the community; the school as a social system and the dynamics o f classroom life; and the behavorial and academic outcomes o f curricular innovation. Students will be re­ quired to conduct weekly field work in an educational setting. N ot offered 1989-90. 5 2 . Education in A m e ric a . A survey o f the history o f American educa­ tion, emphasizing the relationships between education and social structure, economic de­ velopment, family patterns, and other institu­ tions. Topics will include education in colonial America, the "age o f the academies,” the advent and failure o f the common school movement, the emergence o f the American university, the history o f women’s education, vocationalism, progressivism and educational theory, testing and tracking, education and the Cold War, and recent controversies surround­ ing desegregation and "excellence.” N ot offered 1989-90. 5 4 . O ral and W ritten Language. (Also listed as Linguistics 54). This course examines children’s dialogue and its rendering in children’s literature. Each student will pick an age group to study. Students will tape re­ cord spontaneous conversations between chil­ dren o f that age group. In class we will analyze these tapes together. Students will read pas­ sages o f children’s literature to children and discuss them with the children. We will then consider these passages and the children’s reactions to them as a class. From this com­ parison we will try to come up with some hypotheses o f what kind o f mappings from real speech into fictional speech are effective. Finally, students will write their own fiction for children, with an emphasis on dialogue. We will discuss these stories in class and then 117 Education will read them to children outside class and gather feedback. Throughout the term we will cooperate closely (through the Program in Education) with the Swarthmore-Rutledge K -8 school, which is across Chester Avenue from the campus. Arrangements will be made with nursery schools in the area for students who want to examine preschoolers’ speech. The course outlined above has two goals: to examine children’s speech and literature in an effort to find effective mappings from one to the other, and to apply those mappings in an effort to improve our own effectiveness in writing children’s fiction. Reading can be a chore or an exhilarating experience. For the child who finds language that rings true, read' ing is more likely to be a delight. Since the skill o f reading is invaluable in our society, the goal o f writing good children’s literature is a func­ tional one as well as an esthetic one. This course is for linguists and writers o f children’s fiction and anyone else who is strongly inter­ ested in child development or reading skills. There are no prerequisites. Offered every other year. Fall semester. Donna Jo Napoli. 6 4 . Political S o c ia liza tio n and S ch o o ls. (Also listed as Political Science 6 4 .) This course will consider models used to explain the development o f political concepts, atti­ tudes, and behavior from the period o f early childhood through young adulthood. The in­ terrelated but often inconsistent influences o f family, school, peers, media, and critical events in the sociopolitical system will be examined. Special emphasis will be given to the role o f education, including formal and informal messages o f schooling. Material from nonwestern societies such as China and Nica­ ragua will provide cross-cultural perspectives on the political socialization process. Field research will be required. N ot offered 1989-90. Travers. 6 6 . Child De ve lo p m e nt and S o cial P o lic y. Issues relating to social policy (e.g., main­ streaming, child care, required curriculum, etc.) will be explored in a seminar format. Case studies will be employed to provide a socio-historical context for understanding both ways in which research and policy have interacted in the past and the methodological 118 problems such intersections pose. This course I 9 is designed to provide students with an under\ standing o f the implications o f developmental fi psychology for social policy. As part of the s course students will be involved in projects which are both suggested by and used to * inform those currently engaged in policy for­ mation. Prerequisites: Child Development, Introduc­ tion to Education, or Educational Psychology. Limited enrollment. Spring sem ester. Renninger. 6 7 . S ocial Change and H ig he r Education. This course will focus on the way in which recent social changes have affected colleges and universities in the U .S. We will review the development o f higher education in the U.S., the principles and goals o f liberal education, and how these issues have been shaped within various types o f institutions. The return of I World War II veterans and the passage of the I G I Bill started a chain o f events which has I dramatically altered higher education. In re- I cent years the quest for access, equity, and excellence, as well as demographic and eco­ nomic changes, have continued to force col­ leges and universities to make structural and . programmatic changes. These issues will be the focus o f this course, but within a broader I context o f liberal and general education. An I effort is being made to coordinate this course I with Lincoln University, a nearby predomi- I nately Black institution. Not offered 1989-90. 68. U rb a n Education. (Also listed as Sociology-Anthropology 68.) This course will focus on topics o f particular significance to urban educators and policy makers, including desegregation, compensatory education, curricular innovation, community control, bilingual education, and standardized testing. The special problems and challenges faced by urban schools in meeting the needs o f individuals and groups in a pluralistic society will be examined using the approaches o f psychology, sociology, anthropology, and political science. Current issues will also be viewed in historical perspective. Field work is required. Fall sem ester. Travers. I I I I I I I I I I I I I 91. Special To pics. With the permission o f the instructor, qualified students may choose to pursue a topic o f special interest, which for thorough investiga- tion will usually require field work as well as library research, Each semester. Staff, I 119 Engineering H . S E A R L D U N N , Professor N E L S O N A . M A C K E N , Professor and Chairman A R T H U R E . M c G A R IT Y , Associate Professor2 3 FR ED ER IC K L O R T H LIE B , Associate Professor FA R U Q M . A . S ID D IQ U I, Associate Professor2 ER IK C H E E V E R , Assistant Professor2 ER IC H C A R R EV E R R A C H , Assistant Professor3 L Y N N E A . N IO LT ER , Assistant Professor S T E P H E N M . P L A T T , Assistant Professor The professional practice o f engineering re­ quires skill and resourcefulness in applying scientific knowledge and mathematical meth­ ods to the solution o f technical problems o f ever-growing complexity. In addition, the role o f engineering in our society demands that the engineer recognize and take into account the economic and social factors that bear upon all important technical problems. The successful engineer must, therefore, possess a thorough understanding o f social and economic forces, and have a deep appreciation o f the cultural and humanistic traditions o f our society. Our program supports these needs by offering the student the opportunity to acquire a broad technical and liberal education. The structure o f the Department’s curriculum permits engi­ neering majors to take almost forty percent o f their course work at the College in the hu­ manities and social sciences. W ith careful planning it is possible for a student to acquire a double major with two degrees, the Bachelor o f Science in Engineering and the Bachelor o f Arts in a second academic area in a four-year course o f study. The Department’s physical facilities include a wide range o f laboratories for general instruc­ tion and individual student projects in the areas o f electronics, system control, commun­ ications, instrumentation, strength o f mate­ rials, solid and structural mechanics, fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, soil mechanics, and environmental diagnostics. Supporting these laboratories is a wide range o f modern measurement equipment with the capability o f on-line data acquisition and process control 2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990. 3 Absent on leave, 1989-90. 120 via microcomputers. A computer laboratory with high resolution color and black-andwhite graphics capability is also part of our facilities. An excellent shop for both metal­ and woodworking is available for student use. The overall plan leading to the degree of Bachelor o f Science with a major in Engineer­ ing is accredited by the Engineering Accredi­ tation Commission o f the Accreditation Board I for Engineering and Technology. C ourses A v a ila b le to N on-M ajors Students interested in computer engineering may wish to consider The Digital World (21), Digital Systems (22), Computer Architecture (2 3 ), or Laboratory Computer Applications (2 5 ). Although Mechanics (6) is primarily for prospective majors, other interested students, particularly those interested in preparing for a career in architecture, are encouraged to enroll. Materials in Civilization (1), Problems in Technology (3 ,4 ), and Art and Science of Structures (7 ) are designed chiefly for students not contemplating further work in engineering or the natural sciences. Operations Research (5 7 ), Solar Energy Systems (35), Water Quality and Pollution Control (63), Environmental Systems (66), and Environmental Policy (68) will also appeal to many students majoring in other departments. Students majoring in the physical sciences or mathematics may also enroll in advanced engineering courses. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Students may minor in the External Examina- I tion Program in the Engineering Department by taking appropriately related advanced en­ gineering courses as preparation for external examinations. Generally the advanced engi­ neering courses require one or more introduc­ tory courses as prerequisites. Program fo r E ngineering M ajors The general departmental requirements fall into three categories: successful completion of at least (i) twelve engineering courses, (ii) four courses in the sciences which must in­ clude Physics 3 and 4 (taken in the freshman year) and Chemistry 10 (or a more advanced chemistry course), and (iii) four courses in mathematics, including Math 5 and 6 (to be taken in the freshman year), Math 18, and Math 16A or Math 3 0 (normally taken in the sophomore year). The unspecified science course in category (ii) may be chosen to com­ plement the student’s overall program o f study. Certain science courses are not accept­ able. Students should consult their faculty advisors on this issue. Within the Department, the following core courses are required o f all students: Mechanics, Physical Systems Analysis I and II, Experi­ mentation for Engineering Design, Thermo­ fluid Mechanics, and Engineering Design. The first four courses are normally taken in the freshman and sophomore years: Mechanics in the second semester o f the freshman year, Physical Systems Analysis 1 in the first semes­ ter of the sophomore year, and the remaining two in the second semester o f the sophomore year. In special circumstances, however, stu­ dents with adequate preparation in mathemat­ ics and physics can begin the engineering curriculum as late as the second semester of the sophomore year and still complete all of the core requirements and elective work in the Department. Thermofluid Mechanics is nor­ mally taken in the fall o f the junior year, and Engineering Design, the culminating experi­ ence for engineering majors, is taken in the second semester o f the senior year. Elective Program for Course M ajors: In consul­ tation with his or her advisor, each student constructs a program o f advanced work in the Department. These programs, normally con­ sisting of six courses, are submitted to the Department when the student formally applies for a major in engineering during the spring semester o f the sophomore year. The program that constitutes the student’s elected courses may or may not conform closely to the traditional areas o f engineering specialization, e.g., electrical or mechanical. For non-traditional plans for advanced work, the Department requires a coherent program that, in its judgment, meets the student’s edu­ cational objectives. Observe that the following courses cannot be counted in the minimum number o f twelve engineering courses required o f each major: Materials in Civilization, Problems in Tech­ nology, A rt and Science o f Structures, Values and Ethics in Science and Technology, and Environmental Policy. Suggested elective program plans include: (1 ) General electrical engineering: Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and II, Electromagnetic Theory I and II, Com­ munication Systems, and Control Theory and Design. Students having an interest in digital systems might replace one or more o f these courses with The Digital World, Digital Systems, Computer Architecture, or Laboratory Computer Applications. (2 ) General computer engineering: The Digi­ tal World, Digital Systems, Computer Architecture, and Laboratory Computer Applications. Students with an interest in computer hardware may include Elec­ tronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and II, or Control Theory and Design. (3 ) General mechanical engineering: Mechan­ ics o f Solids, Engineering Materials, Fluid Mechanics, Heat Transfer, Thermal En­ ergy Conversion, Solar Energy Systems, and Control Theory and Design. (4 ) General civil and environmental engi­ neering: basic preparation includes Me­ chanics o f Solids, Structural Theory and Design I, Soil and Rock Mechanics, and Water Quality and Pollultion Control. Additional courses include Operations Research and Environmental Systems for those interested in the environment or urban planning, or Structural Theory and Design II for those interested in architec- 121 Engineering ture or construction. Other recom­ mended courses include Solar Energy Sys­ tems, Fluid Mechanics, and Engineering Materials. External Exam ination Program in Engineering: Students with a B + average in courses in engineering, science, and mathematics may apply for the external examination program. Each candidate must accumulate 12 units o f credit in engineering and complete the same mathematics and science requirements as course majors. Courses include the same core requirements as course majors with the excep­ tion o f E90. The remaining seven courses comprise a three examination program. Two o f the areas o f examination will each consist o f two courses and a 14-credit attachment. The attachment will be either a study o f additional material or a research project in an area re­ lated to, but not covered, in the courses. Areas o f examination are listed following the engi­ neering course descriptions. The third exami­ nation will cover a two-credit thesis. A threecredit minor comprises a fourth area for examination. This may be chosen in any field outside o f engineering. C O U R S E L IS T IN G S 1 . M a te ria ls in C iviliza tio n . An introduction to the interaction between discovery or creation o f new physical materials and the domestic, commercial, and military aspects o f technology. Readings, classroom discussion, and writing assignments will deal with the progress o f "Material Culture,” mate­ rials science, and technology; laboratory work will demonstrate and evaluate important physi­ cal properties o f a wide variety o f natural and man-made metals, ceramics, polymers, and composites. Participants should have a strong background in high school math and science and a lively interest in man-made practical objects. E l can be used to satisfy the distribution requirements but is not a primary distribution course. Prerequisites: None. Fall sem ester; alternate years. N ot offered 198990. 3 ,4 . P ro b le m s in Technology I and II. Designed primarily for those not planning to major in science or engineering, this course is intended to provide some depth o f under­ standing o f technology and its impact by examining in each semester a particular tech­ nology. Technical considerations underlying policy issues will be stressed. Examples of semester topics are: aspects o f the energy problem, satellite communications, managing environmental hazards, and developments in data processing. A strong background in high school mathematics is assumed. Includes labo­ ratory. Credit may be given for either semes­ 122 ter, or both. E3 is a primary distribution course. 6 . M ec h a n ics. Fundamental areas o f statics and dynamics. Elementary concepts o f deformable bodies including stress-strain relations, beam, tor­ sion, and stress transformations. Laboratory work is related to experiments on deformable bodies, and includes a four-week FORTRAN workshop. Prerequisite: Physics 3 or equivalent. Primary distribution course. Spring semester. 7 . A r t and S cie n ce o f S tru c tu re s. This course will serve as an introduction to the basic principles o f structural analysis and design including an emphasis on the historical development o f modern structural engineer­ ing. We will study the mechanical behavior of materials and the load carrying mechanisms of structural members and their systems (an assemblage o f members) and how it affects their design. The concept o f the structural engineer as an artist which has recently been gaining acceptance will be explored and its basis explained to show that the work of the structural engineer serves as an excellent ex­ ample o f the synthesis o f art, science, and technology. The course will also include some simple laboratory experiments or demonstra­ tions to show the behavior o f materials and structural members. The students may also be required to make simple models and tests. Suitable for students planning to study archi­ tecture, architectural history, or with an interest in structures. Includes fortnightly labs. E7 can be used to satisfy the distribution re­ quirements but is not a primary distribution course. Prerequisites: None. Fall semester; alternate years. I t , 12. Physical S y s te m s A n a ly s is I and II. These courses are devoted to the study o f physical phenomena which may be repre­ sented to a good degree o f approximation by a linear, lumped-parameter model. E l l (fall semester) is oriented mainly toward electrical devices and the development o f mathematical techniques for the analysis o f their linear behavior. E12 (spring semester) is more con­ cerned with mechanical, thermal, and fluid systems, but emphasis throughout both courses will be placed upon the unity resulting from the common mathematical representation and analysis of diverse physical systems. The con­ tent of E l l is: Behavior o f electrical circuits; natural and forced transient response, steadystate harmonic excitation. Modeling o f active devices, operational amplifiers, and their use in circuit design. Introduction to the Fourier series and Laplace transform. Pole-zero con­ cepts, notions o f stability, and energy consid­ erations. E 12 will be devoted to: multi-degree of freedom mechanical, electromechanical, thermal and fluid systems. Transfer function and matrix descriptions o f compound sys­ tems, the eigenvalue problem and state space techniques. Mechanical systems in two and three dimensions, energy methods, coupled modes of motion. Transition from many de­ gree of freedom systems to continuous sys­ tems; the Fourier integral with applications to wave motion. Laboratory sessions include modeling with electrical and electro-mechanical devices, an independent project, and an introduction to numerical and graphical methods o f dynamic system analysis through the use o f microcom­ puters. Credit may be given for either semester, or both. 14. Experim entation fo r Engineering Design. Theories o f experimentation and measure­ ment are presented and are related to engi­ neering design and research projects. Lectures present probability theory and its applications in experimentation. Topics include random variables, probability distributions, measure­ ment errors, random noise, system reliability, statistical analysis o f experiments and simu­ lated experiments, and decision making with experimental results. The laboratory sessions treat the analysis o f measurement systems, involve the experimental determination o f measurement system parameters, and include an introduction to the use o f computers for data acquisition and process control. Prerequisites: E l l and E12 (taken concurrendy). Spring semester. 2 1 . Th e Digital W orld. The transmission and processing o f informa­ tion by electrical means is more and more being done in digital form. Our everyday experience is, however, with analog forms. In this course we will look into the reasons for this shift o f emphasis and into the operation o f digital systems. Among the subjects to be considered will be the nature o f analog and digital information, conversion from one form to the other, the binary number system, the design o f combinational circuits and applica­ tions such as compact disk audio systems and hand calculators. Students will have practical experience with digital hardware. No pre­ requisites, but students should feel comfort­ able thinking logically about quantitative phe­ nomena. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. 2 2 . Digital S y s te m s . This course continues the development o f work with digital systems begun in E21. The emphasis will be on the analysis and design o f sequential systems, both synchronous and asynchronous. Problems o f timing will be considered. The organization o f simple digital computers will be introduced and both hard­ ware and, as time permits, microcode imple­ mentations will be studied. Includes labora­ tory. Prerequisite: E21, or permission o f the in­ structor. Spring sem ester; alternate years. Not offered 1989-90. 123 Engineering 2 3 . C om p u te r A rc h ite c tu re . A survey o f techniques o f modern computer design and their implementation. Techniques such as cache, parallel processing, pipelining, distributed processing, and instruction set optimization will be discussed. Practical de­ signs including supermicro families (8 0 3 8 6 , 6 8 0 2 0 ), RISC-machines, microprogrammed machines, supercomputers (Cray) and highly parallel machines (Hypercube, connection machine) are considered, as well as their im­ plications for operating systems, compiler design, artificial intelligence, and general prob­ lem solving. Includes design laboratory. Prerequisite: E22 or CS35. Not offered 1989-90. 2 5 . L a b o ra to ry C om p u te r A p p lica tio n s. This course surveys the utilization o f comput­ ing equipment in the laboratory environment. Basic instrument interfacing methods (serial, parallel, A/D, D/A) and measurement tech­ niques (analog signals such as temperature and pressure, position, etc.), signal condition­ ing, real-time processing, and digital tech­ niques o f experiment control are discussed. The laboratory portion o f this course allows experimentation with each o f these ap­ proaches. This course is o f interest to anyone who wishes to use a computer to automate a laboratory. Prerequisite: Permission o f instructor. Fall sem ester; alternate years. Not offered 199091. 2 7 . C om p u te r G ra p h ic s. A study o f the mathematical and computa­ tional techniques used to model two- and three-dimensional scenes and display them on a graphics device. Topics include the mathe­ matics o f 2D and 3D transformations, clipping and projections, hidden line and surface re­ moval, shading and color, as well as hardware and software approaches to their implementa­ tion. Other topics include scene manipulation and scripting and the practical applications o f these techniques such as commercial anima­ tion, special effects, and movie production. Course projects include the development o f 2D and 3D graphics packages and will be written on a network o f color graphics work­ stations. (Cross-listed as Computer Science 40 .) Prerequisites: Knowledge o f C or Pascal, as 124 well as a familiarity with vector and matrix algebra. 3 4 . Values and Eth ics in Science and Technology (Also listed as Philosophy 34). The course deals with topics such as the following: histori­ cal and current attitudes toward technology; the nature o f ethics; origins and impact of professional ethics (chiefly in the engineering professions); ethical dilemmas faced by engi­ neers and scientists; values in the technologi­ cal society; forecasting and assessment of tech­ nological growth; how policy decisions about technology are made; the role o f personal ethics o f the engineer or scientist. Open to all who have, or will have concur­ rently, completed the science distribution re­ quirement. Spring semester. O ffered when demand and staffing permit. 3 5 . S o la r En e rg y S y s te m s . Students are introduced to methods of using the sun’s energy to replace conventional fuels. Fundamental physical concepts and system design techniques are covered. Topics include solar geometry, components o f solar radia­ tion, analysis o f thermal and photovoltaic solar collectors, energy storage, computer simulation o f system performance, computer aided design optimization, and economic fea­ sibility assessment. Non-majors are encour­ aged to enroll. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: Freshman calculus and physics, and some experience with computer program­ ming. Fall sem ester; alternate years. 4 1 . Th erm o flu id M ec h a n ics. Introduction to macroscopic thermodynam­ ics; first and second laws, properties of pure substances, applications using system and control volume formulation. Introduction to fluid mechanics; development o f conservation theorems, hydrostatics, dynamics o f one-di­ mensional fluid motion with and without friction. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: E12 and E14 (or equivalent background). F all sem ester. 5 7 . O p e ratio n s R e se a rch . (Also listed as Economics 31). This course introduces students to an important area of currently developing technology: computer based modeling and optimization for the solu­ tion o f complex, multivariable problems such as those relating to efficient manufacturing, environmental pollution control, urban plan­ ning, water and food resources, and arms control. Recent additions to the course make it useful and accessible to a broad spectrum o f liberal arts students; ( 1 ) inclusion o f realistic case studies which address the question "how do these models work when they are used in the real world” and ( 2) use o f recently devel­ oped computer software which makes it easy for students to experiment with realistic mod­ els while they are learning basic concepts. The only prerequisite is familiarity with elemen­ tary linear algebra, and high school algebra is usually sufficient. Students interested in the theory o f optimization should consider Math 64 (mathematical programming). Together, the two courses provide a comprehensive introduction to the theory and practice o f optimization, but one may be taken without the other. Primary distribution course, Natural Sciences only; and only if enrolled for Engineering 57. 58. Control T h e o ry and Design. An introduction to the control o f engineering systems. Analysis and design o f linear control systems using root locus and frequency re­ sponse techniques. Over-driven operation of first- and second-order controlled systems. Digital control techniques, including analysis of A/D and D/A converters, digital filters, and numerical control algorithms. Laboratory includes design o f both analog and digital con­ trollers. Prerequisite: E 12 or equivalent. Spring semester. 59. M echanics o f S o lid s . This course deals with internal stresses and changes o f form that occur when forces act on solid bodies or when internal temperature varies. State o f stress and strain, strength theories, stability, deflections, and photoelas­ ticity. Elastic and Plastic theories. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E6 or equivalent. Fall semester. 60. Structural T h e o ry and Design I. An introduction to the fundamental principles o f structural mechanics. Statically determinate analysis o f frames and trusses. Approximate analysis o f indeterminate structures. Virtual work principles. Elements o f design o f steel and concrete structural members. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E59, or permission o f instruc­ tor. Spring semester. 6 1. Soil and Rock M ec ha n ics: T h e o ry and Design. Principles o f soil and rock mechanics. Topics include soil and rock formation, soil mineral­ ogy, soil types, compaction, soil hydraulics, consolidation, stresses in soil masses, slope stability, and bearing capacity. These topics are applied to engineering design problems. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E 59 or equivalent. Fall sem ester; alternate years. 6 2. S tru c tu ra l T h e o ry and Design II. Advanced structural analysis. Classical and matrix methods o f analysis. Digital computer applications. Design o f steel and concrete structures. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E60. Fall sem ester; alternate years. 6 3. W ater Q u a lity and Pollution C on tro l. An introduction to elements o f water quality management and treatment o f wastewaters. Measurement of water quality indicators. Anal­ ysis o f wastewater treatment processes. Sew­ age treatment plant design. Computer model­ ing o f the effects o f waste discharge on rivers and estuaries. Environmental impact assess­ ment. Laboratory and field studies o f local water quality problems. Prerequisite: Completion o f the distribution requirement in the Division o f Natural Sci­ ences and Engineering. Fall sem ester; alternate years. 6 6. En viro n m e n ta l S y s te m s . This course applies methods o f mathematical modeling and systems analysis to problems in the fields o f Water Resources, Urban Plan­ ning, and Public Health. Techniques o f optim­ ization including linear and integer program­ ming are used as frameworks for modeling such problems. Dynamic systems simulation methods are also employed. The laboratory 125 Engineering section is devoted to case studies in computerbased solutions to realistic problems using microcomputers and Apollo graphics work­ stations. Prerequisite: E57, or equivalent. Spring sem ester; alternate years. 6 8. En viro n m e n ta l P o lic y. (Also listed as Political Science 68 .) Issues in environmental policy formulation and imple­ mentation are explored. Topics: survey o f environmental problems including global population, global climate change, water and air pollution, and resource depletion; survey o f developments in the law o f environmental protection; use and abuse o f cost-benefit anal­ ysis in environmental regulation. Concepts from mathematics and technology are intro­ duced, as necessary, to understand environ­ mental processes. Additional topics may in­ clude environmental political movements in the U .S. and Europe, environmental degrada­ tion in developing nations, and quantitative policy models implemented by computer. This course may be counted as a distribution course (but not a primary distribution course) in the Natural Sciences and Engineering Divi­ sion if students register for it as Engineering 68. Spring semester. 7 1 . D is cre te T im e S y s te m s . Review o f mathematical methods and system models for linear continuous time systems. Introduction to difference equations and dis­ crete-time transform theory; the Z-transform and Fourier representation o f sequences; fast Fourier transform algorithms. Discrete-time transfer functions and filter design techniques. Extensive use o f computer simulation for analysis and design in the laboratory. Prerequisite: E12. O ffered when dem and and staffing permit. , Design I and II. 73 7 4 . Ele ctro n ic C ircu it A n a ly s is and This course begins with an introduction to the physics o f semiconductor devices and modern device technology. The remainder o f the year is devoted to the study o f analog and digital circuits and includes an introduction to digital logic design. Circuits employing both bipolar and field effect devices are considered. Use o f the circuit simulation program SPICE is em­ phasized. Laboratory work is oriented toward 126 design problems. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. E73 is a pre­ requisite for E74. 7 5 ,7 6 . Ele ctro m a g n etic T h e o ry I and II. Static and dynamic treatment o f engineering applications o f Maxwell’s equations. Macro­ scopic field treatment o f interactions with dielectric, conducting, and magnetic materials. Analysis o f forces and energy storage as the basis o f circuit theory. Electromagnetic waves in free space and guidance within media; plane waves and modal propagation. Polarization, reflection, refraction, diffraction, and inter­ ference. Engineering 76 will include advanced topics in optics and microwaves, such as laser operation, resonators, Gaussian beams, inter­ ferometry, anisotropy, nonlinear optics, modu­ lation and detection, and current technologies such as holography. Laboratories for both courses will be oriented toward optical appli­ cations using lasers, fiber and integrated opti­ cal devices, modulators, nonlinear materials, and solid state detectors. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. E75 or Phys­ ics equivalent is a prerequisite for E76. 7 8 . C om m unication S y s te m s . Theory and design principles o f analog and digital electronic communications. Such top­ ics as information theory, coding, analog and digital modulation, multiplexing, noise, fil­ tering, and data transmission will be treated. Emphasis will be placed on theoretical and practical limitations and functional design. Application will be made to a variety of practical systems such as television relay, fac­ simile, telemetry, broadcasting, and data com­ munications. Fiber optic systems will be ex­ amined in the laboratory. Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. Spring sem ester; alternate years. 8 1 . T h e rm a l En e rg y C o n ve rsio n . Development and application o f the principles o f thermal energy analysis to energy conver­ sion systems. Brief examination o f world en­ ergy supplies. Review o f the principles of the first and second laws o f thermodynamics. Development o f the concepts o f availability, reacting and non-reacting mixtures, chemical and nuclear reactions. Applications investi­ gated include: Rankine cycles, gas turbines, internal combustion engines, heat pumps, and solar energy systems. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: E41. Spring semester; alternate years. 82. Engineering M a te ria ls . Study o f the physical structure and properties of a wide variety o f engineering materials, and the processes by which they are transformed into useful products. The course includes analysis o f material microstructures, macro­ scopic physical properties, and in-service per­ formance with regard to mechanical, thermal, electrical, and chemical factors. Metals, plas­ tics, concrete, wood, fiber-reinforced and structural composites are considered, both with regard to industrial processing and prop­ erty modification and to materials selection in engineering design. Laboratory work includes exercises in property testing and material selection, field trips to materials-processing plants, and a substantial individual project. Prerequisite: E59 (may be taken concurrently) or permission o f instructor. Fall semester; alternate years. 83. Fluid M echanics. Fluid mechanics is treated as a special case o f continuum mechanics in the analysis o f fluid flow systems. Relevant equations for the con­ servation o f mass, momentum, and energy are derived. These are then applied to the study of flows of inviscid and viscous, incompressible and compressible fluids. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: E41. Spring semester; alternate years. 84. Heat T ra n s fe r. A basic introduction to the physical phe­ nomena involved in heat transfer. Analytical techniques are presented together with em­ pirical results to develop tools for solving problems in heat transfer by conduction, forced and free convection, and radiation. Numerical techniques are discussed for the solution o f conduction problems. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: E12 and E14. Fall semester; alternate years. 9 0. Engineering Design. This proj ect-oriented course serves as a culmi­ nating exercise for all Engineering majors. Under the guidance o f a faculty member, students investigate a problem o f their choice in an area o f interest to them. In some cases, group projects are possible. A t the end o f the semester students prepare a written report and make an oral presentation. Spring semester. 9 1. Special To p ics. Subject matter dependent on a group need or individual interest. Normally restricted to senior students and offered only when staff interests and availability make it practicable to do so. 9 3. Directed Reading o r P r o je c t W ith the permission o f the Department and a faculty member who is willing to supervise it, qualified students may do special work with either theoretical, experimental, or design em­ phasis in areas not covered by the regular courses. 9 6. T h e s is . W ith approval, a student may undertake a thesis project as a part o f his or her program in the senior year. The student is expected to submit a prospectus o f the thesis problem before the start o f the semester in which the thesis project is carried out. P R E P A R A T IO N F O R E X T E R N A L E X A M I N A T IO N S The Department will arrange External Exami­ nations in the following areas to be prepared for by the combinations o f courses indicated. A ’/¿-credit attachment must be included with each group. Electrom agnetic T h e o ry Electromagnetic Theory I and II Environm ental S y s te m s Environmental Systems T h e rm a l S o la r S y s te m s Solar Energy Systems Thermal Energy Conversion or Heat Transfer Ele ctro n ics Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design I and II Operations Research 127 Engineering C on trol T h e o ry w ith Digital La b o ra to ry Applica tio n s Laboratory Computer Applications Laboratory Computer Applications Control Theory and Design Structural Theory and Design I and II M a te ria ls Engineering Mechanics o f Solids Engineering Materials Th e rm a l En e rg y C on ve rsio n Thermal Energy Conversion Heat Transfer Digital S y s te m s The Digital World Digital Systems or 128 S tru c tu ra l A n a ly s is and Design Continuum M echan ics Mechanics o f Solids Fluid Mechanics C om m unications Communication Systems Electromagnetic Theory II C om p ute r Design Digital Systems Computer Architecture English Literature } I | I I T H O M A S H . B L A C K B U R N , Professor LEE DEVIN, Professor and Director o f The Theatre C H A R LES L J A M E S , Professor HARO LD P A G LIA R O , Professor and Chair S U S A N S N Y D E R , Professor PHILIP M . W E IN S T E IN , Professor CRAIG W IL L IA M S O N , Professor N A T H A LIE A N D E R S O N , Associate Professor2 PETER J . S C H M ID T , Associate Professor ARB E B L U M , Assistant Professor M AR K B R EITEN B ER G , Assistant Professor LAU RIE L A N G B A U E R , Assistant Professor3* M IC H A EL D U R K A N , College Librarian, Lecturer EM ILIE PASSOW , Visiting Assistant Professor (part-time) DENNIS C H R IS T IL L E S , Instructor and Technical Director o f The Theatre C ON STAN C E W IL M A R T H , Instructor ELIZA B ET H H IR S H , Visiting Instructor RONALD JU D Y , Visiting Instructor A B IG AIL A D A M S , Visiting Lecturer in Theatre (part-time)5 M IC H A EL M A L O N E , Visiting Writer (Part-time) This Department offers courses in English literature, American literature, theatre, some foreign literatures in translation, and critical theory. The departmental curriculum includes the intensive study o f works o f major writers, major periods o f literary history, and the development o f literary types; it also provides experience in several critical approaches to literature and play production and explores certain theoretical considerations implicit in literary study, such as the problematics o f canon formation and the impact o f gender on the creation and reception o f literary works. E N G L IS H L I T E R A T U R E R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S Any introductory course— English 2 through 15 —is the prerequisite for all other courses in literature. (Exempted from this prerequisite are seniors; and juniors who have taken a course in literature, including literature in translation, offered by Modem Languages and Literatures or by Classics—these courses are numbered 11 or higher in the College Bulletin. Also exempted are students who wish to take only studio courses.) Introductory courses are characterized by syllabi with less reading than in advanced courses, by frequent short papers with some emphasis upon rewriting, by self-conscious examination o f methodol­ ogy, and by considerable attention to class discussion; they are viewed by the Department as particularly appropriate for freshmen; they are Primary Distribution Courses. Enrollment will be limited to 25 students per course; priority is given to freshmen and sophomores. Students will not normally take a second introductory course. Only one such course 2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990. 3 Absent on leave, 1989-90. 5 Spring semester, 1990. 129 English Literature may be counted towards the major. The mini­ mum requirement for admission as a major or as a minor in English is two semester-courses in the Department. (Students with AP scores o f 4 -5 in English Literature and/or English Composition receive credit toward gradua­ tion. This credit, when it is for work in English Literature, may count toward the major requirements.) Students considering a major in English are strongly urged to take one or two additional English courses during the sophomore year. Majors and prospective majors should consult a member o f the English Department for information about courses in other depart­ ments complementary to their work in En­ glish; work in foreign languages is especially recommended. Students who plan to do graduate work, to follow a course o f professional training, or to seek teacher certification in English, should see a member o f the Department for early help in planning their programs, as should students who plan to include work in English literature in a program with a major in Literature, Women’s Studies, or Medieval Studies. Stu­ dents planning to qualify for teacher certifica­ tion in English are reminded that work in American literature, in linguistics or the his­ tory o f the English language, and in theatre or film is required in addition to other require­ ments o f the major. Non-majors who wish to be certified in English must meet all the course requirements noted above (e.g., requirements for the major except for the Comprehensive, plus the additional courses required for certi­ fication) as well as maintaining a grade point average o f 2.5 or better in courses taken in the English Department. Major in the Course Program: The work o f a major in Course consists o f a minimum o f eight semester courses in the Department, including one in Shakespeare, at least two other courses in literature written before 1830 (such courses are marked with a *), and one course featuring critical theory (such courses are marked with a * * ). The Comprehensive Examination, taken at the beginning o f the spring semester o f the senior year, will be based on a list o f major authors. This list will be available to majors and prospective majors 130 at least three semesters before the date of the exam itself. Major in the External Examination (Honors) Program: Majors in the Honors Program must prepare three or four papers in the Depart­ ment, two o f which must be on subjects covered in seminars in Group I (students who have taken two pre-1830 courses need only take one Group I seminar). Majors must also take a course or seminar that features critical theory (such courses and seminars are marked by * * ). J I Minor in the External Examination (Honors) Program: Minors are ordinarily required to prepare two papers in the Department. For the Class o f 1991 and classes thereafter: Major in the External Examination (Honors) Program: Majors in English who seek a degree with Honors will in the spring o f their junior year propose for external examination a pro­ gram consisting o f 4 -6 fields, chosen from this and one or more minor departments. These fields will usually be based upon 12 units o f work; some o f this work will have been completed before entry into the Pro­ gram. (For a general description o f the college­ wide External Examination Program, see pp. 52 o f the catalogue.) O f the 4 -6 fields, at least three (constituting not less than 6 units o f credit) must be chosen from those offered by this department. Majors will apportion their work so as to complete 4 credits in literature written before 1830, by means o f seminar and perhaps course work as well; in addition they must take a course or seminar that features critical theory. (Courses and seminars in literature written before 1830 are marked with a *; those that feature critical theory are marked with a * * .) Minor in the External Examination (Honors) Program: Minors will normally prepare two fields from among those offered by this de­ partment. Students interested in pursuing Honors within a faculty approved interdisciplinary major or concentration that draws on advanced English courses or seminars should see the Chair for early help in planning their programs. I I j I I I I A . Crafting Language (E xp o s ito ry Writing). Designed for students who wish to concentrate on improving their writing and analytical skills. This course follows a workshop format: in-class writing, discussion o f student and professional essays, longer written assignments, and regular student-instructor confer­ ences. The object is to help students become more comfortable with language, more adept at developing and organizing their thoughts, and more able to experience expository writing itself as a form o f discovery. Each semester. Passow. I ( IB . English fo r Foreign S tu d e n ts. Individual and group work on an advanced level for students with non-English backgrounds. Does not meet distribution require­ ments. Each semester. 1C . The W riting P ro c e s s . I This course combines study o f theories of composition and the teaching o f writing with supervised experience applying the skills de-' rived from that study in paper comments and conferences. Enrollment limited to students selected as Writing Associates. Does not meet distribution requirements or count toward major. Fall semester. Blackburn. 2. Science and the L ite ra ry Imagination. An introduction to the critical reading o f literature, using texts (in prose and verse from the 16th century to the present) which are concerned with or reflect the impact o f science and scientific thinking on individual and so­ ciety. Primary distribution course. Not offered 1989-90. Blackburn. 3. Critical A s su m p tio n s. With what assumptions do we approach lit­ erature? How do they determine the sense we make of it? In this course we will discover and refine our own assumptions by identifying some general critical approaches to literature. We will read short stories, poetry, and a novel side by side with classical critical responses. Writers will include Shakespeare, Donne, Blake, Wordsworth, Hawthorne, Bronte, and Hemingway. Our emphasis will be on explor­ ing as well as engaging in the basic principles o f literary analysis. Primary distribution course. Not offered 1989-90. 4 . R e w rite s . Literary texts generate meaning by referring to other texts. This course investigates textual pairs in which a later text refers back to an earlier one in a particularly dramatic fashion: by proposing to rewrite it from a different perspective or with a different emphasis. In exploring the relation between the two texts, we will consider what assumptions they seem to make about their audience as well as about their subject matter. Our pairs will include Beowulf and Gardner’s Grendel; fairy tales of the Grimm Brothers and Sexton’s Transforma­ tions; Shakespeare’s Hamlet and Stoppard’s Rosenkrant? and Guildenstem Are Dead; Char­ lotte Bronte’s Jan e Eyre and Rhys’s W ide Sar­ gasso Sea. Primary distribution course. Each semester. Hirsch. 5 . Po e tic s o f Im m a tu rity. This course examines works that construe the self in moments o f instability or marginality, a condition that often describes, though is by no means restricted to, the transitional periods o f childhood and adolescence. Major authors will include T.S. Eliot, Wordsworth, Shake­ speare, Charlotte Bronte, and Sigmund Freud. Primary distribution course. Each semester. Wilmarth. 6 . Rites o f P a ssag e . The course will focus on various rites o f passage, symbolic actions which chart crucial changes in the human psyche, as they are consciously depicted or unconsciously re­ flected in different literary modes, and will examine the shared literary experience itself as ritual process. Topics will include innocence and experience, community and liminality, and the mediation o f the sacred and the profane. Major authors will include Blake, Shakespeare, Conrad, and Lawrence. Primary distribution course. Spring semester. Williamson. 7 . C om e d y. A study o f the form and function o f comedy in drama, poetry, fiction, and film, including work by Shakespeare, Boccaccio, Byron, English Literature Beckett, and Preston Sturges. Primary distribution course. Not offered 1989-90. 8 . Th e Iron ic S p ir it This course focuses on the way the ironic mode—both verbal and philosophical—ac­ commodates responses to fundamental con­ tradictions and paradoxes. Authors include Shakespeare, Fielding, Hardy, Emily Dickin­ son, Twain, Stephen Crane, and Ralph Ellison, and selected poetry. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. James. 9. Fo u r S e c u la r W rite rs o f the S p ir it A study o f iconoclastic authors— Blake, George Eliot, Shaw, and Lawrence—whose works attack orthodox ways and offer moral alternatives as necessary to human well-being. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Pagliaro. 10. Fa m ily T ie s . This course examines the formal and sublimi­ nal impact o f the "family romance” on au­ thors, readers, and contemporary society. Among the topics we will consider: how parental figures in(de)form plot; the equation in the lyric o f children with poetic products; the forms that separation and identification can take in fiction; alternative families. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Blum. 11. R e sista nc e in Lite ra tu re . W hen we read the writings o f Ralph Ellison, Wole Soyinka, Adrien Kennedy, and Rita Mae Brown, we know that they are texts about resistance against racism, sexism, fascism, ex­ ploitation, and authoritative language. By what manner o f writing is this resistance expressed as a literary effect? Is that effect just a property o f those texts which we tend to think o f as political, or is it found in all types o f literature? We will explore these issues in this course in order to examine the tension that occurs between the authors’ intent to express their experience o f the world and the constraints of the language in which that expression can take place. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Judy. 12. Th e O th e r. A culture may shape and understand itself by 132 constructing an Other: certain ideas, charac­ teristics, and places which negate or contradict "acceptable” forms o f social order. By such representations the Other serves to define and authorize what is understood as "natural” and "norm al” in a given culture. In this course we will consider this complex process as it oper­ ates in representations o f women, ethnicity, and imaginal or real locations. Readings by Euripides, Shakespeare, Swift, Defoe, Mary Shelley, Forster, Woolf, and Rich. Primary distribution course. Each semester. Breitenberg. 14. Lite ra tu re o f C onscience. Are poets our "unacknowledged legislators,” as Shelley believed? W hat power does art wield against tyranny and injustice? This course examines various literary attempts to influence public opinion and policy—from Shakespeares’ Richard II to Margaret At­ wood’s Bodily Harm—in order to explore the issue o f political effectiveness. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. N. Anderson. 16. S u rv e y o f English Lite ra tu re , I.* An historical and critical survey o f poetry, prose, and drama from Beowulf to Milton. Fall semester. Williamson. 1 7 . S u rv e y o f English Lite ra tu re , II. An historical and critical survey o f poetry, prose, and drama from Dryden to Lawrence. Spring semester. Pagliaro. 1 8 ,1 9 . A n Introduction to Am erican C ulture. This team-taught course will offer an interdis­ ciplinary American Studies approach to the diversity, contradictions, unity, and evolution o f culture in the United States from the Puritans to the present. The syllabus will include writers who are not traditionally thought to be part o f the "canon” o f American literature. Non-literary materials will also be studied, including town plans, art and archi­ tecture, films, television, and music. Thus the course will offer a blend o f works from women as well as men, blacks as well as whites, and popular culture as well as "high” culture. Not offered 1989-90. James, Schmidt, Weinstein. 1 20. Old English Language and Lite ratu re .* The course begins with language instruction in Old English and moves on to a study o f selected poetry—including riddles, elegies, and heroic poems. Readings in cultural topics (art, religion, Germanic culture) are included. With the permission o f the instructor this course may be taken without the usual prereq­ uisite course; however, it may not serve in the place of a prerequisite for other advanced courses. Not offered 1989-90. Williamson. 21. C haucer.* Reading in Middle English o f most o f Chau­ cer’s major poetry with emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. The course attempts to place the poetry in a variety of critical and cultural contexts—both medi­ eval and modern—which help to illuminate Chaucer’s art. Not offered 1989-90. Williamson. 23. H isto ry o f the English Lan g u ag e. A study of English in its various aspects— phonology, morphology, syntax, and seman­ tics—from Old English through Middle and Early Modern to present day. The course is given as an occasional spring term tutorial to highly motivated students who want to study the various English languages and are willing to do a good bit o f work in the traditional linguistic workbook format. This course may be taken without the usual prerequisite course; however, it may not serve in the place of a prerequisite for other advanced courses. Williamson. 24. Introduction to A ra b ic Ling u istics in the M iddle A g e s . This course will be an introductory survey o f the historical development o f Arabic linguis­ tics, with particular attention being paid to theories o f phonetics and their relatedness to the problem o f semantics. This course may be taken without the usual prerequisite course; however, it may not serve in the place o f a pre­ requisite for other advanced courses. Spring semester. Judy. 25. Sh akespeare. This semester plays will include Taming o f the Shrew, As You Like It, Much Ado About Nothing, All’s Well that Ends Well, 1 Henry IV, Henry V, Hamlet, Othello, Macbeth, Antony and Cleopatra, and The Winter’s Tale. Special focus on gender, sexuality, and class, both as determinants o f identity and power relations, and as sites o f conflict in plays. Fall semester. Snyder. 2 6 . R en aissan ce P o e try .* Lyric and narrative poetry o f the Elizabethan age and early 17th century. Not offered 1989-90. Snyder. 2 7 . T u d o r-S tu a rt D ra m a .* A survey o f English theater in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries with attention to the construction and deployment o f gender, social and political legitimacy, the place o f the theatre, and the function o f dramatic repre­ sentation. Not offered 1989-90. Breitenberg. 28 . M ilto n .* Study o f Milton’s poetry with particular em­ phasis on Paradise Lost. Not offered 1989-90. Blackburn. 29 . In scrip tio ns o f the Fem inine in 16 th - and 17th -C e n tu ry E n g la n d .*/ ** Writing about women and women writing in a period in England where relatively few women were published. We will read works by (among others) Queen Elizabeth, Elizabeth Cary, the Duchess o f Newcastle, Aphra Behn, Aemilia Lanier, and religious visionaries. Read­ ings will include primary material which sets out a variety o f historical and cultural con­ texts. Works by William Shakespeare, Ed­ mund Spenser, and John Milton will also be examined for their representations o f gender, sexuality, class, and society. This course may satisfy the major requirement for either a pre1830 course or a criticism course but not both. Spring semester. Blum. 30. Technology and the T e x t.* This course relates evolving notions o f textuality to the development o f the technologies by which the physical artifact o f the text is produced. Our focus will be equally distrib­ uted between the critical reading o f texts from the 14th century on (including their social and economic contexts) and analysis o f the pro­ duction technologies. Not offered 1989-90. Blackburn. 133 English Literature 3 5 . Eig h te en th -C e n tu ry Lite ra tu re .* A study o f selected English prose and poetry from 1660-1800, with some special attention given to works that attempt to find order and stability in the face o f social, religious, and emotional doubt. Authors to be read include Dryden, Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Aspects o f Hobbes, Natural Supernaturalists, Graveyard poets, and others will also be considered, chiefly as background. Not offered 1989-90. Pagliaro. 3 6 . English N o v e l, I.* A consideration o f fiction from the 18th Cen­ tury to the Victorian period. Not offered 1989-90. Langbauer. 38. Rom an tic P o e try .* A study o f the poetry o f Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats, with attention given to the ideas as well as to the form and structure o f their works. Spring semester. Pagliaro. 4 0 . Outside th e Tra d itio n . This course will consider the process o f canon formation by examining the works o f major and minor nineteenth-century English nov­ elists, their contemporaries’ reviews o f them, and current theoretical debates. We will focus on the ways that issues o f gender and class influence tradition. Writers include Bronte, Gaskell, Collins, Braddon, Dickens, Trollope, and Gissing. Not offered 1989-90. Langbauer. 4 1 . Th e V icto ria n P o e ts: Em inence and Decadence. A study o f the poetry o f Tennyson, Robert and Elizabeth Barrett Browning, Arnold, Mere­ dith, the Rossettis, W ilde, and others, with particular attention to each artist’s response to the stresses o f the era. Not offered 1989-90. N. Anderson. 4 2 . En glish N o v e l, II. A consideration o f English fiction since 1850. Spring semester. Wilmarth. 4 3 . S tu d ie s in English Fictio n . This course will study developments in fiction (mainly English) from Dickens, George Eliot, and Flaubert to Lawrence and Joyce. Syllabi vary from year to year, but the focus remains on ideological premises and aesthetic practices as these alter in the transition from Victorian 134 to Modem culture. Not offered 1989-90. Weinstein. 4 5 . M od ern B ritish P o e try . A consideration o f British poets—and some American ex-patriates—from Thomas Hardy to Dylan Thomas, with particular attention given to each poet’s individual response to the circumstances o f modern life. Not offered 1989-90. N. Anderson. 4 6 . Introduction to A n g lo -Irish Lite ra tu re . This course will cover the background to the modern literature through such topics as epic literature, the monasteries, the Big House, the Irish storyteller, and will include readings from The Tain and the Finn Cycle, as well as from Somerville and Ross, Synge, O ’Casey, Kavanagh, Heaney, and others. Spring semester. Durkan. 5 1 . Fic tio n s o f A m e ric a n N aturalism . This course examines several important attempts by American writers o f fiction to redefine the tragic experience in modern terms and consistent with the way scientific method, deistic faith, and biological discoveries con­ verged in their imaginations. Writers will in­ clude Kate Chopin, Stephen Crane, Theodore Dreiser, W. D. Howells, Jack London, Frank Norris, Edith Wharton, and Richard Wright. Not offered 1989-90. James. 5 2 . Th e H a rle m R e n aissan ce . This examination o f the "New Negro” in the "Jazz Age” will focus on the optimism and innovation that highlighted Afro-American culture during the decade o f the 1920s and proved to be generative for New York and the nation. Authors will include Langston Hughes, Jean Toomer, Countee Cullen, Zora Neale Hurston, Claude McKay, Nella Larsen, and James Weldon Johnson; but the course will consider expressions o f art and music as well as fiction and poetry and will include a field trip to Harlem. Spring semester James. 5 3 . C o n te m p o ra ry P o e try . This course will explore the great variety of poetry written in the United States and Great Britain since the 1950s. From Robert Lowell’s Life Studies, Allen Ginsberg’s Howl, Ted Hughes’ Crow, and Sylvia Plath’s Ariel, to recent volumes by such authors as Rita Dove, I Medbh McGuckian, Marilyn Hacker, Rachel Blau DuPlessis, and Paul Muldoon, we’ll con­ sider the choices open to poets writing in English today. (Contemporary Women’s Po­ etry will be taught in 1990-91. See Women’s Studies.) Fall semester. N. Anderson. 54. Studies in A m e ric a n Fictio n . This course will concentrate on the fiction produced during two periods, the middle of the nineteenth century and the 1940s to the present. Issues o f gender, race, and ethnicity, and the aims and limits o f art will be central to the discussions, and much emphasis will be placed on comparing and contrasting how different American authors have defined these topics. There will be some lectures, but the class will be mostly taught via student-led discussions. Authors we will read include the nineteenth-century writers Melville, James, Freeman, either Sedgwick or Fern, and Jacobs, and the contemporary writers Welty, King­ ston, Erdrich, Morrison, Kincaid, Ellis, Pynchon, Gibson, and Roth. Fall semester. Schmidt. 55. M odern A m e ric a n P o e try . Selected poems and prose by Williams, H. D. Pound, Stevens, Moore, and others. Spring semester. Schmidt. 56. Theory o f In te n tio n a lity .** How does a poetics that denies the significance of authorial intention and political activism come to terms with the practice o f consciously ideological art? In what ways does that practice require the articulation o f a new poetics? This inquiry into the nature o f the poetic will consider Lacanian conceptions o f metaphor and metonymy, feminist deployments o f psy­ choanalytic theory, and the Marxist recon­ siderations o f culture prompted by Raymond Williams, to examine a variety o f poetry, with special attention to the conflations o f personal experience and political vehemence found in feminist and black poetry o f the 1970s and 1980s. Not offered 1989-90. N. Anderson. 5 7. Contem porary A m e ric a n P ro s e . An examination o f the myriad regional ac­ cents, aims, and styles—from documentary realism to symbolic fantasy—which distin­ guish American prose since World War II. Not offered 1989-90. Schmidt. 58. Th e A m e ric a n A u to b io g ra p h y. This is a comparative study o f autobiography as an act o f self-discoverey and self-fashioning in keeping with an American image— where faith and fantasy intersect with fiction and truth; where possible pairings by race and gender illuminate common values. We will likely consider "stories” by Benjamin Frank­ lin, Frederick Douglass, Henry Adams, Jane Addams, Gertrude Stein, Richard Wright, Norman Mailer, Maya Angelou, and Malcolm X. Not offered 1989-90. James. 59. Th e A fro -A m e ric a n W rite r. This is a prose narrative and poetry overview designed to offer a century survey o f writings by Afro-American writers from Charles Chesnutt to Toni Morrison. It’s as impossible as any survey course, but it will provide jumping o ff places for anyone who has (or develops) special interests in the field that can be shared. Besides Chesnutt and Morrison, writers will likely include Jean Toomer, Zora Hurston, Sterling Brown, Gwendolyn Brooks, Langston Hughes, Richard Wright, James Baldwin, and Paule Marschall. Not offered 1989-90. James. 6 0. T h e C o n te m p o ra ry A fro -A m e ric a n W rite r (formerly The Contemporary Black Writer o f the United States). Writers will include James Baldwin, Toni Cade Bambara, Amiri Baraka (LeRoi Jones), David Bradley, Octavia Butler, Henry Dumas, Toni Morrison, Gloria Naylor, Alice Walker, John Williams, and selected other prose and po­ etry. Fall semester. James. 6 5 . P o e try W orksh op. A class, limited to twelve, in which students write, read, translate, and talk about poetry. We will emphasize the discovery and develop­ ment o f each individual’s distinctive poetic voice, imagistic motifs, and thematic concerns, within the context o f contempory poetics. Students should submit 3 -5 pages o f poetry for admission, at a time announced during fall semester. The workshop will meet once a week for three hours. Admission and credit are granted at the discretion o f the instructor. (Studio course) Spring semester. Schmidt. 135 English Literature 6 6. Fictio n W rite rs ’ W o rksh o p . The course is devoted to the analysis o f stories submitted by students. It meets once a week for three hours. In addition to receiving prac­ tical help from fellow writers, students have an opportunity to articulate and explore the­ oretical aspects o f fiction writing. Students should submit one story for admission, at a time announced during the fall semester. Ad­ mission and credit are granted at the discretion o f the instructor. (Studio course.) Spring semester. Malone. 7 0 . R e n aissan ce C o m p arative L ite r a tu r e .* o f modernism in English Language poetry on either side o f the Atlantic. We will trace the careers o f the High Modernists Yeats, Law­ rence, Pound, and Eliot; weigh the American experiments o f Stein, Stevens, Williams, and Marianne Moore; review the impact of Imagism and the Harlem Literary Renaissance; examine brief and extended poetic responses to some o f the radical uncertainties engen­ dered by early twentieth-century history. Not offered 1989-90. N. Anderson. 7 6 . Th e D lack A fric a n W rite r. (See Lit. 70 .) Humanism and "Counter-Re­ naissance” developments in major writings o f Renaissance Europe: Erasmus, More, Rabe­ lais, Petrarch, Gaspara Stampa, Ariosto, Mar­ guerite de Navarre, St. John o f the Cross, and Cervantes (all studied in translation). Not offered 1989-90. Snyder. This study gives particular attention to the way black African writers portray Africa emerging from the age o f myth into a Western and industrialized culture. Readings will be chosen from works written in English and in translation, including Achebe, Armah, Emecheta, Ngugi, Sembene, Senghor, Soyinka, and Tutuola. Not offered 1989-90. James. 7 2 . P ro u s t, J o y c e , and Fau lkn e r. 7 7 . C o n te m p o ra ry D ra m a . Selections from Proust’s Remembrance o f Things Past, Joyce’s Portrait o f the Artist and Ulysses entire, and selected Faulkner novels. Emphasis on the ideological and formal tenets o f modernism. Not offered 1989-90. Weinstein. A survey o f contemporary drama with an emphasis on experimental and self-reflexive modes. Playwrights will include Beckett, Pin­ ter, Handke, Weiss, Soyinka, Churchill, Terry, and Shepard. Productions on film or video will be included. Not offered 1989-90. Williamson. 7 3 . P ro u s t and Jo y c e . An intensive comparative study. Readings will include A Portrait o f the Artist as a Young Man, Ulysses, and substantial portions o f A la Re­ cherche du temps perdu. Proust readings and lectures will be conducted in French. Crosslisted as French 75, this course counts toward concentration in either English or French. It will explore the role o f the artist; the modern­ ist sense o f character; narrative experiments with plot, style, and point o f view; the mean­ ings o f time and memory. Prerequisites: French 12 and an introductory English course (or their equivalents). Not offered 1989-90. Weinstein and Roza. 7 4 . M od ern D ram a. An examination o f the range o f dramatic literature, theatre aesthetics, critical theories, and production styles since Ibsen. Cross-listed as Lit. 74. Not offered 1989-90. Devin. 7 5 . M o d e rn P o e try . A consideration o f the various manifestations 136 I I I 7 9 . S tu die s in C o m p arative Fiction. This course will explore the relationships between desire and the law, as well as the social construction o f identity, in a range of 19thand 20th-century novels. Writers will include C. Bronte, Dostoevsky, Flaubert, Tolstoy, Kafka, and Faulkner. (Cross-listed as Lit. 79.) Spring semester. Weinstein. , 8 0. S a tire . This examination o f satire as a literary genre focuses on satiric forms and objectives. Em­ phasis will be on distinguishing between two main conceptions o f satire and two different types o f satirists. Selections may be chosen from Horace and Juvenal, Shakespeare, Pope, Swift, Voltaire, Twain, Huxley, Ishmael Reed, and Nathanael West. Not offered 1989-90. James. 8 1. W om en and M o d e rn ism . Many female writers o f the modernist era identified strongly as women and in different ways sought to ally literary innovation with I the expression of values they considered "femi­ nine”—H.D., Zora Neale Hurston, Dorothy Richardson and Virginia Woolf, for example. Others were more reticent or equivocal about their gender identification—Djuna Barnes, Marianne Moore, Gertrude Stein—but not necessarily less radical in exploring the rela­ tion between sexual and textual values. Focusing on selected works from both groups, we will consider how the study o f female writers as such modifies existing critical traditions about the name and nature o f modernism. Spring semester. Hirsh. I I I I | I 82. Representations o f W om en’s Iden tity.** (Cross-listed as Psychology 52 .) A study o f the ways in which psychology, literature, and literary theory illuminate women’s identity and self-expression. By examining such mate­ rial as psychological case studies, fairy tales, poetry and fiction by male and female authors, psychological theory and literary criticism, we will identify some o f the ways in which women have been represented in our culture, the consequences o f this representation, and possibilities for expanding self-awareness and creativity. Prerequisite: an introductory course in En­ glish. Not offered 1989-90. Blum and Marecek. 83. Fe m in is m /P s yc h o -A n a lys is / M arxism . I I Recent feminist theory has appropriated, cri­ tiqued, and been critiqued by other kinds o f social theory, notably Psycho-Analysis and Marxism. As an entree to the field o f contemporary feminist theory, we will survey the complex interaction o f these discourses in selected writings by American, British, and French feminists, concentrating mainly on three related areas: ideology and the theory o f the subject; the social production o f sexuality; the problem o f language and representation. In addition to numerous selections from con­ temporary feminist writers, reading will in­ clude certain key texts by Freud, Lacan, Marx, and Foucault. Spring semester. Hirsh. 8 5. M o d e rn ism in A m e ric a n A r t and Lite ra tu re , 18 70 -19 3 0 . ( See Art 6 7 .) An interdisciplinary study o f the origins, ideology, and development o f mod­ ernism in American culture between 1870 and 1930 using approaches from the fields o f art history, American studies, and literary criticism. Artists studied include Winslow Homer and Ernest Hemingway, Willa Cather and Georgia O ’Keeffe, Charles Demuth, Charles Sheeler, Marcel Duchamp, and W il­ liam Carlos Williams, plus selected artists and writers associated with the Harlem Renais­ sance. Prerequisites: introductory courses in both art history and English literature. Fall semester. Schmidt and Hungerford. 8 7 . Film and Lite ra tu re . The course will focus each year on one or more o f the following topics: the work o f a director or group o f directors, the possibilities o f a particular film genre, the issues o f critical interest common to both film and literature. Films will be chosen with an eye to their interest to students o f literature. Some may be based on fiction or drama; others may share formal concerns with a literary text. Major directors in the past have included Coppola, Kubrick, Bergman, and Resnais. Not offered 1989-90. Staff. 8 8. Introduction to Readings in Em e rg e n t Lite ra tu re : N eg ritu de and A ra b is m in Po stm od e rn A fric a . It is often the case that understanding the formal properties o f literary discourse facili­ tates an aesthetic judgment. However, that aesthetic judgment somehow fails when the understanding is applied to an "emergent” or "postmodern” literary form o f expression (like Affican-Arab literature), because these expressions involve a presentation o f experi­ ence that resists the schemata o f formal under­ standing. This failure o f aesthetic judgment is the central problematic o f this course. Taking Kant’s Critique o f Aesthetic Judgement as a theoretical point o f reference, we will explore one question: Can there be a post-modern African-Arabic literary studies? Cross-listed with Literature in Translation or Philosophy. Spring semester. Judy. 84. Folklore and Folklife S tu die s. (See History 84.) Spring semester. Morgan. 137 English Literature 8 9. H is to ry o f C ritic is m and In te rp re ta tio n .** A survey o f statements, positions, and con­ troversies from the pre-Socratics to poststructuralism about the following issues: the nature and function o f art, language and rep­ resentation, the relationship o f literature to history and culture, depictions and interpre­ tations o f sexuality and gender. Spring semester. Breitenberg. Colloquia N o te : Each year the Department offers several colloquia on topics o f current literary interest. These are designed for majors and other students with extensive literary background. Class size is limited to 15. This year the colloquia are English 90A , 90B, and 90C . 9 0 A . Colloquium : C h e rc lte z la fe m m e : Th e “ M y s te r y ” o f W om an in the M y s te r y Ge n re . From the Garden o f Eden to Freud’s case his­ tories, our cultural narratives o f deception and discovery have often centered on Woman, vulnerable, culpable, and duplicitous. The concept o f woman as potential victim and perpetrator powered many detective novels popular in the 19th and 20th centuries and has paradoxically enabled starding re-visions o f the genre by contemporary women writers. In this course we’ll examine ur-narratives o f detection—Genesis, Oedipus—and trace their implications through contemporary intellec­ tual theory. In light o f these implications, we’ll consider the "Mystery” o f woman in narratives by such male authors as Wilkie Collins, Edgar Allan Poe, Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, Raymond Chandler, and Dashiell Hammett, and then assess the new claims made on the genre by female authors such as Liza Cody, Sue Grafton, P.D. James, Sara Peretsky, and Barbara W ilson. Fall semester. N. Anderson. 9 0 8 . Colloquium : Th e N e w H is to ric is m . New Historicism challenges many traditional ways o f understanding the relationships be­ tween literature and history. Drawing on methods and theories from sociology, anthro­ pology, social history, and linguistics, its ob­ ject o f study becomes a "poetics o f culture” ; that is, a dynamic and contestant set o f rela­ tions understood in terms o f power, authority, and subversion. In this course we will simul­ taneously advance and interrogate the assump­ tions o f New Historicism by reading its own central texts and theoretical models as well as important challenges and alternatives from feminism, cultural materialsim, Marxism, and more traditional historicism. Readings by Marx, Foucault, Geertz, Turner, Greenblatt, Nathalie Davis, Althusser, Jameson, Showalter, Nancy Armstrong, among others. Fall semester. Breitenberg. I I 9 0C . Colloquium : S h a k e s p e a re .*/ ** Desire, death, and domestication of love in Shakespeare’s middle and late plays. Intensive study o f Measure for Measure, Othello, The Winter’s Tale, King Lear, Pericles, Coriolanus, Antony and Cleopatra, The Tempest with special attention to genre study. Students may be admitted to English 90C without having taken English 25. This course may satisfy the major requirement for either Shakespeare or criticism but not both. Spring semester. Blum. I 9 1. Fe m in ist L ite ra ry C ritic is m .** W hat is feminism? What is its relation to literary criticism? In this course, we will ex­ plore the role o f politics in answering those questions, examining the ways that feminism exposes as political those very spheres that have traditionally seemed exempt from, if not opposed to, politics. Readings in current femi­ nist literary criticism and theory. Not offered 1989-90. Langbauer. I 92. T h e o ry o f the N o v e l .*/ * * The poetics o f fiction, to be explored through a variety o f contemporary theoretical ap­ proaches, as well as sustained scrutiny of four novels (this year: works by E. Bronte, Dickens, Faulkner, and Morrison. Fall semester. Weinstein. 9 6. D irecte d Reading. Students who plan directed reading must con­ sult with the appropriate instructor and submit a prospectus to the Department by way of application for such work before the begin­ ning o f the semester during which the study is actually done. Deadlines for the receipt of written applications are the second Monday in November and the first Monday in April. Normally limited to juniors and seniors. 9 7 . Independent S tu d y . Students who plan an independent study must I consult with the appropriate instructor and submit a prospectus to the Department by way of application for such work before the beginning of the semester during which the study is actually done. Deadlines for the re­ ceipt of written applications are the second Monday in November and the first Monday in April. Normally limited to juniors and seniors. Staff. 98,99. Senior E s s a y , S e n io r T h e s is. In the fall semester o f the senior year, Course majors in the Department may pursue a liter­ ary project (English 98) o f their own choosing. The major part o f the semester is devoted to preparing an essay (or essays) under the su­ pervision o f a member o f the Department. A brief prospectus for the project must be sub­ mitted for approval by the Department in April o f the junior year. Before submitting this prospectus, Course majors should consult with the Department Chairman and with the Department member who might supervise the project. The project, culminating in an essay (or es­ says) o f 2 0 -2 5 pages, will be completed in December o f the senior year. Students who do well on this project and wish to develop it into a comprehensive thesis will take English 9 9 in the spring semester. The work on the thesis will normally deepen or expand work com­ pleted during the fall. S E M IN A R S : E N G L IS H L I T E R A T U R E Group I 101. Shakespeare. Study of Shakespeare as dramatist and poet. The emphasis is on the major plays, with a more rapid reading o f the remainder o f the canon. Students are advised to read through all the plays before entering the seminar. Each semester. Blackburn, Blum, Breitenberg. 102. Chaucer and M ed ie va l Lite ra tu re . A survey o f English literature, primarily po­ etry, from the 8th through the 15th century with an emphasis upon Chaucer. Texts will include Beowulf, Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, The Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, Piers Plowman, Pearl, selected mystery plays, and Malory’s LeMorte d ’Arthur. Chau­ cer will be read in Middle English; other works will be read in translation. Spring semester. Williamson. 104. M ilton. Study of Milton’s works with special emphasis on Paradise Lost. Spring semester. Blackburn. 105. T udo r-Stu art D ram a. The development o f English drama from me­ dieval morality plays to Jacobean tragedy and comedy. Not offered 1989-90. Blackburn. 106. Renaissance Ep ic. The two major English epics o f the period, Spenser’s Faerie Queene and Milton’s Paradise Lost, considered in the context o f the work o f each poet and in relation to two antecedents, Virgil’s Aeneid and Tasso’s Jerusalem Delivered. Not offered 1989-90. Snyder. 108. Renaissance P o e try . Poetic modes and preoccupations o f the En­ glish Renaissance, with emphasis on Sidney, Shakespeare, Spenser, Donne, Herbert, and Marvell. Not offered 1989-90. Snyder. 109. Eig h te en th -C e n tu ry Lite ra tu re . Examination o f the literary forms and critical values o f the age, with special attention given to the works o f Dryden, Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Not offered 1989-90. Pagliaro. 110 . Rom an tic P o e try . Examination o f the poetry o f Blake, Words­ worth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats. Fail semester. Pagliaro. 139 English Literature G roup II 112 . W om en and L ite r a tu r e .** 119 . M od ern D ram a. Problems o f agency and subjectivity as set out in current feminist theory and (mainly) con­ temporary fiction, drama, and film by West­ ern and Third World women. Some o f the topics we will consider are: narrative agency, body images, popular and high cultural con­ structions o f Woman as Other, current theo­ ries o f maternity and paternity, notions o f both gender and sexual preference, the cate­ gory o f the monstrous-feminine, and utopian and feminist science fiction. Spring semester. Blum. A survey o f dramatic literature from Ibsen to the present. Texts will be examined both as scripts for living theatre and as literary and 1 cultural documents. Viewing live productions I and film or video versions will be a part of the seminar. Secondary readings on dramatic the­ ory, criticism, and intellectual history relevant to the plays under discussion will be assigned I each week. Fall semester. Williamson. 113 . Th e English N o ve l. Studies in English fiction from the eighteenth century to the present. Fall semester. Wilmarth. 115 . M od ern C o m p arative Lite ra tu re . Studies in fiction from Flaubert and Melville to the present. Each semester. Weinstein. 116 . A m e ric a n Lite ra tu re . A study o f the development o f American literature, both at home and abroad from the turn o f the century through the 1950s. We will focus on four major cities that served as generative environments and imaginative topi in the development o f "m odem ” art: Chicago, New York, London, and Paris. Considering the distinctive traditions associated with each place, we will explore the interaction between literary writing and other media, including journalism, public and private speech, music, painting, photography, and cinema. Writers to be selected may include the following: Dreiser, Cather, DuBois, Sinclair, Lindsay, Masters, Sandberg, Lewis, Dos Passos, Wright, Stevens, Moore, Williams, Hughes, Hurston, Crane, H.D., Pound, Eliot, Stein, Barnes, Ellison, Hemingway, and Fitzgerald. Fall semester. Hirsh, Schmidt. 118. M od ern P o e try . A study o f the poetry and critical prose of Yeats, Eliot, and Stevens in an effort to define their differences and to assess their influence on later poets and theorists. Not offered 1989-go. N. Anderson. 140 12 0 . T h e o ry o f C ritic is m .** A course designed to provide a working knowl- I edge o f the major schools o f contemporary I criticism. Not offered 1989-90. Langbauer. 1 2 1 . M od ern B la ck Fictio n . A study o f the evolving literary interrelationship o f the United States, Africa, and the West Indies since World War II. The seminar examines a unity o f themes arising out of shared experiences and heritages and includes work by Chinua Achebe, Toni Morrison, James Baldwin, George Lamming, Richard Wright, Paule Marshall, and Wole Soyinka. Spring semester. James. I I I I I I I 180. T h e s is . A major in the Honors Program may elect to write a thesis as a substitute for one seminar. The student must select a topic and submit a plan for Department approval no later than the end o f the junior year. Normally, the student writes the thesis, under the direction o f a member o f the Department, during the fall o f the senior year. Staff. I I I I I I I 183. Independent S tu d y . Students may prepare for an Honors Examination in a field or maj or figure comparable in literary significance to those offered in the regular seminars. Independent study projects must be approved by the Department and supervised by a Department member. Deadlines for the receipt o f written applications are the second Monday in November and the first Monday in April. Staff. I I I I I I I I TH EA TR E S T U D IE S The Theatre Studies major uses the study and The Theatre studies major emphasizes process performance o f dramatic art as one part o f a rather than public performance. Beginning liberal arts education. It is intended to be of and intermediate acting classes address the broad benefit regardless o f a student’s profesproblems o f "behaving as if the given circum­ I sional intentions. It is cross-disciplinary andstances were real” without actually perform­ I makes a clear distinction between dramaticing for the general public. Final projects for literature and performance. Studies in dra­ these courses are typically presented "in matic literature begin with the written playhouse.” All practice o f public performance script and may include work in departments takes place in advanced acting technique of English Literature, Modern Languages and classes which carry prerequisites and are Literatures, and Classics. Studies in perfor­ supervised by working theatre professionals. mance begin with the theatrical event and may Because actors do much o f their work in include work in theatre history, theory, design, public, all classes in acting and directing are acting, production, and directing. open to visitors. ( I R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T I O N S I I I I Introduction to Theatre (Theatre 1) is the prerequisite for all other courses in perfor­ mance studies. (This prerequisite does not apply to seniors, nor is it required o f those who wish only to take studio courses.) The introductory course is designed to acquaint the student with the principal elements of theatre study including dramatic analysis, the­ ory, design, and acting. The work o f the course includes reading, discussion, practical exercises, and short papers. The course may count toward the major. The minimum re­ quirement for admission to a major or a minor in Theatre Studies is Theatre 1 and one additional course from either dramatic litera­ ture or performance studies.I Students considering a major in Theatre Studies are strongly urged to take one or two addi­ tional courses during the sophomore year. Majors and prospective majors should consult a member o f the Theatre Studies faculty for information about courses in other departments complementary to their work in the­ atre. The study o f theatre and dramatic litera­ ture in foreign languages and cultural contexts is strongly recommended. Students who plan to do graduate work or to follow a course o f professional training should see a member o f the faculty for early help in planning their programs. I I Major in the Course Program: The course major in Theatre Studies requires ten credits o f work in dramatic literature and performance studies as follows: a) dramatic literature: at least four credits including Shakespeare. Work should also include at least one credit in the modern period and one besides Shakespeare covering material written before Ibsen. Dramatic liter­ ature courses may include work from English Literature, Modern Languages and Litera­ tures, and Classics. Students with the requisite language skills are urged to do the work in the original language; b) performance studies: at least four credits including Play Directing, Introduction to Design, and two studio cred­ its; c) the senior comprehensive examination will be given in two parts: i) a three-hour exam based on a reading list o f plays and critical works drawn from English Literature, Modern Languages and Literatures, and Classics. This list is given to students when they are accepted into the major; ii) a take-home essay describ­ ing solutions to artistic and critical problems. A senior essay or project (Theatre 95, 9 6 ) is optional; interested students should consult with the appropriate advisor in the spring o f the junior year. Applications for internships and special projects should be made as far in advance as possible. Major in the External Examination (Honors) Program: The honors major requires six or eight credits including Shakespeare Seminar and Senior Project in preparation for three or four papers. Possible preparations include 141 English Literature course combinations, such as Directing/Performance Theory or Design/Theatre History. Seminars in dramatic literature carry a prereq­ uisite o f at least one upper level English course. Senior Project will be evaluated in performance as well as by paper. The minor normally requires four credits in preparation for two papers. One o f the papers for the minor would normally be Senior Project. T h e a tre 14 . Introduction to Design. W ith respect to the twenty course rule, courses in dramatic literature in English Literature, Classics, and Modern Languages and Literatures will count as part o f the major; courses in non-dramatic literature will not. Th e a tre 2 4 . Ensem ble II. Students who wish to combine English and Theatre Studies in an External Examination program are reminded o f College policy lim­ iting the number o f seminars which can be taken in a single department to four. Th e a tre 15. A d va n c e d Design. T h e a tre 16. P la y Directing. T h e a tre 1 7 . P la yw rig h tin g W orkshop. Th e a tre 19. Colloquium : D ra m a tic Fo rm . Th e a tre 2 3 . Ensem ble I. T h e a tre 9 3. Directed Reading. Th e a tre 9 5 ,9 6 . S e n io r Es s a y . S e m in a r s : Th e a tre 1 1 1 . P e rfo rm a n c e T h e o ry . Th e a tre 180. S e n io r P r o je c t English 10 1. S h a k e s p e a re . D r a m a tic L ite r a tu r e C o u r s e s : English 105. Tu d o r and S tu a rt Dram a. En glish 25 . S h a k e s p e a re . English 119 . M od ern D ra m a . En glish 2 7 . Tu d o r and S tu a rt D ram a. Fre nc h 10 2. Le T h é â tre C lassique. English 7 4 . M od ern D ra m a . G e rm an 108. Deutsche Lite ra tu r nach 1950. En glish 9 0C . Colloquium in S h a k e s p e a re . Fre nc h 4 3 . Le T h é â tre . English 7 7 . C o n te m p o ra ry D ra m a . C E L 7 7 : C o n te m p o ra ry D ram a. Fre nc h 7 0 . T h é â tre M od erne . G e rm an 5 2. D a s Deutsche D ram a. G e rm an 6 3. Goethe’s Faust G e rm an 8 3 . K a fk a and D r e c h l S pan ish 40 . El T e a tro del Renaciem ento y del S igio de O ro . Span ish 7 5 . T e atro H isp a n ico a m e rica n o C ontem poraneo. R u ssian 109. C h e kh ov. G re e k 114 . G re e k D ram a. 1 . Introduction to the T h e a tre . This course includes sections on dramaturgy, theatre space, and acting. Theatre profes­ sionals from New York and Philadelphia meet with the class as possible. Several short papers based on reading, local rehearsals or perfor­ mances, and class improvisations. This course is the prerequisite for advanced courses in performance studies (see list above) and may serve as a prerequisite for dramatic literature courses (not seminars) in English. Fall semester. Devin, Christilles. C la s s ic s 8 2 . Th e A n c ie n t T h e a tre . 2 A . Techniques o f A c tin g : W o rk on the S e lf. P e r fo r m a n c e S tu d ie s C o u r s e s ; This is the basic acting course, the prerequisite for all others. Vocal and physical warm-up; relaxation; concentration; ensemble; sense and affective memory; non-ordinary reality. This class meets four hours a week. Studio course; one credit. No prerequisite. Spring semester. Devin. T h e a tre 1 . Introduction to T h e a tre . T h e a tre 2 . Techniques o f A c tin g . T h e a tre 3. Prod uctio n W o rksh o p . T h e a tre 5 . S ce ne S tu d y . T h e a tre 13. T h e a tre H is to ry . 142 2B. Techniques o f Actin g (intensive section). Same as above, but this section meets four nights a week, two hours a night. Attendance at Ensemble II rehearsals and some reading in the history and theory o f acting. Strongly recommended for students who plan a Theatre Studies major. Studio course; one credit. Spring semester. Devin. 3. Production W o rksh o p. A laboratory course focussing on problems in play production (scenery, lighting, audio, cos­ tuming, stage management). No prerequisite; may be repeated once for credit. Studio course; one-half credit. Spring semester. Devin. 5. Scene S tu d y. An acting studio for intermediate and ad­ vanced students who choose their own proj­ ects and work on them with the instructor’s help. Six professional actors from the Young Company at People’s Light study in this course. They are scene partners for Swarthmore students. The class may be repeated for credit. Studio course; one-half credit. Prerequisite: Theatre 23. Fall semester. Devin. 14. Introduction to Design. Study of theoretical and historical foundations for contemporary theatrical design. Practical application o f design principles in projects and exercises. Fall semester. Christilles. 15. Advanced Design. Research, presentation, and execution o f proj­ ects in support o f Directing and Ensemble class exercises. Spring semester. Christilles. tion o f the instructor. Studio course; one credit. Spring semester. Devin. 19. Colloquium : D ram atic Fo rm . A study o f dramatic writing based on Aristo­ tle’s Poetics. Reading will include other critical works and a variety o f plays to illustrate four forms o f dramatic art: tragedy, comedy, melo­ drama, and farce. Writing will include both creative and critical projects. Fall semester. Devin. 2 3 . Ensem ble I: W o rk on the P la y s c rip L Acting techniques applied to scene and play analysis, beginning with simple, realistic ma­ terial and moving to Shakespeare; given cir­ cumstances; character biography; objectives; physical behavior, tasks, action; vocal and physical warm-up; relaxation, concentration, and body awareness. This class meets for two hours, four nights a week. Studio course; one credit. Prerequisite: Theatre 2. Fall semester. Devin. 2 4 . En se m ble II: W o rk w ith an Au die nce . This class rehearses a full-length play for public performance. This year the play will be Richard Sheridan’s The Rivals. Using ensem­ ble rehearsal methods with emphasis on im­ provisation, the company will prepare the play, using the audience as part o f given circumstances. After 6 weeks o f rehearsal the class plays to an audience; after a break, rehearsals resume and culminate in another series o f performances. Studio course; one credit. Prerequisite: Theatre 23. Spring semester. Adams, Christilles. 9 2 . O ff-c a m p u s P ro je c ts in Th e a tre . 16. Play Directing. 9 3. D irecte d Reading. Principles and techniques o f making works of dramatic art from playscripts. Play selection and analysis; physical production; rehearsal procedures, especially improvisation and en­ semble technique. One credit. Prerequisite: Theatre 1, Theatre 2. Spring semester. Devin. 9 4. Special P ro je c ts in T h e a tre . 17. Pla yw ritin g W o rksh o p. Projects in playwriting. Discussion o f playscripts supported by reading and analysis o f appropriate models. Admission at the discre­ Students wishing to design a special project should consult with the Director. 9 5 ,9 6 . S e n io r P r o je c t An essay or production project prepared under the supervision o f an appropriate fac­ ulty member. A prospectus must be submitted for approval in April o f the junior year. Before submitting the prospectus, majors should consult with the Director and with the faculty member who might supervise the proj- 143 English Literature ect. A one-credit project will normally be completed in the fall o f the senior year. The fall work may serve as preparation for a larger 144 project to be completed in the spring, Staff, German Studies Coordinator: M A R IO N FA B ER (German) Committee: P EG G Y A N D E R S O N (History) (fall) G EO R G E A V ER Y (German) (spring) R IC H A R D ELD R ID G E (Philosophy) (fall) D O R O T H EA F R E D E (Philosophy) J A M E S F R E E M A N (Music) R A Y M O N D H O P K IN S (Political Science) B R A U LIO M U N O Z (Sociology/Anthropology) 3 M A R K W A LL A C E (Religion) H A N S -J A K O B W E R L E N (German) The concentration in German Studies grows out of the connection between German thought and art o f the nineteenth and twen­ tieth centuries. Figures such as Goethe, Wagner, Nietzsche, Marx, and Freud, for ex­ ample, go beyond the boundaries o f particular disciplines. In addition, the study o f German history and politics enriches and is enriched by the study o f German literature and art. A combination o f approaches to German culture introduces the student to a field o f knowledge crucial to contemporary society and prepares the student for graduate work in a good num­ ber of academic disciplines, as well as for various international careers. The Concentra­ tion may be undertaken in the Course Pro­ gramor in the External Examination Program. Concentrators should consult the program coordinator during the sophomore year to plan their work towards the Concentration. General Requirements: Students are required to take five credits from designated courses in German Studies, three o f which must be out­ side the student’s major department. To ensure a common groundwork for all concentrators, students must take the core course, German 14, Introduction to German Studies. To en­ sure work in depth, at least one credit must be athesis on an interdisciplinary topic, normally to be proposed at the end o f the junior year and written in the fall semester o f the senior year. An interdisciplinary thesis for the stu­ dent’s major department may fulfill this re­ quirement. It is required that students do substantial work in the German language (German 8 or the equivalent). It is also strongly recom­ mended that students study in Germany (for a summer or, preferably, for a semester) if at all possible. Students who do not take an advanced literature course must either use original German sources in the thesis or add an attachment in German to one course in the concentration. The following courses and seminars may be offered for a German Studies Concentration: C o u r s e s ( o n e c r e d it) H is to ry 3 2. Europe o f th e D ic ta to r s * H is to ry 3 6 . M od ern G e rm a n y. M u s ic 2 2 . 10th C e n tu ry M u s ic . M u s ic 3 3 . Lie d e r. M u s ic 3 5 . La te R o m an ticism . Ph ilo so p h y 2 0 . M a rx is t Ph ilo so p h y. Ph ilo so p h y 29 . N ineteenth C en tu ry Ph ilo so p h y. Ph ilso p h y 39. Ex is te n tia lis m .* S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo y 03. S e n io r Colloquium on A r t and S o c ie ty .* G e rm an co u rse s num bered 11 and a b o ve . C o u rs e s on G e rm an lite ra tu re o r film , taught in English: L it 2 0 G , L it 5 0G. S e m in a r s ( tw o -c r e d it) H is to ry 12 2 . R e vo lu tion a ry E u ro p e .* 3 Absent on leave, 1989-90. 145 Germ an Studies H is to ry 125 . Fa s c is t E u ro p e .* G e rm an 10 4 . Goethe. Ph ilo so ph y 114 . N ineteenth C en tu ry Ph ilo so p h y. G e rm an 105. Die Deutsche Romantik. Ph ilo so p h y 139. Exis te n tia lis m . G e rm an 108. Deutsche Lite ra tu r nach 1950. Political S cie nce 108. C om p arative P o litic s : E u ro p e .* Religion 106. C o n te m p o ra ry Religious Thought S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 10 1. C ritica l M od ern S o cial T h e o ry . S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 105. M od ern S o cial T h e o ry . S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 115 . Freud and S o cial T h e o ry . 146 G e rm an 1 0 7. M od erne P ro s a . ‘ Cognate course: No more than two may be counted towards the German Studies Concen­ tration. +Cognate seminar: No more than one may be counted towards the German Studies Concen­ tration. History I I M ARGARET A N D E R S O N , Professor and Acting Chair (fall) 2 RORERT C. B A N N IS T E R , Professor I ROBERT S . D U P L E S S IS , Professor2 LILLIAN M . LI, Professor and Chair 1 I KATHRYN L M O R G A N , Professor I JEROM E H . W O OD , J R ., Professor 1 I HARRISON M . W R IG H T, Professor M ARJORIE M U R P H Y , Associate Professor I PATRICIA S T R A N A H A N , Visiting Associate Professor4 I STEPHEN P. B E N S C H , Assistant Professor I LAURIE B ER N S T EIN , Assistant Professor (part-time) I ROBERT E. W EIN B ER G , Assistant Professor I I C O U R SE O F F E R IN G S A N D P R E R E Q U IS IT E S I I 1 I 1 I I 1 I 1 I I I I 1 I I 1 The Department o f History offers a range of courses of value to all students, from surveys to more specialized courses focusing on a specific period, theme, or subfield. All courses attempt to give students a sense o f the past, an acquaintance with the social, cultural, and institutional developments that have produced the world of today, and an understanding of the nature o f history as a discipline. The courses emphasize less the accumulation o f data than the investigation, from various points of view, o f those ideas and institutions—political, religious, social, and economic—by which people have endeavored to order their world. Surveys are designed to serve the needs o f students who seek a general education in the field, as well as to provide preparation for a range o f upper-level courses. Freshman semi­ nars explore particular issues or periods in depth. Although these entry-level courses vary somewhat in approach, they normally consider major issues o f interpretation, the analysis o f primary sources, and historical methodology. Prerequisites: Courses 1-9,11, and 72 are open to all students without prerequisites. Fresh­ man seminars are open only to freshmen on the same basis. Upper-level courses are gener­ ally open to all students who have taken a survey, or who have Advanced Placement scores o f 3 - 5, or by permission o f the instruc­ tor. Exceptions are courses "n o t open to freshmen” or where specific prerequisites are stated. I R E Q U IR E M E N T S F O R T H E M A J O R I 1 I I 1 I Prerequisites: The prerequisite for admission to the Department as a major in the Course or External Examination (Honors) Program or as a minor in the Honors program is normally at least two History courses taken at Swarthmore and a satisfactory standard o f work in all courses. A t least one o f these history courses should be taken within the History Depart­ ment, and preferably two for admission to Honors. Ideally preparation o f the major should include at least one survey, and either a freshman seminar or upper-level course. 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989. 2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990. I 3 Absent on leave, 1989-90. I 4 Fall semester, 1989. 147 H isto ry Students who intend to continue their studies after graduation should bear in mind that a reading knowledge o f one or two foreign languages (particularly French and German) is now generally assumed for admission to graduate school. Major in the Course Program: The work o f the major in course consists o f at least eight (and no more than twelve) semester courses in the department, chosen so as to fulfill the follow­ ing requirements: (a) Course majors must fulfill certain depart­ mental distribution requirements. For pur­ poses o f distribution the Department has divided its offerings into four groups: (1 ) Ancient, Medieval, and Early Modem Europe through the 18th century; (2 ) Modern Europe (19th-20th centuries); (3) the United States; and (4 ) Africa, Asia, and Latin America. Course majors must take at least one course from each o f these areas. Beyond that, majors are en­ couraged to concentrate informally in topics or areas o f special interest to them. (b) Course majors must write either a thesis (for which they will receive academic credit) or a research paper and compre­ hensive examination. (1) Thesis. Students who wish to take advantage o f this option must submit a proposal for department approval by May 1 o f their junior year and will be expected to complete the thesis (by taking History 9 2 ) during the fall o f their senior year. A brief oral examination will be based on the thesis. (2 ) Research paper and comprehensive examination. Students choosing this op­ tion must take at least one upper-level course in which a substantial research paper is required. Courses particularly suitable for meeting this requirement are marked with an asterisk (* ). The compre­ hensive examination, to be given early in the spring semester o f the senior year, will include both written and oral sections. Major and minor in the External Examination (Honors) Program: Candidates for Honors may elect history as a major or a minor in the Division o f Humanities, in the Division of the Social Sciences, or in cross-divisional pro­ grams. Majors in the Honors Program may take either three or four seminars in the Department, chosen from at least two of the groups into which the Department has divided its offerings (see Course Requirement (a) at left). Minors in the Honors Program are ordi­ narily expected to take at least two seminars. A D V A N C E D P L A C E M E N T A N D A T T A C H M E N T O P T IO N S Advanced Placement. The Department will automatically grant one semester’s credit for incoming students who have achieved a score o f 4 or 5 in Advanced Placement history tests. This credit may be counted toward the num­ ber o f courses required for graduation. It may be used in partial fulfillment o f the college distribution requirements. This credit is avail­ able only as long as the student does not take either History 3, 5, or 6. For majors, it may serve as partial fulfillment o f the departmental distribution requirements listed above. Grades o f 3 may serve as prerequisite for advanced 148 courses in history in the same area (European or American) as the Advanced Placement course. Language Attachment. Certain designated courses offer the option o f a foreign language attachment, normally for one-half credit. Per­ mission to take this option will be granted to any student whose reading facility promises the profitable use o f historical sources in the foreign language. Arrangements for this op­ tion should be made with the instructor at the time o f registration. TEACHER CERTIFICATION For students who wish to seek secondary teaching certification in the social sciences there are two normal routes. One o f these is through a major in the social sciences, plus four to six semesters o f courses in other social sciences. Students majoring in history, politi­ cal science, and sociology-anthropology are required to take at least four courses outside their major; students majoring in economics and psychology are required to take six. The other route to certification is by taking at least twelve semester courses in social sciences, o f which six must normally be in one discipline andat least two more must be in a single other discipline. All students seeking social studies certification are required to take two courses in history. As o f 1987, at least one course in American history and one social science course focusing on Third World or nonWestern subject matter are required. 1. M edieval Euro pe . Asurvey o f medieval culture and institutions from the third to the fifteenth century. Topics will include the lingering sunset o f the ancient world, the rise o f the barbarian North, and the emergence o f a distinctively European civili­ zation in the central and late Middle Ages. Primary sources will be stressed. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Bensch. 2. Early M od ern Europe. From the late Middle Ages to the mid-eight­ eenth century, focusing on intellectual move­ ments, varieties o f state formation, and eco­ nomic and social change. Primary distribution course. Not offered 1989-90. DuPlessis. 3. Modern Euro pe . A topical survey from the Old Regime to the Cold War, with emphasis on the political, institutional, economic, and social forces that have shaped modern Europe. Topics include Enlightenment and religion, revolutions and reform movements, industrialization and the rise of the modern nation-states, imperialism, and world war. Primary distribution course. Both semesters. Bernstein. 4 . La tin A m e ric a . The development o f the Latin American area from preconquest times to the present. Em­ phasis is on the political, economic, and social development o f Brazil, Mexico, and Argentina, and on recent attempts at radical transforma­ tion. Primary distribution course. Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or Portuguese. Spring semester. Wood. 5 . The United S ta te s to 1 8 7 7 . The colonial experience and the emergence o f an American social order; Revolution and Constitution; the "first” and "second” party systems; humanitarianism and social control in the antebellum reform; slavery, the Civil War, and Reconstruction. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Bannister. 6 . Th e United S ta te s sin ce 1 8 7 7 . Industrialism and the American social order; the welfare state from the Square Deal to the Great Society; world power and its problems; the 1960s and its legacy. Spring semester. Murphy. 7 . Th e H is to ry o f the A fric a n A m e ric a n People. This course is a topical survey o f the historical legacy o f the African American people. It begins with ancient black Egypt prior to the immigration o f non-indigenous Africans to the Nile Valley. It studies the connection o f ancient Egyptian culture with the rest o f Africa, and the impact o f African culture on Asia, Europe, and America, prior to the re­ birth and expansion o f Europe. The struggles o f black men and women for liberation in the United States are seen as an "exciting chapter in the history o f humanity.” Topics include: blacks in science, black nationalism, black Muslims, black Jews, Pan Africanism, revolu­ tionary Pan Africanism and the Black Power idea. Fall semester. Morgan. 8 . A fric a . A survey o f African history, with an emphasis on tropical Africa in modern times; the de­ velopment o f African nationalism and the 149 H isto ry achievement o f independence; and on differing perspectives on the African past. Spring semester. Wright. 9 . Chinese C iv iliza tio n . An historical introduction to various aspects o f traditional Chinese civilization and cul­ ture—language, literature, philosophy, art, imperial and bureaucratic institutions. The impact o f Chinese civilization on other parts o f Asia will be examined briefly. Spring semester. Li. IO A . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r. F a m ily , K in s h ip , and M a rria g e in M ed ie va l Euro pe . Through a productive exchange with social anthropologists, historians have begun to re­ consider medieval institutions and social struc­ ture in terms o f marital and blood ties. The seminar will explore the dimensions o f kin­ ship, the place o f women, and the evolution of marriage in order to gain a new understanding o f medieval law, government, and social classes. Open to ffeshmen only. Preference will be given to freshmen entering with an Advanced Placement score o f 3 or better in European history. Not offered 1989-90. Bensch. IO B . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: Th e Th ird Reich and the H o lo c a u s t An intensive examination o f the origins, ide­ ology, and operations o f the Nazi regime, its extension across Europe, and responses o f victims and collaborators. Open to ffeshmen only. Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to ffeshmen entering with an Advanced Placement score o f 3 or better in European History. Optional Language Attachment: German. Not offered 1989-90. Anderson. IO C . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: Th e T w e n tie s in A m e ric a . An examination o f some major themes in 20th-century American history as evidenced in the careers o f leading personalities and in dramatic events o f the 1920s. Topics will range ffom politics and religion to literature and popular culture. Open to freshmen only. Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to ffeshmen entering with an Advanced Place­ ment score o f 3 or better in American history. Primary distribution course. Not offered 1989-90. Bannister. 150 IO D . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: Th e Cold W ar E ra . A focused examination o f the origins and persistence o f thé cold war ffom the globali­ zation o f containment to the pressure of domestic conflict. Topics include: the Eisenhower-Dulles years, Kennedy’s Crisis Man­ agement, LBJ and Vietnam, Nixon/Kissinger’s Detente, Truman’s Decisions to Drop the Bomb and subsequent nuclear policy deci­ sions. Open to freshmen only. Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to ffeshmen entering with an Advanced Placement score of 3 or better in American history. Spring semester. Murphy. IO E . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: Th e Invasion of A m e ric a . A study o f pre-Columbian America and a comparative analysis o f interactions between Indians and Europeans in colonial Spanish and British America. Open to freshmen only. Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to ffeshmen entering with an Advanced Place­ ment score o f 3 or better in American history. Not offered 1989-90. Wood. IO F. Fre sh m a n S e m in a r. Black and W h ite: S outh A fric a and the United S ta te s . A comparative historical study o f apartheid in South Affica and racism in the U .S., examin­ ing their origins, natures, and the degrees to which they are alike. Open to ffeshmen only. Enrollment limited to ten. Preference given to freshmen entering with an Advanced Place­ ment score o f 3 or better in either American or European history. Not offered 1989-90. Wright. IO G . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: W om en in E a rly A fric a n C iv iliza tio n s . An exploratory study o f the role of women, primarily but not exclusively leaders in early A ff ican civilizations. Topics include: The great queens o f Ethiopia; the female Horuses and the great wives o f Kemet; Egypt’s Isis, the original Black Madonna; African goddesses; Africa’s warrior queens; and Tyre: Nubian Queen o f Egypt. Emphasis will be placed on research into women rulers found throughout Affica in time and space, and an examination o f the contexts in which these women emerged. Open to ffeshmen only. Enrollment limited to ten. Primary distribution course. Spring semester. Morgan. 10H. Freshm an S e m in a r: The Barbarian N o rth . Exploration o f the rise o f Germanic and Celtic societies from c. 100 A.D. to c. 1050 A.D. in the British Isles, Northern France, Germany, and Scandinavia through an examination o f the institutions, material culture, religion, and literature o f various barbarian peoples. Fall semester. Bensch. Classics 2 1. A n c ie n t G re e ce . (See listing under Department o f Classics.) Not offered 1989-90. Classics 3 1. H is to ry o f G re e ce . (See listing under Department o f Classics.) Fall semester. Ostwald. Classics 32. T h e Rom an Republic and Augustus. (See listing under Department o f Classics.) Spring semester. Staff. Classics 4 2 . G re e ce in th e Fifth Century R.C. (See listing under Department o f Classics.) Spring semester. Ostwald. Classics 4 4 . Th e E a rly Rom an Em p ire . (See listing under Department o f Classics.) Not offered 1989-90. 11. The Form ation o f the Islam ic Near E a s t An introduction to the history o f the Near East from the seventh to the early fifteenth century. Emphasis will be placed on the life of Muhammed, the Arab conquests, the rise of the caliphate, and the articulation o f Islamic values during an age o f political disintegration and nomadic invasion. Spring semester. Bench. 14. Friars, H e re tic s , and Fem ale Mystics: Religious Tu rm o il in the Middle A g e s. From the 12th to the 15th century, the medi­ eval Church confronted radically new versions of Christianity and religious movements in­ spired by evangelical poverty, preaching, and a need to find a place for women in ecclesias­ tical institutions. The course will explore the aspirations, doctrines, and forms o f expres­ sion of these religious groups and the Church’s response to them. Not offered 1989-90. Bensch. 15. Colloquium : M ed ie va l T o w n s . In order to establish the historical legitimacy o f liberalism and capitalism, nineteenth cen­ tury thinkers believed that, by cracking the mold o f feudalism and establishing demo­ cratic, egalitarian regimes, medieval towns laid the foundations o f modern Europe. The course will consider the validity o f this prop­ osition from recent work on urban social organization, commercial techniques, and rit­ ual expressions o f the urban community. O ffered only in alternate years. Fall semester. Bensch. 1 7 . Th e M ed ite rran e an W orld in the M iddle A g e s . Beginning with common Roman traditions, the Mediterranean during the Middle Ages became divided into three great civilizations: Byzantium, Islam, and Western Christendom. The course will examine the interchange and friction among these three cultures, especially during the period o f Western ascendancy from the Crusades to the Fall o f Constantinople (eleventh to fifteenth centuries). Not offered 1989-90. Bensch. *1 9 . Th e Italian Renaissance. The emergence o f a new culture in the citystates o f Italy between the fourteenth and early sixteenth centuries, studied in relation to the political, economic and social context. Emphasis on cultural developments including humanism, art, historiography, and political thought. Not offered 1989-90. DuPlessis. *2 3 . Tu d o r and S tu a rt England. The transformation o f England in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, from the Reforma­ tion to the Glorious Revolution. Topics in­ clude the Tudor polity, political revolt and the emergence o f parliamentary monarchy, the recasting o f the social structure, the rise o f a capitalist economy, and the course o f religious conflict and change. Not offered 1989-90. DuPlessis. 2 4 . Th e Rise o f C ap italism . The transition from agrarian feudalism to industrial capitalism in Europe from the four­ teenth to the nineteenth centuries. Emphasis on varying patterns o f agrarian transforma- 151 H isto ry tion, restructuring o f industrial production, expansion o f the market, class formation, economic thought and ideology. Analysis o f theories about the origins o f capitalism and industrialization. Some discussion o f devel­ opments in Eastern Europe, but most atten­ tion is given to Western Europe, particularly England and France. Not offered 1989-90. DuPlessis. *2 5 . W om en, S o c ie ty and Change in M od ern Euro pe . A topical study o f European women from the later Middle Ages to the nineteenth century. Issues to be considered include working women in preindustrial and industrial econo­ mies, family life, sexuality and reproduction, women’s collective action, the rise o f femi­ nism. Not offered 1989-90. DuPlessis. and organization, worker radicalism and revo­ lutionary situations in England, France, and Russia. Fall semester. Weinberg. 3 4 . W om en, G e n d e r, and M odern Eu ropean H is to ry . Examination o f women’s roles in modern European history to discover how concepts of gender have affected our understanding of Europe’s past and influenced the fates of European women. Some attention to women in pre-industrial Europe, but focus is on the ways in which science, industrialization, and urbanization contributed to the transforma­ tion o f gender in modem European society. Topics include women and revolution, femi­ nism, sexuality, prostitution, changing family structure, labor, and social class. Spring semester, 1990. Bernstein. *2 9 . V icto ria n England. 3 6 . M od ern G e rm a n y. England from the 1830’s to the end o f the nineteenth century. Topics will include landed and industrial society, the poor and reform; piety and morality; liberalism and its aesthetic and moral critics; Ireland; Splendid Isolation and Empire; and representative figures o f the age. Fall semester Anderson. The development o f Germany from a collec­ tion o f small towns and small states to the lynch-pin o f the present European balance of power. Topics will include: the formation of an imperial state and its grasp for world power; the conflict between agrarian ideals and industrial imperatives; democratization and the search for a national identity; cultural efflorescence and political breakdown; the youth movement, anti-semitism, and National Socialism; divided Germany and the "undi­ gested” German past. Optional Language Attachment: German. Not offered 1989-90. Anderson. 3 2 . Eu ro pe o f the D ic ta to rs, 19 14 -19 4 5 . The assault o f radical politics, left and right, on the social and political fabric o f Europe; the interaction o f domestic and international conflict; the crisis o f industrial capitalism; nationalism, militarism, racism; the first ef­ fective experiments in the use o f ideology, technology, and terror as means o f social control. Optional Language Attachment: German. Not offered 1989-90. Anderson. 3 3 . Eu ropean W o rk e rs in Rebellion and R evolution S ince 179 9 . This course focuses on how artisanal and factory workers responded to socio-economic and political change since the late eighteenth century. Emphasis is placed on the motives and varieties o f worker protest and rebellion from the Industrial Revolution to the Russian Revolution. Particular attention is devoted to the reaction o f artisans to industrialization, the socialism o f skilled workers, labor politics 3 7 . M e d ie va l and Im p erial Russia. Examination o f the history o f Russia from the ninth until the mid-nineteenth century, with particular attention to the relationship be­ tween state and society and the ways social, political, and economic realities influenced state policy. Topics covered include: Kievan Rus, the Mongol Yoke, the rise o f the Musco­ vite state, the growth o f autocracy and the enserfment o f society, the reforms and legacy o f Peter the Great and Catherine the Great, the emergence o f the revolutionary intelligentsia, and the Great Reforms o f Alexander II. O ffered only in alternate years. Fall semester. Weinberg. 3 8 . Ru ssia in the A g e o f Revolution. Beginning with the emancipation o f the serfs in 1861, with primary attention to the revolu­ tionary era, defined broadly as the period from the 1905 revolution to the consolidation of the Stalinist system in the 1930s. Focus on the relationship between state and society and the ways in which social and economic realities constrained state policy. Topics include: the revolutionary settlement o f 1905, the Revolu­ tions of 1917, the dilemmas o f Soviet power after 1917, hindrances to the building o f a socialist society, Stalin’s rise to power, collec­ tivization and industrialization, the creation of the Gulag, interpretations o f Stalinism, and de-Stalinization. Not offered 1989-90. Weinberg. 39. Revolutionary C ulture and Transform ation in the U S S R . Exploration o f the ways in which Russia’s revolutionary transformation manifested it­ self in literature, art, film, and music. During the years 1914-31, war and revolution added new dimensions o f politics and urgency to the rich cultural scene in Russia and the Soviet Union. By studying the arts within the context of Soviet history, we shall see how culture and politics both coincided and conflicted amid social upheaval, as well as how they fared under Stalin, Khrushchev, Brezhnev, and Gor­ bachev. Topics include utopian visions, con­ ceptions of gender, science fiction, construc­ tivist art, socialist realism, popular culture, Zhdanovshchina, jazz and rock, and glasnost. Prerequisite: a course or seminar in Russian/ Soviet history, or permission o f the instructor. Spring semester, 1990. Bernstein. status and the elaboration o f a "republican” ethos and "republican” institutions, 17631789. Fall 1990. Wood. 4 3 . Je ffe rs o n ia n is m and the A m e ric a n Exp e rie n ce . An interdisciplinary course which focuses intensively on contrasts between the Jeffer­ sonian view o f man and America and other perspectives in American politics, constitu­ tional law, social theory, religion, literature, and architecture. Limited enrollment. Prerequisite: History 5 ,6 or equivalent,or the permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1989-90. Wood. 4 4 . A m e ric a in the P ro g re s s iv e Era , 18 9 6 -19 2 0 . Modernization, social control, and the rise o f the corporate state. Topics include the control o f industry, scientific management, socialism and the social settlements, Jim Crow, eugenics and birth control, the women’s movement, social science and the rise o f the "expert,” advertising and the roots o f consumerism. O ffered only in alternate years. Fall semester. Bannister. 4 5 . Th e United S ta te s Since 1945. 40. An Introduction to A m e ric a n C ulture. The Cold War and McCarthyism; domestic politics from Truman to Reagan; suburbaniza­ tion, technological change and mass society; the New Left and the counterculture; Civil Rights and Black Power; women’s liberation; Watergate and the Imperial Presidency; Viet­ nam; revival on the Right. Not offered 1989-90. Murphy. (See English 18, 19.) Not offered 1989-90. Murphy and Schmidt. 4 6 . Topics in A m e ric a n Intellectual H is to ry . *4 1. The A m e ric a n C olonies. Selected themes, varying from year to year. Theme for 1991: Gender and American Cul­ ture. Not open to freshmen. Spring 1991. Bannister. The foundations o f American civilization, 1607-1763. Topics treated include: the devel­ opment o f representative government; denominationalism and religious toleration; the emergence o f a new social structure; racism and ethnic relations; and England’s imperial policy. Not offered 1988-90. Wood. *4 2. The Am e ric a n R evolution . The conflict between intensive self-govern­ ment in the colonies and English ideas and projects for empire; the revolt against colonial 4 7 . A m e ric a n C ulture S ince 1880. A comprehensive survey o f the intellectual and cultural history o f the United States during the past century, this course will give roughly equal attention to the periods 1880s1910s, 1920s-1950s, 1960s-present. Themes include the professionalization o f knowledge and the quest for a scientific culture; the emergence and decline o f modernism; the 153 H isto ry counterculture and its legacy. Major ideas and thinkers will be considered with reference to the institutional and social setting, and the interplay o f "high” and "popular” culture. Examples will be drawn from various fields— including literature, the arts, and the social sciences. Spring semester. Bannister. 4 9 . In troduction to A m e ric a n D iplom atic H is to ry . A chronological approach to diplomatic his­ tory in the modem world with emphasis upon the emergence o f the U .S. as a world power. In the period from 1789 to the fall o f Saigon, we will examine conflicting historical inter­ pretations o f foreign policy; influences o f internal politics, culture, and technology in the making o f foreign policy; military and strategic thought, international conflict, and the issues o f non-involvement and interven­ tion in a progressively interdependent world. Fall semester. Murphy. 5 3 . B la ck C ulture and Black C on sc io u sn e ss. Exploration into the relationship between black culture and black consciousness with emphasis placed on twentieth century Africa and America. Limited enrollment. Readings and student reports form the core materials for the course. Learning through discussions only. Seminar format. Prerequisite: Previous work in history, or permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1989-90. Morgan. 5 4 . W o m e n , S o c ie ty , and Po litics. Women in American society from the colonial period to the present, with emphasis on the changing nature o f work and the separation of spheres, the rise o f feminism, and the resis­ tance to women’s rights. Not open to fresh­ men. Not offered 1989-90. Murphy. 56 . E x -S la v e N a rra tiv e s . An exploration o f slavery and slave folklife as reflected in ex-slave reminiscences. Emphasis is placed on the relationship o f the narratives to the understanding o f the black experience in the United States. Prerequisite: History 5, 6 , 7, or 8, or the permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1989-90. Morgan. 154 * 5 7 . O ra l H is to ry . By examining the living past this course seeks to emphasize the relevance o f history to mod­ em life with special emphasis on American subject matter. Students will be taught the skills requisite for the completion o f an origi­ nal research project that involves the collec­ tion, classification, and analysis of data se­ lected from both written and oral sources. General discussion topics include folk reli­ gion, the role o f the family, local and personal history, and old ways in the new world. Some work will be done o ff campus. Limited enroll­ ment. Prerequisite: Prior work in history, or permis­ sion o f instructor. Fall semester. Morgan. *5 8 . Th e W orld o f D u B o is, Rogers, and Diop. This course deals with the impact of the writings o f three black twentieth century in­ tellectuals on our knowledge of world history in general and the contributions o f Africa to world civilizations in particular. First, the ideas o f W .E.B. DuBois; second, research on sex and race in writings o f J.A . Rogers; third, African origins o f civilization in writings of C.A. Diop. Prerequisite: Introductory history course, or the permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1989-90. Morgan. *6 3 . South A fric a . A survey o f South African history with an emphasis on Black-White relations and on the development o f contemporary problems. Topics include early African-European relations; the impact o f large-scale diamond and gold mining; the role o f African nationalism; the origins and nature o f apartheid; recent events. No prerequisite. Not open to freshmen. Fall semester. Wright. *6 6 . Topics in La tin A m e ric a n History. Thematic as well as regional and national approaches varying from year to year. Topic for Spring 1990: The Caribbean. History and the Contemporary Crisis. Prerequisite: History 4, or the permission of the instructor. Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or Portuguese. Spring semester. Wood. I I I | I I 67. The Black Exp e rie n c e in Latin A m e rica. The history of black people in French, Portu­ guese, and Spanish America: slavery, emanci­ pation, the contemporary scene. Special at­ tention will be given to the impact o f African civilization on Latin countries, as well as to comparative analysis o f the experience o f blacks in that region and in the United States. Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or Portuguese. Fall 1990. Wood. 68. Food and Fam in e: P a st and P r e s e n t The production, distribution, and consump­ tion of food have affected the relationship of peoples to their natural and social environ­ ments. This course will consider how different societies have fed their populations, how the current world food problem differs from his­ torical subsistence crises, and how food affects economic development and international rela­ tions. Prerequisite: prior work in History, or per­ mission of the instructor. Not open to freshmen. Spring semester. Li. 7 6 . 20th C en tu ry Ja p a n . Examination o f the industrialization and mod­ ernization o f Japan, focusing on its rise from an isolated nation to a major world power and economic giant. Fall semester. Stranahan. 8 4 . Colloquium : Folklore and Folklife S tu d ie s. (Also listed as English 8 4 .) An introduction to the major forms o f folklore and selected forms o f folklife materials. The course in­ cludes the study o f myth, legend, folktales, proverbs, jokes, riddles, and other verbal arts including folk music. It explores superstition, witchcraft, magic, and popular beliefs; and considers the function o f folklore in highly industrialized modern societies as well as in traditional ones. Learning through discussion only. Prerequisite: Prior work in history or litera­ ture, or permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. Morgan. 8 7 . H is to ry Th ro ug h Folk lore and Lite ra tu re . (Also listed as Religion 11). This course explores the historical dynamics o f the religion and culture o f Japan from its origins to the early nineteenth century. It emphasizes the interaction between indigenous Japanese cul­ tural patterns and foreign, dominantly Chi­ nese, influences in the context o f political and social changes over the centuries. Primary distribution course. Not offered 1989-90. A comparative analysis o f folklore and liter­ ature. Emphasis will be placed on attitudes toward life among selected cultural groups in the twentieth century, primarily but not ex­ clusively in the United States. Themes include great traditions in American Indian thought, loneliness and friendship, love and death, vocation and avocation, life after death, and the resurgence o f the occult in United States popular culture. Limited enrollment. Learning through discussion only. Prerequisite: Previous work in history, or permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1989-90. Morgan. 74 . M odern China. 9 2 . Th e s is . Analysis of social, economic, and political developments in China from the coming o f the West to the challenges o f the 1980s. The course looks at the continuities and changes, events, and personalities that helped shape contemporary China. Fall semester. Stranahan. A single credit thesis, available to all majors, on a topic approved by the Department by May 1 o f the preceding spring. Fall semester. Members o f the Department. 72 . The H is to ry , Religion, and Culture o f Ja p a n . *7 5 . M odern Ja p a n . The transformation o f Japan into a modem nation-state, from the early nineteenth century until the present. Not offered 1989-90. Li. 9 3. Directed Reading. Individual or group study in fields o f special interest to the student not dealt with in the regular course offerings. The consent o f the chairman and o f the instructor is required. History 93 may be taken for one-half credit as History 93A. Members o f the Department. 155 H isto ry S E M IN A R S The following seminars are offered by the Department, when possible, to juniors and seniors who are preparing to be examined for a degree with Honors. They may be taken without regard to chronological order. Some preliminary reading or other preparation may be required for seminars on subjects in which no work has previously been done. 1 1 1 . P o w e r and S o c ie ty in M ed ie va l Euro pe . An historiographical exploration o f selected topics in the material foundations and ideo­ logical expressions o f medieval Europe from the barbarian invasions through the thirteenth century. Spring semester. Bensch. 116 . Th e Italian R e n aissan ce . Topics in the development o f the Renaissance state, society and culture in Italian communes between the fourteenth and sixteenth cen­ turies. Issues addressed include forms o f po­ litical and economic organization, varieties o f humanism, political theory, changing histori­ cal consciousness, art and society. Much at­ tention is devoted to historiography. Not offered 1989-90. DuPlessis. 1 1 7 . Eu ro pe in the 16th and 17th C en tu ries. State, society and economy in continental Western Europe from the sixteenth to the mid-eighteenth centuries, with emphasis on France, Spain, and the Netherlands. Focus on the disparate patterns o f state formation, eco­ nomic development and social change; the relations between economic and political trans­ formation; political thought and ideology. Considerable attention will be given to com­ parisons among states, the transition to capi­ talism, the crisis o f the seventeenth century, the origins and functions o f absolutism. Not offered 1989-90. DuPlessis. 119 . E a rly M od ern European Intellectual and C ultural H is to ry . European thought and culture in its social context. Topics include the theology, appeal and institutionalization o f the magisterial, rad­ ical and counter Reformations; rationalism and pessimism; popular mentalities and witch­ craft; intellectual and educational institutions; printing, literacy, and the diffusion of learning. Attention will be given to conceptual and methodological issues in the study of cultural history. Spring 1991. DuPlessis. 12 2 . R e vo lu tio n a ry Eu ro p e 175 0 to 1870. Selected topics in the social, economic, and political history o f France, England, and Ger­ many from the ancien régime to German uni­ fication. Special emphasis on the origins and nature o f the French Revolutions, the Indus­ trial Revolution in England and its conse­ quences, class structure and conflict, German nationalism, and the failure o f liberalism. Fall semester. Weinberg. 12 4 . En g la nd, 18 15 -19 14 . The adjustments o f an aristocratic society to the impact o f industrialization. Topics include: the nature o f the English aristocracy; the origins and impact o f the industrial revolution; popular radicalism and the development of a working class consciousness; philosophic radicalism and the origins o f the welfare state; the rise o f modern political parties and modes of politics; Gladstone and Disraeli; religious revival, respectability, and Victorian morality; imperialism; Fabianism, feminism, and tradeunionism; the problem o f Ireland and the growth o f Irish nationalism. Not offered 1989-90. Anderson. I I I I I I I I I I I I . 125 . Fa s c is t Eu ro p e . A comparative study o f the social, intellectual, and historical origins and development of Mussolini’s Italy, Franco’s Spain, and Hitler’s Germany. Some attention will also be given to the Arrow Cross and Iron Guard movements o f Horthy’s Hungary and King Carol’s Romania. Theories of Fascism will be examined. Fall semester. Anderson. I I I I I I 128 . R u ssian Em p ire in th e 19th and 20th C en turies. Focus on the social, economic, political, and I intellectual forces leading to the collapse of the autocracy and the rise o f Stalin. Particular attention is devoted to the dilemmas of change and reform, and the problematic relationship between state and society. Spring semester. Weinberg. 130. Ea rly A m e ric a n H is to ry . Political, economic, social, and cultural aspects of the period from the explorations to the early National era. Spring 1991. Wood. 132. Am erican Political H is to ry . Parties, public policy, and constitutional issues from 1787 to 1960 in their social, economic, and cultural context. Topics include the shap­ ing of the constitution; "republicanism,” "de­ mocracy,” and the first and second party systems; slavery, the Civil War and the consti­ tution; the social bases of campaign styles and strategies; the emergence o f the regulatorywelfare state; experts, interest groups, and the decline of voter participation; the making o f the modem presidency. Fall semester. Bannister. 134. Am erican Diplom atic H is to ry . The emergence o f the United States as a world power, with emphasis on expansionism, na­ tional interest, and global mission. Fall semester. Murphy. in which ideas are generated and dissemi­ nated. Spring semester. Bannister. 140. M od ern A fric a . Studies in sub-Saharan African history with emphasis on the period since 1800. Topics include the impact o f the slave trade and its end; the European partition and African re­ sponses; different colonial systems; the rise and nature o f African nationalism and inde­ pendence movements; independent Africa. In­ dividual case studies include Ghana, Nigeria, Senegal, Zaire, Kenya, Tanzania, Zimbabwe. Spring semester. Wright. 14 1. S outh A fric a . South Africa from the seventeenth century to the present, with special emphasis on the interrelatedness o f racism and capitalism since the 1870s; on the rise and nature o f apartheid and o f African nationalism; and on general interpretative issues concerning South African history. Fall semester. Wright. 135. Am erican S o cial H is to ry . 14 4 . M od ern China. The structures o f everyday life in nineteenth and twentieth century America. Topics include fertility, mortality, and migration; industriali­ zation and the family; slavery and its aftermath; mechanization and changing patterns o f work; social mobility, urbanization and suburbani­ zation; gender, class, and ethnicity. Spring semester. Murphy. China from the late eighteenth century to the present. Topics include: social and intellectual currents in the late imperial era; Western imperialism; rebellions, reforms, and revolu­ tion; political and social transformation in the People’s Republic o f China. Fall semester. Stranahan. 136. Am erican intellectual H is to ry . Selected topics in Latin American history. Fall 1990. Wood. Political, social, and literary culture in the United States from the late eighteenth century through World War I. Topics include "R e ­ publicanism” in the 1780s; liberalism, democracy, and the ideologies o f early capital­ ism; the "feminization” o f culture; the Genteel Tradition and the scientific ideal; and the emergence o f "modernism.” Special attention is given to the social and institutional context 14 8 . La tin A m e ric a . 180. Th e s is . W ith the permission o f the Department, Honors candidates may write a thesis for either single or double course credit. Doublecredit theses will normally be written in the fall semester o f the senior year for submission as papers to the visiting examiners. Honors candidates wishing to write a thesis for single (non-Honors) credit should elect History 92. 157 International Relations Coordinator: R A Y M O N D F. H O P K IN S Students who plan to enter upon a career in some field o f international affairs may wish to graduate with a concentration in international relations. Such students should include in their programs, during the first two years, introductory courses in economics, history, and political science and should complete the intermediate course in one or more modern languages. listed below may be incorporated in the pro­ grams o f students who do their major work in economics, history, political science, or mod­ ern language. Concentrators are required to have satisfac­ torily completed eight or more course units from among those listed below, including all those listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or more in Group III. Advanced courses selected from the groups G rou p 1 Political S cie n ce 4 . International Politics Ec o n o m ic s 50 or Ec on o m ics 150. The International Economy Political S cie nce 14 or Political S cie n ce 105. American Foreign Policy or Political S cie n ce 41 Defense Policy G roup II H is to ry 4 . H is to ry 125 . Latin America Fascist Europe H is to ry 8 . H is to ry 128. Africa Russian Empire H is to ry 3 2. H is to ry 13 4 . Europe o f the Dictators American Diplomatic History H is to ry 36. H is to ry 14 0 . Modem Germany Modern Africa H is to ry 49 . H is to ry 14 4 . Introduction to American Diplomatic History Modem China H is to ry 7 4 . H is to ry 148. Modem China Latin America H is to ry 7 5 . Modem Japan G roup III Ec o n o m ic s 80. Ec on o m ics 180. Economic Development Economic Development Ec o n o m ic s 85. Ec on o m ics 185. Comparative Economie Systems Comparative Economie Systems Political S cie n ce 3. Political S cie nce 108. Comparative Politics Comparative Politics: Europe Political S cie nce 19. Political S cie n ce 109. Comparative Communist Politics Comparative Politics: Africa and the Third World Political S cie nce 20 . Politics o f China Political S cie nce 110. Political S cie nce 2 1. Comparative Politics: Latin America Politics of Africa In planning the concentration students should consult with the coordinator. Where appro­ priate, work taken abroad is encouraged and may be counted toward the concentration requirements. Students standing for external examination for a degree with honors must take examinations in four subjects taken for the concentration, normally including inter­ national politics, American foreign policy, and international economics. Students in the course program will take a special compre­ hensive examination program worked out with their major department, concentration coordinator, and the student. The compre­ hensive exam will normally follow the format used by the major department. Political S cience 22 . Latin American Politics Political S cience 4 1. Defense Policy Political Scie nce 4 3 . Food Policy: National and International Issues Political Science 58. International Political Theory Political Scie nce 104. International Politics Political Science 10 7. Comparative Politics: Communist Regimes 159 Linguistics D O N N A J O N A P O L I, Professor and Program Director J U D Y K E 6 L , Associate Professor S U S A N G . W IL L IA M S O N , Social Sciences Librarian Committee: H an s Ja k o b W erlen (M odem Languages and Literatures) Stephen M a u re r (Mathematics) Steph en P la tt (Engineering) B a rr y S c h w a r tz (Psychology) Robin W a g n er-Pa cifici (Sociology and Anthropology) T he discipline: Linguistics is the study o f lan­ guage. On the most general level it deals with the internal structure o f language, the history o f the development o f language, the informa­ tion language can give us about the human mind, and the roles language plays in influenc­ ing the entire spectrum o f human activity. The relevance o f linguistics to the disciplines o f psychology, philosophy, sociology, anthro­ pology, and language study has been recog­ nized for a long time. But recently a knowledge o f linguistics has become important to a much wider range o f activities in today’s world. It is a basic tool in artificial intelligence. It is increasingly a valuable tool in literary analysis. It is fundamental to an understanding o f com­ munication skills. And, since the very nature o f modem linguistic inquiry is to build argu­ ments for particular analyses, the study o f linguistics gives the student finely honed argu­ mentation skills, which stand in good stead in careers in law, business, and any other profes­ sion where such skills are crucial. Linguistics has three primary components: the sounds o f language, the forms o f language, and the meanings o f language. The study o f the sounds o f language is called phonetics and phonology. The study o f the forms o f language is called morphology (at the word level) and syntax (at the phrase, sentence, and discourse level). The study o f the meanings o f language is called semantics and pragmatics. Our linguistics program has courses that deal with each o f these components from the point o f view o f theories about formal and natural systems. But each o f these components is also handled from a variety o f points o f view in other courses. Historical and comparative lin­ guistics examines the evolution o f all three components o f language, although most work 160 in historical and comparative linguistics tends to concentrate on phonology and morphology. Sociolinguistics centers on the link between language and the social context in which it is spoken. Psycholinguistics focuses on the in­ terplay between language and the processes of perception and cognition. In these courses our study focuses primarily on languages ex­ pressed in an oral/auditory modality, but these are not the only kinds o f natural human languages. We also look at manual/visual languages—that is, sign languages—in our course on American Sign Language, where we differentiate those aspects o f language that are modality specific from those that are univer­ sal. Furthermore, linguistic variables influence in­ teraction at the individual and societal levels, constitute a significant area o f philosophical inquiry, and play a central role in shaping the form and meaning o f literary expression. Our courses recognize this fact, and some of them are cross-listed with other departments, while others count toward particular concentrations without being cross-listed. And, finally, some o f our courses note the fact that the effective­ ness o f language is measured to a certain ex­ tent by esthetic values. Thus some of our courses include workshops in which we write poetry or fiction and discuss them in light of the linguistics principles o f interest in the course. Linguistics is at once a discipline in itself and the proper forum for interdisciplinary work o f any number o f types. This is because lan­ guage is both the principal medium that human beings use to communicate with each other and the bond that links people together and binds them to their culture. The study of language is the study o f the very fabric of our humanity. Requirements for the M ajor: NOTE: A proposal is presently being discussed for a course major in linguistics. If the proposal passes, the stu­ dent should consult the Linguistics Program office for the requirements for the major. The information that follows here will no longer be valid if the proposal for a new major passes. Students may major in linguistics alone or they may do a special major involving lin­ guistics. At present a major in linguistics alone is possible only in the external examina­ tion program, although the faculty is currently considering the possibility o f a course major in linguistics. A special major, which is a course major, can quite literally be a combination o f linguistics and any other one or more disciplines, so long as the program o f study is deemed to be coherent by all the departments and programs involved. In the past there have been special majors linking Linguistics and Classics, Com­ puter Science, Education, English Literature, Mathematics, Modern Languages and Litera­ tures, Music, Philosophy, Psychology, Reli­ gion, and Sociology and Anthropology. Many of our students interested in psycholin­ guistics have combined the two either through a special major or by majoring in one and minoring in the other. This option exists for other combinations, as well. The faculty is currently considering the pos­ sibility o f an interdisciplinary major in Lin­ guistics and Languages, which, if approved, would replace special majors between linguis­ tics and modern or ancient languages and would entail the serious study o f linguistics and at least two foreign languages. (Informa­ tion about this potential major is available from the Department o f Modern Languages and Literatures and the Department o f Clas­ sics, as well as the Program in Linguistics.) Special M ajor: Acceptance into a special major requires a demonstrated interest in linguistics, a good justification for the special major, and a coherent proposed program o f work. courses on forms: Ling. 41, 43, 50, 51, 108, 109 courses on meanings: Ling. 2 6 ,4 0 ,6 0 , 79, 116. Students with a B average or above are typi­ cally encouraged to complete the comprehen­ sive requirement through writing a major paper in their senior year. All students who do not write senior papers are required to take a comprehensive exam tailored to their individ­ ual special major program. The major paper will typically be written in a single term for a single credit, but if the topic merits more time, the work may be spread over both terms for two credits. External Examination Program: Acceptance into the external examination program requires a demonstrated interest in linguistics. All students will be required to take at least one course from each o f the three lists below: courses on sounds: Ling. 45, 52, 105,106 courses on forms: Ling. 41, 43, 50, 51, . 1 0 8 ,1 0 9 courses on meanings: Ling. 2 6 ,4 0 ,6 0 ,7 9 , 116. All students will also be required to demon­ strate competence in at least one foreign lan­ guage beyond the intermediate level. This can be done by successfully completing an ad­ vanced language course or a literature course or through an exam administered by the lin­ guistics program. Any natural language, an­ cient or modem, may be used to fulfill this requirement. Students are encouraged to write a thesis in their senior year. Typically the thesis will be written in a single term for a single credit. However, projects which are particularly time consuming (such as those involving field work) may be spread over both terms for two credits. The special major consists o f at least 10 credits and normally no more than 12. As part o f their program, students are required to prepare themselves for external ex­ aminations over the equivalent o f twelve units o f work, consisting o f at least four fields, chosen from at least two departments. The four fields may be as below: All students will be required to take at least one course from at least two o f the lists below: courses on sounds: Ling. 4 5 ,5 2 , 105 ,1 0 6 A. a field based on two units o f work consist­ ing o f a two-credit seminar or its equivalent, or a two-credit thesis or individual research 161 Linguistics project. Theses and individual research proj­ ects may be accepted for examination on an ad hominem basis. Spring sem ester, normally every other year. Craig Williamson. B. a field based on three units o f work. Presently the only three-credit field in lin­ guistics consists o f Ling. 45 and a seminar in phonology. An investigation o f the influence of cultural context and social variables on verbal commu­ nication. W e will discuss theories of language acquisition and language change in light of cross-linguistic and cross-cultural evidence. The course includes readings from the three major fields o f language and culture studies: ethnography o f communication, sociolinguis­ tics, and sociology o f language. Language proj­ ects in the community are included. Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or permission of the instructor. (Cross-listed as Sociology/ Anthropology 25.) Every other year. O ffered next in fa ll, 1989. Susan Williamson. C. a field based on one unit o f work. One-unit fields may be accepted for external examina­ tion on an ad hominem basis. Requirements for the Minor: Students must take at least one course or seminar from at least one o f the lists below: courses on sounds; Ling. 4 5 ,5 2 ,1 0 5 ,1 0 6 courses on forms: Ling. 41,43, 50, 51, 108, 109 courses on meanings: Ling. 2 6 ,4 0 ,6 0 ,7 9 , 116. 2 5 . Lan g u ag e , C u ltu re , and Society. 2 6 . Language and M eaning. Students must also prepare themselves for external examination over the equivalent o f four units o f work. (See Philosophy 26.) Spring sem ester, every other year. O ffered next in spring, 1992. Richard Eldridge. Ling. 40, 45, and 50 are primary distribution courses. 3 4 . P s yc h o lo g y o f Language. 1 . In troduction to Language and Lin g u istic s. Introduction to the study and analysis of human language. We will look at sound sys­ tems (phonology), lexical systems (morphol­ ogy and word meaning), the formation o f phrases and sentences (syntax), and meaning (semantics and pragmatics), both in modern and ancient languages and with respect to how languages change over time. Other topics that may be covered include first language acqui­ sition, sign languages, poetic metrics, the re­ lation between language and the brain, and sociological effects on language. Fall sem ester. Instructor to be announced each year. Fall, 1989. Napoli. 16. H is to ry o f the R u ssian Language. (See Russian 16.) O ffered on dem and. George Krugovoy. 20 . H is to ry o f the Fre nc h Lan g u ag e. (See French 20.) Every other year. Spring, 1990. Jean Perkins. 2 3 . H is to ry o f the English Lan g u ag e. (See English 23.) 162 I This course addresses the cognitive processes involved in using and understanding language, and in learning to speak. Topics include speech procedures and perception, the biological basis o f language, the nature o f grammatical and lexical knowledge, production and processing o f languages in different modalities (oral, auditory, visual, manual), language ac­ quisition and language breakdown. The course will include both lectures and in-class labora­ tory. Readings include a course text—Language Processes by Vivian Tartter, a laboratory text—Psycholinguistics: T he Experimental Study o f Language by Gary Prideaux, and a small number o f selected articles. (Cross-listed as Psychology 34 .) Spring sem ester. Kegl. I I 4 0 . S e m a n tic s. In this course we look at a variety of ways in which linguists, philosophers, and psycholo­ gists have approached meaning in language. We address truth-functional semantics, lexical semantics, speech act theory, pragmatics, and discourse structure. What this adds up to is an examination o f the meaning o f words, phrases, and sentences in isolation and in context. (Cross-listed as Philosophy 40 .) Primary distribution course. I Every other year. Instructor to be announced each time. Fall semester, 1989. Kegl. 41. Linguistics o f A m e ric a n Sign Language. In this course we examine the sign language used by most deaf communities in the U .S. and Canada, American Sign Language. We look at the phonology (segment types, syl­ lables, stress), syntax, and semantics o f ASL, as well as discuss its history and the history o f linguistic studies o f ASL. We compare ASL to oral languages and to other sign languages, including ones from Nicaragua, from Austra­ lia, and from Quebec in Canada. Most of the linguistic universals that one reads about in linguistics, philosophy, psychology, and computer science courses are based exclu­ sively on studies o f oral/auditory languages. Sign languages use, instead, the manual/visual modalities. As natural human languages, then, they offer a fresh testing ground for proposed universals. This course will be concerned to a great extent with questions o f typology o f lan­ guage and universals. Classes involve lectures and work with video tapes in the sign language laboratory as well as interaction with native speakers o f ASL. No previous knowledge o f linguistics or sign language is necessary, although Ling. 1 would be valuable preparation for this course. Offered every other year. O ffered next in spring, 1991- Kegl. 43. M orphology and the Le xic o n . This course looks at word formation and the meaningful ways in which different words in the lexicon are related to one another. We study inflection, derivation, and compound­ ing, including affixation and other types o f word formation processes. Morphology is at the interface o f phonology, syntax, and se­ mantics. For this reason, Linguistics 1 is help­ ful, though not required. Every third year. O ffered next in 1991-92. In­ structor to be announced each time. 45. Phonetics and Ph o n olo g y. Phonology is the study o f the sounds o f language and the rules that govern the interac­ tion of sounds when they are put together in words and phrases. This course examines the theory o f generative phonology and applies this theory to the analysis o f a wide range o f data from many languages o f the world (in­ cluding those o f Africa, Australia, Asia, as well as Europe and the Americas). A substan­ tial part o f the course will address articulatory and acoustic phonetics, with computer-based examinations o f the acoustics o f speech which will be conducted in the phonetics laboratory. Primary distribution course. Every other year. Instructor to be announced each time. Spring semester, 1990. Kegl. 5 0 . S y n ta x . This course is an introduction to syntactic theory. We study the principles that govern how words go together to make phrases and sentences in natural language. And we focus on how linguists argue for the theories they propose. In class many types o f data are examined. We learn how to organize data and form hypotheses to account for them, how to test our hypotheses, to uncover assumptions underlying our hypotheses and test them, and to see the predictions o f our hypotheses and test them. Much time is spent on learning argumentation skills. The linguistic skills gained in this course are applicable to the study o f any natural language, modern or ancient. The material covered will be o f inter­ est to cognitive psychologists, philosophers, computer scientists, mathematicians, and, of course, linguists. The argumentation skills gained in this course are applicable to law and business, as well as academic fields. Primary distribution course. This course also falls in the third category o f courses approved as counting toward a computer science con­ centration. There are no prerequisites. Every other year. O ffered next in fa ll, 1990. Instructor to be announced each time. 5 1 . Rom ance S y n ta x . This course is a comparative study o f the syntax o f modern Romance languages. In class examples will be drawn from several Romance languages in order to make clear certain syn­ tactic principles. There will be frequent prob­ lem sets and readings o f articles written in English but about various Romance languages, including Spanish, French, Italian, Portu­ guese, and Romanian. Topics covered will include the structure o f causatives, cliticiza- 163 Linguistics tion, relativization, agreement phenomena, and reflexivization. The student who has had Linguistics 1 or Linguistics 5 0 will be best prepared for this course. If you have not had either course and if you have a strong interest in taking Romance syntax, you should consult with the instruc­ tor. Prerequisite: A working knowledge o f a Ro­ mance language or o f Latin. (If you have some knowledge but are not sure it’s enough, con­ sult the instructor.) Every other year. Spring sem ester, 1990. Napoli. 5 2 . H isto ric a l and C o m p arative Lin g u istic s. An introduction to historical linguistics: the reconstruction o f prehistoric linguistic stages, the establishment o f language families and their interrelationships, and the examination o f processes o f linguistic change on all levels, phonological, morphological, syntactic, and semantic. O ffered occasionally. To be offered next in spring, 1991. Instructor to be announced. 5 4 . O ra l and W ritte n Language. This course examines children’s dialogue and its rendering in children’s literature. Each student will pick an age group to study. Stu­ dents will tape record spontaneous conversa­ tions between children o f that age group. In class we will analyze these tapes together. Students will read passages o f children’s lit­ erature to children and discuss them with the children. We will then consider these passages and the children’s reactions to them as a class. From this comparison we will try to come up with some hypotheses o f what kind o f map­ pings from real speech into fictional speech are effective. Finally, students will write their own fiction for children, with an emphasis on dialogue. We will discuss these stories in class and then will read them to children outside class and gather feedback. Throughout the term we will cooperate closely (through the Program in Education) with the SwarthmoreRutledge K-8 school, which is across Chester Ave. from the campus. Arrangements will be made with nursery schools in the area for students who want to examine preschoolers’ speech. The course outlined above has two goals: to examine children’s speech and liter­ ature in an effort to find effective mappings 164 from one to the other, and to apply those mappings in an effort to improve our own effectiveness in writing children’s fiction. Reading can be a chore or an exhilarating experience. For the child who finds language that rings true, reading is more likely to be a delight. Since the skill o f reading is invaluable in our society, the goal o f writing good chil­ dren’s literature is a functional one as well as an esthetic one. This course is for linguists and writers o f children’s fiction and anyone else who is strongly interested in child develop­ ment or reading skills. (Cross-listed as Educa­ tion 54 .) There are no prerequisites. Every other year. Fall sem ester, 1989. Napoli. 6 0. C o n ce p ts, W ord M ea n ing s, and D e v e lo p m e n t This course provides a multifaceted approach to the question o f how human concepts and word meanings are acquired. Relevant insights are drawn from scholarly work in lexical semantics, language acquisition, psycholin­ guistics, cognitive psychology, and develop­ mental psychology. Students will read recent journal articles that present models for the acquisition o f concepts and word meaning, pose problems for such models, and/or debate related issues from the perspectives of both linguistics and psychology. (Cross-listed as Psychology 60 .) This course must be taken concurrendy with Ling/Psych 107, Seminar in Psycholinguis­ tics. Prerequisite for the course is.Ling/Psych 34, or Psych 33, or Psych 39, or permission of the instructors. O ffered occasioruily. O ffered next in fa ll, 1989. Kegl and Deborah Kemler Nelson. 7 9 . Colloquium : Language and Meaning. This colloquium will concentrate on Wittgen­ stein’s Philosophical Investigations, taking up leading themes such as the nature o f self­ understanding, the possibility o f scientific semantics, the role o f rules in human action, the relation between consciousness and lan­ guage, and the relation between consciousness and practice. Detailed study o f the text will be combined with attention to major recent ap­ preciative and critical works on Wittgenstein, including books by Kripke, McGinn, Mal­ colm, Bloor, Rubinstein, Baker and Hacker, and Cavell. Some attention will be paid to Wittgenstein’s middle period writings on psy­ chology. One credit. May be combined with an attachment for two credits and external examination. (Cross-listed as Philosophy 79.) Fall semester. Richard Eldridge. 93. Directed Reading o r Re se a rch . Students may conduct a reading or research program in consultation with the instructor (permission o f the instructor required). Every semester. Staff. 96. Senior P a p e r. One or two credits. Every semester. Staff. 99. Senior C on feren ce. The senior conference will normally be taken in the senior year by all majors in linguistics. In this course a non-IndoEuropean language will be examined as thoroughly as possible (the syntax, semantics, phonology, history, culture). Problems that cross various compo­ nents o f the grammar (such as the phonologysyntax interface, the syntax-semantics inter­ face, etc.) will be discussed in detail. No prior knowledge o f the language examined will be assumed. A good knowledge o f syntax, se­ mantics, and phonology is essential. The language used will vary. For 1990, the language is Japanese, and the senior conference is worth one credit. For 1991, the language is American Sign Lan­ guage, and the students will be required to take Linguistics 41 simultaneously with the senior conference, for a total o f one and a half credits. If you have already taken Ling. 41, you will take only the senior conference, for a half credit. Every year. Instructor to be announced each time. Spring, 1990. Napoli. S E M IN A R S 104. Culture and C re a tiv ity . (See Sociology/Anthropology 104.) Fall semester. Steven Piker. 105. S e m inar in Ph o n olo gy: M etrica l Phonology and th e A n a ly s is o f P o e try . This seminar examines metrical phonology and its application to the metrical analysis o f poetry. No language other than English will be assumed, although we will read about poetry in many languages and language families. We will also listen to tape recordings o f British and American poets reading their own poetry. And we will write original poetry and discuss it in light o f the phonological principles stud­ ied in the seminar. A rudimentary knowledge of phonetics and phonology is helpful, though not required. This seminar is meant for the linguist interested in questions o f rhythm, stress, tone, intonation, and poetics. But any­ one else seriously interested in these aspects of sounds and in the sounds o f poetry is wel­ come. Every fourth year. Next offered in 1992-93. Napoli. 106. S e m inar in Ph o n olo gy. This seminar will consider recent develop­ ments in the study o f the architecture o f linguistic features. We will begin with an examination o f traditional accounts o f the organization o f features which comprise sounds, beginning with the original system proposed by Jakobson, Fant, and Halle. We will move on to consider various studies that argue for the existence o f autosegmentalized features o f tone, nasalization, aspiration, and vowel quality, beginning with the work of Williams and Goldsmith on tone in African languages and extending to work by Steriade on Greek. The climax o f our study will con­ cern a radical new reorganization o f the geom­ etry o f features proposed by Clements, which organizes features hierarchically on the basis o f independent and interdependent articula­ tors. We will continue with a survey o f both precursors to and extensions o f Clements’ approach. We will consider not only the mechanics of 3-dimensional feature representations, such as the one proposed by Clements, but also the physiological evidence for such a theory, as well as the cognitive problems which arise in formulating rules in a complex, 3-dimensional 165 Linguistics framework. Members o f the seminar will have the opportunity to work with a 3 'dimensional phonological workstation to aid them in de­ veloping analyses and testing the hierarchical, 3 -dimensional representations such theories yield. A rudimentary knowledge o f phonetics and phonology is desirable but not required. Every fourth year. Next offered in fa ll, 1990. Kegl. 1 0 7 . S e m in a r in P s ych o lin g u istics. This seminar will examine child language ac­ quisition from a theoretical, experimental, and observational perspective. We will begin with a series o f readings on leamability and the role o f input in language acquisition. Once we have established the issues, we will discuss a series o f experiments designed to study the acquisition process. We will examine interest­ ing syntactic constructions (the acquisition o f prenominal adjectives, prepositions, complex sentences, and determination o f the argument taking properties o f verbs) as well as knowl­ edge o f the sound system (learning to distin­ guish or not distinguish phonemes, evidence for the emergencies o f phonological rules). Although our primary focus will be experi­ mental methodology, we will also consider the use o f longitudinal and diary studies. (Crosslisted as Psychology 107.) This will typically be a one credit seminar and students who are majoring in Psycholinguis­ tics are encouraged to take it simultaneously with Ling. 60. Fall sem ester. Kegl and Kemler Nelson. 108. S e m in a r in S y n ta x . In this seminar we will pick a particular issue or set o f issues and follow it throughout the term. Weekly problem sets will deal with the 166 theoretical issues raised. The student will be required to choose a foreign language to con­ centrate on and will be asked to test various hypotheses by looking at the structure of that language. Prerequisite: Ling. 50. This course falls in the third category of courses approved as counting for a computer science concentration. Every fourth year. O ffered next in 1992-93. Napoli. 109. S e m in a r in S y n ta x . This seminar will explore a series o f articles that examine verb class organization in the English lexicon and contribute to a typology o f the range o f argument-taking properties that verbs exhibit. We will explore both verbs which take NP and sentential complements and will lay out the range o f syntactic con­ structions any syntactic theory needs to ac­ count for. We will then examine how several theories handle this common set o f construc­ tions. The theoretical approaches we will con­ sider are Government and Binding Theory, Lexical Functional Grammar, Generalized Phrase Structure Grammar, Relational Gram­ mar, and Functional Grammar. Every fourth year. O ffered next in spring, 1991. Kegl. 114 . A d va n c e d Top ics in Linguistics. O ffered occasionally. Staff. 116 . Language and M eaning. (See Philosophy 116.) Every other year. O ffered next in spring, 1990. Richard Eldridge. 180. T h e s is Every semester. Staff. Literature Coordinator: G eorge M o s ko s The Literature major is administered by a Lit­ erature Committee representing the Depart­ ments o f Classics, English Literature, and Modern Languages and Literatures. The basic requirement for a major in Literature is work in two or more literatures in the original language. A student who intends to major in Literature will submit to the Literature Com­ mittee a proposed program o f integrated work which sets forth the courses or seminars to be taken and the principle o f coherence upon which the selection is based. The Committee will review the proposal and advise the stu­ dent. Subject to the requirement o f serious study of at least two literatures in the original language, one o f which may be English, work in translation is encouraged, especially as it consists o f thematic or comparative courses. In lieu of a regular course, the Literature Committee will consider proposals for an individual or cooperative project, for one or more research papers written as course at­ tachments, or for the substitution o f a thesis for course credit when these projects have as their purpose either the integration o f work within the major or the relating o f work out­ side the major to some portion o f the major. For a major in the Course Program the require­ ments are as follow s: 1. A minimum o f ten courses in two or more literature departments, including a substantial concentration o f work—normally not fewer than five courses—in one o f the departments. Only courses numbered 11 or above in Classics and Modern Languages and Literatures are counted as constituents of the Literature major. Of English courses numbered 2 through 10, only one may be counted for the major. The courses and seminars that compose the Literature major’s formal field will naturally differ with each major. Attention is called, however, to the following comparative offer­ ings presently listed in the Catalogue: 2. A senior essay planned early in the first semester o f the senior year. The senior essay counts for at least one credit, usually for two credits, and is thus a paper o f considerable scope or intensiveness in which a theme or result o f the student’s individual program o f work is developed. In some cases the Com­ mittee may require that the essay be written in whole or in part in a language other than English. 3. A comprehensive examination taken in the second semester o f the senior year. For a major in the External Examination (Honors) Program the requirements are as follow s: Not fewer than five papers in Literature, including at least three in one department and significant work done in a foreign language, ancient or modern. Literature majors in the Honors Program are encouraged to include in their program a thesis with the purpose o f integrating the work o f the major in accor­ dance with the principle o f coherence on which the program is based. Literature Majors in Course will meet with members o f the Literature Committee before the end o f the Junior Year to review and assess informally the student’s progress under his or her proposal o f study. Majors in Course or in the External Examina­ tion Program are asked to submit to the Coordinator a prospectus o f their thesis no later than two weeks after the beginning o f the student’s senior year. Prospective majors in Literature are urged to make their plans early so as to acquire the necessary linguistic competence by the junior year. U T 5 0 . C o n te m p o ra ry S p an ish A m e ric a n Lite ra tu re . English 7 0 . Renaissance C om p arative Lite ra tu re . LIT 13. M edieval C o m p arative Literature. English 7 2 . P ro u s t, J o y c e , Fau lkn e r. U T 14. M odern European Lite ra tu re . English 7 3 ./ F re n c h 7 5 . P r o u s t/ Jo y c e . 107 Literature En glish 7 4 . M od ern D ram a. En glish 7 6 . The B la ck A fric a n W rite r. English 7 7 . C o n te m p o ra ry D ram a. 168 English 7 9 . S tu d ie s in Com parative Fictio n . English 115 . M od ern C om p arative Lite ra tu re . Mathematics JAM ES W. E N G L A N D , Professor and Provost6 GUDMUND R . IV E R S E N , Professor o f Statistics CHARLES F. K E L E M E N , Professor o f Computer Science and Mathematics EUGENE A . K L O T Z , Professor2 3* STEPHEN B . M A U R E R , Professor3 J. EDWARD S K E A T H , Professor and Chairman U R IT R EIS M A N , Lang Visiting Professor5 CHARLES M . G R IN S T E A D , Associate Professor HELENE S H A P IR O , Associate Professor DON H. S H IM A M O T O , Assistant Professor JAN ET C , T A LV A C C H IA , Assistant Professor People study mathematics for several rea­ sons—some like it, some need it as a tool, and some simply because they think they should. The Mathematics Department aims to provide a selection o f courses to meet varying needs— to offer a program which will both enable students to develop a firm foundation in the basic areas o f pure mathematics and to see mathematical methods used to precisely define and solve problems arising in the physical and social sciences and in operations research. Mathematics has grown enormously in recent years, developing an increasing number o f specialities and being used in a tremendous variety of applications. However, all mathe­ matical endeavor is based upon logical argu­ ment, abstraction, precise expression, and an analytical approach to problem solving. Ide­ ally, the study o f mathematics develops the ability to reason logically from hypothesis to conclusion, to analyze and solve quantitative problems, and to express one’s thoughts clearly and precisely. Hopefully, studying mathematics will also foster an appreciation for the beauty and power o f its methods, abstract approach, and rigorous logical struc­ ture. First Year Courses: Mathematics courses avail­ able to first semester freshmen with normal high school preparation include Math 1 (Sta­ tistical Thinking), Math 2 (Statistical Meth­ ods), Math 3 (Basic Mathematics), Math 5 2 3 5 6 (Calculus I), Math 7 (Introduction to Com­ puter Science), and Math 9 (Discrete Mathe­ matics). In the second semester, Math 1 (Statistical Thinking), Math 4 (Calculus Con­ cepts), Math 7 (Introduction to Computer Science), and Math 9 (Discrete Mathematics) are available, again with only normal high school preparation. Math 1, one section o f Math 5, Math 7, and Math 9 are Primary Distribution Courses. Students with some calculus background from high school may take Mathematics 6A by passing the depart­ mental Calculus I placement exam, Mathe­ matics 6B or 6C by passing the Department Calculus IIA Placement Exam, Mathematics 16 by passing the departmental Calculus II placement exam, or Mathematics 16H by pass­ ing the departmental Calculus II placement exam and receiving departmental approval. All freshmen planning to enroll in Mathe­ matics 3, 5, 6 (A, B, or C), 9, 16, or 16H at some time should consider taking the appro­ priate departmental placement exams given during freshmen orientation. A dvanced Placem ent Policy: Advanced place­ ment credit in Mathematics, that is, Swarthmore College credit in mathematics for work done before a student enters Swarthmore, is subject to the following regulations: 1) One course credit will be given for a score o f 4 or 5 on the AB or BC Advanced Placement Test, or a passing score on the Departmental Calcu- Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990. Absent on leave, 1989-90. Spring semester, 1990. On administrative assignment, 1989-90. 169 M athem atics lus I Placement Exam administered during freshman orientation week. 2 ) Two course credits will be given for a passing score on the Departmental Calculus II Placement Exam administered during freshman orientation week. The Calculus II Placement Exam con­ sists o f two parts—IIA and UB—correspond­ ing to the material in Math 6A and Math 6B. Students can obtain a maximum o f two credits under items 1 and 2. 3 ) Advanced Placement credit will only be given to entering students at the beginning o f their first semester at Swarthmore. Freshmen seeking advanced placement for calculus taken at another college must validate that work by taking the appropriate Swarth­ more placement examination. Such students should also see the Mathematics Department Chairman. Computer Science: The Computer Science Pro­ gram at Swarthmore works in close coopera­ tion with the Engineering and Mathematics Departments to offer a broad spectrum o f courses that may lead to a Concentration in Computer Science. For details refer to the Computer Science Program portion o f this bulletin. Secondary Teaching C ertification: Whether or not one majors in Mathematics, the courses required as part o f the accreditation process for teaching mathematics at the secondary level are: a) three semesters o f calculus (Math 5, 6, 18); b) one semester o f linear algebra (Math 16); c) at least one o f discrete mathe­ matics (Math 9 ) or computer science (Math 7); d) geometry (Math 45 ); e) one semester o f modem pure or applied algebra (Math 3 7 ,4 8 , or 49 ); f) one semester o f statistics or prob­ ability (Math 23 or 41). For further informa­ tion about certification requirements, consult the Education Department (see page 115 o f this catalog). Statistics: Students who do not know calculus can take Math 1 or 2. Math 1 is a primary distribution course intended to show how statistics is used to help obtain an understand­ ing o f the world around us. Math 2 is a more practical course for students who expect to use statistics in their own work. Students who know calculus should take Math 23 instead of Math 2. Both Math 2 and 23 lead to Math 27 170 on multivariate statistical analysis. Students with a strong background in mathematics can take the more theoretical Math 53 and con­ tinue with the one-credit seminar Math 111. Math 53 and Math 111 can be combined into a paper for the External Examination Pro­ gram. Requirements for a m ajor in M athematics: The normal preparation for a major in mathemat­ ics is to have obtained credit by the end of the sophomore year for at least 4 o f the following 5 courses: Calculus I (Math 5), Calculus II (Math 6A and 6B), Discrete Mathematics (Math 9 ), Linear Algebra (Math 16 or 16H) and Several Variable Calculus (Math 18 or 18H). In any event, Math 16 and Math 18 must be completed by the first semester of the junior year. (Incoming students may obtain credit for Math 5 through the Advanced Placement Calculus test or they may obtain credit for Math 5 and/or Math 6 through the department placement exams administered during orientation week.) Students apply for a major in the middle of the second semester o f the sophomore year. As indicated above, potential majors by this time should normally either have credit for or be signed up for a total o f at least 4 of Math 5, 6 (6A and 6B), 9, 16, 18. In addition, to be accepted as a mathematics major in the course program a candidate should have a grade point average in mathematics courses to date of at least C + . This should include at least one grade at the B level. Marginal applicants may be deferred pending successful work in courses to be designated by the department. Requirements for acceptance as a mathematics major in the External Examination Program are more stringent and include a grade point average in Mathematics courses o f B+ or better. Potential math majors may want to consider including in the sophomore year a course that emphasizes theory and provides an opportunity for writing proofs. Interested students should discuss the advisability of this and alternatives for doing so with the department chair at an early date. By graduation a mathematics major must have at least 10 credits in mathematics courses; at most 5 o f the credits counted in the 10 may be for courses numbered under 25. Furthermore, every m ajor must take the "core analysis” I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I course, Introduction to Real Analysis (Math 47), and the "core algebra” course, Introduc­ tion to Modem Algebra (Math 49 ). Math 47 and Math 4 9 will be offered every fall semes­ ter. At least one o f these courses should be taken no later than the fall semester o f the junior year. Finally, course majors must also pass Math 97, the Senior Conference. Prog­ ress of majors will be reviewed at the end of each semester. Students not making satisfac­ tory progress may be dropped from the major. Double majors are reminded that they must be in good standing with the department at the outset of their final semester. A mathematics major in the External Exami­ nation Program will normally include the analysis sequence—Introduction to Real Anal­ ysis (Math 47), Real Analysis Seminar (Math 101B)—for one paper and the algebra se­ quence—Introduction to Modem Algebra (Math 49), Modern Algebra Seminar (Math 102B)—for a second paper. Math 101B and Math 102B are one credit seminars and will be offered every spring semester. A program that includes these two papers plus two others from those seminars listed in the catalog provides a strong preparation for graduate work in mathematics and related areas. Mathematics majors are urged to study in some depth a discipline which makes use of mathematics. All mathematics students are urged to acquire some facility with the com­ puter. Students bound for graduate work in mathematics should obtain a reading knowl­ edge of French, German, or Russian. Special em p h ases: The above requirements allow room to choose a special emphasis within the mathematics major, if one wishes. For instance: A student may major in Mathematics with an emphasis on statistics by taking the following courses at the advanced level: a) the core analysis course (Math 47); b ) Probability (Math 41) or the Probability Seminar (Math 105); c) Mathematical Statistics I (Math 53) and possibly Mathematical Statistics II (Math 111) for one or two credits; d) Multivariate Statistics (Math 27) or, perhaps, Economet­ rics (Econ 108); e) another mathematics course numbered 25 or above. Students are encouraged but not required to select the core algebra course (Math 4 9 ) here. Students interested in m athem atics and com­ puter science should consider a Mathematics Major with a Concentration in Computer Science or a Special Major in Mathematics and Computer Science. Details on these op­ tions are contained in the current catalog under Computer Science. Sam ple program for students thinking o f graduate work in social or management science, or an MBA. Basic courses: Mathematics 5, 6 (6A and 6B), 7, 9, 16, and 18. Advanced courses: a) Modeling (Math 61); b ) at least one o f Probability (Math 41), Mathematical Statistics I (Math 53 ), and possibly Mathematical Sta­ tistics II (Math 111); c) at least one o f Com­ binatorics (Math 6 5 ) or Operations Research (Econ 57); d) the two core course require­ ments (Math 47 and Math 49 ); e) Differential Equations (Math 30). Since this is a heavy program (someone hoping to use mathematics in another field must have a good grasp both o f the mathematics and o f the applications), one o f the core course requirements may be waived with permission o f the department. Sam ple program for students thinking o f graduate work in operations research. Basic courses: Math­ ematics 5, 6 (6A and 6B), 7, 9, 16, and 18. Advanced courses: a) the two core course requirements (Math 47 and Math 49 ); b) Algorithms (Math 73) and Combinatorics (Math 65 ); c) either Probability (Math 41) or Probability Seminar (Math 105); d) at least one o f Number Theory (Math 37), Mathe­ matical Statistics (Math 53), or Modeling (Math 61). 1 . S ta tistic a l Th in kin g . Statistics provides methods for how to collect and analyze data and generalize from the results o f the analysis. Statistics is used in a wide variety o f fields, and the course provides an understanding o f the role o f statistics. It is intended for students who want an apprecia­ tion o f statistics without having the need to learn how to apply statistical methods. The course provides an intuitive understanding of statistical concepts and makes use o f modern statistical software for the Macintosh com­ puter. Primary distribution course. Both semesters. Iversen. 171 M athem atics 2 . S ta tistic a l M eth o ds. 5 . C alculus I. Data on one variable are examined through graphical methods and the computations o f averages and measures o f variation. Relation­ ships between two variables are studied using methods such as chi-square, rank correlations, analysis o f variance, and regression analysis. The course is intended for students who want a practical introduction to statistical methods and who intend to do statistical analysis them­ selves, mainly in the biological and social sciences. The course does not satisfy any mathematics prerequisite, except for Math 27, nor can it be counted toward a major or minor in the Department. Fall sem ester. Iversen. This first semester calculus course will cover topics in the differentiation and integration of functions o f one variable. These topics in­ clude: limits, derivatives, continuity, tech­ niques o f differentiation, applications to graph­ ing and extreme value problems, the integral, the fundamental theorem o f calculus, and applications o f the integral. One section o f Math 5 will be offered as a Primary Distribution Course. Fall semester. 3 . B asic M a th e m a tics . For students with fewer than four years of high school mathematics or whose previous experience with mathematics has not been entirely prosperous. The course focuses on ( 1 ) review and remedial work and (2 ) prepa­ ration for calculus or discrete mathematics. All enrollees must take the Basic Skills Test, preferably at Math Exam time during Orien­ tation Week. (The results will be used for placement and to help determine classroom topics and individualized work.) This course cannot be counted toward a major in Mathe­ matics. Meets 4 times a week, for 1 credit. Fall semester. Maurer. 4 . C alculus C on ce p ts. Introduction to the concepts, methods, and applications o f calculus. Intended primarily for students whose preparation is limited or weak, Math 4 proceeds more gently than Math 5. For most students Math 4 is a terminal calculus course, but those who do quite well may consult the instructor about continuing with Math 6 . Students who have had calculus in high school may not take Math 4 without permission o f the instructor. Credit is not granted for both Math 4 and Math 5. Prerequisite: Math 3 or four years o f high school mathematics not including calculus. Interested students should take the Math place­ ment exam in the fall. Primary distribution course. Meets 4 times a week, for 1 credit. Spring sem ester. Staff. 6. C alculus II. The second semester o f calculus, Math 6, is divided into three half-credit courses, 6A, 6B, and 6C. Each course will run full time for onehalf semester. Students may take one, two, or all three o f these courses. Normally, however, students will take 6A and either 6B or 6C. All students planning to enroll in Math 6A, B, or C in the fall semester are required to pass the appropriate departmental placement exam ad­ ministered during orientation week. Some students will place out o f 6A via this depart­ mental placement examination. These stu­ dents may take one or the other or both of 6B or 6C. They may also move directly to Math I 9, Math 16, or Math 18 if they wish. Students can also place out o f both 6 A and 6B via this departmental placement examination. Any stu­ dents with questions about the appropriate I course to take should consult the department I chairperson. 6 A . C alcu lus H A . I This course is a continuation o f the material o f the calculus begun in first semester calculus (Math 5 ) and is the prerequisite for Math 16 (Linear Algebra) and Math 18 (Several Variable Calculus) as well as for 6B and 6C. Topics will include exponential and logarithmic functions, inverse trigonometric functions and their deriviatives, methods o f integration, improper integrals and Taylor polynomials, e.g., quadratic and cubic approximations to functions like ex. Math 6A may be taken in the fall semester by passing the departmental Calculus I placement exam. Math 6A is a one-half credit course. First h alf: fa ll semester. First h alf: spring semester. I I I I I I I I I I I I I 6 B . C alcu lus IIB. This course continues the topic o f approxuna- I 172 tion begun in Math 6A. It will include further material on Taylor polynomials as well as material on infinite series, convergence tests, andpower series solutions to differential equa­ tions. Math 6B should be taken by anyone planning to take mathematics courses beyond the freshman-sophomore level (Math 5, 6, 9, 16,18). Math 6B is required of all mathematics majors and is recommended for students plan­ ning to go on in Chemistry, Physics, and Engineering. Prerequisite: Math 6A or a passing grade on the departmental Calculus IIA placement exam. Math 6B is a one-half credit course. First half and second h alf: fa ll semester. Second half: spring semester. 6C. Calculus IIC. This course provides an introduction to the differential aspects o f several variable calculus. Topics will include geometry in 3-space, vec­ tors, lines, planes, dot products, functions of several variables, partial derivatives, chain rule, gradient, tangent planes, directional de­ rivatives, extreme values, Lagrange multipli­ ers. The material in this course overlaps with the first half o f Math 18 (Several Variable Calculus). Math 6C is intended primarily for students in the biological and social sciences who look upon Math 6 as one o f their "last” mathematics courses and who do not plan to go on to take Math 18. Math 6C is recom­ mended for students planning to go on in Economics. Students may (but normally will not) take both Math 6C and Math 18. They may also go direedy from Math 6A to Math 16 or Math 18 without having taken Math 6C. Prerequisite: Math 6A or a passing grade on the departmental Calculus IIA placement exam. Math 6C is a one-half credit course. Second half: fa ll semester. Second half: spring semester. hardware organization; system software; pro­ gramming style and documentation; program testing and verification; fundamental data structures such as arrays, records, and linked lists; basic algorithms for searching and sort­ ing; analysis o f algorithms; computability; and artificial intelligence. Prerequisite: Some computing experience such as Computing from the User’s End (Physics 2) or its equivalent. Frequently offered as a primary distribution course. E ach semester. 9. D is cre te M ath e m a tics. An introduction to noncontinuous mathe­ matics. The key theme is how induction, iteration, and recursion can help one discover, compute, and prove solutions to various prob­ lems—often problems of interest in computer science, social science, or management. Topics include algorithms, graph theory, counting, difference equations, and finite probability. Special emphasis on how to write Mathemat­ ics.Prerequisite: 4 years o f high school mathemat­ ics. The level o f sophistication is similar to that in Math 16 or 18, but no calculus is used or assumed. Familiarity with some computer language is helpful but not necessary. Primary distribution course. E ach semester. Fall semester. Shimamoto. 16. Lin e a r A lg e b ra . The subject matter o f this course consists of vector spaces, matrices, and linear transfor­ mations with applications to solutions o f sys­ tems o f linear equations, determinants, and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math 6 A or Math 9 or a passing grade on the depart­ mental Calculus II placement exam. Fall semester. Maurer. 7 . Introduction to C om pute r S cience. 16 H . Lin e a r A lg e b ra H o n o rs C o u rs e . (Also listed as Computer Science 15.) This course is an introduction to computer science for students from all disciplines. The major emphasis of the course is on problem solving and algorithm development. Students are in­ troduced to the Pascal programming language and gain proficiency in it by writing programs to solve a number o f illustrative problems. Students are also informally introduced to many topics in computer science including: This honors version o f Mathematics 16 will be more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than its standard counterpart (the subject matter will be equally as valuable in applied situa­ tions, but applications will not be dwelt upon). It is intended for students with excep­ tionally strong mathematical skills, and pri­ marily for students who enter with BC Ad­ vanced Placement calculus courses. Prerequisite: A grade o f B or better in Math 173 M athem atics 6A or Math 9 or a passing grade on the departmental Calculus II placement exam. Fall semester. Shapiro. 18 . S e ve ra l Variable C alculus. This course considers differentiation and integration o f functions o f several variables with special emphasis on two and three di' mensions. Topics include partial differentia' tion, extreme value problems, LaGrange multi­ pliers, multiple integrals, line and surface integrals, Stokes’ and Green’s Theorems. Prerequisite: Math 6A or equivalent. Recommended: Math 16. E ach sem ester. Fall sem ester. Talvacchia. 18 H . S e ve ra l Variable Calculus H o n o rs C o u rs e . This honors version o f Mathematics 18 will be more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than its standard counterpart (the subject matter will be equally as valuable in applied situa­ tions, but applications will not be dwelt upon). It is intended for students with excep­ tionally strong mathematical skills, and pri­ marily for students who have successfully completed Math 16H. Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math 16H or permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. 2 3 . S ta tis tic s . This calculus-based introduction to statistics covers most o f the same methods examined in Math 2, but the course is taught on a higher mathematical level. The course is intended for anyone who wants an introduction to the application o f statistical methods. Prerequisite: Math 5. Every year. Spring sem ester. Staff. 2 7 . M u ltiva ria te S ta tistic a l M eth o d s. Given as a continuation o f Math 2 or Math 23, the course deals mainly with the study o f relationships between three or more variables. Included are such topics as multiple regression analysis, with partial and multiple correla­ tions, several variable analysis o f variance, and the analysis o f multidimensional contin gency tables. The course ends with an intro­ duction to Bayesian statistical inference. Prerequisite: Math 2 or 23 or 53 or Econ. 30 or Soc/Anth. 19 or 20. A lternate years. Spring sem ester. Iversen. 3 0 . Diffe re ntia l Eq u atio n s. An introduction to differential equations that includes such topics as: first order equations, linear differential equations, approximation methods, some partial differential equations. Prerequisites: Math 18 and 16 or permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. 3 7 . N u m b e r T h e o ry . The theory o f primes, divisibility concepts, and the theory o f multiplicative number the­ ory will be developed. Students are also ex­ pected to learn how to construct a mathemati­ cal proof. This course is recommended for potential mathematics majors. Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor. A lternate years. Fall semester. N ot offered 1989-90. 4 1 . P ro b a b ility. This course considers both discrete and con­ tinuous probability theory. The classical dis­ tributions—Binomial, Poisson, and Normal —are studied. Other topics to be discussed are the Central Limit Theorem, the laws of large numbers, and generating functions. Prerequisite: Math 6 , and 9 or 18, or permis­ sion. A lternate years. Spring semester. N ot offered 1989-90. 4 5 . Top ics in G e o m e try . Course content varies from year to year and is dependent on student and faculty interest. Normally, a portion o f the course will be devoted to projective geometry and to noneuclidean geometries. Among topics which may be included are: euclidean geometry in three (and higher) dimensions, transformation geometry, dissections, tesselations, and mod­ ern geometry arising from computer science and discrete mathematics (such as computa­ tional geometry and covexity). Prerequisites: None, but some college mathe­ matics is advised. See the instructor if in doubt. A lternate years. Fall semester. N ot offered 1989-90. 4 6 . T h e o ry o f Com putation. The study o f various models o f computation leading to a characterization o f the kinds of problems that can and cannot be solved by a computer and, for those problems that can be solved, a means o f classifying them with re­ spect to how difficult they are to solve. Topics to be covered include: formal languages and finite state devices, Turing machines, and other models o f computation, computability, and complexity. Prerequisite: Computer Science 35. Alternate years. Spring semester. 47. Introduction to Real A n a ly s is . This course concentrates on the careful study of the principles underlying the calculus o f real valued functions o f real variables. Topics will include point set topology, compactness, connectedness, and uniform convergence. Can be taken with Math 10IB for an external examination paper. Prerequisite: Math 18 or permission o f in­ structor. Fall semester. Shimamoto. 48. Topics in A lg e b ra . Course content varies from year to year and is dependent on student and faculty interest. Recent offerings have included Algebraic Coding Theory, Groups and Representations, Finite Reflection Groups. Prerequisite: Math 16. Alternate years. Spring semester. 49. Introduction to M od ern A lg e b ra . This course is an introduction to abstract algebra and will survey basic algebraic sys­ tems—groups, rings, fields. W hile these con­ cepts will be illustrated by many concrete examples, the emphasis will be on abstract theorems and proofs, and rigorous, mathe­ matical reasoning. Can be taken with Math 102B for an external examination paper. Prerequisite: Math 16 or permission o f in­ structor. Fall semester. Shapiro. 53. M athem atical S ta tis tic s I. Based on probability theory, this course ex­ amines the statistical theory for the estimation of parameters and tests o f hypotheses. Both small and large sample properties o f the esti­ mators are studied. The course concludes with the study o f models dealing with rela­ tionships between variables including chisquare and regression analysis. Can be taken with Math 111 for an External Examination paper. Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18 or permission. Alternate years. N ot offered 1989-90. 6 1. M odeling. An introduction to the methods and attitudes o f mathematical modeling. Since modeling in natural science and engineering is already taught in courses in those disciplines, applica­ tions in this course will be primarily to social and biological sciences. Various standard me­ thods used in modeling will be introduced: differential equations, Markov chains, game theory, graph theory, computer simulation. However, the emphasis will be on how to apply these subjects to specific modeling prob­ lems, not on their systematic theory. The format o f the course will include projects as well as lectures and problem sets. Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18, or instructor’s permission. A lternate years. Fall semester. Not offered 1989-90. 6 5 . C om b in a to rics. This course continues the study o f noncontinuous mathematics begun in Math 9. The topics covered include three broad areas: Counting Theory, Graph Theory, and Design Theory. The first area includes a study of generating functions and Polya counting. The second area is concerned with relations be­ tween certain graphical invariants. Certain areas such as Extremal Graph Theory and Ramsey Theory may be introduced. The third area introduces combinatorial structures such as matroids, design, codes, and Latin squares. Prerequisites: Math 9 and at least one other course in Mathematics. A lternate years. Spring semester. Not offered 1989-90. 7 2 . Topics in C om binatorial O p tim iza tio n . Topics vary from offering to offering and will be chosen from such things as linear program­ ming, network flows, game theory, graph the­ ory algorithms, number theory algorithms, complexity theory. Overlap with Combina­ torics (Math 6 5 ) and Data Structures and Algorithms (CS 41) will be minimized. Topics will be announced at least one year in advance. Prerequisites: Math 7 and 9 and at least one other course in mathematics. A lternate years. Fall sem ester. Grinstead. 175 M athem atics 8 1. P a rtia l Diffe re ntia l Equations and Orthogonal Fun ction s (Applied A n a ly s is I). Topics include: Fourier series, the Fourier transform, orthogonal functions, an intro­ duction to Hilbert space and operators. The motivation for these topics will be in partial differential equations arising in the physical sciences. May be taken with Applied Analysis II for an external examination paper. Prerequisite: Math 3 0 or permission o f the instructor. F all sem ester. N ot offered 1989-90. 8 2. Fun ction s o f a C o m p le x Variable (App lied A n a ly s is II). Topics include: analytic functions, integration and Cauchy’s Theorem, power series, residue calculus, conformal mapping, and harmonic functions. Applications to the physical sci­ ences will be considered. May be taken with Applied Analysis I for an external examination paper. Prerequisite: Math 18. Spring semester. 85. Topics in A n a ly s is . Course content varies from year to year and is dependent on student and faculty interest. Recent offerings have included Differential Geometry, Differential Topology, and Func­ tional Analysis. A lternate years. Spring semester. Not offered 1989-90. 9 3. Directed heading. 9 6. T h e s is . 9 7 . S e n io r C on feren ce. This half course provides senior majors an opportunity to delve more deeply and on their own into a particular topic in mathematics. This is accomplished by way o f a written paper and an oral presentation on a mathemat­ ical topic agreed upon by the student and the instructor. This course is required o f all senior course mathematics majors. Students register for this course in the Fall, but the work is spread throughout the year, with the talks and papers presented in the Spring. One half credit. Spring semester. S E M IN A R S 10 18 . Real A n a ly s is II. This seminar is a continuation o f the material in Introduction to Real Analysis (Math 47). Topics include the inverse and implicit func­ tion theorems, differential forms, and Lebesgue integration. One credit. Spring semester. numbers is followed by a detailed treatment of the Cauchy theory o f analytic functions of a complex variable. Various applications are given and some special classes o f functions, such as elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic continuation and the theory o f Weierstrass are also discussed. A lternate years. N ot offered 1989-90. 10 28 . M od ern A lg e b ra II. 10 4 . Top olog y. This is a continuation o f Introduction to Modern Algebra (Math 47). Topics covered usually include field theory, Galois theory (including the insolvability o f the quintic), the structure theorem for modules over prin­ cipal ideal domains, and a theoretical develop­ ment o f linear algebra. However, other topics may be studied, depending on the interests o f students and instructor. One credit. Spring semester. An introduction to point-set, algebraic, com­ binatorial, and differential topology. The sem­ inar studies a variety o f concepts in geometry, particularly those related to the notion of continuity, beginning with the basic vocabu­ lary o f topological spaces (e.g., open sets, compactness, connectedness) and moving on to how geometric behavior is often reflected by some sort o f algebraic construct (e.g., groups and homomorphisms in homotopy and homology theory). Further topics include the topology o f surfaces, covering spaces, and elementary homological algebra. Among the spaces o f special interest to be considered are 103. C o m p le x A n a ly s is . A brief study o f the geometry o f complex 176 spheres, polyhedra, and manifolds. The semi­ nar builds upon the student’s background in real analysis and algebra, and it is an ongoing priority to illustrate how an intensive study o f one area o f mathematics (in this case, topolo­ gy) can be enhanced by cutting across the usual compartmentalization o f specialties. Alternate years. Spring semester. Shimamoto. 105. Prob ability. This seminar concentrates on discrete proba­ bility theory. The ideas o f sample space and probability distribution are introduced. The binomial and Poisson distributions are stud­ ied, and the normal distribution is introduced. Laws of large numbers and the Central Limit Theorem are discussed. Other topics include the idea of randomness, generating functions, random walk problems, and Markov chains. Consult department chair for schedule after 1989-90. Not offered 1989-90. 1 1 1 . M ath em atical S ta tis tic s II. This one-credit seminar is offered as a con­ tinuation o f Math 53. It deals mainly with statistical models for the relationships be­ tween variables. The general linear model, which includes regression, variance, and covariance analysis, is examined in detail. Topics also include nonparametric statistics, sam­ pling theory, and Bayesian statistical infer­ ence. Prerequisite: Math 53. One credit. Alternate years. N ot offered 1989-90. 177 M edieval Studies Coordinators: M IC H A E L W. C O T H R EN (A rt History) (fall semester) 2 S T E P H E N P. B EN S C H (History) (spring semester) Committee: Dorothea Fre de (Philosophy) M ichael M a ris s e n (Music) H elen N o rth (Classics) Je a n A s h m e ad P e rk in s (Modern Languages) Daniel S m a rtt (A rt History) W illiam N . T urp in (Classics) 3 M a rk I. W allace (Religion) C raig W illiam son (English Literature) This program offers an opportunity for a comprehensive study o f European and Medi­ terranean civilization from the fourth century to the fifteenth. The period, which has a critical importance for the understanding o f Western culture, can be approached best through a combination o f several disciplines. Hence eight Departments (Art, Classics, En­ glish Literature, History, Modern Languages, Music, Religion, and Philosophy) cooperate to provide a course o f study which may be offered as a major in either the course Program or the External Examination (Honors) Pro­ gram. For a major in the Course Program the re­ quirements are as follows: 1. Latin 14, Mediaeval Latin 1 course in Medieval History (History 11, 14-17) Either Religion 17 or Philosophy 19 The prerequisites for the courses listed above are: Latin 1-2 or the equivalent; an introductory history course; Philosophy 1; an introductory religion course. 2. Five other medieval courses or seminars chosen from three or four o f the following fields: 1) A rt History 2 ) History 3 ) Literature (Classics, English, CEL, French, Spanish) 2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990. 3 Absent on leave, 1989-90. 178 4 ) Music 5 ) Philosophy 6 ) Religion Other courses appropriate to Medieval Studies that are from time to time included in departmental offerings. Directed readings in medieval subjects. 3. A student may write a thesis as a substitute for a course during the first semester o f the senior year. 4. The student must pass a comprehensive examination in the senior year based on courses taken in the medieval field. The examination includes a section o f Latin translation. For a major in the Honors Program the re­ quirements are as follows: 1. The student must satisfy the language and distribution requirements o f the program, as listed above, by appropriate courses or seminars. Some work in one or more of the fields included in the program must be done before admission to the Program. 2. Seminars may be chosen from the follow­ ing fields: Art History, History, Literature (Classics, English, Modern Languages), Music, Philosophy, Religion. 3. By attachments to the courses listed above, and by writing a thesis, the student may expand the possibilty o f work in the Ho­ nors Program beyond these five seminars. Courses currendy offered in Medieval Studies: (See catalogue sections for individual depart' ments to determine specific offerings in 198990.) H is to ry 15. M ed ie va l T o w n s . H is to ry 1 7 . Th e M ed ite rran e an W orld in the M iddle A g e s . A r t H is to ry 14. M ed ie va l S u r v e y . La tin 14 . M ed ie va l La tin . A r t H is to ry 4 5 . Goth ic A r t and A rc h ite c tu re . M u s ic 2 0 . M ed ie va l and Benaissance M u sic . A r t H is to ry 4 7 . La te A n tiq u e , Ea rly C h ristia n , and B y za n tin e A r t M u s ic 4 5 . P e rfo rm a n c e (e a rly m u sic e nsem ble). C EL 13. M e d ia e va l C o m p arative Lite ra tu re . Ph ilo so p h y 19. M ed ie va l Ph ilo so p h y. English 16. S u rv e y o f English Lite ra tu re , I. English 20 . Old English Language and Lite ra tu re . English 2 1 . C ha u ce r. English 2 3 . H is to ry o f th e English Language. French 2 0 . H is to ry o f the French Language. French 30. L itté ra tu re du M o y e n -A g e . Beligion 1 7 . W estern Th ou gh t fro m 325 to 1500. S p an ish 3 0 . Lite ra tu re M e d ie va l. S p an ish 4 1 . O b ra s m a e s tra s de la Edad M ed ia y del Renacim iento. M ed ie va l S tu d ie s 9 6. T h e s is . Seminars currently offered in Medieval Studies: A r t H is to ry 145 : Gothic A r t and A rc h ite c tu re . H istory 10F. Th e B a rb a ria n H o rth . English 10 2: C ha u ce r and M ed ie va l Lite ra tu re . History 11. T h e Fo rm a tio n o f th e Islam ic N e a r E a s t H is to ry 1 1 1 : M e d ie va l Euro p e . History 14. H e re tic s , F ria r s , and Fem ale M y s tic s : Beligious Turm o il in the M iddle A g e s . Ph ilo so p h y 110 : M ed ie va l Ph ilo so p h y. 179 M odera Languages and Literatures G EO R G E C . A V ER Y (German), Professor1 T H O M P S O N R R A D L E Y (Russian), Professor J O H N J . H A S S E T T (Spanish), Professor and Chairman, 1 9 8 9 -9 2 2 G EO R G E K R U G O V O Y (Russian), Professor P H ILIP M E T Z ID A K IS (Spanish), Professor1 J E A N A S H M E A D P E R K IN S (French), Professor and Acting Chairman5 R O R ER T R O Z A (French), Professor**910 S IM O N E V OISIN S M IT H (French), Professor11 F R A N C IS P. T A FO Y A (French and Spanish), Professor10 2 M A R IO N J . FA R E R (German), Associate Professor G EO R G E M O S K O S (French), Associate Professor A L A N R ER K O W IT Z (Chinese), Assistant Professor M A R IA L U IS A G U A R D IO L A -E L U S (Spanish), Assistant Professor LI-C H IN G C H A N G M A IR (Chinese), Assistant Professor (part-time) H A N S - J A K O R W E R L E N (German), Assistant Professor L A U R A A . C H E S A K (Spanish), Instructor E L K E P L A X T O N (German), Instructor (part-time) ED W AR D D IXO N (German), Lecturer J O A N F R IE D M A N (Spanish), Lecturer EV G EN IY A L K A T S EN ELIN B O IG EN (Russian), Lecturer M A R Y K . K E N N E Y (Spanish), Lecturer J I E LI (Chinese), Lecturer C A R O L E N E T T E R (French), Lecturer A N N E C O Y N E L (French), Assistant The purpose o f the major is to acquaint students with the important periods and prin­ cipal figures o f the literatures taught in the Department, to develop an appreciation o f literary values, to provide training in critical analysis, and to foster an understanding o f the relationship between literary phenomena and the historical and cultural forces underlying the various literary traditions. In addition to demonstrated competence in the language, a foreign literature major will normally com­ plete eight credits in literature courses or seminars (including Special Topics), and pass 1 2 5 9 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989. Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990. Spring semester, 1990. Campus coordinator, Swarthmore Program in Grenoble. 10 Program Director, Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, fall semester, 1989. 11 Program Director, Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, spring semester, 1990. 180 the comprehensive examination. Students whose interests lie primarily in language are advised to consider the possibility o f a Lin­ guistics and Foreign Languages major. Those with an interest in civilization should consider a Special Major in combination with History, Art, or some other appropriate department. Students interested in studying literature in more than one language are encouraged to consider a Literature major. Courses numbered IB through 8 are primarily designed to help students acquire the linguistic competence necessary to pursue literary stu­ dies in a foreign language through work with the language and selected texts o f literary or general interest. For a detailed description o f the orientation in these courses see the Explanatory Note on language courses below. Courses numbered 11 or above emphasize the study o f literature as a humanistic discipline as well as compe­ tence in the spoken and written language. Students who plan to major in a foreign language and its literature are advised to pre­ sent sufficient credits on admission to enable them to enroll in courses numbered 11 and 12 in their freshman year. Students who enter with no previous knowledge o f the language and who are interested in majoring in a foreign literature should register for the intensive language courses (1 B -2 B ) in the freshman year. Language courses numbered IB through 5 or 5B (8 in German) and conversation courses do not count toward the minimum o f eight credits required for the major. Students who wish to continue a language begun elsewhere will be placed at the course level where they will profit best according to their score in the College Entrance Examina­ tion or placement tests administered by the Department in the fall. Prerequisites for majors are noted under the listing o f each o f the literatures taught. Excep­ tions to course requirements are made for those who show competence in the language of specialization. Students who speak French, German, Russian or Spanish fluently should consult with the Department before electing courses. Majors are urged to select supporting courses in other literatures, in history, philosophy, linguistics, or art history. The Department also recommends participation for a minimum of a summer and a semester in an academic program abroad. Linguistically qualified stu­ dents may apply to the Swarthmore Program at the University o f Grenoble, for one or two semesters in the sophmore or junior year. This program is particularly suited for majors in the humanities and the social sciences. Students competent in Spanish should con­ sider the Hamilton College Program in Ma­ drid, Spain, which is cooperatively sponsored by Swarthmore. (The Spanish section requires that its majors spend a minimum o f one semester o f study abroad in a program ap­ proved by the Section). Those competent in German should consider the Wayne State Junior Year in Germany (at the University o f Munich or the University o f Freiburg) or the Smith College Junior Year at the University o f Hamburg. Students interested in intermediate and advanced Chinese studies in China are encouraged to consider the China Educational Tours program in Beijing and the Nankai University program in Tianjin, the People’s Republic o f China. Students on scholarship may apply scholarship monies to designated programs o f study abroad, in addition to the Hamilton College Program in Madrid and the Swarthmore Program in Grenoble (see Edu­ cation Abroad, pp. 5 8 -6 0 ). Students wishing to receive a Teaching Certifi­ cate in French, German, Russian or Spanish should plan on taking the regular program o f language and literature courses required for the major or show proof o f the equivalent. In addition, they should take Linguistics 1 or a course in the history o f the language offered in the Department. Appropriate supporting courses which broaden knowledge and under­ standing o f the foreign culture being studied are also recommended. Prospective teachers o f a foreign language should plan to include a minimum o f a summer and a semester abroad in their academic program. Students planning to do graduate work are reminded that, in addition to the language o f specialization, a reading knowledge o f other languages is often required for admission to advanced studies. Literatures in Translation Students acquainted with a particular foreign language are urged to elect an appropriate literature course taught in the original language. LIT courses provide students with the 181 M odern Languages and Lite ratu res opportunity to study literature which they cannot read in the original. These courses may be used to satisfy the distribution require­ ments, but cannot be substituted for the 11 or 12 level courses to satisfy the departmental prerequisites for a major or minor in the original languages. In some cases these courses may form an appropriate part o f supporting upper-level work, part o f a Literature Major, or they may serve as the basis o f preparation for an Honors paper. Students planning pro­ grams where such considerations might apply should consult with the Department. Normally, at least one LIT course is offered each semester; these courses are announced before fall and spring registration. Other, cross-listed courses in foreign literature in translation are listed after LIT 50. 13 R . T h e Ru ssia n N o v e l. (See Russian 13.) 13. M e d ia e va l C o m p a ra tive Lite ra tu re . The tension between ideals and their realiza­ tion as reflected in the literature o f the Middle Ages, especially the epic (R oland, C id, N ibelungen) and the romance (Tristan, Yvain, T he G rail). Primary distribution course. Fall sem ester 1989. Perkins. 14 . M o d e rn Eu ropean Lite ra tu re . Seminal contributions in theme and form to a European tradition o f modem fiction will be examined and compared in seminar format (presentation and critical discussion o f stu­ dent papers). Authors will include Dos­ toevsky, Rilke, Conrad, Thomas Mann, Joyce, Kafka, Virginia Woolf, and Malraux. Intended especially for freshmen and sophomores con­ templating a Literature major. Limited enroll­ ment. Primary distribution course. O ffered 1990-91. Avery. 16 Ch. Th e C la ssical Tra d itio n . (See Chinese 16.) 1 7 C h . V e rn a cu la r, M od ern and C o n te m p o ra ry W ritin g s. (See Chinese 17.) 2 0 6 . Th e C o n te m p o ra ry G e rm an N o v e l. Representative works o f prose fiction from the two German states, Austria, and Switzer­ land since the end o f World War II against the 182 background o f literary, intellectual and poli­ tico-sociological currents in German-speaking Europe. Authors will include Ingeborg Bachmann, Heinrich Boll, Max Frisch, Peter Handke, Gunter Grass, Uwe Johnson, Gabrielle Wohmann, and Christa Wolf. Lectures, class discussions, critical papers. Not offered 1989-90. 3 0 R . Th e P e te rsb u rg Th em e in Russian Lite ra tu re . Literary and historical perspectives o f the urbanistic theme in Russia. Petersburg as a social reality, demonic delusion, and myth. Alienation in the modern city, individual search for self-identification, and personal reintegration in a meaningful cosmos. Read­ ings and discussions based on works by Push­ kin, Gogol, Chernyshevsky, Dostoevsky, Tol­ stoy, and Bely. This course is not a regular offering and may not be repeated in the fore­ seeable future. Spring sem ester 1991. Krugovoy. 50 6. S tu d ie s in M od ern G e rm an Lite ra tu re . Under this course tide topics will be offered from year to year that reflect the richness and variety o f literature in German-speaking coun­ tries, against the background o f this century’s dominant social and cultural crises. Courses to be offered in subsequent years include: The Novels o f Thomas Mann; Modern German Criticism from Nietzsche to Benjamin; Ger­ man Expressionism; Austrian Writers o f the 20th Century; Nietzsche and his Literary In­ fluence; Twentieth Century German Women in Film and Literature; Film and Literature in Weimar Germany; Twentieth Century Ger­ man Women in Film and Literature. Spring semester 1990. Faber. 50 R. Ru ssia n Lite ra tu re and R e vo lu tio n a ry T h o u g h t A study o f continuity and change in the relationship between the major political and social movements and the writers before and after 1917. Special attention will be given to the post-revolutionary literary and political struggle in the 1920’s and its revival o f the 1960’s. Not offered 1989-90. Bradley. 1 ! , j i 5 0 S. S pan ish Th ou gh t and Lite ra tu re of th e T w e n tie th C e n tu ry. The struggle between traditionalism and liber­ alism, its background and manifestations in Spanish thought and letters from the turn of the century through the Civil War to the present day. Emphasis on Unamuno, Ortega y Gasset, Federico Garcia Lorca, Camilo José Cela, Carmen Laforet, and Juan Goytisolo. Primary distribution course. Not offered 1989-90. 5 O S A. C o n te m p o ra ry S p an ish Am erican Lite ra tu re . A consideration o f intellectual and social themes and artistic innovations which mark the coming into the mainstream o f SpanishAmerican Action. Representative authors from the various national literatures. ARGENTINA: Borges, Cortazar; Valenzuela; PERU: Vargas Llosa; COLOMBIA: Garcia Márquez; GUA­ TEMALA: Asturias; M EXICO: Fuentes, Rulfo, Garro; CHILE: Bombai; CUBA: Car­ pentier, Cabrera, Infante. Primary distribution course. Not offered 1989-90. 55SA. T h e Fictio n o f C on te m p o ra ry Span ish -Am e rican W om en W rite rs . A study o f literary innovations and contribu­ tions to the evolution o f twentieth century Spanish-American prose fiction in translation by such writers as Maria Luisa Bombai, Elena Poniatowska, Isabel Allende, Cristina Peri Rossi, and others. Texts will be examined principally within the context o f current intel­ lectual concerns, sociopolitical issues, histori­ cal events, and literary trends in both Spanish America and the rest o f the Western world. Topics to be discussed will include: (1 ) Is feminine literature in Spanish America a propagation o f sexism?, ( 2) the seduction of woman’s pedestal: true respect or false illu­ sion?, (3 ) the concept o f a "feminine point o f view,” and (4 ) the significance o f feminine literature in Spanish America today. Course conducted in English. Open to students with prior preparation in literature. Not offered 1989-90. 6 0 S A . S p an ish A m e ric a n S o c ie ty Th ro ug h Its N o v e l. This course will explore the relationship be­ tween society and the novel in Spanish Ameri­ ca. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes, Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel García Márquez, Juan Rulfo and others will be discussed in conjunc­ tion with sociological patterns in contempo­ rary Spanish America. See Sociology-Anthro­ pology 60. Primary distribution course. Not offered 1989-90. 6 6 S . S p an ish W om en W rite rs o f the Nineteenth and Tw e n tie th C en turies. A study o f representative novels and short stories written by Spanish women authors. Although emphasis will be given to contem­ porary narrative, several nineteenth century works will be studied in order to better under­ stand the evolution o f feminine narrative from the past century up to the 1980’s. Authors selected will include: Cecilia Bohl de Faber, Emilia Pardo Bazán, Eulalia Galvarriato, Mercé Rodoreda, Ana Maria Moix, Carmen Martin Gaite, and Rosa Montero. Spring sem ester 1990. Guardiola-Ellis. 7 0 . R e n aissan ce C om p arative Lite ra tu re . (See English Literature 70.) 7 4 . M od ern D ra m a . (See English Literature 74.) 7 9 . S tu d ie s in C o m p a ra tive Fictio n . (See English Literature 79.) E X P L A N A T O R Y N O T E O F F IR S T - A N D S E C O N D -Y E A R LAN GUAGE C O U R SES: A. Courses numbered 1-2 are designed for students who begin their study o f the language in college and whose primary interest is the acquisition o f reading skills: 1-2 combines the presentation o f gram­ mar with readings from the humani­ ties (including literature), social sci­ ences, and sciences. Classes meet three times per week and are con­ ducted in English. May be used to prepare for fulfilling the reading re­ quirement o f graduate schools but 183 M odern Languages and Literatu res does not prepare students for inter­ mediate or advanced courses in litera­ ture taught in the original language. Satisfactory completion o f the oneyear sequence does satisfy the lan­ guage requirement. Students who start in the 1-2 se­ quence must complete 2 in order to receive credit for 1. However, stu­ dents placing directly in 2 can receive credit for a single semester o f language work. B. Courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B, 5B carry one and one-half credits per semester. Three semesters in this sequence are equivalent to two years o f work at the college level. Designed to impart an active command o f the language and combine the study or review o f grammar essentials and readings o f varied texts with intensive practice to develop the ability to speak the language. Recommended for students who want to progress rapidly and especially for those with no previous knowledge o f the language and who are interested in prepar­ ing for intermediate or advanced courses in literature taught in the original lan­ guage. Students who start in this orienta­ tion can major in a foreign language and literature not studied previously. These courses (a) meet as one section for gram­ mar presentation and in small groups for oral practice with a native speaker o f the language, and (b) may require periodic work in the language laboratory. Students who start in the 1B-2B sequence must complete 2B in order to receive credit for IB . However, students placing directly in 2B can receive one and one-half semester credits. Course numbered 3B may be taken singly for one and one-half semester credits. Chinese The purpose o f the program is to develop competence in the modern Chinese language. Students should plan to take the introductory and intermediate courses as early as possible so that studying in China may, if desired, be incorporated into their curriculum. The courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B, 4B, 11, 12 are offered each year. Although no major exists currendy in Chinese in either the Course Program or the External Examination program, qualified students are urged to consider the possibility o f the Lin­ guistics and Languages Major, the Asian Stud­ ies Major, or a Special Major in combination with such departments as Linguistics, History, History o f Art, Music, Political Science, and Religion. It is possible to prepare for two external examinations, which would consti­ tute a minor in the external examination pro­ gram, in the field o f Chinese Literature. Inter­ ested students should consult with the Section Head in Chinese. C O U R SES 1 B -2 B . In troduction to M an da rin C hinese. An intensive introduction to spoken and writ­ ten Mandarin Chinese, with emphasis on oral practice. Designed to impart an active com­ mand o f basic grammar. Introduces 350 to 4 0 0 characters and develops the ability to read and write in simple modern Chinese. Mair. 3 B , 4 B . S e c o n d -y e a r M an da rin Chinese. Designed for students who have mastered basic grammar and 350 to 4 0 0 characters. Combines intensive oral practice with writing and reading in the modern language. Emphasis is on rapid expansion o f vocabulary, idiomatic expressions, and thorough understanding of grammatical patterns. Prepares students for advanced study at the College and in China. Mair, Berkowitz, and Li. 1 1 . T h ird -y e a r C hinese. Concentrates on reading in modern Chinese. Develops the ability to read a variety of Modem Chinese writings, fiction, essays, 184 documentary and journalistic materials and the ability to write in the modern language. Classes conducted in Chinese, though oral translation into English is an important com­ ponent. Fall semester 1989. Berkowitz. 11 A . C hinese C o n ve rsa tio n . A half-credit course concentrating on the further development o f speaking skills in Chi­ nese. To be taken in conjunction with Chinese 11 . Fall semester. Li. 12. A d va n c e d C hinese. Advanced studies after Chinese 11. Concen­ trates on reading in modern Chinese. Strength­ ens the ability to read a variety o f modern Chinese writings, fiction, essays, documentary and journalistic materials and the ability to write in the modern language. Classes con­ ducted in Chinese, though oral translation into English is an important component. Spring sem ester Z990. Berkowitz. 12A. Chinese C o n ve rsa tio n . A half-credit course concentrating on the further development o f speaking skills in Chi­ nese. To be taken in conjunction with Chinese 12. Spring semester. Li. 16. The C la ssical Tra ditio n . Exploration o f major themes, ideas, and liter­ ary forms that have contributed to the devel­ opment o f traditional Chinese civilization, through directed readings and discussions of English translations o f original sources from early through medieval times. Most o f the readings will be literary, including both prose and poetry, but other texts will be studied as appropriate. No prerequisites, and no knowledge o f Chi­ nese or o f China required. (Cross-listed as LIT 16Ch.) Primary distribution course. Fall sem ester 1989. Berkowitz. 1 7 . V e rn a cu lar, M o d e rn , and C o n te m p o ra ry W ritin g s. Exploration o f innovative literary forms, styles, and themes from late medieval through contemporary China, through directed read­ ings and discussions o f English translations of original works, including poetry, expository prose, vernacular fiction, drama, and the short story. No prerequisites, and no knowledge o f Chi­ nese or o f China required. (Cross-listed as LIT 17Ch.) Spring sem ester 1990. Berkowitz. 9 3 . D irecte d Reading. French French may be offered as a major in the Course Program or as a major or minor in the External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­ requisites for both Course students and Honors candidates are as follows: French 12 or 12A and 16, the equivalent, or evidence o f special competence. Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement. All majors including students preparing a Secondary School certificate are strongly urged to spend at least one semester o f study in France. Majors in the Course and Honors Programs, as well as minors in the Honors Program, are expected to be sufficiently proficient in spo­ ken and written French to do all o f their work in French, i.e., discussions and papers in courses and seminars, and all oral and written examinations, including comprehensive and Honors examinations. Course majors are required to (a) take eight advanced courses numbered 12 or above, o f which one must be Studies in Stylistics (French 16) or the equivalent, such as study abroad; (b ) do Special Topics; and (c) com­ plete a comprehensive examination in the Spring semester o f their senior year. This examination is based on a reading list o f essential works from the Middle Ages to the Twentieth Century. Students may choose to prepare any two consecutive centuries, plus one genre in any o f two other centuries, and they are expected to devise a suitable program o f study on this basis in the Spring semester 185 M o d e m Languages and Literatu res o f the sophomore year. Students are required to take at least one course in Literature before 1800. They can take no more than two courses o f a nonliterary nature. C O U R SES NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered every year. Students wishing to major or minor in French should plan their program in consultation with the Department. 1 -2 . Fre nc h Reading and Tra n s la tio n . For students who wish to acquire the funda­ mentals o f French grammar and a reading knowledge o f the language. This two-semester course is a terminal sequence. See the explana­ tory note on language courses above. 1990-91. O ffered in alternate years. Tafoya. 1 B -2 B , 3 B . In ten sive Fre n c h . For students who begin French in college. Designed to impart an active command o f the language. Combines the study o f grammar with intensive oral practice, writing, and read­ ings in literary or expository prose. Prepares for intermediate and advanced courses in lan­ guage or literature taught exclusively in French. Recommended for students who wish to acquire minimal linguistic competence for study abroad in the Swarthmore Program in France. See the explanatory note on language courses above as well as the description o f the Swarthmore program at the University of Grenoble under Education A broad. 5 . C om position and D iction. This course satisfies the prerequisites for in­ termediate and advanced courses taught in the original language, such as 1 2 ,12A, or 16. Em­ phasis is on the consolidation o f grammatical principles with an aim to increasing the facility to write and speak the language through work with formal grammar, selected readings of literary or general interest, newspaper and magazine articles, radio programs, films, etc. Recommended for students who wish to study abroad at the university level. Prerequisite: French 3B or the equivalent. E ach semester. 5 A . Fre nch C o n ve rsa tio n . A half-credit conversation course concentrat­ ing on the development o f the students’ ability 186 to speak French. Prerequisite: For students presendy or pre­ viously in French 5 or the equivalent Place­ ment Test score. Each semester. Coynel. 12 . Introduction to Lite ra ry S tu die s. An analytical approach to French literature through the study o f particular genres or specific modes o f expression. Selected works from Molière to Beckett. Prerequisite: French 5, a score o f 675 on the College Entrance Examination, or the equiva­ lent with special permission. Primary distribution course. E ach semester. 1 2 A . Im ages de la Fra n c e . Salient aspects o f French civilization in the age-long struggle for human values. Based on literary works which depict life or events in a given period, but emphasis is on historical, political, and social questions rather than belles lettres as such. The historical periods treated will vary from time to time. Novels, plays, and films, chosen for fall 1990, deal with Napoleonic France. Prerequisite: French 5, a score o f 675 on the College Entrance Examination, or the equiva­ lent with special permission. Primary distribution course. Fall sem ester 1990. Tafoya. 15 . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r. For freshmen only. Limited enrollment. Prerequisite: a score o f 675 or above in French, and satisfactory performance in the Placement Exam for Literature courses ad­ ministered during Freshman Orientation. Topic for 1989 to be announced. Primary distribution course. Fall sem ester. Roza. 16. S tu d ie s in S ty lis tic s . For majors or those who wish an advanced course to develop self-expression in the writ­ ten and oral language. Original compositions are based on a stylistic study o f texts by representative French authors from the 17th century to the present. Prerequisite: French 5 , 1 2 , 12A, or the equiva­ lent with special permission. Primary distribution course. Spring semester. 20. H is to ry o f th e Fre nch Lan g u ag e. 7 0 . T h é â tre M od ern e . The development o f the French language from its Latin origins to its current forms. Emphasis will be placed more on general patterns than on philological details. Texts o f the various periods will be analyzed intensively. The course will be given in English; students must have a reading knowledge o f French. This course will satisfy the linguistics requirement for a teacher certification and may be used for a Medieval Studies major. Spring sem estetfifÿço. Perkins. M ajor trends in 20th century drama from Anouilh, Sartre to Beckett and Ionesco. 22. Le Ciném a fra n ç a is . An examination o f the evolution o f style and theme in French Cinema from Realism to Nouvelle Vague. Among directors studied will be Clair, Renior, and Carné, as well as Resnais, Truffaut, and Godard. 25. L ’A n cie n Régim e. A study o f the social conditions o f 17th and 18th century France in both rural and urban areas with special attention to the condition o f women during the period. Readings from 20th century historians and from representa­ tive literary texts o f the period. Prerequisite: French 12, 12A, or equivalent language skills. Fall semester 1989. Perkins. 33. Fem m e s é c riv a in s . Women writers from the Middle Ages to the beginning o f the X X th century. 34. Le T h é â tre jusq u ’ au R o m a n tism e . Representative works from the Middle Ages to the Romantic period included. 35. La P ro s e a v a n t R a lza c . 36. La Poésie a v a n t R a ud elaire . 42. Litté ra tu re du 1 7 e S ièc le . A study o f the cultural and intellectual setting of the grand siecle. Representative plays, nov­ els, fables, maxims. 60. Le Rom an du 19e S iècle . A study o f innovations in techniques and form as well as the examination o f moral problems arising from socio-political changes in 19th century France. Based primarily on the novels o f Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, and Zola. 7 1 . Poésie C ontem poraine. From Apollinaire and Surrealism to Char and Saint John-Perse. Roza. 7 2 . L e Rom an du 20 e S ièc le . An examination o f the tensions between hu­ manistic tradition and formal innovation in the French Novel from Proust and Gide to the Nouveau Roman and beyond. Fall sem ester 1989. Roza. 7 3 . Litté ra te u rs En g a g é s. A study o f the literature o f commitment before and after World War II. Principally an examination o f the literary manifestations o f French Existentialism. Includes works by Mal­ raux, Satre, de Beauvoir, Camus, or others. Spring sem ester 1991. Tafoya. 7 5 . P ro u s t and J o y c e . 7 6 . Ec ritu re fé m in ine . A study o f the literary, theoretical and socio­ political implications o f feminine texts in twentieth-century France. Topics to be dis­ cussed: the idea o f the author, deconstruction and feminism, psychoanalysis and women, and others. Moskos. 9 1 . S p e cial To p ics. Study o f individual authors, selected themes, or critical problems. The topic for Spring 1990 will be Literature and Revolution. An examination o f the various depictions o f revo­ lutions, whether they be political, socio-cultural, or esthetic, in nineteenth and twentieth century French, German, and Russian texts to be read in translation. The course will include political, socio-cultural, ideological, feminist, and literary perspectives. Spring semester 1990. Bradley, Moskos, Werlen. 9 2. Colloquium . 9 3 . D irecte d Reading. 9 4 . T h e s is . 65. R audelaire, R im ba u d, M a lla rm é , Apollinaire. Spring semester 1990. Roza. 187 M o d e m Languages and Literatu res S E M IN A R S Preparation o f topics for External Examina­ tions (Honors) may be done by appropriate courses plus attachments only when seminars are not available. French 33 (Femmes Ecri­ vains) and French 76 (Ecriture Féminine) may be presented for an examination in French Women Writers. Students preparing for Ex­ ternal Examinations should consult with the Department on the suitability and availability o f attachments. 10 1. La R e n aissan ce . Prose works o f Rabelais, Marguerite de Na­ varre, and Montaigne. Poetic innovations from Marot through the Pléiade. Smith. 10 2 . Le T h é â tre C lassiqu e . 1. Aristotle, Corneille, and Racine: a study o f "the Tragic” and the theories o f tragedy. 2. Molière. Spring sem ester iç ç i. 103. L ’ A g e des Lu m iè re s . Concentrating on Diderot and Rousseau. Perkins. 10 4 . Stendhal e t F la u b e rt Tafoya. 105. P ro u s t. Style and vision in L a Recherche du Temps perdu. Spring sem ester 1990. Roza. 106. Poésie S ym b o lis te . From Baudelaire to Apollinaire. Roza. 10 8. Le Rom an du 20 e S ièc le . M ajor innovations in form and theme from Gide and Proust to the New Novel. Fall sem ester 1990. Roza. 10 9. Le R o m a n tism e . Fall semester 1989. Moskos. 180. T h e s is . German German may be offered as a major in the Course Program or as a major or minor in the External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­ requisites for both Course students and Honors candidates are as follows: major or minor in German should plan their program in consultation with the Department. All courses numbered 5 0 and above are open to students after either German 11 or 12. Required: German 11 or 12, or equivalent work. For students who wish to acquire the funda­ mentals o f German grammar and a reading knowledge o f the language. This two-semester course is a terminal sequence. See the explana­ tory note on language courses above. Fall and spring sem ester. Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement. In normal circumstances the language o f in­ struction in courses numbered 11 and above is German. Students are expected to have a command o f the language sufficient to partici­ pate in class discussions and do written work in German. Course majors are required to do Special Topics (German 91). Comprehensive examinations are based on the student’s course work, and on the "Reading List for German M ajors.” C O U R SES NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars are offered every year. Students wishing to 188 1 - 2 . G e rm an Reading and Translation. 1 B -2 B , 3 B . In ten sive G e rm an . For students who begin German in college. Designed to impart an active command of the language. Combines the study o f grammar with intensive oral practice, writing, and read­ ings in expository and literary prose. See the explanatory note on language courses above. Normally followed by 8, 11, or 12. 1B-2B, Plaxton and Dixon; 3B. Fall sem ester. Werlen and Plaxton. 8 . W riting and Sp eaking G e rm a n . Development of communicative skills in speak­ ing and writing through study o f expository prose on contemporary topics o f general in­ terest in German books and major periodicals. Attention is given to the realization o f com­ municative intention and to the more difficult points o f grammar. Recommended for Ger­ man Majors and for those planning to study in Germany. Can be taken concurrently with German 11 or 12. Prerequisite: German 3B or the equivalent Placement Test score. Spring sem ester. Werlen. 8A. G e rm an C o n ve rsa tio n . A half-credit conversation course concentrat­ ing on the development o f the students’ speak­ ing skills, based largely, but not exclusively, on readings for German 8. Prerequisite: German 8 in current or a pre­ vious semester or the equivalent Placement Test score. Spring semester. Avery. 11. Introduction to G e rm an Lite ra tu re (early 20th c e n tu ry). An introductory course which emphasizes critical and analytical reading o f literature. Representative poetry, drama, and prose fic­ tion from the turn o f the century through the twenties, including works by Schnitzler, Rilke, R. Walser, Th. Mann, Kafka, and Brecht. Prerequisite: German 3B, 8, or equivalent work. Primary distribution course. Spring semester. Avery. 12. Introduction to G e rm an Lite ra tu re (The A g e o f Goethe). An introduction to German literature through close reading o f selections from the second half of the 18th and the early part o f the 19th century. Authors include Lessing, Goethe, Schiller, and the Romantics. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Werlen. 13. Tra nsla tion : T h e o ry and P ra c tic e . This course aims at exploring the act o f transla­ tion, at first theoretically, and subsequently— and primarily—through practice in translating texts from various fields within the humanities from German into English. In the second half of the course, students will pursue individual projects in consultation with the instructor. This course does not count towards the major. Prerequisite: German 2 , 3B, or the equivalent. N ot offered 1989-90. Faber. 14 . Introduction to G e rm an S tu die s. Emphasis is on building up students’ ability to read non-literary texts. Historical, political, sociological, and philosophical issues in Ger­ man culture from the late 18th century to the present will be examined. In 1989 the course will revolve around the phenomenon o f the Holocaust, working backwards to discover origins in German culture, and forward to consider the continuing impact o f the Holo­ caust in contemporary German society. Close readings o f texts by writers such as Freud, Schegel, Jean Amery, and Nietzsche. Discus­ sion in English. Prerequisite: German 2 , 3B, or the equivalent. Primary distribution course. Fall sem ester. Faber. 5 0 . Die deutsche L y r ik . Readings in the major German poets. This year the first half o f this course will focus on the development o f the German lyric from the Baroque to the end o f the 19th century (e.g., Gryphius, Goethe, Hölderlin, Heine, Mörike). In the second half o f the semester we will concentrate on 20th-century lyric poetry, read­ ing Rilke, Brecht, Celan, and very recent poets such as Enzensberger, Ingeborg Bachmann, and Sarah Kirsch. Our chief interest is inter­ pretation, but we will also include work in translation and musical settings o f poetry, and explore the biographical and/or political back­ ground o f the poetry. Not offered 1989-90. 5 2 . Das deutsche D ra m a . A study o f German drama, concentrating on plays written from Naturalism through the present. Dramatists to be studied include Hauptmann, Wedekind, Frisch, Dürrenmatt, Handke, Kroetz, Heiner Müller. Not offered 1989-90. 6 0. A u fk la e ru n g und S tu rm und D ran g . The German Enlightenment and various re­ actions to it. Authors read include Lessing, Klopstock, Wieland, Herder, the early Goethe, and the early Schiller. N ot offered 1989-90. 6 3. G oethe’s Fa u st. An intensive study o f Faust I and II. Not offered 1989-90. 189 M odern Languages and Literatu res 7 2 . Lite ra tu r d e s n eu n zeh nten Ja h rh u n d e rts . West Germany. Not offered 1989-90. Representative prose fiction, drama, and lyric poetry from the end o f Romanticism through the beginnings o f Modernism. Readings in­ clude selections from essayistic writings re­ flecting contemporary thought. Not offered 1989-90. 8 3 . K a fk a und B r e c h t 8 0. K la s s ik e r d e r M od ern e . A study o f German literature from the begin­ nings o f Modernism through World War I. Authors include Hofmannsthal, Rilke, George, Schnitzler, Trakl, Sternheim, and Thomas Mann. Not offered 1989-90. 8 2 . Lite ra tu r d e s zw a n zig s te n Ja h rh u n d e rts . German literature from the twenties to the present with emphasis on the continuity o f the modern tradition under the impact o f political exile and World War II. Authors include Brecht, Thomas Mann, and post-World War II writing in Austria, Switzerland, East and A study o f the principal works o f each author with emphasis on the emergence o f major themes and the examinations o f literary crafts­ manship. Kafka’s notebooks and journals and Brecht’s journals and critical writings will be considered in the context o f the authors’ cultural and social environment. Not offered 1989-90. 9 1 . Special To p ics. Study o f individual authors, selected themes, or critical problems. The topic for Spring 1990 will be Literature and Revolution. An examination o f the various depictions o f revo­ lutions, whether they be political, socio-cultural, or esthetic, in nineteenth and twentieth century French, German, and Russian texts to be read in translation. The course will include political, socio-cultural, ideological, feminist, and literary perspectives. Spring semester 1990. Bradley, Moskos, Werlen. S E M IN A R S Four German seminars are normally sched­ uled on a regular two-year cycle. Preparation o f topics for External Examinations (Honors) may be done by particular courses plus attach­ ments only when seminars are not available. Students preparing for External Examinations should consult with the German Section on the appropriateness and availability o f such attachments. 10 4 . Goethe. A study o f Goethe’s major works in the con­ text o f his life and times. (This seminar does not include Faust.) Fall sem ester. Werlen. 10 5. Die Deutsche R o m a n tik. Romanticism as the dominant movement in German literature, thought, and the arts in the first third o f the 19th century. Authors include 190 Tieck, Novalis, Hölderlin, Kleist, Brentano, Eichendorff, the early Büchner, and Heine. Fall sem ester 1990. 1 0 7 . M od ern e P ro s a . The development o f German prose narrative from the turn o f the century through the end o f the 1920’s as reflected in epochal works by Schnitzler, Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Mann, Kafka, Döblin, K. Kraus, and R. Walser. Spring sem ester 1991. Avery. 108. Deu tsch e Lite ra tu r nach 1950. The emergence o f distinctive works o f narra­ tive fiction, lyric poetry, and drama in the two German states, in Austria, and in Switzerland following the defeat o f Germany under Na­ tionalist Socialism. Emphasis on works by major authors. Spring semester. Avery. Russian Russian may be offered as a major in the Course Program or as a major or minor in the External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre­ requisites for both Course students and Honors candidates are: Russian 6B, 11, 12, and 13, or equivalent work. Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory department statement. C O U R SES NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars are offered every year. Students wishing to major or minor in Russian should plan their program in consultation with the Department. Course majors are required to do Special Topics. 1-2 . R u ssian Reading and Tra n s la tio n . For students who wish to acquire the funda­ mentals o f Russian grammar and a reading knowledge o f the language. This course is designed especially for those students in the Social and Natural Sciences who seek to read and translate scholarly, scientific materials in the original. Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol. Lectures and discussions in Russian. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Krugovoy. 12 . In troduction to R u ssian Lite ra tu re . 19th and 20th century Russian literature to 1918, and its place within European literature. Realism and literary tendencies in the first two decades o f the 20th century. Turgenev, Dos­ toevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, Bunin, Bely. Silver Age o f Russian poetry. Lectures and discus­ sions in Russian. Primary distribution course. Spring semester. Krugovoy. 13. T h e R u ssian N o v e l. Continuity and change in the development o f the novel in the 19th century and in the post­ revolutionary period. Lectures and readings in English. Russian majors will be required to read a part o f the material in Russian. (Cross-listed as LIT 13R.) Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Bradley. 16 . H is to ry o f the R u ssian Lan g u ag e. For students who begin Russian in college. Designed to impart an active command o f the language. Combines the study o f grammar with intensive oral practice, writing, and read­ ings in literary or expository prose. See the explanatory note on language courses above. Normally followed by 6B, 11, and 12. An introductory course. A study o f the origin o f the Russian language and its place among the other modern Indo-European and Slavic languages. The uses o f philology and linguis­ tics for the ideological and stylistic analysis of literary texts. Satisfies the linguistics requirement for teacher certification. Not offered 1989-90. 6B. Adva n ce d In ten sive Ru ssia n . 9 1. Sp e cial To p ics. For majors and those primarily interested in perfecting their command o f language. Ad­ vanced conversation, composition, transla­ tion, and stylistics. Considerable attention paid to writing skills and speaking. Readings include short stories and newspapers. Con­ ducted in Russian. Spring semester. Krugovoy and Katsenelinboigen. (For senior majors.) Study o f individual au­ thors, selected themes, or critical problems. The topic for Spring 1990 will be Literature and Revolution. An examination o f the vari­ ous depictions o f revolutions, whether they be political, socio-cultural, or esthetic, in nineteenth and twentieth century French, Ger­ man, and Russian texts to be read in transla­ tion. The course will include political, socio­ cultural, ideological, feminist, and literary perspectives. Spring semester 1990. Bradley, Moskos, Werlen. 1B -2 B , 3 R . In ten sive Ru ssia n . I I . Introduction to Ru ssia n Lite ra tu re . Old Russian literature and its place within European literature. 18th century: Classicism and Sentimentalism. 19th century: Romanti­ cism and Golden Age o f Russian poetry. 9 3. D irecte d Reading. 191 M odern Languages and Literatu res S E M IN A R S 10 1. T o ls to y . 105. Lite ra tu re o f th e S o vie t Pe rio d. 10 2. R u ssian S h o rt S to r y . 1 0 7 . R u ssian L y ric a l P o e try . 103. Pu sh kin and Le rm o n to v . 108. M od ern R u ssian P o e try . 10 4. D o s to e vs k y. 109. C h e kh ov. Fall semester. Krugovoy. 110 . R u lg a k o v. Spring semester. Krugovoy. Spanish Prerequisites for majors are as follows: Required: Spanish 11,. 13, or equivalent work. Recommended supporting subjects: see the introductory departmental statement. Majors are expected to speak Spanish with sufficient fluency to take part in discussion in the language and to pass all oral comprehen­ sive examinations in Spanish. C O U R SES NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered every year. Students wishing to major in Span­ ish should plan their program in consultation with the Department. 1 R -2 R , 3 R . In ten sive S p an ish . For students who begin Spanish in college. Designed to impart an active command o f the language. Combines the study o f grammar with intensive oral practice, writing, and read­ ings in literary or expository prose. See the explanatory note on language courses above. Normally followed by 5B, 11, or 13. 5 0 . In ten sive S pan ish . For majors and others who wish an advanced language course in which the emphasis is not primarily literary. Much attention paid to pronunciation, writing skills, speaking, and the most difficult concepts o f Spanish gram­ mar. An ideal course prior to study abroad. Each semester. Hassett, Kenney, Friedman. 6 A . Span ish C o n ve rsa tio n . A Vi credit conversation course which meets once a week for IVi hours. The class will be divided into small groups to facilitate discus­ sion. Students are required to read newspapers 192 and other contemporary journals, see movies, read plays which might be performed for and by the class, and prepare assignments which will generate conversation among the group. Prerequisite: 5B or its equivalent, or permis­ sion o f instructor. Each semester. Friedman. 1 1 . In troduction to Sp an ish Lite ra tu re . A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry, and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries (works by authors such as Espronceda, Zor­ rilla, Becquer, Perez Galdós, Unamuno, Baroja, Lorca, etc.). Discussions, papers. Prerequisite: Spanish 5B, the equivalent, or special permission. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Guardiola-Ellis. 13 . In troduction to S p an ish Am e ric a n Lite ra tu re . A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry, and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries (works by Echeverría, Sarmiento, Marti, Silva, Dario, Lugones, Sánchez, Lillo, Neruda, Val­ lejo, Huidobro, Rulfo, Garcia Márquez, Borges, Valenzuela and others). Discussions, papers. Prerequisite: Spanish SB, the equivalent, or special permission. Primary distribution course. Spring semester. Chesak. NOTE: Spanish 11, 13, the equivalent, or consent o f instructor, are prerequisite for the courses in literature that follow. 6 6. La Es c rito ra Española en lo s Siglos X IX y X X . A study o f representative novels and short stories written by Spanish women authors. Emphasis will be given to contemporary nov­ els, but several nineteenth century works will be studied in order to better understand the evolution o f feminine narrative from the past century up to the 1980’s. Authors selected will include: Cecilia Bohl de Faber, Emilia Pardo Batán, Eulalia Galvarriato, Mercé Rodoreda, Ana Maria Moix, Carmen Martin Gaite, and Rosa Montero. Fall semester 1989. Guardiola-Ellis. 68. Fed erico G a rcia Lo rc a . An in-depth study o f the works (theatre, poetry, essay) o f the most renowned Spanish writer o f his generation. Several films and videos regarding Lorca, his works, and the society in which they were written will be integrated in the organization o f the course. Fail semester 1990. Metzidakis. 75. T e atro h ispanoam ericano contem poráneo. After a brief introduction to the origins o f Spanish American theater (including Pre-Co­ lombian and Colonial), this course will focus principally on the most important and in­ novative figures o f the twentieth century. Our selection will include works from the social and political theater o f Florencio Sánchez, Rudolfo Usigli, Emilio Carballido, Osvaldo Dragún, René Marqués, Egon Wolff, Jorge Diaz, and Griselda Gambaro. Fall semester 1990. Chesak. 76. La poesía h ispanoam ericana del siglo X X . Since the outburst o f innovation led by Mod­ ernism at the turn o f the century, contempo­ rary Latin American poetry has earned inter­ national recognition and acclaim. We will include Nobel prize winners Gabriela Mistral and Pablo Neruda, in addition to Delmira Agustini, Alfonsina Storni, César Vallejo, Octavio Paz, Alejandra Pizarnik, and Rosario Castellanos among others. Spring semester 1990. Chesak. 8 0. La N a rra tiv a Chilena Desde El Golpe M ilita r 19 73 -19 8 9 . This course will explore the literary responses o f Chilean intellectuals to the more than fifteen years o f military dictatorship under Augusto Pinochet. Emphasis will be given to the socio-historical context o f the period and o f the novels and short stories to be read. Authors will include both those who remained in Chile after the coup in 1973 and those who were forced into exile. Works by Ariel Dorfman, Antonio Skármeta, Poli Délano, Isabel Allendo, José Donoso, Jorge Edwards, Fran­ cisco Simón, Elizabeth Subercaseaux, Jorge Calvo, and Ramón Dias Eterovic. Fail semester 1989. Hassett. Courses to be offered in subsequent years: 7 . Fonética española y co m p o sició n . 30. La Lite ra tu ra M e d ie va l. 4 0 . El T e atro del Renacim iento y del S ig lo de O ro . 4 1 . O b ra s m a e s tra s de la Edad M edia y del Ren acim ien to. 4 2 . La Po e sía del Renacim iento y dei S ig lo de O ro . 6 0. La N o ve la en el S ig lo X IX . 7 0 . La Generación del 98. 7 1 . Lite ra tu ra Española C on tem p oránea. 7 2 . La N o ve la Española de la P o sg u e rra . 7 3 . U nam uno. 7 4 . Lite ra tu ra Españ ola de P o sg u e rra . 7 8 . La N o ve la M e xic a n a S o cial del S ig lo X X . 7 9 . El Cuento H isp a no a m e rica no . 8 5. Lite ra tu ra Hispánica C on tem poránea de lo s Es ta d o s U nido s. S E M IN A R S Students wishing to take seminars must have completed at least one course in Spanish num­ bered 30 or above or obtained permission from the instructor. 10 1. La N o ve la H isp anoam ericana del siglo X X . Emphasis on works written between 1960 and 1987. Authors will include Alejo Carpentier, 193 M odern Languages and Literatu res Carlos Fuentes, Mario Vargas Llosa, José Do­ noso, Gabriel García Márquez, Manuel Puig, Isabel Allende, Manlio Argueta, Luisa Valen­ zuela, Antonio Skármeta, and others. Spring semester 1991. Hassett. 10 2. C e rva n te s . This seminar will examine the works o f Miguel 194 de Cervantes with particular emphasis on his masterpiece Don Quijote de la Mancluz as well as his novelas ejemplares and entremeses. Spring semester 1990. Metzidakis. 10 3 . La G u e rra C ivil Esp añ o la. 10 4 . La N a rra tiv a de M a rio V arg as Llosa. M usic and Dance P E T E R G R A M S W IN G , Professor Emeritus o f Music PA TR IC IA W. R O Y ER , Professor Emerita o f Dance J A M E S F R E E M A N , Professor o f Music S H A R O N L F R IE D L E R , Associate Professor o f Dance and Director o f the Dance Program G E R A LD LE V IN S O N , Associate Professor o f Music A N N K . M c N A M E E , Associate Professor o f Music and Chair M IC H A E L M A R IS S E N , Instructor o f Music DOROTH Y K . F R E E M A N , Associate in Performance (Music) M IC H A E L J O H N S , Associate in Performance (Music) K A R E N M E Y E R S , Associate in Performance (Music) C AR O LYN R E IC H E K , Associate in Performance (Dance) A R N E R U N N IN G , Associate in Performance (Music) P A U LA S E P IN U C K , Associate in Performance (Dance) 1 J O N S H E R M A N , Associate in Performance (Dance) RORERT M . S M A R T , Associate in Performance (Music) MUSIC The study o f music as a liberal art requires an integrated approach to theory, history, and performance, experience in all three fields being essential to the understanding o f music as an artistic and intellectual achievement. Theory courses train the student to work with musical material, to understand modes o f organization in composition and to evolve methods o f musical analysis. History courses introduce students to methods o f studying the development o f musical styles and genres, and the relationship o f music to other arts and areas o f thought. The Department encourages students to develop performing skills through private study and through participation in the wind ensemble, chorus, early music ensemble, orchestra, and chamber music coaching program which it staffs and administers. The Department also assists instrumentalists or singers to finance the cost o f private instruc­ tion. Credit may be granted under the provi­ sions for Creative Arts. Major in the Course Program: Two semester courses in theory and one semester course in history are prerequisite for acceptance as a major. Majors will normally take five semester courses in theory (including Music 15, 16, or 17), four semester courses in history (includ­ ing Music 20 and either 21 or 2 2 ) and meet the basic piano requirement. Majors are expected to participate in at least one o f the depart­ ment’s performing organizations. Major in the External Examination (Honors) Program: A student intending to major in the Honors Program will fulfill the same prereq­ uisites as listed above and will normally stand for four papers in music. The Department strongly recommends that one paper be a thesis or research project. Any Theory/Composition course numbered 15 or higher, also all history courses, can be used as the basis of a paper when augmented by a concurrent or subsequent attached unit o f additional re­ search, or by directed reading, or by a tutorial. Minor in the External Examination (Honors) Program: A student intending to minor in the Honors Program will normally stand for two papers in music. Two semester courses in theory and one semester course in history are prerequisite for a minor. At least four semes­ ter courses in theory and two in history should eventually be taken. 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989. 195 M usic and Dance Language Requirements for Graduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate work in music requires a reading knowledge o f French and German. A reading knowledge o f Latin is also desirable for students planning to do graduate work in musicology. Proficiency on an instrument: All majors in music will be expected to play a keyboard instrument well enough by their senior year to perform at sight a two-part invention o f J. S. Bach and a first movement o f an easy late 18th or early 19th century sonata. By the end o f the junior year they should be able to read chamber music scores, vocal music in four clefs, and realize figured basses. The department recom­ mends that majors take one or two semesters o f Music 4 2 to develop these skills. Students with exceptional proficiency in an instrument other than the piano, or in singing, will not be expected to meet the performing standards o f pianists. The basic piano program: This program is de­ signed to develop keyboard proficiency to a point where a student can effectively use the piano as a tool for study, also to help students meet the keyboard requirements outlined above. It is open to freshmen and sophomores planning to major in music and to students enrolled in theory courses. No academic credit is given for basic piano. Special scholarships and awards in music in­ clude: The Edwin B. Garrigues Foundation Scholarships: See p. 27. The Elizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet Schol­ arships: See p. 26. Friends o f Music and Dance Summer Fellowships: See p. 26. The Melvin B. Troy Award: See p. 68. The Boyd and Ruth Barnard Fund Grants: See p. 25. The Barclay and Edith Lewis W hite Scholarship: See p. 33. The Barnard Fellows: See p. 14. The Peter Gram Swing Prize: See p. 68. C R E D IT F O R P E R F O R M A N C E Chorus, Orchestra, Early Music Ensemble, Wind Ensenble, Chamber Music Students may take Performance Chorus (Music 43 ), Performance Orchestra (Music 4 4 ), Per­ formance Early Music Ensemble (Music 4 5 ), Performance Wind Ensemble (Music 46 ), or Performance Chamber Music (Music 47), for credit with the permission o f the Department member who has the responsibility for that performing group. The amount o f credit re­ ceived will be a half-course in any one semester and usually will be granted only to students participating for a full year in a particular activity. Students applying for credit will ful­ fill requirements established for each activity, i.e., regular attendance at rehearsals and per­ formances and participation in any supple­ mentary classes held in connection with the activity. Students will be graded on a credit/ no credit basis. Individual Instruction (Music 48) Music Majors and members o f the Wind 196 Ensemble, Chorus, Early Music Ensemble, Gospel Choir, and Orchestra may, if they wish, take lessons for credit. Members of the Chorus, Early Music Ensemble, and Gospel Choir are eligible for voice lessons; members o f the Wind Ensemble, Early Music Ensemble, and Orchestra are eligible for lessons on their primary instrument. Students who are not Music Majors and are not in any o f the per­ forming organizations listed above may take lessons for credit if they are concurrently enrolled in a History or Theory/Composition course offered by the Music Department. Pianists who are not Music Majors and who are not enrolled in a History or Theory/ Composition course offered by the Depart­ ment may qualify for Music 4 8 by taking part in the Department’s Program for Accom­ panists. The Department expects such pianists to give at least three hours a week to the Program. A student applying for Individual Instruction will first demonstrate to the Department ability to undertake such study at least at an inter' mediate level. The student will arrange to work with a teacher of her/his choice, subject to the approval o f the Department, which will then supervise the course o f study and grade it on a credit/no credit basis. Teacher and student will submit written evaluations, and the student will perform for a jury at the end of the semester. The Department will then decide if the student should receive credit, and if the student can re-enroll. For students enrolled in lessons for credit (Individual Instruction) a portion o f the cost o f the lessons is guaranteed by the department. Section leaders in the chorus and orchestra and majors receive subsidies that cover twothirds the cost o f their lessons through the Boyd and Ruth Barnard Scholarships. Addi­ tional scholarships provided by the Edwin B. Garrigues Foundation subsidize the entire cost o f private lessons with the teacher o f their choice for approximately ten o f the most musically advanced students at the College. All students enrolled in Music 4 8 are strongly encouraged to perform in student chamber music concerts and to try out for concertos with the Orchestra and solos with the Chorus. C O U R S E S A N D S E M IN A R S 1. In troduction to M u s ic . 10. A m e ric a n M u s ic . Although centered primarily on art music o f Western Europe, this course is designed to teach intelligent listening to various kinds of music. The course assumes no prior musical training. Open to all students without prerequisite. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Marissen. A study o f unwritten and written music in the United States to 1940, popular and vernacular as well as classical, using Charles Hamm, Music in the New World, as a text. Students will be evaluated on a portfolio o f work to include papers presented in class, reports on music listened to, listening quizzes, and an extended essay on a topic o f choice. No prerequisite. Enrollment limited to 12. Not offered 1989-90. 2. Introduction to M u s ic . A course that approaches listening and analysis through concentration on musical fundamen­ tals: reading notation and developing or ex­ panding aural perception o f pitch, rhythm, structure, phrasing, and instrumentation. The course assumes no prior training in music. Open to all students without prerequisite. Primary distribution course. Spring semester. J. Freeman. 7. W .A . M o z a r t A course about the life and music o f W.A. Mozart, with emphasis on listening to and analysis o f his compositions in representative genres: opera, concerto, symphony, chamber music, and liturgical music, especially his Requiem. The course is run as a seminar, with presentations, discussions, and in-class per­ formance. There will be two papers, several repertory quizzes, and a final exam. No prerequisite other than some familiarity with classical music and its notation. Enroll­ ment limited to 12. Not offered 1989-90. T H E O R Y A N D C O M P O S IT IO N Students who anticipate taking further courses in the Department or majoring in Music are urged to take Music 11-12 as early as possible. Placement exams are given each year at the first meeting o f that course for students who feel they may be able to place out o f it. Majors will normally take Music 11-12, 13-14, and 15, 16, or 17 in successive years. 1 1 -1 2 . H a rm o n y and Cou n terp oin t I. Written musical exercises include composi­ tion o f original materials as well as commen­ tary on excerpts from the tonal literature. Prerequisite: knowledge o f traditional nota­ tion, major/minor scales, ability to play or sing at sight simple lines in treble and bass clef. Music 11 is a primary distribution course. One section o f Music 4 0 per week is required. Year course. McNamee. 197 M usic and Dance 1 3 -1 4 . H a rm o n y and Cou n terp oin t II. Continued work with tonal harmony and counterpoint at an intermediate level. Detailed study o f selected works with assignments derived from these works, as well as original compositions. Prerequisite: Music 11-12 (or the equivalent). Year course. Levinson. Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent). Not offered 1989-90. 1 7 . H is to ry o f M u s ic T h e o ry . A survey o f primary sources (in translation) from Boethius, Tinctoris, and Zarlino through Rameau, Riemann, and Schoenberg. Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent). Fall semester. McNamee. 15 . H a rm o n y and C ou n terp oin t III. 18. Conducting and O rc h e s tra tio n . Detailed study o f a limited number o f works both tonal and non-tonal, with independent work encouraged. Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent). Not offered 1989-90. A study o f orchestration and instrumentation in selected works o f various composers and through written exercises, in combination with practical experience in conducting, score reading, and preparing a score for rehearsal and performance. Fall semester. J. Freeman. 16. S c h e n k e r. An introduction to Schenkerian analysis. An extension o f traditional analytical techniques, incorporating Schenker’s principles o f voice leading, counterpoint, and harmony. 19. C om position . Fall and spring semesters. Levinson. H IS T O R Y O F M U S IC 2 0 . M e d ie va l and R e n aissan ce M u s ic . A survey o f European art music from the late Middle Ages to the sixteenth century. Relevant extra-musical contexts will be considered. Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota­ tion. Spring semester. Marissen. 2 1 . Baroque and C la ssical M u s ic . Topics in music o f the 17th and 18th centuries. In 1989 the course will focus on Monteverdi, Handel, and Mozart. Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota­ tion. Not offered 1989-90. 2 2 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry M u s ic . The development o f the "Romantic Style” from late Beethoven and Schubert to Wagner and Verdi. Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota­ tion. Fall semester. J. Freeman. 2 3 . T w e n tie th -C e n tu ry M u s ic . A study o f the various stylistic directions in music o f the 20th Century. Representative works by composers from Debussy, Stra­ vinsky, and Schoenberg, through Copland, Messiaen, and others, to post-war composers 198 such as Boulez and Crumb will be examined in detail. Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota­ tion. Not offered 1989-90. 30. M u s ic o f A s ia and the M iddle E a s t An introduction to selected musical traditions from the vast diversity o f non-western cul­ tures. These include musics from Turkey, India, Indonesia, Tibet, and elsewhere, as well as a survey o f the growing influence o f these musics on Western music. The music will be studied in terms o f both its theoretical and cultural/philosophical backgrounds. Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional (West­ ern) notation. Not offered 1989-90. 3 1. O p e ra . A survey o f the history o f opera, with special emphasis on and study o f scenes from selected works by Purcell (D ido), Mozart (Figaro), Verdi (Luise M iller), Beethoven (Fidelio), and Wagner (W alkiire). For those with vocal abili­ ties, the course will include preparation of specific scenes, but it is open as well to students with no particular performance skills. Prerequisite: A knowledge o f traditional nota­ tion. Not offered 1989-90. 32. H is to ry o f th e S trin g Q u a r te t This course traces the development o f the string quartet from the middle o f the 18th century to the present through study and (wherever possible) performance o f selected works. Open to students with permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1989-90. 33. Lied er. A study, through performance and analysis, of various solutions by various composers to the problems o f relating text and music. Stu­ dents should be moderately proficient either as singers or as pianists. A knowledge o f Ger­ man is desirable. Fall semester. J. Freeman. 34. J .S . Bach. In 1990 the course will focus on the sacred cantatas and the late collections (Art o f Fugue, Musical Offering, Mass in B minor). Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota­ tion. Spring semester. Marissen. 35. La te Ro m a n ticism in G e rm an y and A u s tria . A study o f selected large works by Wagner (Walküre, Tristan) Brahms (Haydn Variations, Violin Concerto), Mahler (4th symphony), J. Strauss (Fledermaus), R. Strauss (Till EulenSpiegel, Salome), and Schoenberg ( Verklaerte Nacht, Pierrot Lunaire). Prerequisite: A knowledge o f traditional nota­ tion. Not offered 1989-90. 36. M usic S in ce 1945. A study o f contemporary concert music, in­ cluding such composers as Messiaen, Crumb, Boulez, Cage, Babbit, Carter, Lutosowski, Ligeti. Electronic music, collage, chance and improvisation, and minimalism will also be examined, as well as the current trends toward Neo-Romanticism and stylistic pluralism. Fall semester. Levinson. 3 8 . W om en C o m p o se rs and C ho re o g ra p h e rs o f the Ea rly T w e n tie th C e n tu ry. A survey o f early twentieth-century women composers and teachers, as well as a study o f several o f the most influential choreographers o f modem dance. Choreographers include Duncan and Graham; musicians include Bou­ langer, Crawford-Seeger, and Landowska. Open to all students without prerequisite. Half-course credit. Not offered 1989-90. 3 9 . M u s ic and Dance: C ritic is m and R e vie w in g . This course, to be administered by the depart­ ment and taught by guest lecturers who are prominent in the field o f reviewing, will cover various aspects o f writing about the perfor­ mance o f music and dance: previewing, re­ viewing, the critic’s role and responsibilities, and the special problems o f relating perfor­ mance to the written word. Not offered 1989-90. 6 9. P ro je c ts in P e rfo rm a n c e . A study o f chamber repertoire. Performance practice and problems in music o f various styles will be examined in terms o f analysis, research, and rehearsal. Ability to perform instrumentally or vocally is required. Not offered 1989-90. 9 2 . Independent S tu d y . 9 3. Directed Reading. 9 5 . T u to ria l. Special work in composition, theory, or history. One or two credits. 9 6 . S e n io r T h e s is . One or two credits. Fall and spring semesters. P E R F O R M A N C E (M U S IC ) NOTE: All performance courses are for halfcourse credit per semester. See p. 57 and p. 196 for general provisions governing work in performance under the provisions for Creative Arts. 199 M usic and Dance 4 0 . Ele m e n ts o f M usic ia n sh ip . Sight-singing, rhythmic and melodic dicta­ tion. Required for all Music 11-12 students without credit. Also open to other students for half­ credit. Both semesters. McNamee. 4 1 . Conducting. See expanded Music 18 Conducting course for one credit. Fall semester.J. Freeman. 4 2 . Figu re d B a ss and S c o re Reading. Both semesters. Smart. 4 3 . P e rfo rm a n c e (c h o ru s). Both semesters. Smart. 4 4 . P e rfo rm a n c e (o rc h e stra ). Both semesters. Running, J. Freeman. 4 5 . P e rfo rm a n c e (e a rly m usic e nse m ble ). Both semesters. Meyers and Marissen. 46. P e rfo rm a n c e (w in d ense m ble ). semester. They should include the names of all students who have agreed to work on the repertoire, the names o f all coaches who have agreed to work with them, and the proposed dates for performance. A student taking Music 47 for credit will rehearse with her/his group(s) at least two hours every week and will meet with a coach at least every other week. All members o f the group should be capable o f working well both independently and under the guidance of a coach, also capable o f giving a performance of high quality. It is not necessary for every person in the group to be taking Music 47 for credit, but the Department assumes that those taking the course for credit will assume re­ sponsibility for the group, making sure that the full group is present for regular rehearsals and coaching sessions. Both semesters. D. Freeman. 4 8 . P e rfo rm a n c e (individual in stru c tio n ). Both semesters. Johns. (See the guidelines for this course on page 196.) Both semesters. 4 7 . P e rfo rm a n c e (ch a m be r m u sic). 4 9 . K e yb o a rd W o rksh o p . Students taking Music 47 for credit should submit to the Department at the beginning o f the semester a repertory o f works to be re­ hearsed, coached, and performed during the Developing and refining skills in accompany­ ing and sight-reading through work with the chamber, song, and four-hand repertoire. Not offered 1989-90. DANCE Dance, a program within the Department of Music and Dance, shares the Department philosophy that courses in theory and history should be integrated with performance. By offering a balance o f cognitive, creative, and kinesthetic classes in dance we present a pro­ gram which stands firmly within the tradition o f Swarthmore’s liberal arts orientation. The instructors strive to create an atmosphere of cooperative learning; one which affirms group process and fosters comradery. levels presenting a variety o f movement styles. Technique courses, numbered 4 0 through 47 and 49, receive no academic credit, but may be taken to fulfill physical education require­ ments. Advanced dancers are encouraged to audition for level III or IV technique classes and for Performance^ class (Dance 48). All interested dancers are encouraged to audition for student and faculty works. These auditions take place each semester; dates are announced in classes and in the College Announcements. Serious dance students are urged to supple­ ment their study with appropriate courses in music, theatre, anatomy, and other related disciplines. Scholarships for summer study in dance are available through funds provided by The Friends o f Music and Dance. The Halley Jo Stein Award for Dance and The Melvin B. Troy Award for Composition are also awarded annually by the Department. In a typical semester over twenty hours of dance technique classes are offered on graded 200 I . Introduction to Dance. A survey course that approaches dance view­ ing and analysis o f dance performance through an introduction to dance elements. In addi­ tion, the role o f choreographer, performer, and audience in various societies is compared. No prior dance training is assumed; open to all students without prerequisite. Two lectures and one video viewing session per week. One credit. Primary distribution course. Fall semester 1989. Assante and Friedler. I I . Dance C om position I. A study o f the basic principles o f dance composition through exploration o f the ele­ ments o f dance movement, invention, and movement themes, to the end o f developing an understanding o f various choreographic struc­ tures. Considerable reading, video and live concert viewing, movement studies, and a final piece for public performance are re­ quired. A course in dance technique must be taken concurrently. One credit. Three hours per week. Fall semester 1989. Friedler. 12. Dance C om position II. An elaboration and extension o f the material studied in Dance 11. Stylistically varying ap­ proaches to making work are explored in compositions for soloists and groups. Read­ ing, video and live concert viewing, movement studies, and a final piece for public perfor­ mance are required. A course in dance tech­ nique must be taken concurrently. Students must have previously taken Dance 11 or its equivalent. One half credit. Three hours per week. Spring semester 1990. Staff. 12a. Dance C om position . Designed as a tutorial for students who have previously taken Dance 11 and 12, or the equivalent. Choreography o f a final piece for public performance is required. Weekly meet­ ings with the instructor and directed readings, video and concert viewings, and a journal will be required. A course in dance technique must be taken concurrently. One half credit. Offered every semester. 15. Dance Im p ro vis a tio n . Designed as a movement laboratory in which to explore the dance elements: space, time, force, and form. Members o f the class will explore improvisation as a performance tech­ nique and as a tool for dance composition. Individuals work on a personal vocabulary and on developing a sense o f ensemble. A journal is required, and a course in dance technique must be taken concurrently. One half credit. Three hours per week. Fall semester 1989. Reichek. 2 1 . H is to ry o f Dance: E a rly C ultures Th ro ug h Eu ro p e ’s M iddle A g e s . A study o f the scope o f dance in various societies. Particular attention is given to the use o f dance as an instrument o f ritual, enter­ tainment, social interaction, and education. Prerequisite: Dance 1. Two lectures and one hour video viewing per week. One credit. Spring semester 1990. 2 2 . H is to ry o f Dance: Eu ro p e ’s R en aissan ce Th ro ug h 1900. A study o f social and theatrical dance forms in the context o f various societies from the Re­ naissance through the nineteenth century. In­ fluential choreographers, dancers, and theor­ ists representative o f the periods will be discussed. Prerequisite: Dance 1; Dance 21 strongly rec­ ommended. Two lectures and one hour video viewing per week. One credit. Not offered 1989-90. Friedler. 2 3 . Tw e n tie th C e n tu ry Dance. A study o f social and theatrical dance forms in the context o f Western societies with an em­ phasis on America. Influential choreog­ raphers, dancers, and theorists will be dis­ cussed. Prerequisite: Dance 1; Dance 21 and 22 strongly recommended. Two lectures and one hour video viewing per week. One credit. Not offered 1989-90. Staff. 3 8 . W om en C o m p o se rs and C ho re o g ra p h e rs o f th e Ea rly T w e n tie th C e n tu ry. A survey o f early twentieth-century women composers and teachers, as well as a study o f several o f the most influential choreographers o f modern dance. Choreographers include Duncan and Graham; musicians include Bou­ langer, Crawford-Seeger, and Landowska. Open to all students without prerequisite. 201 M usic and Dance Half-course credit. Not offered 1989-90. addressed in Jazz I. For students who have taken Jazz 1 or its equivalent. 3 9 . M u s ic and Dance: C ritic is m and R e v ie w in g . NOTE: All technique classes meet for two lVi hour meetings per week. Technique courses, numbered 4 0 throuth 47, receive no academic credit, but may be used to satisfy physical education requirements. (See Music 39). Not offered 1989-90. 4 0 . M od ern I. An introduction to basic principles o f dance movement: body alignment, coordination, strength and flexibility, basic locomotion. No previous dance experience necessary. 4 1 . M o d e rn II. An elaboration and extension o f the principles addressed in Modern I. For students who have taken M odem I or the equivalent. 4 2 . M od ern III. Continued practice in technical movement skills in the modem idiom; including ap­ proaches to various styles. Placement by audi­ tion or permission o f the instructor. 4 3 . M od ern IV. Continued training in various modem dance techniques and theories. Designed for students with a strong technical foundation. Placement by audition or permission o f the instructor. 4 4 . B a llet I. An introduction to fundamentals o f classical ballet vocabulary: correct body placement, positions o f the feet, head and arms, basic locomotion in the form. No previous experi­ ence necessary. 4 5 . B a llet ll/lll. An elaboration and extension o f the principles addressed in Ballet I. For students who have taken Ballet 1 or its equivalent. 4 6 . J a z z I. An introduction to basic principles o f jazz dance: body isolations, polyrhythms, synco­ pation, basic locomotion. No previous dance experience necessary. 4 7 . J a z z ll/lll. An elaboration and extension o f the principles 202 4 8 . P e rfo rm a n c e (D ance). The study o f repertory, basics o f production, and performance. Students are required to perform in at least one scheduled dance con­ cert during the semester. Placement by audi­ tion or permission o f the instructor. One half credit. Three hours per week. A course in dance technique must be taken concurrently. O ffered every semester. Staff. 4 9 . Topics in Dance. Intensive study o f special topics hilling outside the usual dance courses. Topics can include: African Dance, Alexander work, injury pre­ vention and rehabilitation, Pilates, Musical Theatre Dance, and Tap. Staff. 9 2 . Independent S tu d y . Available on an individual basis, this course offers the student an opportunity to do special work with performance or compositional em­ phasis in areas not covered by the regular curriculum. Students will present perfor­ mances and/or written reports to the faculty supervisor, as appropriate. Permission must be obtained from the program director and from the supervising faculty. O ffered every semester. Staff. 9 3. D irecte d Reading. Available on an individual or group basis, this course offers the student an opportunity to do special work with theoretical or historical emphasis in areas not covered by the regular curriculum. Students will present written re­ ports to the faculty supervisor. Permission must be obtained from the program director and from the supervising faculty. O ffered every semester. Staff. Philosophy H U G H M . L A C E Y , Professor H A N S O B ER D IEK , Professor and Chair C H A R L E S R A F F , Professor R IC H AR D S C H U L D E N F R E I, Professor2 3* R IC H AR D ELD R ID G E, Associate Professor2 D O R O TH EA F R E D L Associate Professor A N D R E A S E S H E T E , Visiting Associate Professor IZ C H A K M IL L E R , Visiting Asociate Professor5 Philosophy addresses fundamental issues, views that tend to be presupposed in the activity o f other disciplines and in daily life: the nature o f knowledge, meaning, reasoning, morality, the character o f the world, God, freedom, human nature, and history. The study o f philosophy thus impinges on issues o f significance for everyone who wishes to live and act in a reflective and critical manner. C O U R S E O F F E R IN G S A N D P R E R E Q U IS IT E S The Philosophy Department offers several kinds o f courses, all designed to engage stu­ dents in philosophical practice. First, there are courses and seminars to introduce students to the major classics o f the history o f Western philosophy: works by Plato and Aristotle (Ancient Philosophy); Descartes, Hume, and Kant (Modern Philosophy); Hegel and Marx (Nineteenth Century Philosophy); Russell and Wittgenstein (Contemporary Philosophy). Second, there are courses and seminars which systematically present arguments and conclu­ sions in specific areas o f philosophy: Theory of Knowledge, Logic, Ethics, Metaphysics, Social and Political Philosophy. Third, there are courses and seminars concerned with the foundations o f various other disciplines: Aes­ thetics, Philosophy o f Science, Philosophy o f Language, Philosophy o f Law, Philosophy o f the Social Sciences, Philosophy o f Psychology, Philosophy o f Mathematics, and Philosophy of Religion. Fourth, from time to time, courses are offered on philosophical aspects of contemporary public issues: Values and Ethics in Science and Technology, Catholic Social and Political Thought. Courses and seminars in the third and fourth categories are frequently offered in collaboration with in­ structors from other relevant departments; several o f these courses are cross-listed in other departments. Students majoring in philosophy must com­ plete at least one course or seminar in ( 1 ) Logic and (2 ) Ancient or Modern Philosophy and earn a total o f eight credits. In addition, students majoring in philosophy are strongly urged to take courses and seminars in areas of: moral, social, and political philosophy; epis­ temology; and metaphysics. Prospective ma­ jors should complete the logic requirement as early as possible. Course majors are encour­ aged to enroll in seminars. Mastery o f at least one foreign language is recommended. Stu­ dents majoring in the Course program may be required to elect Philosophy 97. 1 . In troduction to Ph ilo so p h y. Philosophy addresses fundamental questions that arise in a variety o f practices and inquiries. How can we tell whether an action is right, whether an act or institution is just, or whether any o f our beliefs are either rationally justifi­ able or true? Is there a scientific method? Does knowing require having sense-experience? What is human happiness? W hat is the mean­ ing o f a text? Does God exist? Each section o f Philosophy 1 concentrates on a few o f these and related questions in order to introduce a 2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990. 3 Absent on leave, 1989-90. 5 Spring semester, 1990. 203 Philosophy range o f sharply contrasting positions. Read­ ings are typically drawn from the works o f both traditional and contemporary thinkers with distinctive, carefully argued and influen­ tial views regarding knowledge, morality, mind and meaning. Socrates, Plato, Aquinas, Descartes, Hobbes, Hume, Mill, and Marx are philosophers frequently considered in various sections. Close attention is paid to formulating questions precisely and to the technique o f analyzing arguments. Students are encouraged to develop their own positions through careful consideration o f texts and arguments. Introduction to Philosophy is a Primary Dis­ tribution Course in the Humanities and a pre­ requisite for all other philosophy courses except Logic. Each semester. Staff. 10. M o ra l Iss u e s in M ed icin e and W ar. Careful consideration will be given to concrete moral issues in medicine and war arising out o f technological innovations. In medicine, topics will include: genetic screening and en­ gineering, life support systems, surrogate motherhood, allocation o f scarce medical re­ sources, and research with human subjects. Concerning war, topics will include: the just war doctrine, "Star Wars,” Mutual Assured Destruction, State sponsored terrorism, the role o f computers, chemical and biological weapons, and the “electronic battlefield.” No special background in science or engineering is presupposed, though students must be pre­ pared to learn enough o f relevant background to provide substance to their reflections. Spe­ cial emphasis will be given to strategies o f moral reasoning developed by philosophers o f diverse orientations. Not offered 1989-90. 11. M o ra l Ph ilo so p h y. How can we tell whether any action is right or wrong, any trait a virtue or vice, any institu­ tion just or unjust? Can one justify any set o f action-guiding moral principles? O r is morali­ ty relative to one’s opinion, culture, or social class? These and related questions will be addressed through an examination o f the works o f leading moral philosophers, both classical and contemporary. Spring semester. Eshete. 12. Lo g ic . An introduction to the principles o f deductive 204 logic with equal emphasis on the syntactic and semantic aspects o f logical systems. The place o f logic in philosophy will also be examined. No prerequisite. Required o f all philosophy majors. Spring semester. Miller. 13. M od ern Ph ilo so p h y. 17th and 18th-century sources o f current philosophical problems o f knowledge, free­ dom, humanity, nature, God. Readings from Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant. Spring semester. Miller. 14 . A n c ie n t Ph ilo so p h y. A study o f selected work representing the thought o f Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis is on understanding and critically evaluating their teachings on fundamental issues o f metaphys­ ics, epistemology, psychology, and ethics, as these have shaped our subsequent Western civilization. Fall semester. Frede. 16. Ph ilo so p h y o f Religion. See Religion 14. 1 7 . A e s th e tic s . How can we tell which things are worth the special sort o f attention which we often devote to works o f art? What does "art” mean? Can criticism o f the arts be objective? What sorts o f things ought we to do with works o f art, and what things ought they to do for us? We will attempt to answer these questions by considering views about the nature and func­ tion o f works o f art held by such philosophers as Aristotle, Hume, R. G. Collingwood, Nel­ son Goodman, and Arthur Danto. Some at­ tention will be paid to twentieth century painting, to modernist and post-modernist conceptions o f art and its value, and to issues in the theory o f criticism. Not offered 1989-90. 18. Ph ilo so p h y o f th e S o cial Sciences. See 89. Colloquium: Philosophy o f Social Sciences. 19. M ed ie va l Ph ilo so p h y. A survey o f the development o f Medieval philosophy from the beginning in late antiq­ uity to the end o f the fourteenth century. The discussion will focus on texts by St. Augus­ tine, Boethius, St. Anselm, St. Thomas, Duns Scotus, and William o f Ockham. The main emphasis will be on problems o f free will and predetermination (divine foreknowledge and omnipotence), the nature o f universals and individuation, the relation between philosophy and faith. Not offered 1989-90. veyed and criticized. Derrida and recent French critical theory may be touched on. Not offered 1989-90. 21. S o cial and Political Ph ilo so p h y. Not offered 1989-90. This course will be concerned with concepts of equality, justice, tolerance, liberty, utility, and rights. We will approach them through a close study o f some major works in political philosophy, each o f which presents a distinct and systematic conception o f human nature and the social and economic conditions o f a just association. Works by Locke, Rousseau, Mill, Marx, and Rawls will be considered. Not offered 1989-90. 2 9 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry Ph ilo so p h y. 22. A m e ric a n Ph ilo so p h y. This course will concentrate on the founders of American pragmatism: C. S. Peirce, W il­ liam James, and John Dewey. Some attention will be given to their lasting philosophical contribution. Not offered 1989-90. 23. C o n te m p o ra ry Ph ilo so p h y. See Philosophy 104. Not offered 1989-90. 24. T h e o ry o f K n o w le d g e . Topics in current epistemology contrast faith with knowledge, indoctrination with educa­ tion, induction with some current evidence about human reasoning, traditional scepti­ cisms with current literary varieties, knowl­ edge in morals with science, change o f theories with transformation o f values. Traditional topics contrast how you know you are not dreaming with how I do. Fall semester. Raff. 26. Language and M eaning. What is it to know the meaning o f an expres­ sion? Can one be justified in claiming to know meanings? How ought linguists, literary crit­ ics, and psychologists to study meaning and our knowledge o f it? What philosophical con­ ception o f mind is implied by our linguistic capacity? Behaviorist theories o f meaning (as exemplified by Quine), cognitivist theories o f meaning (as exemplified by Chomsky, Fodor, and Davidson), and conceptions o f language as a social practice (Wittgenstein) will be sur­ 2 7 . M e ta p h ys ic s. Not offered 1989-90. 28 . M a rx is t Ph ilo so p h y. Nineteenth-century philosophers began to think historically, hoping to establish the natures o f knowledge and morality by seeing how views about them emerge and evolve in a culture. Perhaps, it was suggested, agreement will be reached as a result o f this evolution, if we can understand it. Whether historicism as a method is compatible with objectivism about such topics as knowledge, morality, the existence o f God, and the nature o f the self will be studied by examining the historicist treatments o f these topics put forward by Fichte, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Marx, and Nie­ tzsche. Not offered 1989-90. 3 3 . Ph ilo so p h y and Tech nology. We live in an environment dominated by the products o f technology and in a technological culture. Technology not only affects how we think and live, but is itself a product o f human thought and activity, o f the acquisition and use o f scientific knowledge. It therefore inter­ sects with, and has an impact on, many areas o f traditional philosophical concern. Among the intersections to be explored are the rela­ tion between science and technology; values in science and technology (including feminist and marxist critiques); moral dilemmas created by technology (e.g., regarding medi­ cine, nuclear power and weapons, the envi­ ronment, genetic engineering, data storage, etc.); the impact o f technological images on ways o f thinking about ourselves and the world (e.g., clocks, computers, steam en­ gines); and the impact o f information technol­ ogies. Not offered 1989-90. 3 4 . Values and Eth ic s in Scie nce and Technology. (Also listed as Engineering 34.) See Engineering 34. Spring semester. Oberdiek. 205 Philosophy 3 8 . Ph ilo so ph y o f S cie n ce . Not offered 1989-90. 3 9 . Exis te n tia lis m . Starting with the historical background and development o f existential philosophy, the course will center around the 19th century thinkers Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, the Russian novelists, Tolstoy and Dostoyevsky, and the 20th century philosophers Heidegger, Sartre, and Camus. The main emphasis will be on the concepts o f individuality, anxiety, freedom, responsibility, and the problem o f objectivity and interpretation. Spring semester. Frede. 4 0 . S e m a n tic s. See Linguistics 40. Fall semester. Kegl. 4 1 . N ie tzs c h e . An examination o f Nietzsche’s writings with special attention to his views on truth, art, religion, morality, and the self. In our discus­ sion o f his treatment o f these subjects, we will try to understand and assess his status as a philosophical critic o f modern culture. Fall semester. Eschete. 4 2 . Philosophical C la ss ic s. This course selects a single work for extended study in light o f current and traditional criti­ cism. Not offered 1989-90. 4 5 . Ph ilo so ph y and Fe m in ism . This course has two objectives. It will combine a survey o f the treatment o f gender-difference by classical philosophers such as Plato, Aris­ totle, Kant, Hegel, Nietzsche, and Mill with a discussion o f basic concepts and problems in contemporary feminist theory, as in De Beau­ voir, Bell, Firestone, Gilligan, Grinshaw, Jaggar, Lloyd, and others. Not offered 1989-90. Frede. 59 . C ath olic S o cial T h o u g h t The course will study the Catholic tradition o f social and political thought, recent theoretical developments in that tradition, and its rapidly growing influence on social and political move­ ments, especially in Latin America. The prin­ cipal readings will be drawn from 1) Papal social encyclicals, 2 ) documents o f the Second Vatican Council and Latin American Bishops’ Conferences, 3 ) recent documents o f the U .S. 206 Catholic bishops on nuclear war and the economy, 4 ) writings o f liberation theology. From time to time, selected applications of this theory, e.g. the growth o f "base commu­ nities” in Brazil, will also be studied. Also listed as Political Science 59, Religion 59. Not offered 1989-90. 7 8 . P o s t-M o d e rn is m / P o s t-S tru c tu ra lis m . Since the mid-1950s structures, essences, and languages have come to be 'decentered’ or seen as historically variable and ill-bounded. Decenterings o f structures, at the hands of such figures as Wittgenstein and Heidegger (later in their careers), Lacan, Derrida, Fou­ cault, and Rorty have encouraged the inmixing o f disciplines and speculations about the deaths o f philosophy, o f the subject, and of art. An emerging post-modern, post-struc­ turalist sensibility has come to see all activities as already implicated in further activities and movements that outrun our full understand­ ing. These developments will be surveyed and assessed. Not offered 1989-90. 7 9 . Colloquium : Language and M eaning. This colloquium will concentrate on Wittgen­ stein’s Philosophical Investigations, taking up leading themes such as the nature o f self­ understanding, the possibility o f scientific semantics, the role o f rules in human action, the relation between consciousness and lan­ guage, and the relation between consciousness and practice. Detailed study o f the text will be combined with attention to major recent ap­ preciative and critical works on Wittgenstein, including books by Kripke, McGinn, Mal­ colm, Bloor, Rubinstein, Baker and Hacker, and Cavell. Some attention will be paid to Wittgenstein’s middle period writings on psy­ chology. One credit. May be combined with an attachment for two credits and external examination. Also listed as Linguistics 79. Fall semester. Eldridge. 8 6. Topics in Ph ilo so p h y and P s yc h o lo g y. This course explores in depth different topics that are o f interest and concern to both phi­ losophers and psychologists. For example, in Fall, 1987, the focus was rationality and the explanation o f human action. In practical life, we usually explain human actions by giving the person’s reasons—his or her goals and beliefs—for performing them. In contrast, in experimental science, we attempt to explain behavior by finding laws in accordance with which it occurs. We explored the extent to which the categories o f explanation that come from practical life constrain or limit the scope of scientific explanations. The course is open to students who have had at least the introduc­ tory course in both philosophy and psychol­ ogyAlso listed as Psychology 86. Fall semester. Lacey and Schwartz. 8 7. Colloquium : A d va n ce d Lo g ic and Foundations o f M a th e m a tic s . A selection o f topics from the following: metatheorems o f first order logic, the incom­ pleteness o f first order axiomatic systems o f arithmetic, recursive function theory, axio­ matic theories o f space and time, logical form and the structure o f natural languages, philo­ sophical foundations o f arithmetic, founda­ tions o f geometry emphasizing problems o f the nature o f metrics. Two credits. Approval o f instructor required. Not offered 1989-90. 8 8. Colloquium : Ph ilo so p h y o f L a w . See Philosophy 122. Not offered 1989-90. 89. Colloquium : Ph ilo so p h y o f S o cial S cie nce . An examination o f philosophical issues which arise in contemporary social science research. We will consider issues o f explanation and understanding, the justification o f theories and arguments, the sense in which social sci­ ences can produce objective knowledge. The point o f reference for our discussions will be problems in the explanation o f historical change. Not offered 1989-90. 9 3 . D irecte d Reading. Each semester. Staff. 9 6 . T h e s is . Fall semester. Staff., 9 7 . S e n io r C on fe re n ce . Fall semester. Staff. S E M IN A R S 101. M o ra l Ph ilo so p h y. An examination o f the principal theories o f value, virtue, and moral obligation, and o f their justification. The focus will be primarily on contemporary treatments o f moral phi­ losophy. A central question o f seminar will be the possibility and desirability o f moral theory. Spring semester. Eshete. 102. A n c ie n t Ph ilo so p h y. See Philosophy 14. Fall semester. Frede. 103. Selected M od ern Ph ilo so p h ers. Two or more philosophical systems o f Des­ cartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, or Kant and their relations. Spring semester. Miller. 104. C o n te m p o ra ry Ph ilo so p h y. 20th Century classics by Frege, Moore, Rus­ sell, Wittgenstein selected for intensive treat­ ment and as ground for one or more current philosophical issues, such as Subjectivity. Not offered 1989-90. 106. A e s th e tic s . See Philosophy 17. Not offered 1989-90. 1 0 7 . Lo g ic and Foundations o f M a th e m a tic s . See Philosophy 87. Not offered 1989-90. 109. M e ta p h ys ic s. See Philosophy 27. Not offered 1989-90. 110 . M ed ie va l Ph ilo so p h y. Not offered 1989-90. 1 1 1 . Ph ilo so p h y o f Religion. See Religion Department Preparation by course and attachment. 113 . T h e o ry o f K n ow le d g e . Central issues current in the theory o f knowl­ edge selected to explore the nature and limits o f rationality, including Certainty, Self-decep- 207 I Philosophy J tion, Perception, Memory, and recent attacks on traditional epistemic theories. Fail semester. Raff. porary writings. Spring semester. Lacey. 114 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry Ph ilo so p h y. Political liberalism has spawned many critics, both left and right. But liberalism takes many different forms, and criticisms o f one may not apply to another. We will examine several influential classical varieties o f liberalism (e.g., J.S . Mill, Hobhouse, Green, Dewey) as well as examples o f contemporary liberal thought (e.g., Rawls, Dworkin, Griffin, Raz) and con­ temporary critics (e.g., Unger, MacIntyre, Sandel). Discussions tend to gravitate around acluster o f key concepts: social justice, rights, equality, liberty or freedom, democracy and harm. Fall semester. Oberdiek. See Philosophy 29. Not offered 1989-90. 116 . Language and M eaning. See Philosophy 26. Not offered 1989-90. 1 1 7 . Ph ilo so p h y o f the S o cial S c ie n c e s. See Philosophy 89. Not offered 1989-90. 118 . Ph ilo so ph y o f P s yc h o lo g y. Philosophical problems raised by behaviorist and cognitive psychologies and their critics. One credit seminar. Taken together with Phi­ losophy 86/Psychology 86 it constitutes ade­ quate preparation for an external exam in Philosophy o f Psychology. Fall semester. Lacey. 119 . Th e Ph ilo so ph y o f S cie n ce . An examination o f some o f the central prob­ lems in the philosophy o f science: the nature o f scientific explanation and evidence, the relationship between theory and observation, the rationality o f science, the relations be­ tween science and technology, the alleged value-freedom o f science, the differences be­ tween the natural and the human sciences. Readings will be drawn mainly from contem- 1 2 1 . S o cial and Political Ph ilo so p h y. 12 2 . Ph ilo so p h y o f L a w . A study o f concepts o f law, including exami­ nation o f the relationships between legal sys­ tems and other social and political institutions. Such issues as the proper relationship between law and morality, civil disobedience, legal enforcement o f morality, and justification of punishment are considered. Readings in both historical and contemporary sources. Spring semester. Oberdiek. 180 . T h e s is . A thesis may be submitted by majors in the department in place o f one Honors paper, upon application by the student and at the discretion o f the department. I ' 208 Physical Education and Athletics ELEAN O R K . H E S S , Professor and Associate Chair ERNEST J . P R U D E N T E , Professor ROBERT E . W IL L IA M S , Professor and Chair DOUGLAS M . W E IS S , Associate Professor SUSAN P. D A VIS, Assistant Professor1 FRANCIS J . M E A G H E R , Assistant Professor M ICH AEL L M U L L A N , Assistant Professor GAILE E. R O C K ET, Instructor LEE W IM B ER LY, Instructor TIM B R O O K E, Assistant LAW RENCE E H M E R , Assistant DIANE F R E E D M A N , Assistant LORI FR IE S , Assistant CURTIS A . L A U B E R , Assistant« HERBERT L E IM B A C H , Assistant’ C. J . S T E F A N O W IC Z, Assistant« DALE S TR A W B R ID G E, Assistant« RONALD A . T IR P A K , Assistant The aim o f the Department is to contribute to the total education o f all students through the medium o f physical activity. We believe this contribution can best be achieved through encouraging participation in a broad program of individual and team sports, dance, aquatics, and physical conditioning. The program pro­ vides an opportunity for instruction and ex­ perience in a variety o f these activities on all levels. It is our hope that participation in this program will foster an understanding o f move­ ment and the pleasure o f exercise, and will enhance, by practice, qualities o f good sports­ manship, leadership, and cooperation in team play. Students are also encouraged to develop skill and interest in a variety o f activities which can be enjoyed after graduation. o f students to engage inintercollegiate compe­ tition, and those who qualify may be encour­ aged to participate in regional and national championship contests. Several club teams in various sports are also organized and a pro­ gram o f intramural activities is sponsored. The intercollegiate athletic program is com­ prehensive, including varsity teams in twentythree different sports, twelve for men and eleven for women. During many o f these ac­ tivities contests are arranged for junior varsity teams. Courses;' offered by the Department are listed below. Credit toward completion o f the Phys­ ical Education requirement will also be given for participation in intercollegiate athletics, as well as for the following two dance courses: Music—Dance 1 (Introduction to Dance) and Students are encouraged to enjoy the instruc­ tional and recreational opportunities offered by the Department throughout their college careers. In the freshman and sophomore years all students not excused for medical reasons are required to complete a four quarter (two semester) program in physical education. All students must pass a survival swimming test or take up to one quarter o f swimming in­ struction; classes for this purpose are offered in the fall quarter. Ample opportunities exist for large numbers 1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1989. 4 Fall semester, 1989. 5 Spring semester, 1990. 209 Physical Education and Athletics Music—Dance 4 (Intermediate Dance TechTo receive credit for any part o f the program students must participate in their chosen activity a minimum o f three hours a T u q u e ). week. Faculty regulations stipulate that stu­ dents who have not fulfilled the Physical Education requirement will not be allowed to enter the junior year. Fall A c tiv itie s Advanced Life Saving Aquatics Archery Badminton * * * * Cross Country Ij. Field Hockey Folk & Square Dance * * * Football Jazz Exercise Karate * * * ** Riding Scuba Self-Defense Soccer Synchronized Swimming Tennis Touch Football Volleyball Circuit Weight Training Adv. Circuit Weight Training W in te r A c tiv itie s Aquatics * * Badminton * Basketball Fencing Folk & Square Dance Jazz Exercise Karate Riding Self-Defense * Squash * * * * Swimming * Synchronized Swimming Tennis Volleyball Water Safety Instructor Circuit Weight Training Adv. Circuit Weight Training * * * Wrestling S p rin g A c tiv itie s Archery Aquatics Badminton * * * Baseball Folk & Square Dance * G olf Jazz Exercise Karate * * * * Lacrosse Riding ij. Intercollegiate competition for women * Intercollegiate competition and course instruction. * * Intercollegiate competition for women, course instruction for men and women. 210 * * Scuba Softball Squash * Synchronized Swimming * Tennis * * * * Track and Field Volleyball Water Safety Instructor (continued) Circuit Weight Training Adv. Circuit Weight Training * * * Intercollegiate competition for men. * * * * Intercollegiate competition for men and women. Physics and Astro n o m y O LEXA -M Y R O N B IL A N IU K , Professor JOHN R. B O CC IO, Professor and Associate Provost for Academic Computing*6 JOHN E. G A U S T A D , Professor o f Astronomy2 MARK A . H E A L D , Professor WULFF D. H E IN T Z , Professor o f Astronomy PAUL C. M A N G ELS D O R F , Professor FRANK A . M O S C A T E L L I, Associate Professor and Chair AMY R. B U G , Assistant Professor TERJE G . V O LD , Assistant Professor LYNN A . W E S T LIN G , Assistant Professor STEVEN W. D A N IE L S , Pew Postdoctoral Fellow The program o f the Physics and Astronomy Department stresses the concepts and meth­ ods that have led to an understanding o f the fundamental laws explaining the physical uni­ verse. Throughout the work o f the Department, em­ phasis is placed on quantitative, analytical reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisi­ tion of facts and skills. Particular importance is also attached to laboratory work, because physics and astronomy are primarily experi­ mental and observational sciences. With the awareness that involvement in re­ search is a major component in the education of scientists, the department offers a number of opportunities for students to participate in original research projects, conducted by mem­ bers of the faculty, on (or off) campus. The Physics and Astronomy Department of­ fers five Primary Distribution Courses (PDC), Physics 6 ,2 0 ,2 3 ,2 5 , as well as Astronomy 1. Of these, Physics 6 is required o f all students intending to major in physics or astronomy. Two calculus-based introductory courses are offered. Physics 3 , 4 covers both classical and modern physics and is the appropriate intro­ ductory physics course for those students majoring in engineering, chemistry, and biol­ ogy. Physics 7, 8, on the other hand, which is taken after Physics 6, is aimed towards stu­ dents planning to do further work in physics or astronomy. The four-course sequence 6 , 7, 8 ,1 4 is designed to provide an introduction to all major areas o f physics. The Department offers a selection o f courses (Physics 21, 22, and Astronomy 5 2 ) that are suitable for nonscience majors seeking to ful­ fill the non-PDC science distribution require­ ment. A regular series o f colloquia on topics of current research interest is sponsored by the Department. Speakers are specifically chosen so that their talks are appropriate for under­ graduates. The colloquium series is an integral part o f the departmental educational program. As such, student attendance is considered as important as normal course work. Students majoring in physics or astronomy are expected to participate on a regular basis. The Cornell Science Library possesses a large collection o f both pedagogical texts and re­ search publications including a large number o f scientific journals. R E Q U IR E M E N T S a n d r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s Degree Requirements: In order to receive a degree from Swarthmore as a Physics, Astronomy, or Astrophysics major, a student must 2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990. 6 On administrative assignment, 1989-90. have taken and satisfactorily passed one o f the programs described below: Physics and A s tro n o m y The standard programs provide strong prep­ aration for any graduate program in Physics or Astronomy. lege distribution requirements, including pri­ mary distribution courses, and the 20-course rule. The standard program in Physics is Physics 6, 7 ,8 ,1 4 , and 5 0 in the first two years followed by Physics 111, 1 1 2 ,1 1 3 ,1 1 4 ,1 1 5 , and 116 in the last two years. In addition, Chemistry 10, advanced laboratory courses Physics 81, 82, and 83 and Mathematics 5, 6A, 6B, and 6C, 16, 18. Students taking Physics 3 , 4 and then propos­ ing to take further advanced work in the De­ partment must take a special directed reading course Physics 8A before enrolling in Physics 14 to fill in those areas o f study covered in Physics 7, 8 but not in Physics 3, 4. The standard program in Astronomy is Phys­ ics 6 ,7 ,8 , 1 4 , and Astronomy 5 ,6 in the first two years followed by Astronomy 59, 117, 118, and three other Astronomy courses in the last two years. In addition, Mathematics 5, 6A, 6B, and 6C, 16, and 18 must be taken during the four year program. The standard program in Astrophysics is Physics 6 , 7, 8, 14, 50, and Astronomy 5, 6 in the first two years followed by Physics 111, 112,113, 115, and Astronomy 117,118 in the last two years. In addition, Chemistry 10, advanced laboratory courses Physics 81, 82, and 83 and Mathematics 5, 6A, 6B, and 6C, 16, 18, and another advanced mathematics course must be taken during the four year program. The extended program in Physics allows stu­ dents to study some specialized area o f Physics or to write a thesis based on original research work. It provides an even stronger back­ ground for students intending to do graduate work. The extended program in Physics adds two senior application seminars (Physics 130, 136) or a thesis to the standard program. The minimum program in Physics is intended for students not planning to pursue graduate work in Physics. Since all major areas o f Physics are covered, this program is excellent preparation for a career in high school teach­ ing and is ideal for double-majors. The min­ imum program in Physics is Physics 6 , 7, 8, 14, and 5 0 in the first two years followed by Physics 111, 112, 113, and 115 in the last two years. In addition, Chemistry 10, advanced laboratory courses Physics 81, and 82, and Mathematics 5, 6A, 6B, and 6C, 16, 18, and another advanced mathematics course must be taken during the four year program. In addition, the student must satisfy the col­ 212 Students planning to take one o f the seminars Physics 1 2 0 -1 2 3 as part o f a external exami­ nation minor program must take Physics 3,4 before applying for the program. In the Physics and Astronomy department the seminar is the standard format for most junior and senior level work. All prospective majors and minors in the department should realize this when planning programs. In keeping with college policy regarding seminar participation, all students will be examined on seminar ma­ terial at the end o f the spring semester of the year in which the seminar is given. It is out judgment that one o f the major educational benefits o f the external examination system is the required review o f all material studied in seminars during the junior and senior years. These examinations will be set by external examiners, but for juniors, and those seniors not pursuing an Honors degree, they will be read by Swarthmore faculty. For students not pursuing an Honors degree, seminar presen­ tations and other contributions will be taken into account in assigning grades in seminars. Students who are awarded Honors and juniors accepted into the External Examination pro­ gram will have no grades recorded on their transcript for any seminars included in their external examination program. The students in the External Examination program receive no grades, but a degree of Honors, High Honors, Highest Honors, Pass or Fail depending on the performance on the examinations at the end o f the senior year. Students receiving the grades o f Pass or Fail will subsequendy receive grades for each semi­ nar from Swarthmore instructors. Seniors not taking the external examinations must take a comprehensive examination, which is not only intended to encourage re­ view and synthesis, but also requires students to demonstrate mastery o f fundamentals stud­ ied during all four years. Criteria for Acceptance as a Major: A student applying to become a Physics major in the standard or extended program should have completed or be completing Physics 14, Phys­ ics 50, and Math 18. If applying for Astro­ physics or Astronomy major they should also have completed Astronomy 5 and 6 . Other­ wise any deficiencies would have to be made up during the following year at some incon­ venience to the student’s upperclass program. To be accepted as a standard (or extended) major in the department, the applicant must normally have completed the sophomore-level course Physics 14, with a grade o f C + or better, and must normally have an average grade in all Physics and/or Astronomy courses o f C + or better. A student applying to become a Physics major in the minimum program should have com­ pleted or be completing at least Physics 6, 7 and Math 5 , 6 . Otherwise it will be impossible to fulfill all program requirements. To be accepted as a major in Physics, the applicant must have completed Physics 6 with a grade of C+ or better and work in Physics 7 should be at the same or better level. Since almost all advanced work in Physics and Astronomy at Swarthmore is taught in semi­ nars, where the pedagogical responsibility is shared by the student participants, an addi­ tional consideration in accepting (retaining) majors is the presumed (demonstrated) ability of the students not only to benefit from this mode of instruction but also to contribute positively to the seminars. Grades in prior courses are our best criteria in admitting majors, since they tend to indicate reliably whether or not the student can handle ad­ vanced work at Swarthmore levels without being overwhelmed. However, lively and con­ structive participation in classes and labs is also taken into account. To be accepted into the External Examination program in the department, the applicant must present an acceptable set o f fields in which they wish to be examined and an appro­ priate program o f study to prepare for them. In addition they must normally have an aver­ age grade in all Physics and/or Astronomy courses o f B or better. Advanced Laboratory Program: The principal Physics seminars (111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116) are each accompanied by a full laboratory program, namely Physics 81 (no credit), Phys­ ics 82, 8 3 (each one-half credit) requiring approximately one afternoon a week. Students enrolled in these seminars must arrange their programs so that they can schedule an after­ noon for lab each week free o f conflicts with other classes, extracurricular activities, and sports. Independent Work: Physics and Astronomy majors are encouraged to undertake indepen­ dent research projects, especially in the senior year, either in conjunction with one o f the senior seminars, or as a special project for separate credit (Physics/Astronomy 94). Members o f the physics or astronomy faculty are willing to suggest possible projects and to supervise any one o f these if the student chooses to pursue it. In preparation for inde­ pendent experimental work, prospective ma­ jors are strongly urged to take Physics 63, Procedures in Experimental Physics, during their fall semester o f their sophomore year, which will qualify them to work in the depart­ mental shops. Good shop facilities, electronics facilities, a wide range o f instrumentation, and extensive computing facilities are available to support independent work. Students com­ pleting work under Physics/Astronomy 94 are required to submit final written and oral reports o f their work to the department. There are usually several opportunities for students to receive financial support to work with faculty members on research projects during the summer. Thesis: Students may elect to do a theoretical or experimental research thesis representing the results o f independent work done under the supervision o f a faculty member. This thesis will usually cover work begun in the summer after the junior year and completed during the senior year. External examination students can choose to submit a thesis as one o f their papers in place o f a senior seminar. 213 Physics and A s tro n o m y F A C I L IT I E S A N D R E S E A R C H P R O G R A M S Several research facilities are maintained by the Department. M ost are available for student participation in faculty research. The laser atomic-spectroscopy laboratory includes a single-mode tunable dye laser pumped by a 6 watt argon-ion laser and various associated optical, electronic, and computer interfacing equipment. A scanning tunneling microscope has been constructed and is now in operation. Extensive computing facilities, including three Micro VAX II, several Macintosh II, a power­ ful graphics processing computer, extensive computer graphics equipment, and many other microcomputers are available for re­ search and projects. Physics faculty research interests include the areas o f lasers, high res­ olution atomic spectroscopy, biophysics, scanning tunneling microscopy, neural net­ works, molecular dynamics, computer simu­ lation, chaos, computer graphics, nuclear magnetic resonance, fluid physics and geo­ physics. A 61-cm Cassegrain reflector, located on top o f Papazian Hall, is equipped with a highresolution spectrometer and a Reticon array detector. W ith computer-based control and data acquisition systems, it is used for solar and stellar spectroscopy. Swarthmore’s principal telescope, which is located in Sproul Observatory and has been in continuous operation since 1912, is a 61-cm refractor with a focal length o f 11 meters. Is is used for research on the distances, motions, orbits, and masses o f stars by means o f visual and photographic observations. Auxiliary equipment includes a high-precision photo­ graphic plate measuring machine, photoelectic, and photographic photometers, and a Brashear micrometer. The observatory also houses a 15-cm refractor. A monthly visitor’s night at the Observatory is announced in the college calendar. Program for the Last Two Years: We will be offering one-unit seminars in the following fields every year: 111 (Classical Mechanics), 112 (Electrody­ namics), 113 (Quantum Theory), 114 (Statis­ tical Physics), 115 (Atomic and Solid State Physics), 116 (Modern Optics). We will also be offering one- or two-unit seminars in the following fields. These semi­ nars are designed for persons wishing to minor in physics. They will begin at a lower level than our junior seminars for majors but will end at the same level. One or two choices, selected from the list below, will be available each year depending on demand and faculty availability. 120 (M odem Physics), 121 (Biophysics), 122 (Applied Optics), 123 (Statistical and Ther­ mal Physics). In addition, one, two, or three one-unit ad­ vanced application seminars will be offered each year for senior majors in physics and astronomy. Typical topics will be: 130 (General Relativity), 131 (Particle Phys­ ics), 132 (Non-Linear Dynamics/Chaos), 133 (Atomic Physics: Spectroscopy), 134 (Ad­ vanced Quantum Physics), 135 (Solid State Physics), 136 (Quantum Optics; Lasers). E X T E R N A L E X A M I N A T IO N P A P E R S External examinations, based on the topics covered in the seminars listed above, will be possible in the following fields: Every Year: Classical Physics (based on 111, 112), Quantum Physics (based on 113, 115), Atomic, Solid State, and Statistical Physics (based 114, 115). Every Other Year beginning with 1990/91: 214 Astrophysics (based on Astronomy 117,118). Planned Program (next two years): 1989-90: General Relativity (based on 111, 130), Mod­ ern Optics (based on 116, 136), Chemical Physics (based on 115, Chem. 105B). 1990-91: Linear and Nonlinear Dynamics (based on 111,132), Quantum Theory (based on 113,134), Atomic and Laser Spectroscopy (based on 116, 113). P H Y S IC S 3 ,4 . G e n eral P h y s ic s I, II. 8 . Ele c tric ity and M ag n e tism . A presentation o f a unified view o f physics through analysis o f basic principles, their implications, and their limitations. Special emphasis will be placed on analytical under­ standing o f physical phenomena through the use of calculus. Fall semester. Topics include vectors, kinema­ tics in one, two, and three dimensions, New­ ton’s laws and dynamics, conservation laws, work and energy, oscillatory motion, systems of particles, rigid body rotation about fixed axis, special relativity, and thermodynamics. Spring semester. Topics include wave phenom­ ena, geometrical and physical optics, electicity and magnetism, direct and alternating-current circuits, and introductory quantum physics. Laboratory and homework exercises include extensive use o f interactive computing and computer graphics. Three lectures and a lab­ oratory period weekly. Prerequisite: Mathematics 5, 6A taken concurrendy, or comparable preparation in math­ ematics. Mangelsdorf, Heald, and staff. A sophisticated introductory treatment o f electric and magnetic phenomena. Topics in­ clude: the electrostatic field and potential, electrical work and energy, conductors and semiconductors, D.C. and A.C. circuits, the relativistic basis o f magnetism, magnetostatic fields, time-varying fields and Maxwell’s equa­ tions, electrically and magnetically polarizable materials. The lab curriculum will also include wave phenomena and geometrical optics. Three lectures and a recommended problem session weekly; laboratory every other week. Prerequisites: Physics 7, Mathematics 6A. Also, Mathematics 6C or 18 (can be taken concurrently) are recommended. Fall semester. Bug. 6. The C h a ra c te r o f P h ysic a l L a w . An introduction to the concepts o f physics and the thought processes inherent to the discipline. Topic coverage will range from relativity to quantum theory to elementary particles to non-determinate dynamics (chaos). The primary emphasis o f the course will be on the accepted principles o f physics and their application to specific areas. Attention will be given to philosophical aspects o f physics, discussions o f what kind o f problems physi­ cists address and how they go about addressing them. The course includes a substantial writ­ ingcomponent. Three lecture/discussion sec­ tions per week and a laboratory. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Bilaniuk and staff. 7. Particle M ec h a n ics. The classical mechanics o f point particles. Vector algebra and calculus, kinematics, dy­ namics, rigid bodies, nonlinear systems, spe­ cial relativity, statistical mechanics. Three lec­ tures and one laboratory weekly. Spring semester. Staff. 8 A . S p e cial S e m in a r: General P h y s ic s . This course is designed to supplement Physics 3 ,4 in order to bring student preparation to the level o f Physics 7,8. Half-credit course. Prerequisite: Physics 4, and Mathematics 6C or 18 concurrently. Fall semester. Staff. 14 . W a ve s and M od ern P h y s ic s . Wave phenomena, interference, and diffrac­ tion. An introduction to moderns physics, including relativity, relativistic dynamics, wave mechanics, Schrodinger equation ap­ plied to one-dimensional systems, and prop­ erties o f atoms, molecules, solids, nuclei, and elementary particles. The quantum aspects o f the interaction o f photons with matter. The empirical basis o f the subject is emphasized. Three lectures and a laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: Physics 8 and Physics 50 taken concurrently. Spring semester. Staffs 20 . P rin cip le s o f th e Ea rth S cie n ce s. An analysis o f the forces shaping our physical environment, drawing on the fields o f geology, geophysics, meteorology, and oceanography. A new emphasis on earth’s changing atmo­ sphere and on climatic changes. Reading and discussion based on current literature. The underlying physical and chemical principles are stressed. Laboratory demonstrations and one or more field trips. No special scientific background required. 215 P h ysic s and A s tro n o m y Primary distribution course. Spring semester. Mangelsdorf. 2 1 . P rin cip le s o f A e ro n a u tic s . Principles o f flight, elements o f aircraft struc­ ture and performance, flight instruments, navi­ gation aids and methods, flight meteorology, airspace utilization. Lectures, afternoon ground lab, field trips. No prerequisites, but enroll­ ment limited. (The Department o f Physics is certified by the F.A.A. as a Pilot Ground School.) Acceptable for non-PDC science dis­ tribution requirement. Spring semester. Bilaniuk. 2 2 . En e rg y fo r M an kin d. The role o f energy in the modem world. Renewable and nonrenewable energy re­ sources, their present and potential use and abuse. The physical concept o f work and energy. Fossil, hydroelectric, geothermal, tidal, wind, ocean, bio-mass, direct-solar, nu­ clear fission and fusion, and other energy sources; their respective advantages and dis­ advantages. Three field trips. No prerequi­ sites, but enrollment limited because o f field trips. Acceptable for non-PDC science distribution requirement. Not offered 1989-90. Bilaniuk. 2 3 . R e la tivity. A non-mathematical introduction to the spe­ cial and general theories o f relativity as devel­ oped by Einstein and others during the 20th century. We will address questions such as: W hat is spacetime? Do you know where you are or what time it is? Are there really any forces? W hat is gravity? W hat are black holes and should you worry about them? Emphasis will be on spacetime diagrams and geometrical concepts. No previous physical courses are required. The course will use only high school algebra and geometry. Primary distribution course. Not offered 1989-90. Boccio. 25. Quantum P h y s ic s . A non-mathematical introduction to quantum mechanics. The course will present a modern view describing the intellectual challenges and disagreements in the study o f the behavior of atomic and sub-atomic particles. This theory has completely changed our view o f the physi­ cal world and the meaning o f reality, but is still 216 the subject o f unresolved debate about its fundamental interpretation. Primary distribution course. Not offered 1989-90. 5 0 . M ath e m a tica l M eth o ds o f Physics. A survey o f analytical and numerical tech­ niques, with applications. Topics include: review o f multivariable calculus, complex numbers and complex analysis, ordinary dif­ ferential equations, partial differential equa­ tions and Sturm-Liouville systems, orthogo­ nal functions, Fourier series, Fourier and Laplace transforms, numerical methods to solve differential equations and perform fits to data, probability theory. Prerequisites: Mathematics 16 and either 6C or 18; a knowledge o f some programming language. Spring semester. Bug. 6 3. Procedu re s in Experim ental Physics. Laboratory work directed toward the acquisi­ tion o f knowledge and skills which will be useful in future research participation. Tech­ niques, materials, and the design o f experi­ mental apparatus. Shop practice. Printed cir­ cuit design and construction. Half-credit course. Open only to majors in Physics or Astronomy. Fall semester. Andrews, Dougherty, and staff. 9 3. Directed Reading. This course provides an opportunity for an individual student to do special study, with either theoretical or experimental emphasis, in fields not covered by the regular courses and seminars. The student will present oral and written reports to the instructor. 9 4 . R e se a rch P r o je c t Initiative for a research project may come from the student, or the work may involve collaboration with on-going faculty research. The student will present a written and an oral report to the Department. 9 7 . S e n io r C on fe re n ce . This half-course is designed to give students an overview o f all o f their physics courses by studying a variety o f physical problems. Most recently this has been accomplished by way of a written thesis and an oral presentation on a topic agreed upon by the student and the instructor. When offered, this course replaces the departmental comprehensive examination. Half-credit course. Spring semester. S E M IN A R S 111. M ec ha n ics. A general study o f classical mechnics. Topics include: motion o f a particle in one, two, and three dimensions. Kepler’s laws and planetary motion. Phase space. Oscillatory motion; damping; nonlinear effects. Lagrange equa­ tions and variational principles. Systems o f particles; collisions and cross sections. Motion of a rigid body in two and three dimensions; Euler’s equations. Rotating frames o f refer­ ence. Small oscillations and normal modes. Wave phenomena in one and two dimensions. Prerequisites: Physics 14, 50; Math 18. One credit. Fall semester. Staff. 112. Ele c tro d yn a m ic s. A general study o f electricity and magnetism using vector calculus. Topics include: Electric and magnetic fields. Dielectric and magnetic materials. Electromagnetic induction. Devel­ opment o f Maxwell’s field equations in differ­ ential form. Displacement current. Poynting theorem and electromagnetic waves. Bound­ ary-value problems. Radiation. Four vector formulation o f relativistic electrodynamics. Prerequisite: Physics 14, 50; Math 18. One credit. Fall semester. Heald. 113. Quantum T h e o ry . Topics include: Review o f classical concepts. Postulates o f quantum mechanics. Operators, eigenfunctions, and eigenvalues. Function spaces and hermitian operators; bra-ket nota­ tion. Superposition and observables. Time development, conservation theorems, and parity. Angular momentum. Three-dimen­ sional systems. Matrix mechanics and spin. Coupled angular momenta. Time-independent perturbation theory. Time-dependent pertur­ bation theory. Transition rates. Prerequisites: Physics 111, 112, and Mathe­ matics 16. One credit. Spring semester. Boecio. 114 . T h e rm o d yn a m ic s and S ta tistica l P h y s ic s . The study o f the statistical behavior o f classical and quantum systems. Topics include: con­ cepts o f temperature and entropy, the laws of thermodynamics, equations o f state, engines and refrigerators, statistical basis o f thermo­ dynamics, microcanonical, canonical and grand canonical distributions, statistics o f bosons and fermions, phase transitions and critical phenomena, Ising models, kinetic the­ ory and transport phenomena, chemical ap­ plications. Prerequisites: Mathematics 6C or 18, Physics 14. Spring semester. Bug. 115 . A to m s , S o lids and P a rtic le s . Applications o f theory developed in Physics 113 and 114. Topics selected from: Atomic physics. Solid-state physics. Nuclear physics. Particle physics. Molecular physics. Prerequisites: Physics 113 and 114. One credit. Spring semester. Westling. 116 . M od ern O p tics. The phenomena that are a direct result o f the physical wave nature o f light including wave equations, superposition, interference, Frauenhofer and Fresnel diffraction, polarization. Optical instruments which rely upon these phenomena, such as spectrometers, inter­ ferometers, etalons. Topics in modern optics including matrix methods, propagation in fi­ bers, Fourier optics, spatial and temporal coherence, lasers, and elements o f nonlinear optics. Aspects o f the quantum theory o f light including blackbody radiation, modes, quan­ tization o f the electromagnetic field, photons, coherent states, and intensity fluctuations. Prerequisites: Physics 113. One credit. Fall semester. Void. 120 . M od ern P h y s ic s . An introduction to modem physics, including relativity, wave mechanics, the Schrodinger 217 P h ysic s and A s tro n o m y equation applied to one-dimensional systems, properties o f atoms, molecules, solids, nuclei, and elementary particles including three-di­ mensional systems. The empirical basis or modern physics is emphasized. Prerequisites: Physics 3, 4. Two credits. 12 1. B io p h ysic s. General features o f the nature, origin, and fate o f life and intelligence will be examined using tools from nonlinear classical mechanics, nonequilibrium statistical mechanics, information theory, quantum mechanics, and general rela­ tivity. Prerequisites: Physics 3, 4. Two credits. 12 2 . Applie d O p tic s . An examination, and treatment, o f the under­ lying physics governing the principles o f op­ tical instruments. Topics include lasers; charac­ teristics, uses, types, etc. Optical detection; solid state, photoelectric, and their spectral characteristics. Interferometers, spectrome­ ters, and geometrical optical systems such as microscopes and telescopes and their abberations. Electro-optic devices and some non­ linear optics, optical fibers in communica­ tion. Prerequisites: Physics 3, 4. Two credits. 123 . S ta tis tic a l P h y s ic s . Statistical description o f the states o f classical and quantum systesm. Conditions for equi­ librium. Statistical basis o f thermodynamics concepts and the Laws o f Thermodynamics. Microcanonical, canonical, and grand canon­ ical ensembles and applications. Fermi-Dirac, Bose-Einstein, and Maxwell-Boltzmann statis­ tics with applications to solid state physics, low temperature physics, chemical systems, biological systems, and atomic and molecular physics. Classical thermodynamics with ap­ plications to gases. Phase changes. Critical points. Ising models. Prerequisites: Physics 3, 4. Two credits. 130. G en eral R e la tiv ity. Newton’s gravitational theory. Special rela­ tivity. Linear field theory. Gravitational waves. Measurement o f spacetime. Riemannian geom­ etry. Geometrodynamics and Einstein’s equa­ 218 tions. The Schwarzschild solution. Black holes and gravitational collapse. Cosmology. Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112. One credit. Spring semester. Boccio. 13 1. P a rtic le P h y s ic s . Experimental techniques. Symmetries and groups. Particle spectroscopy and phenome­ nology. Feynman rules and Quantum Electro­ dynamics. Partons. Quarks. Quantum Chro­ modynamics and gluons. Weak interactions. Electroweak theory. Gauge theory. The path towards unified theories. Prerequisites: Physics 113 and 115. One credit. 13 2 . N o n -U n e a r D yn am ics and Chaos. Non-linear differential equations. Non-linear difference equations. Limit points and cycles. Attractors. Fractals. Bifurcations and period doubling. Quasiperiodicity. Chaos. Univer­ sality and scaling. Onset o f turbulence. Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112. One credit. 133. A to m ic P h y s ic s and S p e c tro s c o p y . Review o f quantum theory. Hydrogen atom. Multi-electron atoms. Atoms in external fields. Optical transitions and selection rules. Hyperfine structure. Lasers. Atomic spec­ troscopic techniques: atomic beams methods, Doppler-free spectroscopy, time-resolved spectroscopy, level crossing spectroscopy. The use o f atoms and atomic spectroscopy in tests o f fundamental physics such as symmetries, invariance, and quantum reality. Prerequisites: Physics 113, 115, and 116. One credit. 13 4 . A d va n c e d Quantum M echanics. Photon polarization. Quantum interference effects. Measurement theory. Potential scat­ tering. Coulomb scattering. Time-independent and time-dependent perturbation theory. Interaction o f the quantized radiation field with matter. Spin Vi. Addition o f angular momentum. Rotations and tensor operators. Identical particles. Second quantization. Atoms and molecules. Relativistic spin zero particles. The Klein-Gordon equation. Relati­ vistic spin Vi particles. The Dirac equation. Prerequisites: Physics 113 and 115. One credit. 135. Solid S ta te P h y s ic s . One credit. Crystal structure and diffraction. The recip­ rocal lattice and Brillouin zones. Lattice vibra­ tions and normal modes. Phonon dispersion. Einstein and Debye models for specific heat. Free electrons and the Fermi surface. Electrons in periodic structures. The Bloch theorem. Band structure. Semiclassical electron dynam­ ics. Semiconductors. Magnetic and optical properties o f solids. Superconductivity. Prerequisites: Physics 113, 114, and 115. Atom-field interactions, stimulated emission, cavities, transverse and longitudinal mode structure, gain and gain saturation, non-linear effects, coherent transients and squeezed states. Pulsed lasers and superradiance. Prerequisites: Physics 113 and 116. One credit. Spring semester. Moscatelli. 136. Quantum Op tics and La s e rs . U PPERC LA SS L A B O R A T O R Y P R O G R A M 81. La b o ra to ry Ele c tro n ic s. Design techniques for analog and digital cir­ cuits including microprocessors. No credit. Fall semester. Void. 82. Ad va n ce d La b o ra to ry i. Experiments in mechanics, electricity and mag­ netism, waves, thermal and statistical physics, atomic and nuclear physics. One-half credit. Spring semester. Moscatelli, Wesding. 83. A d va n ce d La b o ra to ry II. Experiments in modem opdcs, lasers (contin­ uous and pulsed), atomic spectroscopy using tunable lasers and advanced nuclear physics. One-half credit. Fall semester. Moscatelli, Wesding. ASTRONOMY 1. Intro ducto ry A s tro n o m y . A primary distribution course which high­ lights the scientific investigation o f the uni­ verse by observation and theory, and includes the basic notions o f physics as needed in astronomical applications. Topics include as­ tronomical instruments and radiation; the sun and planets; properties, structure, and evolu­ tion of stars; the Galaxy and extragalactic systems; and the origin and evolution o f the universe. Three class periods each week plus evening labs. Primary distribution course. Each semester. Fall: Gaustad. Spring: Heintz. 5 ,6 . General A s tro n o m y I, II. Intended for science students, these courses introduce the methods and results o f astrono­ my and astrophysics, making use o f basic physical and mathematical principles. They are prerequisites for courses numbered 23 and above. Although separable, they should normally be taken in the spring-fall sequence following Physics 6. Spring: Celestial coordinates. Astronomical instruments. Laws o f physics relevant to as­ tronomy. Observed properties o f the sun and stars. Stellar structures o f evolution. Star clusters. Celestial mechanics. Binary stars. Fall. Interstellar matters. The Milky Way Gal­ axy. Galaxies and quasars. Cosmology. The solar system. Prerequisite: Physics 6 and Mathematics 5 or equivalent. Heintz and Gaustad. 9 . M e te o ro lo g y. The elements o f weather, its recording and prediction. Structure and dynamics o f the atmosphere. Includes regular weather obser­ vations and comparison with maps. Prerequisites: Mathematics 5, 6A, or equiva­ lent. Not offered 1989-90. 2 3 . M e th o d s o f Ob se rvatio n al A s tro n o m y . Theory and practice in the techniques o f modern optical astronomy. Instrumentation: 219 Physics and A s tro n o m y telescopes, spectrographs, photometers, elec­ tronic detectors, measuring equipment. Spec­ tral classification; data analysis. The photo­ graphic process. Students will undertake proj­ ects using the Swarthmore telescopes. Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6. Not offered 1989-90. Heintz. damental and apparent positions; proper mo­ tion and binary-star analysis. Prerequisite: Astronomy 6 . Spring semester. Heintz. 6 1. C u rre n t P ro b le m s in A s tro n o m y and A s tro p h y s ic s . Not offered 1989-90. Heintz. A half-course involving reading and discus­ sion o f selected research papers from the astronomical literature. Instruction will be given in techniques o f journal reading, use of abstract services, and other aids for the effi­ cient maintenance o f awareness in a technical field. May be repeated for credit. Not offered 1989-90. Gaustad. 5 2 . Concepts o f the C o s m o s. 6 4 . G a lactic S tru c tu re . Historical survey or astronomical thought. Includes oriental astrology, hellenistic geom­ etry and cosmology, and the development of observation and astrophysics in the 200 years from Halley to Einstein. Prerequisite: Astronomy 1. Not offered 1989-90. Heintz. Observational and theoretical results on the Milky Way Galaxy, including stellar popula­ tions, H-R diagram, luminosity function, stel­ lar dynamics, spiral structure, and mass distri­ bution. Prerequisites: Astronomy 6 , Math 6A, or equivalent. Fall semester. Heintz. 5 1. Celestial M echa n ics. The two-body and three-body problems, or­ bits and perturbation theory, numerical solu­ tions, satellite motions. Prerequisites: Mathematics 5 and Astronomy 6. 55 . P la n e ta ry S cie n ce . Methods and results o f the exploration o f the solar system. Prerequisite: Astronomy 6. Not offered 1989-90. Heintz. 9 3. Directed Reading. 56 . C o s m o lo g y. Techniques applied to the physical interpreta­ tion o f astronomical phenomena. Topics in­ clude electromagnetic processes in space, quantum and relativistic astrophysics, radia­ tive transfer in stellar atmospheres, interpre­ tation o f stellar spectra, and stellar structure o f evolution. Problems and projects will be assigned. Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6; Physics 14. Not offered 1989-90. Gaustad. General relativity and the theoretical frame­ work o f cosmology. World models. Optical and radio results on galaxies and quasars. Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6 ; Mathematics 6A, 6B. Not offered 1989-90. Heintz. 59 . Positional A s tro n o m y . Coordinate systems and transformations; fun­ 220 9 4 . R e se a rch P r o je c t 1 1 7 ,1 1 8 . T h e o re tic a l A s tro p h y s ic s . Political Science RAYM OND F. H O P K IN S , Professor and Chairman J A M E S R . K U R T H , Professor3 RICHARD L . R U R IN , Professor (part-time) 3 S.W .R. D e .A . S A M A R A S IN G H E , Cornell Visiting Professor4 K EN N ET H E. S H A R P E , Professor3 DAVID G . S M IT H , Professor C H A R LES R . R E IT Z , Associate Professor3 K EN N ET H A . O Y E, Associate Professor H ILLARD P O U N C Y , Associate Professor N AN C Y J . H IR S C H M A N N , Assistant Professor LES LIE T H IE L E , Assistant Professor TYR EN E W H IT E, Assistant Professor3 PETER M . R E N D A , Instructor DIARM UID M A G U IR E , Instructor Courses and seminars offered by the Political Science Department deal with the place o f politics in society and contribute to an under­ standing o f the purposes, organization, and operation o f political institutions, domestic and international. For the beginning student, the Department offers courses dealing gen­ erally with the basic concepts o f political science and the processes o f politics as illus­ trated by case studies, by theoretical analysis, and by more extended study o f politics in various institutional settings. Advanced work in the department, both in courses and semi­ nars, covers the major subfields o f American politics, comparative politics, international politics, and political theory. In addition spe­ cial topics are offered in such areas as defense policy, food policy, health policy, jurispru­ dence, and the Vietnam war. Basic attention to the causes and consequences o f political action and normative concerns regarding freedom, authority, and human dignity are addressed throughout the curriculum. R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S Students planning to study political science are advised to start with either Elements of Politics (Political Science 1) or Policy-Making in America (Political Science 2). They should then continue with one or more other intro­ ductory courses offered in the second semes­ ter: Policy-Making in America (Political Sci­ ence 2 ), Comparative Politics (Political Science 3), and International Politics (Political Science 4). Normally any two o f these courses, preferably including Political Science 1 or Political Science 2, constitute the prerequisite for further work in the Department and are particularly recommended for majors. Stu­ dents who intend to major in political science should begin their work in the freshman year if possible. Supporting courses strongly rec­ ommended for all majors are Statistics for Observational Data (Mathematics 1); and In­ troduction to Economics (Economics 1-2). Political Theory, either in seminar (Political Science (100 or 101) or in course (Political Science 54 or 5 5 ) is required o f all majors. Concentration in International Relations: This concentration, designed for students espe­ cially interested in a career in international relations or planning a career involving over­ seas work, is described on page 158. Students may elect this concentration while majoring in several alternative departments including his­ tory, economics, and modern language. For 3 Absent on leave, 1989-90. 4 Fall semester, 1989. 221 Political Science political science majors concentrating in inter­ national relations the comprehensive require­ ments for course majors are adjusted to allow students to demonstrate graduation level com­ petencies appropriate to work done in the concentration. Similar options may be ap­ proved by the department for students in the external examination program. Details for each program are worked out with the Coor­ dinator o f the concentration. o f political stability and change? How is politi­ cal power created, maintained, or challenged? Answering these questions will involve a study o f the basic institutions, concepts, and moving forces o f politics and exploring problems such as justice, freedom, equality, and obliga­ tion. Materials will be drawn from the United States and other countries. Primary distribution course. Fail semester. Staff. Concentration in Public Policy: This concentra­ tion, designed for students expecting to pre­ pare for work in government or to pursue further study in the field o f public policy is described on page 236. The normal political science comprehensive requirements apply, but these allow students flexibility in prepar­ ing to graduate, in either the course or external examination programs, so that they may have work reviewed and/or competency tested in their policy concentration. 2 . P o lic y -M a k in g In A m e ric a . Comprehensive Requirement: Majors not sitting for the external examination should review their programs periodically with the depart­ ment, normally with the chairman. A ll work programs in the department should be prepared with a view to meeting the distributional require­ ments o f the comprehensive examinations. The department recommends for graduation stu­ dents be able to write papers that demonstrate three competencies: use o f empirical evidence, analysis o f political theory, and evaluation o f policy. Students must also show knowledge o f material in at least three o f the four major subfields o f the discipline: political theory, American politics, comparative politics, and international politics. Usually papers origi­ nally prepared in a course best serve as the basis for meeting the comprehensive require­ ment. More detailed information on the im­ plication o f this requirement for course selec­ tion is offered during the junior year. In­ formation on comprehensive requirements is available in the political science department office and sent to seniors early each fall. Comprehensive qualifying papers must be submitted well before the end o f the senior year. 1. Ele m e n ts o f Po litics. Designed to probe some major questions o f politics, this course asks: W ho governs in the interests o f whom? How? What are the sources 222 Consideration o f basic elements o f American national politics, and o f ways o f defining and explaining the functions and results o f Ameri­ can politics. M ajor attention will be devoted to electoral organizations, voting behavior and opinion formation, legislation and presi­ dential leadership, administration and policy choices. Primary distribution course. Each semester. Staff. 3 . C o m p a ra tive Po litics. An introduction to the logic o f comparative inquiry and its application to the study of political systems. Major attention will be given to the political systems o f Western Europe, particularly Britain, Italy, France, and West Germany. The course will focus on (1) the historical evolution and character o f state institutions (e.g., liberal democracy, social democracy, and fascism), (2 ) the range and nature o f political parties (including the Greens and Communists), and (3 ) unconven­ tional forms o f political participation (from peaceful protest to terrorism). Some time will also be devoted to the political systems of Third World and Communist countries. Primary distribution course. Each semester. Maquire. 4 . International Po litics. An introduction to the analysis o f the contem­ porary international system and its evolution in the twentieth century. The course will examine various approaches to explaining wars, military defense, and international eco­ nomic problems. Primary distribution course. Spring semester. Staff. 14 . A m e ric a n Fore ig n P o lic y. An examination o f the making o f American foreign policy and o f the major problems faced by the United States in the modern world. The course will focus on the influence of political, bureaucratic, and economic forces and on the problems o f war, intervention, and economic conflict. Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equiva­ lent. Fall semester. Oye. 19. C o m p a ra tive C om m u nist Po litics. A comparative study o f the various commu­ nist countries, including the Soviet Union, China, Yugoslavia, Poland, Hungary, and Viet­ nam. Beginining with a comparative analysis of the Russian and Chinese revolutions, this course will focus on such topics as: ( 1 ) the relationship between socialist transformation and the development o f Leninist regimes; (2) sources o f political conflict within society; (3) Sino-Soviet relations and sources o f con­ flict between communist regimes. Special at­ tention will be given to current dilemmas o f political and economic reform, and the limits to change in Leninist regimes. Not offered 1989-90. White. 20. Po litics o f China. This course will examine the character and consequences o f the Chinese communist rev­ olution, the ideological, political, and eco­ nomic legacy o f Mao Zedong, the process o f socialist transformation in the countryside, problems o f organization and policy-making, dilemmas o f political and economic reform post-Mao, and the determinants o f Chinese foreign policy. The consequences o f the re­ forms implemented under Deng Xiaoping will receive special scrutiny. Not offered 1989-90. White. 21. Po litics o f A fric a . A survey o f political forces in contemporary Africa. Selected countries will be studied to illuminate important aspects o f political change including traditional attitudes, leader­ ship, ethnic rivalry, socialism, neocolonialism, military intervention, national integration, and international involvements. Fall semester. Not offered 1989-90. Hopkins. 22. Latin A m e ric a n Po litics. This introduction to Latin American politics will explore such topics as the colonial legacy of Latin America; the difficulties o f creating viable political institutions; contemporary sources o f instability, revolution, and military intervention; the different meaning o f politics for various groups (Indians, peasants, workers, middle-class groups, industrialists, landowners, etc.); and the economic and po­ litical difficulties raised by U.S.-Latin Ameri­ can relations. These topics will be approached through a comparative study o f such countries as Brazil, Chile, Cuba, Mexico, and Argentina. Not offered 1989-90. 2 6 . Ethnic C o n flicts. An examination o f the political, economic, and social forces that result in ethnic rivalries within and among states, with particular at­ tention to South Asia. Fall semester. Samarasinghe. 2 7 . Th e Po litics o f S e ttle r S ta te s . A comparative analysis o f native-settler rela­ tions as they first emerged in Ireland, Austra­ lia, the United States, South Africa, and Israel. We shall examine how conflicts over land, labour, and citizenship contributed to the political character o f these settler states. Al­ though major attention will be given to the "founding periods” o f these countries, there will be some opportunity to consider contem­ porary circumstances. Prerequisite: an introductory political science course and permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. Maguire. 3 1 . Fe m in ist Political T h o u g h t A study o f central political and theoretical issues such as citizenship, political participa­ tion, obligation, authority, justice, freedom and the state, as they relate to women. The first part o f the course will concentrate on the relation o f women to politics according to traditional theory. The second part will exam­ ine contemporary feminist theory. We will explore whether women can be included in the governmental structures put forth by tra­ ditional theories, and what alternative visions o f politics might take their place. Not offered 1989-90. 4 0 . T h e Vietnam W ar. The aim o f this course is to explore the reasons for U .S. military involvement in Viet­ nam in the 1950s and 1960s and for the military withdrawal in the 1970s. Topics in­ clude Vietnam’s colonial background; the defeat o f the French and the partition o f 223 Political Science Vietnam in 1954; the U .S. military commit­ ment; foreign policy in the Kennedy-Johnson years; the anti-war movement; the Nixon pol­ icy o f "Vietnamization” ; and the effects o f the war on Cambodia and Laos. Not offered 1989-90. Beitz. 4 1 . D efense P o lic y. Analysis o f the history and structure o f Ameri­ can defense policy since World War II, with particular emphasis on the choice o f weapons systems and military strategies. Political, eco­ nomic, bureaucratic, and other explanations o f past and present policies will be explored. Not offered 1989-90. Kurth. 4 2 . H e alth P o lic y. (Also listed as Economics 75 .) Analysis of governmental policy toward health care and public health, its impact upon institutions and resource allocation, and major alternatives for action. Central topics are the organization o f health care delivery (roles and views o f phy­ sicians, nurses, administrators, patients and insurers); the interplay o f federal, state, and local governments, quasi-public authorities, and interest groups; technical and political aspects o f health insurance alternatives; health manpower (medical and nursing schools, para-professionals); biomedical research pro­ grams. Students wishing to take this course should consult in advance with the instruc­ tors. Prior work in at least two o f the following will be helpful: Economics 1 -2 ,4 ,2 6 ; Political Science 2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4, 32. Spring semester. Smith. 4 3 . Food P o lic y : National and International Iss u e s. The causes and possible solutions to major food problems: hunger, rural poverty, and food insecurity. The role o f government policy in production, distribution, and consumption o f food. Principal focus will be upon the American agricultural experience, food sys­ tems in less developed countries, international trade and aid as solutions, and international measures to improve food security. A field trip, an early final exam, and a substantial paper are features o f the course. Students with little work in political science may be admitted with the consent o f the instructor. Fall semester. Hopkins. 224 4 4 . R a c e , Eth n ic ity and Public Po licy. An analysis o f important policy questions with direct and indirect bearing on racial and ethnic groups. The focus o f the course is on: 1 ) the political institutions that shape the formulation o f policy (elections and parties, courts, administrative agencies); 2 ) specific policy areas o f contemporary conflict (hous­ ing, education, employment); 3 ) the various mechanisms (affirmative action, quotas, tar­ geted job aid) used as remedies. The format will be discussion. Suggested prerequisite either Political Science 1 or 2. 5 0 . Public L a w and Public A d m in istra tio n . Theory and practice o f administrative law in the United States. Role o f the courts in gov­ ernmental administration. Issues o f organiza­ tion and procedure. The interaction o f public law and public policy, with particular attention to certain sectors o f public policy. Not offered 1989-90. 5 1 . Po litics o f A d m in is tra tiv e L a w and P o lic y. An examination o f the American administra­ tive process. The role o f law in effecting public policy and administrative governance will be studied with attention to how different administrations interact with Congress, the Judiciary, and interest groups over issues of public administration. Among topics reviewed will be environmental and health regulations. Fall semester. Benda. 5 2 . A m e ric a n C onstitutional L a w . The role o f the Supreme Court in the Ameri­ can political system, viewed both historically and through analysis o f leading cases. Areas of constitutional law and development empha­ sized are: the nature and exercise o f judicial review; federalism and the scope o f national power; due process, equal protection, the First Amendment, and other civil liberties. Open to sophomores and upperclassmen. Fall semester. Smith. 5 3 . A m e ric a n Ele cto ra l Po litics. An historical and functional analysis o f Ameri­ can political parties. The study o f interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior, electoral systems and representation, the leg­ islative process. Fall semester. Not offered 1989-90. Rubin. 53B. Th e M a s s M ed ia and A m e ric a n Politics. An historical and contemporary consideration of the effects o f mass media on American political institutions and political behavior. Special emphasis on the transformation from print to electronic media and its impact upon political parties and governmental institutions. Not offered 1989-90. Rubin. 53C. Presiden tial P o litic s and Public P o lic y. The central focus o f the course is on electoral connections between public opinion, political organizations and institutions, and the exercise of presidential power. Fall semester. Not offered 1989-90. Rubin. 54. Political T h e o ry : Plato to M achiavelli. The development o f political thought in the ancient and medieval periods, and the emer­ gence o f a distinctively modem political out­ look. Topics considered include: the origins, functions, and purposes o f the city-state; the role of law and knowledge in government; the relation o f ethics and politics; justice, and its relation to Greek and Christian thought. Fall semester. Thiele. 55. M odern Political T h e o ry . A study and critique o f liberalism through close reading and analysis o f the writings o f such theorists as Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Bentham, J.S . Mill, Marx, and Rawls. The course will consider problems regarding lib­ erty, political obligation, the common good, human nature, and distributive justice. Not open to students who plan to take the Political Theory seminar. Spring semester. Hirschmann. 56. C on te m p o ra ry Political T h e o ry . An examination o f political theory from Marx and J.S. Mill to present. Among other topics a special concern will be the ability o f contem­ porary liberal political and economic thought to respond to its critics’ attacks on its psycho­ logical and epistemological foundations, and on its adequacy as a guide to political under­ standing and action. An effort will be made to understand the various and often conflicting currents within liberal theory, as well as to identify certain common problems. Marxist, existentialist, anarchist, and structuralist crit­ ics may be considered. Prerequisite: Political Science 55 or permis­ sion o f the instructor. Not offered 1989-90. 5 7 . Ju ris p ru d e n c e . An exploration o f the concept o f law as it has been understood by lawyers, judges, philoso­ phers, and social scientists. Issues to be con­ sidered include the nature and validity o f law, the relation o f law to morality, and the place o f political theory in the judicial decision. Some current moral issues in law may be dis­ cussed. Readings will be chosen from classical and contemporary works in the philosophy and social science o f law as well as from rep­ resentative cases. Spring semester. Benda. 5 8 . International Political T h e o ry . An examination o f several important moral problems in international affairs. Topics to be discussed include the morality o f war, war crimes and the rules o f warfare, and the ethics o f nuclear deterrence; intervention, selfdetermination, and the moral status o f the nation-state; and international distributive jus­ tice. Readings will be selected from classical and contemporary sources. Not offered 1989-90. 5 9 . Catholic S o cial T h o u g h t (Also listed as Philosophy 59 and Religion 5 9 . ) The course will study the Catholic tradi­ tion o f social thought, recent theoretical de­ velopment in that tradition, and its rapidly growing influence on social and political move­ ments, especially in Latin America. The prin­ cipal readings will be drawn from 1) Papal social encyclicals; 2 ) documents o f the Second Vatican Council and Latin American bishops on nuclear war and the economy; 3 ) writings o f liberation theology. From time to time, selected applications o f this theory, e.g., the growth o f "base communities” in Brazil will also be studied. Spring semester. 6 0. Special Topics in Political S cie nce . Open to senior Course majors in Political Science. Devoted to the preparation o f three qualifying papers in the senior year. Each semester. Members o f the Department. 225 Political Science 6 2 . Colloquium and R e se a rch P ro je c t on Pre s id e n tial Ele ctio n s. The principal requirement o f this course is the successful completion o f an independent re­ search project that examines a single presiden­ tial election campaign between 1952 and 1984. There will be background readings and discussion o f the presidential election system, the dynamics o f shifting groups in coalitions, and the role o f the mass media. Each student will be doing an independent research paper. Topics for papers include analyzing candidate images, political themes, public opinion, and campaign strategies during a particular elec­ tion year, putting the specific campaign in the broader context o f election cycles, institu­ tional changes, and shifts in public policy. Enrollment will be limited; interested students should see Professor Rubin for permission. Prerequisite: Political Science 2 and/or an advanced course in American politics. Not offered 1989-90. Rubin. 6 3 . Th e P o litic s and Political C ulture o f A m e ric a n J e w s . The subject o f this course will be an analysis o f the actual political behavior o f American Jews, and the attitudinal substructures and cultural underpinnings that shape that behav­ ior. Theories accounting for distinctive Ameri­ can Jewish behavior will be evaluated, and empirical studies o f mass and elite behavior will be assessed. A colloquium-seminar for­ mat will be used to explore the relative influ­ ence o f ethnic socio-religious values and expe­ rience, group social and political objectives, and the impact o f American culture and ide­ ology on contemporary American Jewish po­ litical thinking. The first half o f the semester will be devoted to exploring specific questions through reading and discussion. The second half will involve the completion by each stu­ dent o f a major research paper on a topic emanating from the prior discussions. This research thesis, rather than exams, will be the sole written component. Not offered 1989-90. Rubin. 6 4 . Political S o c ia liza tio n and S ch o o ls. (Also listed as Education 64. See course de­ scription under Program in Education.) Not offered 1989-90. Travers. 6 5. Political P s yc h o lo g y. A psychological examination o f individuals’ 226 participation in and impact upon politics and the effect o f various political systems on individuals. Personality differences and psy­ chological processes are examined both for political leaders and for the general public. Topics thus include psychobiographies of presidents and other leaders; psychological distortion in political decision; personality types among the public; psychological factors in public opinion and revolution. Projects may involve class or individual research. (Cross-listed as Psychology 65 .) Not offered 1989-90. Peabody. 6 8. En viro n m e n ta l P o lic y. (Also listed as Engineering 68.) Issues in environmental policy formulation and imple­ mentation are explored. Topics: survey of environmental problems including global population, global climate change, water and air pollution, and resource depletion; survey o f developments in the law o f environmental protection; use and abuse of cost-benefit analy­ sis in environmental regulation. Concepts from mathematics and technology are intro­ duced, as necessary, to understand environ­ mental processes. Additional topics may in­ clude environmental political movements in the U .S. and Europe, environmental degrada­ tion in developing nations, and quantitative policy models implemented by computer. This course does not satisfy the distribution requirements. Not offered 1989-90. McGarity. 6 9. Political Ec o n o m y o f M acro e co n o m ic P o lic y . (Also listed as Economics 23). The course treats together the economic and political aspects o f public policy on employment, out­ put, and the price level. The course focuses on both theory and selected modem episodes in American experience and policy. Intended as a single- or double-credit seminar for students in the Public Policy Concentration and open for single credit to others who have taken appropriate Public Policy prerequisites, on which consult the Catalogue and, as to excep­ tions, one o f the instructors. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 or 2 and Eco­ nomics 1 and 2. Not offered 1989-90. 93. Directed Readings in Political Science. Available on an individual or group basis, subject to the approval o f the chairman and the instructor. 9 6 . T h e s is . W ith the permission o f the chairman and a supervising instructor, any major in Course may substitute a thesis for one course, normally during either semester o f the senior year. S E M IN A R S The following seminars prepare for examina­ tion for a degree with Honors: Not offered 1989-90. 100. Political T h e o ry : A n c ie n t An inquiry into problems in international politics. Topics will include (1) competing theories o f international politics, (2 ) war and the uses o f force, and (3 ) the management o f various global issues such as food and energy. Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equiva­ lent. Spring semester. Hopkins. The development o f political thought in the ancient and medieval periods, and the emer­ gence o f a distinctively modem political out­ look. Topics considered include: the origins, functions, and purposes o f the city-state; the role o f law and knowledge in government; the relation o f ethics and politics; justice, and its relation to Greek and Christian thought. Spring semester. Thiele. 101. Political T h e o ry : M o d e rn . An analytical and critical examination o f the philosophical foundations o f liberalism and socialism, drawing on the writings o f theorists from Hobbes to Marx and including works o f some contemporary political philosophers. The subjects considered include such prob­ lems as the nature o f legitimate authority, the basis o f political obligation, liberty, and de­ mocracy. Particular attention will be given to the question o f distributive justice and the relevance o f Marx’s political and philosophi­ cal writings to liberal theory. Each semester. Hirschmann. 102. Po litics and Le g is latio n . The study o f political parties, interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior, electoral systems and representation, the legislative pro­ cess. Emphasis is on American politics, with some comparative material; and, ultimately, on politics from the standpoint o f theories o f political democracy. Spring semester. 103. P ro b le m s in G o ve rn m e n t and Adm inistration. Problems o f administrative organization, pol­ icymaking and responsibility, with primary reference to the United States and to selected fields o f policy. 10 4 . International Po litics. 105. A m e ric a n Foreign Po licy. A study o f key problems faced by the United States in the modem world together with a critical investigation o f the making and imple­ menting o f American foreign policy. A variety o f explanations o f American foreign policy will be discussed and evaluated, and the politi­ cal, economic, and social influences upon it will be considered. Key assumptions o f United States policy-makers will be subjected to scrutiny, and alternate assumptions and policies will be analyzed. Fall semester. Oye. 10 6. Pu blic L a w and Ju ris p ru d e n c e . A study o f the sources and nature o f law; historical, sociological, philosophic, "realis­ tic,” and behavioral approaches to jurispru­ dence; the nature o f the judicial process and other problems o f jurisprudence, illustrated by judicial decisions and other legal materials relating to selected areas o f law. Spring semester. Smith. 1 0 7 . C o m p a ra tive P o litics : C om m u nist Re g im e s. A comparative study o f communist regimes. Beginning with a comparative analysis o f the Russian and Chinese revolutions, this course will focus on: (1 ) Marxism-Leninism as a revolutionary ideology; (2 ) the relationship between economic backwardness, socialist transformation and the development o f Leni- 227 Political Science nist regimes; (3 ) sources o f political conflict within society; (4 ) problems o f organization and policy process; (5 ) Sino-Soviet relations and sources o f conflict between communist regimes. Special attention will be given to current dilemmas o f political and economic reform, and the limits to change in Leninist regimes. We will also examine contending approaches to the study o f communist systems (totalitarian models, bureaucratic politics ap­ proaches, class analysis, etc.), placing them in historical and political perspective. Not offered 1989-90. White. 10 8. C o m p a ra tive Po litics : Eu ro p e . An introduction to the logic o f comparative inquiry and its application to the study o f political systems. Major attention will be given to the political systems o f Western Europe, particularly Britain, Italy, France, and West Germany. The focus will be on the relationship between state institutions, political parties, and mass movements. The central question explored will be: W hy have some nation­ states fostered stable liberal-democratic in­ stitutions, strong two-party systems, and peaceful protest movements, while others have experienced Fascism, electoral instability, and terrorism? Prerequisite: Political Science 3 or permission o f the instructor. Fall semester. Maguire. 109. C o m p arative Po litics : A fric a and the T h ird W orld. A comparative study o f the politics o f subSarahan African societies undergoing change and pursuing economic development. Various theories, approaches, and methods o f expla­ nation are examined. The role o f Africa and other third world states vis-a-vis advanced industrial societies is also considered. Fall semester. Hopkins. 228 110 . C o m p arative P o litics : Latin A m e ric a . A comparative study o f the politics o f several Latin American countries: Chile, Brazil, Cuba, Mexico, Peru, Argentina, the Dominican Re­ public. The course will focus on important differences in major institutions, class struc­ tures and social values, and an examination of various theories explaining political stability and change. Problems will include: difficulties o f creating stable democratic institutions; causes and results o f revolutions, coups, and military interventions; different meanings of politics for various classes in socialist, corporatist, and (formerly) democratic regimes; and the utility o f dependency theory in ex­ plaining U.S.-Latin American relations. Spring semester. 1 7 1 . R e se a rch on th e U rba n U nde rclass. (Cross-listed as Economics 171.) This seminar will focus on currently on-going research on urban concentrations o f disadvantaged per­ sons, often referred to as the "urban under­ class.” The seminar will review economic, political, sociological, and anthropological stu­ dies dealing with employment, education, wel­ fare, crime, housing, transportation in urban areas o f the U .S. and the institutions and governmental policies that influence disad­ vantaged persons’ experiences in these areas. Participants in this seminar are expected to have initiated research on topics in these areas either with one o f the professors or through summer internships with relevant agencies or research groups. Participants will report on their on-going research and critique the re­ search o f others. Fall semester. Robinson Hollister and Ronald Mincey. 180 . T h e s is . All members o f the Department. Psychology K E N N E T H J . G E R G E N , Professor D EB O R AH G . K E M L E R N E L S O N , Professor J E A N N E M A R E C E K , Professor and Department Head D EA N P EA B O D Y , Professor? A L L E N M . S C H N E ID E R , Professor BARRY S C H W A R T Z, Professor JU D Y K E G L , Associate Professor8 PH ILIP J . K E L L M A N , Associate Professor E T H E L D. M O O R E, Assistant Professor FR A N C IS J . S C H W O ER I, Visiting Assistant Professor*4 5 VIRGINIA V A N D E R S LIC E , Visiting Assistant Professor4 H A N S W A L L A C H , Research Psychologist The work o f the Department o f Psychology concerns the systematic study o f human be­ havior and experience; processes o f percep­ tion, learning, thinking, and motivation are considered in their relation to the develop­ ment o f the individual personality, and to the relations o f the individual to other persons. The courses and seminars o f the Department are designed to provide a sound understanding of psychological principles and a grasp o f research methods. Students learn the nature of psychological inquiry and psychological approaches to various problems encountered in the humanities, the social sciences, and the life sciences. A special major in Psycholinguistics is offered in conjunction with the Program in Linguis­ tics. A full description o f this major, which emphasizes fundamental issues in human cog­ nitive organization, may be found under Lin­ guistics. A special major in Psychobiology is offered in cooperation with the Department o f Biology. Consult either Department Head. R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S Psychology 1, Introduction to Psychology, is normally a prerequisite for further work in the Department. Psychology 6, Critical Issues in Psychology, can also serve as prerequisite for further work. A Course major consists o f at least eight courses, excluding courses cross-listed in psy­ chology that are taught by members o f other departments, and normally including four o f the core courses (with course numbers in the 30’s): Physiological Psychology, Learning and Motivation, Perception, Cognitive Psychol­ ogy, Psychology o f Language, Social Psychol­ 2 4 5 8 ogy, Personality, Concepts o f the Person, Ab­ normal Psychology, and Child Development. Students may not take both Psychology 36, Personality, and Psychology 37, Concepts o f the Person. Those wishing to substitute more individualized programs should present their reasons in writing. Majors should take at least one course providing them with experience in research. In addition, majors in Course are encouraged to enroll in Psychology 9 8 during their senior year. This course is intended to provide integration o f different fields o f psy­ chology. Successful completion o f Psychology Absent on leave, spring semester, 1990. Fall semester, 1989. Spring semester, 1990. Joint appointment with linguistics. 229 Psychology 9 8 substitutes for the comprehensive exami­ nation. Completion o f a senior thesis (Psy­ chology 9 6 and 9 7 ) is another substitute. Students intending to pursue graduate work in psychology will also End it useful to take one o f the statistics courses offered by the Department o f Mathematics. T E A C H E R C E R T IF IC A T IO N Occasionally, majors in psychology wish to pursue certification for secondary school teaching. For such students, there are two normal routes to Social Studies Certification. One o f these is through a major in the social sciences, plus four to six semesters o f courses in other social sciences. Students majoring in History, Political Science, and SociologyAnthropology are required to take at least four courses outside their major; students majoring in Economics or Psychology are required to take six. The other route to certi- fxcation is by taking at least twelve semester courses in social sciences, o f which six must normally be in one discipline and at least two more must be in a single other discipline. All students seeking social studies certification are required to take two courses in history. As o f 1987, at least one course in American his­ tory and one social science course focusing on Third World or non-Anglo subject matter are required. For further information, see the list­ ing for the Program in Education. 1. In troduction to P s yc h o lo g y. tions about the mental world? After exploring classic attempts to answer such questions, two major positions are contrasted, the empiricist and the hermeneutic. Psychological theory and research are used to illustrate. Primary distribution course. Spring semester. Gergen. An introduction to the basic process under­ lying human and animal behavior, studied in experimental, social, and clinical contexts. Analysis centers on the extent to which normal and abnormal behavior are determined by learning, motivation, neural, cognitive, and social processes. Each semester. Staff. 6 . C ritica l Issue s in P s yc h o lo g y. An exploration o f selected issues in psycholo­ gy. Emphasis is on how one tries to answer theoretical questions, especially by analyzing the relation between psychological theories and the evidence testing them. This analysis is applied to previous critical experiments and in planning new research. The topics covered may vary from year to year; the department can supply information on the coverage in a particular year. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Staff. 12 . Psych o lo g ical K n o w le d g e : De ve lo pm e nt and Ju s tific a tio n . Designed to introduce students to the problem o f psychological knowledge. How do we gain knowledge o f others and ourselves, by what standards can we say that knowledge has been enhanced, and how are we to judge proposi- 230 2 1 . Educational P s yc h o lo g y. (See Education 21.) Fall semester. Renninger. 2 2 . Counseling. (See Education 25.) 2 3 . Ado le sce n ce . (See Education 23 .) Spring semester. Smulyan. 2 4 . Child De ve lo p m e nt and S o cial P o lic y . (See Education 66.) Spring, 1990. Renninger. 3 0 . Ph ysio log ica l P s yc h o lo g y. A survey o f the neural and biochemical bases o f behavior with special emphasis on sensory processing, motivation, emotion, learning, and memory. Both experimental analyses and clinical implications are considered. Spring semester. Schneider. 3 1. Le arnin g and M o tiva tio n . This course explores the ways in which expe­ rience interacts with biological predisposition to influence how action is organized and when it occurs. We study the processes o f condi­ tioning and explore how conditioning com­ bines with complex cognitive and social fac­ tors to influence what organisms do. The course includes a laboratory that is intended to acquaint students with central phenomena of learning and motivation. Fall semester. Schwartz. 32. Perc eptio n. An exploration o f the connections among experience, the physical world, and biological mechanisms. Theories o f direct perception are contrasted with those asserting the impor­ tance o f inference or hypothesis in perceiving. Primary emphasis is on research in adult visual perception, but other senses and some developmental issues are also treated. Impli­ cations o f the study o f perception for the theories o f knowledge and the visual arts are examined. There is laboratory work, including an original experiment conducted by the class. Fall semester. Kellman. 33. C ognitive P s yc h o lo g y. A broad overview o f the psychology o f knowl­ edge. Models o f human cognition are exam­ ined in light o f experimental data. Attention, pattern recognition, memory, concepts, think­ ing, and problem solving are treated, among other topics. Laboratory exercises and dem­ onstrations are included to acquaint students with the issues and methods in the field. Fall semester. Kellman. 34. The P s yc h o lo g y o f Language. This course addresses the cognitive processes involved in using and understanding language, and in learning to speak. Topics include speech procedures and perception, the biological basis o f language, the nature o f grammatical and lexical knowledge, production and pro­ cessing o f languages in different modalities (oral, auditory, visual, manual), language ac­ quisition and language breakdown. The course will include both lectures and in-class labora­ tories. (Cross-listed as Linguistics 34). Spring semester. Kegl. vant to social relationships between people. Topics include social influence, person per­ ception, cognitive consistency theories, ag­ gression and group conflict, performing with "rules,” the achieving society, attraction and love. Not offered 1989-90. Peabody. 3 6 . P e rs o n a lity . An examination o f contrasting theories o f the human personality. Theories o f Freud, Jung, Sullivan, and others will be discussed. Some consideration will also be given to personality assessment. Not open to students who have taken Psychology 37. 3 7 . C on cep ts o f the Pe rs o n . An analysis o f central conceptions o f psycho­ logical functioning from both an historical and cultural prespective. Central attention is given to the developing concept o f the person within the discipline o f psychology from the turn o f the century to the present. Theories o f Freud, Jung, and the neo-Freudians receive attention, as well as more recent learning, cognitive, and trait formulations. Questions concerning the conception o f the person emerging within the post-modern period are also raised. Not open to students who have taken Psychology 36. Fall semester. Gergen. 3 8 . A b n o rm a l P s yc h o lo g y. A survey o f major forms o f psychological disorder in adults and children. Biogenetic, socio-cultural, and psychological bases o f ab­ normality are examined, along with their cor­ responding modes o f treatment. Spring semester. Schwoeri. 3 9 . D evelopm ental P s yc h o lo g y. A selective survey o f cognitive and social development from infancy to adolescence. M ajor theoretical perspectives on the nature o f developmental change are examined, in­ cluding those o f Piaget and his critics. Topics include the formation o f social attachments, the foundations and growth o f perceptual, cognitive, and social skills, gender typing, moral development, and the impact o f parents and other social agents on the development o f the child. Fall semester. Kemler Nelson. 35. Social P s yc h o lo g y. An examination o f theory and research rele­ 231 Psychology 4 2 . H um an Intelligence. This course adopts a broad view o f its topic, Human Intelligence. One major set o f sub­ topics will be drawn from the intelligence­ testing (IQ ) tradition and the controversies emerging from it—including the heritability o f IQ, and the conception o f intelligence as a general trait or as a set o f specific abilities. Other and less traditional concerns will be cognitive theories o f intelligence, develop­ mental theories o f intelligence, everyday con­ ceptions o f intelligence, the relation between infant and adult intelligence, and the relation between human and animal intelligence. Spring semester. Kemler Nelson. 4 3 . C o m p a ra tive C ognition. An exploration o f cross-cultural research on human cognition. What are the universals o f human cognition? What are its distinctive features? What are the major factors that are responsible for cross-cultural variation in human cognition? What are the virtues and pitfalls o f comparative approaches to the study o f cognition? The course is open to all students who have had introductory psychology. Not offered 1989-9o. Kemler Nelson. 4 4 . P s yc h o lo g y and W om en. An examination o f psychological theory and research on women and gender. We will study representations o f women and men in tradi­ tional and feminist writings. We shall compare the assumptive bases o f traditional and femi­ nist psychologies o f women, and examine the critical assumptions found in feminist con­ ceptions o f gender. In the latter part o f the course, we will study important issues for women such as domestic violence, represen­ tations o f male and female sexuality, and problems with eating. Fall semester. Vanderslice. 45 . Life T ra n s itio n s : A Psych o lo g ical P e rs p e c tiv e . An exploration o f theory and research on developmental issues across the adult life span. M ajor life transitions will be examined, focusing on the normative and idiographic tasks that make up the transition. Life histories o f men and women will be considered. Fall semester. Moore. 4 6 . H um an Fa c to rs . This course explores perceiving and thinking 232 in applied contexts. Topics to be considered in depth include 1) Human factors in aviation and automobile safety, 2 ) Decisionmaking under uncertainty, and 3 ) Product safety. The aviation and driving segment o f the course will emphasize attention, perceptual learning, and automaticity in training and performance. Decisionmaking in both personal and public policy contexts will be considered. Finally, the product safety aspects o f the course will em­ phasize human factors relevant to product design and use. Introductory psychology is the only prerequisite for the course. Aspects o f cognition, perception, and research meth­ ods will be introduced as needed in relation to particular applications. Spring semester. Kellman. 4 8 . Pe rcep tu al D e v e lo p m e n t Explores the perceptual world o f the infant and child in order to assess the impact of experience on our ability to obtain knowledge through perception. Research on the early perception o f objects, space and motion, as well as event and social perception, will be considered against the backdrop o f major theoretical controversies. Students will have the opportunity to devote much o f their effort in the course to preparing a substantial paper on a topic o f their choice. Some knowledge of development and/or perception may be help­ ful, but is not prerequisite. Not offered 1989-90. Kellman. 5 1 . S c ie n c e , D e cis io n -m a kin g , and U n c e rta in ty . A study o f decision-making as it relates to scientific and public policy matters. The course covers philosophical, psychological, and mathemathical aspects o f decision-making in the face o f uncertain evidence. Topics covered include the nature o f scientific evidence and experimentation; probabilistic evidence and the law; uncertainty and medicine; inferential versus Bayesian statistics; human decision­ making, rational and irrational; techniques and correctives o f decision-making. The the­ ories will be related to such public issues as nuclear power, hazardous waste disposal, vac­ cination, and strategic nuclear planning. Cross-listed with Physics and Mathematics. Not offered 1989-90. 52. Repre se n tatio ns o f W om en’s Identity. (See English 82 ). Satisfies distribution re­ quirement in group 1 not group 3. Not offered 1989-90. Marecek and Blum. 60. C on ce pts, W ord M e a n in g s, and De ve lo pm e nt This course provides a multifaceted approach to the question o f how human concepts and word meanings are acquired. Relevant insights are drawn from scholarly work in lexical semantics, language acquisition, psycholin­ guistics, cognitive psychology, and develop­ mental psychology. Students will read recent journal articles that present models for the acquisition o f concepts and word meaning, pose problems for such models, and/or debate related issues from the perspective o f both linguistic and psychology. The course must be taken concurrently with Psychology 107, Seminar in Psycholinguis­ tics. Prerequisite: one o f the following—Linguistics/Psychology 34; Psychology 33; Psychol­ ogy 39; or permission o f the instructors. Cross-listed as Linguistics 60. Fall semester. Kemler Nelson and Kegl. 62. The C on stru ctio n o f Psychological T h e o ry . How are psychological theories created, con­ structed, and sustained? What limits are there to psychological understanding? This course explores various social, aesthetic, and ideo­ logical factors that enter into the process o f theory construction. Special attention is also given to the linguistic and literary conventions that govern interpretations o f human action. Prerequisite: Introductory Psychology and at least one additional course in psychology. Fall semester. Gergen. 63. Special Topics in C ogn itive Psychology. Selected problems from the current literature on human information processing and cogni­ tive psychology are considered in detail. Em­ phasis is placed on the relationship between theories o f cognition and current experimental findings. Also, the development o f cognitive skills receives attention. Not offered 1989-90. 6 5 . Political P s yc h o lo g y. A psychological examination o f individuals’ participation in and impact upon politics and the effect o f various political systems on individuals. Personality differences and psy­ chological processes are examined both for political leaders and for the general public. Topics thus include psychobiographies o f presi­ dents and other leaders; psychological distor­ tion in political decisions; personality types among the public; psychological factors in public opinion and revolution. Projects may involve class or individual research.(Crosslisted as Political Science 65 .) Not offered 1989-90. Peabody. 6 9 . Special Topics in P e rs o n a lity. Considers selected topics in personality or­ ganization and dynamics. Not offered 1989-90. 8 6. Top ics in Ph ilo so p h y and P s yc h o lo g y. This course explores in depth different topics that are o f interest and concern to both phi­ losophers and psychologists. For example, in Fall, 1987, the focus was rationality and the explanation o f human action. In practical life, we usually explain human actions by giving the person’s reasons—his or her goals and beliefs—for performing them. In contrast, in experimental science, we attempt to explain behavior by finding laws in accordance with which it occurs. We explored the extent to which the categories o f explanation that come from practical life constrain or limit the scope o f scientific explanations. The course is open to students who have had at least the introduc­ tory course in both philosophy and psychol­ ogy. (Cross-listed as Philosophy 86.) Fall semester. Schwartz and Lacey. 8 7 . Colloquium : P s yc h o lo g y, Biology and Ec on o m ic R a tio n ality. The concept o f "economic man,” in rational pursuit o f self-interest, has had a profound impact on theory and research throughout the social sciences in the last two centuries. This course will offer a critical examination o f the notion o f economic rationality, exploring the role it plays in economics, in evolutionary biology (sociobiology), and in psychology. The implications o f this notion for thinking about morality and about social organization will also be considered. The course will be 233 Psychology taught in seminar format. Prerequisites: The course is open, by applica­ tion, to advanced students in either biology, economics, philosophy, or psychology. Not offered 1989-90. Schwartz. 9 0. P ra cticu m in Clinical P s yc h o lo g y. An opportunity for advanced psychology stu­ dents to gain supervised experience working in off-campus research projects or clinical settings. Course requirements and evaluations are tailored to individual projects. Advance arrangements for placements should be made in consultation with a member o f the psycholo­ gy department. Each semester. Staff. 9 1. Re se a rch P ra c tic u m in Ph ysio log ica l P s yc h o lo g y. Research on the neural and chemical bases o f learning and memory. Current theories are discussed. Special topics include: interhemispheric transfer, memory consolidation, and recovery from retrograde amnesia. Laboratory work is designed to introduce students to techniques in physiological psychology. Prerequisite: Psychology 30. By permission of the instructor. Fall semester. Schneider. 9 4 . Independent R e se a rch . Students conduct independent research proj­ ects. They typically study problems with which they are already familiar from their course work. Students must submit a written report o f their work. Registration for Inde­ pendent Research requires the sponsorship o f a faculty member in the psychology depart­ ment who agrees to supervise the work. Each semester. Staff. 9 5 . T u to ria l. Any student may, under the supervision of a member o f the psychology department, work in a tutorial arrangement for a single semester. The student is thus allowed to select a topic of particular interest, and in consultation with a faculty member, prepare a reading list and work plan. Tutorial work may include field re­ search outside Swarthmore. Each semester. Staff. 9 6 ,9 7 . S e n io r T h e s is. W ith the permission o f the Department, stu­ dents may conduct a year-long 2-credit re­ search project in the senior year as one way to meet the comprehensive requirement. Such theses must be supervised by a member of the psychology department. The final product is evaluated by the supervisor and an additional reader. Students should develop a general plan by the end o f the junior year and apply for departmental approval. By application. One credit each semester. Both semesters. Staff. 9 8. H is to ry and S y s te m s o f Psychology. Intended to provide integration o f different fields o f psychology and to offer majors one way to meet the comprehensive requirement. Historical treatment concentrates on the major systematic points o f view. Special consider­ ation is given to problems overlapping several areas o f psychology. Fall semester, 1989-90. Spring semester, 1990-91. Peabody. S E M IN A R S 10 4. Individual in S o c ie ty . 10 5 . P e rs o n a lity . An analysis o f the relationship between people and their society. Basic social processes are discussed, including the understanding o f other persons, theories o f cognitive consis­ tency, group influence and conformity. Ap­ plications to political attitudes, group preju­ dices, the relation o f attitudes and personality, and the relation o f psychology to the social sciences are also considered. Two credits. Not offered 1989-90. Peabody. An exploration o f general theories o f human functioning from Freud to the present, includ­ ing consideration o f empirical tests of the theories. Attention is given to methods of personality assessment. 234 106. Pe rs o n a lity T h e o ry and In terp re ta tion . An exploration o f major theories o f human personality functioning, with special emphasis on the process o f exploration itself. Thus, critical inquiry is made into the theories of Freud, Jung, the neo-Freudians, Existential and dramaturgic contributions and trait the­ ory. At the same time a variety o f readings in literary theory, rhetoric, hermeneutics, and related realms will be used to elucidate the process by which views o f the human person­ ality are developed and sustained. The seminar emphasizes the close relation between pre­ sumptions o f inquiry—literary, ideological, epistemological—and its outcomes. Prelimi­ nary background in relevant areas o f study required. By permission. Two credits. Spring semester. Gergen. 107. P s ych o lin g u istics. This seminar will examine child language ac­ quisition from a theoretical, experimental, and observational perspective. We will begin with a series o f readings on learnability and the role o f input in language acquisition. Once we have established the issues, we will discuss a series o f experiments designed to study the acquisition process. We will examine interest­ ing syntactic constructions (the acquisition of prenominal adjectives, prepositions, complex sentences, and determination o f the argument taking properties o f verbs) as well as knowl­ edge of the sound system (learning to distin­ guish or not distinguish phonemes, evidence for the emergence o f phonological rules). Although the primary focus will be on experi­ mental methodology, we will also consider the use of longitudinal and diary studies.Typically this is a one credit seminar. Students majoring in Psycholinguistics are encouraged to enroll concurrently in Psychology/Linguistics 60. Cross-listed as Linguistics 107. Fall semester. Kegl and Kemler Nelson. 108. Ab n o rm a l P s yc h o lo g y. A study in depth o f various theoretical per­ spectives on psychological disorders, includ­ ing schizophrenia, autism, depression, and anxiety disorders. Underlying assumptions o f each theory will be considered, as well as empirical evidence supporting the theory. Ap­ proaches to treatment will also be studied. Two credits. Fall semester. Marecek. 109. Physiological P s yc h o lo g y. An analysis of the neural bases o f motivation, emotion, learning, memory and language. Generalizations derived from neurobehavioral relations will be brought to bear on clinical issues. Two credits. Spring semester. Schneider. 13 1. Le arn in g and M o tiva tio n . See description o f Psychology 31. The seminar considers in depth special topics o f interest discussed in the Learning and Motivation course. Prerequisite: Psychology 31. One credit. 31: Fall semester, 1989 and 1990. 131 : Spring semester, 1990 only. Schwartz. 13 2. P e rc ep tio n . See description o f Psychology 32. The seminar explores selected topics in human perception. M ajor theories and experimental data direct our exploration o f the roles o f inborn mech­ anisms and inferential processes in producing perceptual experience. Adult visual percep­ tion o f form, space, motion and their inter­ relations are major concerns. Intersensory co­ ordination, some auditory perception and perceptual adaptation are also considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 32. One credit. Not offered 1989-90. Kellman. 133. C og n itive P s yc h o lo g y. See description o f Psychology 33. The seminar is an intensive study o f higher mental pro­ cesses. Specific topics include mental repre­ sentation, memory organization, imagery, attention and consciousness, concept forma­ tion, reading, thinking, and problem-solving. Prerequisite: Psychology 33. One credit. Spring semester. Kellman. 139. Developm ental P s yc h o lo g y. See description o f Psychology 39. The seminar considers in depth special topics o f interest within the field. A research component is fre­ quently included. Prerequisite: Psychology 39. One credit. Spring semester. Kemler Nelson. 180. T h e s is. May be presented as a substitute for one seminar provided some member o f the De­ partment is available to undertake the direc­ tion o f the thesis. May be taken either as a 2-credit, 1-semester course or as a 2-semester course for one credit each semester. Both semesters. Staff. 235 Public Policy Coordinator: R O B IN S O N G. H O L L IS T E R , J R . The concentration in Public Policy enables students to combine work in several departments toward both critical and practical un­ derstanding o f sectors o f public policy, such as social welfare, health, energy, food and agriculture, and national defense. The focus o f the courses in the concentration is on the development, formulation, implementation, and evaluation o f policy. The departments centrally concerned with the concentration are Political Science, Economics, and Engi­ neering; but work in other departments is decidedly pertinent to the concentration. Fac­ ulty members from other departments may be directly involved in the concentration, and course or seminar offerings from other de­ partments may, in certain circumstances, meet requirements for the concentration. Some competence in formal or quantitative methods is required for students concentrating in Pub­ lic Policy, but work in the concentration equally emphasizes historical, institutional, and normative analysis. R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S The concentration in Public Policy is not a major. It may be taken together with a Course or External Examination (Honors) major in any field, and it can be combined most inte­ grally with a major in one or more o f the participating departments o f Political Science, Economics, or Engineering. A t a minimum, the concentration consists o f certain course requirements, totaling six credits (some o f which are also counted toward one’s depart­ ment major), and an internship. The program o f each concentrator should be worked out in consultation with the Coordinator o f the Public Policy Program and approved by the Coordinator, preferably at the same time as majors in the Course and Honors Programs are planned, but not later than the middle o f one’s junior year. Academic requirements for the concentration cover three basic areas: ( 1 ) economic analysis, (2 ) political analysis, and (3 ) quantitative analysis. These may normally be met by prepa­ ration in specified courses. The economic analysis requirement can be met by Economics 11 (Intermediate Economics) or Economics 100 (Economics Theory) or Economics 4 0 (Public Finance) or Economics 140 (Public Finance). The political analysis requirement can be met by Political Science 5 0 (Public Law and Public Administration) or Political Sci­ ence 51 (Topics in Public Administration and Policy) or Political Science 2 (Policy-Making in America). The quantitative analysis re­ 236 quirement can be met by Mathematics 1 (Sta­ tistical Thinking), Mathematics 2 (Statistical Methods), or Mathematics 23 (Statistics), Economics 3 0 (Statistics for Economists), Engineering/Economics 3 0 (Operations Re­ search), or Economics 35 or Economics 135 (Econometrics). Equivalent honors courses may be substituted for any o f the above. In addition to the three preparatory or prereq­ uisite courses, three credits must be taken from among the substantitive policy courses listed below. These courses deal with substan­ tive sectors and institutional aspects o f public policy analysis. Many o f the courses will be offered for one credit. Only those seminars ot courses approved for double credit may be taken as units in the External Examination program. W ith approval o f the Coordinator and the seminar instructor, some seminars with substantial policy content may be ap­ proved for one-credit work in the concentra­ tion. Students interested in the more international aspects o f public policy or in other specialized areas o f political science such as mass com­ munications or law may request an alternative set o f preparatory or prerequisite courses. In special circumstances, students with ade­ quate and appropriate alternative preparation (as might be the case for some natural science students or those with work done at other institutions) may request that such prépara- tion be substituted for courses normally re­ quired in the concentration. Approval o f such requests, as for approval o f internships, will be the responsibility o f the coordinator and the committee on public policy studies. IN T E R N S H IP Some direct experience or practical responsi­ bility in the field, through work in a public, private, or voluntary agency, is required for graduation with a concentration in public policy. This requirement may be met by com­ pleting an internship during either a semester or a summer or both. Normally, students will hold internships between their junior and senior years. The internship program is super­ vised by the faculty member serving as coor­ dinator o f the concentration, and specific opportunities may be worked out for the students. P R O G R A M IN F O O D P O L IC Y For the 1989-90 academic year, three courses relevant to Food Policy will be offered: Politi­ cal Science 43, Food Policy; History 68, Food and Famine; and Biology 28, Crop Plants. Students should contact Professor Raymond Hopkins for more information about the pro­ gram, especially in regard to the possibility of limited summer internship funds. E L IG IB IL IT Y The concentration is open to students major­ ing in any field, although students in the social and natural sciences are likely to be able to meet the requirements most readily. Any stu­ dent with acceptable preparation is welcome to undertake work in a public policy course, subject to the priority for concentrators. For students concentrating in Public Policy and reading for Honors, certain work in the con­ centration will normally be eligible for exter­ nal examination. Policy C o u r s e s O ffe r e d Economics 40. Public Finance. Economics 60. Economics o f Industry. Economics 6 2. Government Regulation o f Industry. Economics 7 1 . Social Economics. Economics 7 2 . Women and Minorities in the Economy. Ec on o m ics 140. Public Finance. Ec on o m ics 1 7 0 . Labor and Social Economics. Ec on o m ics 1 7 1 /P o litic a l Scie nce 1 7 1 . Research Seminar on the Urban Underclass. Political Scie nce 4 1. Defense Policy. Political Scie nce 43 . Food Policy. Political Science 4 4 . Race, Ethnicity and Public Policy. Political Scie nce 53 c. Presidential Politics and Public Policy. Ec on o m ics 73 /P o litic a l Scie nce 6 7 . Social Insurance and Welfare Policy. En g in ee rin g /P olitical S cie nce 68. Environmental Policy. Ec o n o m ics 2 3 /P o litic a l S cie nce 69. Political Economy and Macroeconomic Policy. Economics 7 4 . Ec on o m ics 1 7 1 /P o litic a l S cie nce 1 7 1 . Urban Economics. Research Seminar on the Urban Underclass. Economics 75 /P o litic a l S cie nce 4 2 . Health Policy. 237 Religion J . W IL L IA M FR O S T , Professor and Director o f the Friends Historical Library D O N A L D K . S W E A R E R , Professor and Chair3 P. U N W O O D U R B A N , J R ,, Professor Emeritus S T E V E N B. G O O D M A N , Assistant Professor A M Y - J I L L L E V IN E , Assistant Professor and Acting Chair M A R K I. W A L L A C E , Assistant Professor Religion as a field o f study encompasses historical religious traditions and varied dimen­ sions o f human experience on social and personal levels evidenced at all times and in all forms o f human society. Because o f the di­ verse and pervasive nature o f religion, several methodologies have evolved for its study, including the skills o f historical investigation, textual criticism, philosophical analysis, and socio-cultural interpretation. Added to these skills is the important ingredient o f empathy toward the claims religious persons make regarding what they have perceived to be ultimately real. Any course numbered 1 through 10 may be taken as introductory to other courses in the Department. Religion and Human Experience (Religion 1 ), our primary distribution course, explores the nature o f religion in terms o f its particular and historical aspects as well as its generic and universal meanings. Successful completion o f Religion 1 or another o f the introductory courses (2 through 10) is nor­ mally required for admission to courses num­ bered 11 and above. Completion o f two courses is usually prerequisite for admission to a major in Course or an External Examina­ tion major or minor. The major in Religion is planned through con­ sultation with faculty members in the Depart­ ment. Majors in both the Course and the External Examination Programs are required to have completed Religion 1, and course or seminar work inclusive o f several religious traditions as well as three areas o f analysis and interpretation: historical-critical, philosophi­ cal-theological, and socio-cultural. Majors in both Course and the External Examination Program are expected to have taken the back­ ground courses required for work in specific 3 Absent on leave, 1989-90. 238 seminars. Minors in the External Examination Program are required to take at least two courses in the Department in addition to seminar(s). Only one course cross-listed from another department can be counted toward the major. Majors in course will write a one credit Senior Paper, or, with the consent o f the Department, a two credit Thesis. They will also take an oral comprehensive examination based on the Senior Paper or Thesis and on courses taken in the major. 1 . Religion and H um an Exp e rie n ce . This primary distribution course introduces the nature o f religious worldviews, their cul­ tural manifestations, and their influence on personal and social self-understanding and action. The course explores various themes and structures seminal to the nature o f religion and its study: narrative and sacred scripture; visions o f ultimate reality and their various manifestations in art, architecture, literature, and film; religious experience and its expres­ sion in ritual behavior and moral action; the relationships among religious experience, lan­ guage, and reason; religion as both a legitima­ tion o f and challenge to cultural norms. Members o f the Department will lecture and lead weekly discussion sections. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Staff. 2 . Religion and Lite ra tu re . A major component in the understanding of most religions is the study o f the sacred literature and subsequent commentaries that mediate the religious vision in question. This course will focus on the problem of how different communities (some religious, some not) interpret a variety o f basic religious texts. To this end, we will consider various contem­ porary tools and models for interpreting reli­ gious literature: reader-response criticism, rhe­ torical analysis, social theory, historical meth­ od, feminism, and deconstruction. Fall semester. Wallace. 3. Introduction to th e H e b re w Scriptures. A comprehensive introduction to the history of ancient Israel and Biblical Judaism as known primarily, although not exclusively, through the literature produced and preserved by those communities. Special attention will be given to the cultural contexts, both national and international, in which the texts were composed, and to the various approaches— historical, literary, sociological, etc.—by which the texts have been interpreted. Fall semester. Levine. 4. Introduction to C h ristia n S c rip tu re s . This course examines the New Testament writings in their historical and cultural con­ texts, introduces the tools—from the histori­ cal critical method to newer disciplines such as rhetorical criticism and sociological analy­ sis— employed to discover the original meaning(s) o f the documents, and investigates the continuities and the transformations o f Chris­ tianity from Jewish sect to independent reli­ gion. Spring semester. Levine. 5. Problem s o f Religious T h o u g h t The purpose o f this course is to study various answers to the chief religious problems o f the twentieth century. Problems include: the na­ ture of religious experience, the existence o f God, religion and morality, science and reli­ gion, and the problem o f evil. Answers include those given by Martin Buber, William James, Reinhold Niebuhr, Paul Tillich, and others. Students are encouraged to find their own answers and to work out their own religious beliefs. Not offered 1989-90. 6. War and Peace. An analysis o f the moral issues posed by war, with consideration o f the arguments for holy wars, just wars, real politik, and pacifism. The first part o f the course will trace the evolution of major ideas o f war from the Bible to the present. A study o f America’s wars since 1940 will show the application o f these ideas in this nation’s response to organized violence. Fall semester. Frost. 7 . Introduction to Fo rm a tiv e Ju d a is m . A survey o f the varieties o f institutional struc­ tures and beliefs o f Judaism from the encoun­ ter with Hellenism to the codification o f the Talmud. Particular attention is paid to the struggle between ancient tradition and cultural adaptation, the diversity o f pre- and nonRabbinic Judaisms (e.g., Diaspora accommo­ dations, the writers o f the Dead Sea Scrolls and the Pseudepigrapha), the formation o f the Biblical canon, Targumim, Midrash, and Mishnah, the distinctions between orthodoxy and heresy, and the political and social factors in which this history took shape. Spring semester. Levine. 8 . Religions o f India. This course will survey the doctrinal and cul­ tural development o f Hinduism and other religious systems o f India, including Bud­ dhism, Jainism, Sikhism, and Islam. The intel­ lectual life o f India will be examined through principal texts and the work o f scholars. Topics will include the ritual system o f the Vedas, the speculative philosophy o f the Upanishads, the mythic tales o f the Epics and Puranas, the devotionalism o f Bhakti, the esoteric Tantra, and the challenges to the tradition offered by non-orthodox systems such as Buddhism, by the ideology o f Islam, and by modern reform movements. Fall semester. Goodman. 9 . M ah a ya n a Ruddhism . Using texts and the works o f important thinkers, this course will explore the founda­ tions o f the Mahayana—Buddhism’s "Great Vehicle”—in India, then follow its philosophi­ cal development and cultural adaptation throughout Central and East Asia. The focus will include the Wisdom (prajna) tradition in India, the Tantric tradition in Tibet, and the Meditation (Zen) tradition in China and Japan. Spring semester. Goodman. 10. V arie tie s o f Religious Relief. This course will examine four world-views: Naturalism, Humanism, Pantheism, and The­ ism. Its focus will be primarily descriptive, although there will be ample opportunity for critical reflection. Readings include selections 239 Religion from classical and contemporary literature, e.g., sacred scriptures, mystical literature, feminist writings, and sociobiology. Authors include Peter Berger, F. Doestoevski, Carol Gilligan, Eric Fromm, Immanuel Kant, S. Kierkegaard, Sallie McFague, Bertrand Rus­ sell, and W.T. Stace. Fall semester. Urban. 11. Th e H is to ry , R eligion, and C ulture o f Ja p a n . This course explores the historical dynamics o f the religion and culture o f Japan from its origins to the early nineteenth century. It em­ phasizes the interaction between indigenous Japanese cultural patterns and foreign, domi­ nantly Chinese, influences in the context o f political and social changes over the centuries. Not offered 1989-90. Swearer. 12 . In troduction to Isla m . This course will explore some o f the many facets o f Islam; its history, doctrines, and institutions. Topics will include a study of Islamic origins, its conception o f God, proph­ ecy and revelation, philosophy and law, Sufi mysticism, as well as the Islamic revival and an examination o f modern conflicts and misun­ derstandings. A principal source for this study will the the Qur’an. Spring semester. Goodman. 13 . C o m p a ra tive Religious M y s tic is m . Mysticism is studied as a distinctive phenom­ enon within the religious traditions o f Asia and the West. The writings o f particular mys­ tics, e.g., Eckhart, the Baal-shem, Rabi’a, Mahadeviyakkha, are studied and such problems as mystic states o f consciousness, language and mystical experience, the mystic and tradi­ tional religious authority, mysticism and com­ munity are explored. Not offered 1989-90. 14. Ph ilo so p h y o f Religion. A study o f the question o f religious knowl­ edge, the relationship o f faith and reason, the problem o f evil, theistic proofs, and different "ideal types” for the understanding o f reli­ gious experience. Both critics and advocates o f religious faith will be considered, as well as resources from Anglo-American and conti­ nental philosophical traditions. Representa­ tive philosophers that are studied might in­ clude Kant, Hegel, Marx, Ricoeur, Gadamer, 240 Swinburne, and Plantinga. Spring semester. Wallace. 16. T h e A p o s to lic A g e . An investigation o f the origin and expansion o f the Christian Church from the later writings o f the New Testament until the Edict o f Con­ stantine, this course explores through the use o f primary sources several key transition points in Christian history, including compe­ tition with Judaism, post-canonical develop­ ments o f legend and doctrine, the causes of and responses to persecution, Gnosticism, asceticism, the position o f women in the Church, and the distinctions between ortho­ doxy and heresy. (Cross-listed as Classics 38.) Not offered 1989-90. Levine. 1 7 . W estern Religious Thought fro m 3 25 to 1500. Survey o f western religious thought from the early to the late Middle Ages. The focus will fall on representative figures such as Augus­ tine, Bernard o f Clairvaux, Abelard, Anselm, Aquinas, Maimonides, Eckhart, Julian o f Nor­ wich, Wyclif, and Hus; and it will also include movements such as the early christological and trinitarian controversies, scholasticism, monastic reforms, mysticism, rabbinism, sufism, and the appearance o f early Reformation themes. O ffered 1990-91. Wallace. 18. W e ste rn Religious Th ou gh t fro m 1500 to 1900. Survey o f western religious thought from the Reformation to the modern period. The focus will fall on representative figures such as Luther, Calvin, Loyola, Fox, Mendelssohn, Kant, Schleiermacher, Edwards, and Hutchin­ son; and it will also include movements such as the Protestant, Catholic, and Radical Re­ formations, English Puritanism, neo-Scholasticism, Hasidism, Enlightenment theologies, American empiricism, and the rise o f histori­ cal consciousness and biblical criticism. Spring semester. Wallace. 19. Q u a k e ris m . The history o f the distinctive religious and social ideas o f the Friends from the time of George Fox until the present. Particular atten­ tion is paid to differences in the development o f Quakerism in England and America. Not offered 1989-90. Frost. 20. Iss u e s in S cie nce and Religion. A study o f the interaction between scientific and religious thought from Plato to Quantum Physics. Authors include: Plato, Leibniz, Spi­ noza, Newton, Darwin, and Einstein. Con­ temporary issues include: relativity, creation science, sociobiology, and chaos theory. Guest lectures and student presentations will be features o f the course. Spring semester. Urban. 22. Religion and Ec o lo g y. An examination o f the relationship o f religious thought and life to the global ecological and nuclear crises o f our day. Themes will include perspectives on technology, notions o f human embodiment, and philosophies o f the Other. Theologies that stress "fecundity” (where na­ ture is understood as necessary ecosystem) and theologies that stress "ascent” (where nature is viewed as temporary adjunct to spirit) will be studied on a critical and com­ parative basis. Offered 1990-91. Wallace and Swearer. 29. Religious R e lief and M o ra l A c tio n . An examination o f the relationship between religion and morality. Basic moral concepts o f several religious traditions (Buddhism, Chris­ tianity, and Hinduism) will be studied and compared. The relationship o f moral teachings to the cosmological and theological frame­ work in which they occur will be discussed. The course will analyze concepts o f virtue and moral reasoning, the religious view o f what it means to be a moral person, and the religious evaluation o f a just society. Not offered 1989-90. Swearer. 30. Religion a s a Cultural Institution. (See Sociology and Anthropology 30 .) 3 7. Topics in G re e k and Rom an Religion. (See Classics 37.) 5 9 . Catholic S o cial T h o u g h t (See Philosophy 59/Political Science 59 .) 9 3. Directed Reading. Staff. 95. Tu to ria l. Staff. 9 6. T h e s is . Majors in Course may, with Departmental permission, write a two-credit thesis. 9 7 . S e n io r P a p e r. Senior majors in Course will normally write a one-credit paper as the major part o f their comprehensive requirement. Spring semester. Staff. C o u r s e s o ffe r e d o c c a s io n a lly : P s yc h o lo g y and Religious Exp e rie n ce Religious R iograph y S la ck Religion and Rla ck Lib e ra tio n PEA CE S T U D IE S 15. Introduction to Peace S tu die s. The course begins with an examination o f perspectives on the causes o f war found in sociology, economics, history, political sci­ ence, sociobiology, and religion. Then we will consider various governmental and private organizations and methods supposed to allevi­ ate the causes o f war. Topics to be discussed indude the United Nations, the World Court, international law, and private groups such as Amnesty International, Women’s Interna­ tional League for Peace and Freedom, Ameri­ can Friends Service Committee. Students will be expected to write term papers using the archives and manuscripts in the Swarthmore College Peace Collection. Prerequisite: courses in history or political science dealing with foreign policy and/or courses in religion or philosophy discussing the ethics o f war. This course can be counted for distribution as a Social Science unit, but it is not a primary distribution course and cannot count as a Humanities division course. It may not be normally used to fulfill any department’s major requirements. Spring semester. Frost. 241 Religion P R E P A R A T IO N F O R E X T E R N A L E X A M I N A T IO N S The Department will arrange External Examina­ tions in the following areas, to be prepared for in the ways indicated. pact o f class, alternative or sectarian groups, church and state, and the role o f women. Spring 1990. Frost. Preparation by seminar: C o n te m p o ra ry Religious Thought (S e m in a r: 106). T h e Idea o f God in H isto rica l P e rs p e c tiv e . (S e m in a r: 10 2). An examination o f the development o f the concept o f God from pre-historic times to the present. The study will include mythological materials, the Bible, Sankara, Kierkegaard, and others. Prerequisite: Religion 5 or 14, or permission o f instructor. A s ia n Religious Th ou gh t (S e m in a r: 103). A study o f seminal writings in India and China which have had a decisive influence on the religious traditions o f these two cultures. The traditions considered are: Vedanta, SamkhyaYoga, Mahayana Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. Prerequisite: Religion 10 or 11, or permission o f instructor. Not offered 1989-90. Swearer. Buddhism in S o u th e a st A s ia (S e m in a r: 10 4). An analysis o f Theravada Buddhism as a part o f the cultural traditions o f Sri Lanka, Burma, and Thailand. The seminar focuses on three major themes: Buddhism and the legitimation o f the state, the syncretic character o f popular Buddhist thought and practice, and the various responses o f Buddhism to the challenges o f the modern period. Prerequisite: Religion 8 or the permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1989-90. Swearer. (See Rel. 110) Religion and S o c ie ty (S e m in a r: 105). How have religious ideas and institutions shaped and been influenced by American culture? Topics include the varieties o f Protes­ tantism from Puritanism to the moral majori­ ty, the adaptation o f Roman Catholicism and Judaism to the American context, the encoun­ ter o f the traditional religions o f the Indians and Blacks with Christianity, and the patterns o f contemporary religious practices. Special themes will be revivals, millenialism, the im­ 242 An analysis o f the important movements (e.g., neoorthodoxy, neo-Thomism, death-of-God theology, liberation theology, feminist theol­ ogy) and thinkers (e.g., Karl Barth, Paul Til­ lich, Martin Buber, Karl Rahner, Mark C. Taylor, Gustavo Gutierrez, Mary Daly) that define the development o f twentieth-century religious thought. Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 5, 2, 14, or the permission o f the instructor. Fall semester. Wallace. Lib e ra tio n Th e o lo g y (S e m in a r: 1 0 7). A study o f the principal themes o f liberation theology as it has developed in Latin America during recent decades; the preferential option for the poor, the relationship between salva­ tion and political liberation, the Biblical cri­ tique o f injustice, faith and politics, the role o f social analysis in theological discourse, views concerning the Church, Christology and spirituality, and the conception of the­ ology as a critical reflection on liberating practices made from the stance o f participa­ tion in such practices. Readings will be drawn from such Latin American theologians as Boff, Gutierrez, and Segundo. Attention will also be given to the relationship o f liberation theology to the Roman Catholic tradition, to the social and political movements which it has influ­ enced, and to its critics. Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 4, 6 , 29, or the permission o f the instructor. Spring semester. Lacey. J e w is h and C h ristia n Self-Definition (S e m in a r. 108). A study o f the various options facing both Judaism and Christianity in the first century C.E. and o f the processes by which each religion narrowed those options in the attempt to establish a normative identity during the following two centuries. This seminar focuses on the development o f the two systems as they defined themselves through the formulations of scriptural canons, through debate with each other and with the secular authorities, and through their attempts to distinguish heresy from orthodox belief. Readings include selections from the New Testament, the Pseudepigrapha, patristic and rabbinic sources, the New Testament Apocrypha, and records of the Roman government. Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 4, 7.16, or the permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1989-90. Levine. Feminist In terpre ta tion o f S c rip tu re {Seminar: 109). Using various approaches to biblical study (historical-critical, feminist, literary, socio­ logical, theological), this seminar explores depictions o f women in both Testaments, the Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha, and selected rabbinic, patristic, and Gnostic writings; the influence o f patriarchal structures on this literature and its interpretation; and the re­ covery o f women’s history. Particular atten­ tion will be given to the myths o f creation and fall, including the ancient Near-Eastern god­ dess traditions; the subversive and the wise woman; the "feminine” depiction o f deity; Jesus’ and Paul’s attitudes toward women and sexuality; and the relationship between ortho­ dox institutionalism and women’s leadership roles. Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 3, 4.7 .1 6 , or the permission o f the instructor. Fall 1989. Levine. Foundations o f Buddhism (Seminar. 110 ). A study o f the formative tradition o f Bud­ dhism through its earliest sources: the dia­ logues (suttas) o f the Pali canon, commentar­ ies and chronicles, folklore, and poetic reflections. The seminar will focus on the three-fold theme o f the Buddha (the founder asmodel and inspiration), Dharma (the philo­ sophical and ethical doctrines which the Bud­ dha taught), and Sangha (the community o f followers and its institutionalization), the three "jewels” o f Buddhism. Sjjring semester. Goodman. Preparation by course an d attachm ent: Indian Religion Religions Of India (Swearer) Buddhism Th e Buddhist Tra ditio n . (Swearer) Comparative Religious Ethics Religious Belief and M o ra l A c tio n (Swearer) Medieval Religious Thought W estern Religious Thought fro m 150 to 1600. (Wallace) Philosophy o f Religion Ph ilo so p h y o f Religion (Wallace) Modem Christian Thought W e ste rn Religions Thought fro m 1600 to 1900. (Wallace) Formative Judaism Introduction to Fo rm a tiv e Ju d a is m (Levine) Hebrew Bible Introduction to the H e b re w S c rip tu re s (Levine) Preparation by combinations o f courses: Early Christianity Th e C h ristia n S c rip tu re s (Levine) Th e A p o s to lic A g e (Levine) Preparation by Thesis: Students who declare a major in Religion in their External Examination Program may, with permission o f the Department, offer a thesis as one o f their External Examination papers. Students are encouraged to explore the possi­ bility o f taking complementary religion courses at Haverford and Bryn Mawr which do not duplicate Swarthmore offerings in religious studies, for example, Islam at Haverford and Jewish Law and Folklore at Bryn Mawr. Schedules o f religion classes at Haverford and Bryn Mawr are available in the Department o f Religion office. 243 Sociology and Anthropology J E N N I E K E IT H , Professor and Chair A S M A R O M L E G E S S E , Professor S T E V E N I. P IK E R , Professor J O Y C H A R L T O N , Associate Professor S A M U E L K A P L A N , Associate Professor R R A U LIO M U N O Z , Associate Professor3 RO RIN E. W A G N E R -P A C IF IC I, Associate Professor M IG U E L D IA Z -R A R R IG A , Visiting Assistant Professor V ID Y A M A LI S A M A R A S IN G H E , Cornell Visiting Professor K A T H R Y N K O LR ER T , Lecturer The program o f this department emphasizes that Sociology and Anthropology are engaged in a common intellectual task. Studies in the department are directed toward understanding the order, meaning, and coherence o f life in human societies and cultures, as well as the pressures and contradictions that produce patterns o f conflict and change. Courses vari­ ously emphasize the comparative study o f societies and cultures; the conditions o f social organization as well as disorganization; evolu­ tion and the bases o f human adaption; change as well as continuity; gender and culture; the human life course; the symbolic aspects o f human social life. Emphasis is also placed on the relevance of Sociology and Anthropology to the study of modern and, particularly, American society, and to the social problems o f the modern age. The department strongly encourages students to carry out their own research and offers internship opportunities as well as an ad­ vanced colloquium in research design. In addition to exploring the mutuality of Sociology and Anthropology, members of the department and their courses have many links to neighboring disciplines such as Biology, Education, English, History, Linguistics, Lit­ erature, Philosophy, Psychology, and Reli­ gion. R E Q U IR E M E N T S A N D R E C O M M E N D A T IO N S Courses numbered 1 through 12, as well as 24, may serve as points o f entry for students wishing to begin work in the department. Enrollment in these courses is unrestricted, and completion o f one o f them will normally serve as prerequisite to all other work in the department (Course 3 0 may, however, with permission o f the instructor, be taken without prerequisite.) Applicants for major will normally be ex­ pected to have completed at least two courses in the department. Course majors will com­ plete a minimum o f eight units o f work in the Department, including a double-credit thesis tutorial to be taken during the fall and spring semesters o f the senior year, as well as course 3 Absent on leave, 1989-90. 244 50. Majors in the external examination pro­ gram are also required to complete course 50. Normally, majors will complete course 50 by the end o f their junior years, and prospective majors are encouraged to take the course during their sophomore years. Course 21 is strongly recommended for majors. The department emphasizes the importance of familiarity with appropriate elementary statis­ tics as well as computer literacy, both for work taken at the College and for subsequent career development. Toward underlining this, the Department crosslists Mathematics courses 1, 2, and 23 (listed as, respectively Sociology and Anthropology 18,19, and 20), any one of which may be taken as one o f the eight units of work required for completion o f a major in Sociology and Anthropology. A R E A S O F S P E C I A L C O N C E N T R A T IO N IN S O C I O L O G Y AND A N T H R O PO L O G Y Teaching and research interests o f members o f the department cluster to create a number o f subject matter areas. Students who are inter­ ested in one o f these are encouraged to meet with the indicated department members to plan a program o f study. (1) Social Theory and Social Philosophy (Diaz-Barriga, Kaplan, Munoz, Piker, Wagner-Pacifici) (2) Human Adaptation, Cultural Ecology, and Human Evolution (Legesse, Piker) (3) Post-Industrial Society (Charlton, DiazBarriga, Kaplan, Keith, Wagner-Pacifici) (4) Cultural and Ethnic Pluralism (Charl­ ton, Keith, Legesse) (5) Religion and Culture (Charlton and Piker) (6 ) Psychology and Culture (Charlton, Piker) (7 ) Sociology o f Art and Intellectual Life (Kaplan, Muñoz, Wagner-Pacifici) (8) Modernization and Development (DiazBarriga, Legesse) (9 ) Modern America (Charlton, Kaplan, Keith, Legesse, Wagner-Pacifici) (10) The Life Course (Keith, Legesse, Piker) (11) Inequality (Charlton, Diaz-Barriga, Kap­ lan, Legesse, Wagner-Pacifici) (12) Political Behavior and Culture (DiazBarriga, Kaplan, Keith, Legesse, WagnerPacifici) C E R T IF IC A T IO N F O R S E C O N D A R Y S C H O O L T E A C H IN G There are two normal routes to Social Studies certification. One o f these is through a major in the social sciences, plus four to six semesters of courses in other social sciences. Students majoring in History, Political Science, and Sociology-Anthropology are required to take at least four courses outside their major; students majoring in Economics and Psychol­ ogy are required to take six. The other route to certification is by taking at least twelve semester courses in social sciences, o f which six must normally be in one discipline and at least two more must be in a single other discipline. All students seeking social studies certification are required to take two courses in history. As o f 1987, at least one course in American history and one social science course focusing on Third World or non-Anglo subject matter are required. 1. M odern A m e ric a : C u ltu re , S o c ie ty and State. This course will explore central themes and points o f conflict in American life: authority, community, sexuality, work, personal iden­ tity, politics, and heroism. This exploration will proceed by way o f an analysis both o f the institutional representations o f these central issues and their cultural expressions. Primary distribution course. Spring semester. Wagner-Pacifici. 2 . Introduction to S o cial and C ultural Change. The course has two themes. First, it examines how simpler societies maintain an intimate and stable relationship with the natural world, whereas modern societies are faced with major upheavals associated with rapid population growth, economic development, and ecologi­ cal degradation. Second, the course focuses on social movements, prophetism, communalism, anarchism, and alienation as responses to economic and ecological crisis and as forces o f social transformation. Students will partici­ pate in an ethnographic encounter session as an experiment in cross-cultural communica­ tion. 245 Sociology and Anthropology Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Legesse. 4 . C om m u n ity: T h e H um an S tra te g y . This course considers the conditions under which both feelings and structures o f community emerge and persist, especially in the context o f modern society, and the conse­ quences for individuals o f participation in community. The stimulus for these questions is the recent shift in human social relations from the small, face-to-face groups in which most o f our history was experienced, toward large-scale, complex organizations. What are the consequences o f the co-existence o f these different types o f social relation for the quality o f human lives? Do we still need and/or want community? Where are we likely to find it? Aspects o f communal life examined include conflict management, charismatic leadership, ritual, maintenance o f distinctiveness, family, meanings o f work. M ost course readings will be case studies o f various types o f community: hunting and gathering bands, utopian experi­ ments, retirement villages, communes, kib­ butzim, "distinctive groups” (Amish, gyp­ sies), religious communities (Shakers, Bruderhof), therapeutic communities. Primary distribution course. Spring semester. Keith. 5 . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: In troduction to C o n te m p o ra ry S ocial T h o u g h t A general introduction to major theoretical developments in the study o f social life since the 19th century. Selected readings will be drawn from the work o f such modern social theorists as Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Freud, and Simmel. Readings from contemporary authors such as Geertz, Goffman, Giddens, Lukes, and Rieff will also be included. These developments will be studied against the back­ ground o f the socio-philosophical climate o f the 19th century. Limited enrollment. Not offered 1989-90. Munoz. 7 . S e x R o le s, P o w e r, and Ide n tity. An exploration o f the social, political, and psychological implications o f gender, drawing on socio-biological, cross-cultural, and his­ torical materials. The primary emphasis will be placed on developments in contemporary America. Primary distribution course. Fall semester. Charlton. 246 10. H um an Evo lu tio n . (Cross-listed with Bio. 10.) Humankind and culture are seen in cross-species and evolu­ tionary perspective. The course will be divided about equally between contemporary nonhuman Primates and Hominid evolution, ev­ entuating in Homo Sapiens. The course em­ phasizes Primate adaptations; continuities and discontinuities between humans and other Primates; and the stages and dynamics of Hominid evolution. A lab section will be de­ voted to student projects. This course is a primary distribution course in the Division o f the Social Sciences, but not in the Division o f the Natural Sciences. Not offered 1989-90. Piker, Williams. 1 1 . Pla ce and People: The P e rs p e c tiv e s o f G e o g ra p h y. (Cross-listed with Economics 10.) The mod­ em discipline o f geography seeks to under­ stand the structure and interaction o f the ecological system linking people to their envi­ ronment and the spacial system linking one re­ gion to another by a complex system o f flows. Hence place and people form the basic themes o f geography. The discipline synthesizes knowl­ edge from both the natural and social sciences in order to bring understanding to this link between place and people. The course begins with a survey o f the major themes o f modern geography; then turns to two specialized themes; and ends with a study o f the basic skills o f cartography. For this year the two themes are: the geography o f cities— how they begin and develop, the social and economic forces that influence their structure, and the different roles played by the inner city and suburbia; and the geography o f developing nations. Fall semester. V. Samarasinghe. 18 . S ta tis tic a l Th in kin g . (Cross-listed as Math 1. Please see Mathe­ matics entry for description.) 19 . S ta tis tic a l M eth o d s. (Cross-listed as Math 2. Please see Mathe­ matics entry for description.) 2 0 . S ta tis tic s . (Cross-listed as Math 23: Please see Mathe­ matics entry for description.) 2 1. Re se a rch Design Colloquium . Introduction to the process o f research on human social life: creation o f research ques­ tions, strategies for obtaining evidence, tech­ niques o f evaluating hypotheses, and generat­ ing theory. The roles o f theory, ethical issues, and cultural and historical context in the research enterprise will be addressed. Students will design and undertake individual research projects, and members o f the department will visit the class to discuss their own research experience. Spring semester. Charlton, Keith. 24. Psych o lo g ical A n th ro p o lo g y. Sometimes called culture and personality, this field explores the relationship between the individual and his or her culture. The course treats the following issues: a) the psycho­ logical, or symbolic, capacities presupposed by culture; b ) socialization, or the transmis­ sion o f culture from generation to generation; c) the cultural distribution o f personality traits; and d) culture and mental health. Case materials will be principally, but not exclu­ sively, non-Western, and the cross-cultural study o f child rearing will receive particular emphasis. Primary distribution course. Spring semester. Piker. West. The following topics will be empha­ sized: religious symbolism; religious evolu­ tion; religion as a force for both social stability and social change; psychological aspects o f religious belief; and religious change in mod­ em America, with particular emphasis on both Fundamentalism and the "cults.” May be taken without prerequisites with permis­ sion o f instructor. Spring semester. Piker. 3 3 . Ec o lo g y and S o c ie ty . Examination o f different types o f ecological conditions and how they influence pastoral, agricultural, peri-urban, and urban social sys­ tems. Special attention will be given to the world food crisis, to climatic change, demo­ graphic pressures, environmental degradation, and a wide range o f adaptive strategies that have developed in response to ecological stress. Not offered 1989-90. Legesse. 3 6 . Pe o p le s and C u ltu re s o f A fric a . 25. Lan gu age , C u ltu re , and S o c ie ty . An introduction to traditional and modern Africa with emphasis on representative socie­ ties from East and West Africa. The course examines pre-colonial political and social institutions, African responses to colonial domination, and the impact o f urbanization and economic development during the post­ colonial period. Spring semester. Legesse. (Cross-listed as Linguistics 25. See listing under Program in Linguistics.) 4 3 . S o c ie ty and C ulture in S p an ish A m e ric a . 27. A fro -A m e ric a n C ulture and Society. The relationship between society and culture in Spanish America. Recent and historical developments in social stratification and eth­ nic relations will be considered as crucial factors underlying Spanish-American culture. Particular attention will be given to SpanishAmerican social thought as evidenced in social sciences research, theology, philosophy, and literature. Not offered 1989-90. Munoz. Black culture is examined at several stages o f its development in the twentieth century—as a culture o f survival, assimilation, pan-Africanism, prophetism, nationalism, and revolu­ tion. The sociology o f Black American com­ munities is viewed in terms o f the lifecycle, family structure, associational life, religious institutions, and class structure, and how these systems react to racism, urban migra­ tion, economic deprivation, and political change. Not offered 1989-90.. Legesse. 30. Religion a s a C ultural Institution. (Cross-listed as Religion 30 .) The focus is primarily cross-cultural, and religion case materials will be drawn from both pre-literate and civilized traditions, including the modern 4 4 . S ocial Inequality. This course analyzes conflicting theoretical perspectives on the origins and meaning o f social inequality. Empirical studies o f both a historical and cross-cultural nature will be examined for the ways in which they engage alternative readings o f such issues as the na­ ture and representations o f work, property, body, and mind in revealing and reproducing 247 Sociology and Anthropology social inequalities. The approach is phenome­ nological: how are inequalities made social and how are they disrupted? Spring semester. Wagner-Pacifici. 45 . Field S tu die s in P rim a te B e h a vio r. An investigation o f primate ethology as stud­ ied in the animal’s natural environment. Par­ ticular emphasis will be placed on those stu­ dies relating social behavior to habitat or population stress. The course will include both lecture and seminar format; although there is no scheduled laboratory, students will be expected to participate in at least one field trip. Prerequisites: Biology 2 or one introductory level course in Sociology/Anthropology giving an appropriate background in anthropology. Not offered 1989-90. Williams. 4 6 . Political A n th ro p o lo g y . This course will utilize the comparative per­ spective o f anthropology to study the ways in which authority is acquired and accepted as legitimate, the ways in which decisions are made or avoided, and the ways in which conflict is defined, mediated, and resolved or extended. Subject matter will include political communities in various cultural contexts and at various levels o f social and technological complexity. Not offered 1989-90. Keith. 4 7 . Education and S o c ie ty . (Cross-listed with Gduc. 47 .) This course will explore the social and cultural functions and consequences o f formal and informal educa­ tion in both Western and non-Western socie­ ties. Modes o f intended and unintended so­ cialization within the school and outside will be examined. A range o f factors which can promote or inhibit learning will be explored and linked to educational performance. Topics include: school as an agent o f social mobility and its relationship with the community; the school as a social system and the dynamics o f classroom life; and the behavioral and aca­ demic outcomes o f curricular innovation. Stu­ dents will be required to conduct weekly field work in an educational setting. Not offered 1989-90. 4 9 . Th e M eaning o f W o rk : S o c io lo g y o f O c cupation s and P ro fe s s io n s . This course will take up theory and research 248 pertaining to the social organization o f work and the meaning o f work experience in mod­ em societies. Among the topics to be discussed are classic statements on the division o f labor, theories o f "post-industrial” society, occupa­ tional structure, labor market stratification, occupational choice and recruitment, occupa­ tional socialization, ideology and identity, career patterns, work and social relationships, work and family. Particular case studies will include various types o f blue and pink collar work, business and the corporate world, pro­ fessions and semi-professions. Not offered 1989-90. Charlton. 5 0 . Intellectual Foundations o f C o n te m p o ra ry S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y . Examination o f fundamental and recurrent theoretical issues in sociology and anthropol­ ogy, from the perspective o f intellectual his­ tory. This course will normally be taken by Course majors during their junior year. It is open to non-majors, though freshman and sophomores must have permission of the Department chairman. Fall semester. Kaplan, Piker. 5 1. A n In troduction to A rc h a e o lo g y . (See listing under Department o f Classics.) 55. A g e in S o c ie ty . The course will examine age from a crosscultural perspective with the goal o f distin­ guishing universal aspects o f the aging process from the diverse effects o f social and cultural context on roles o f old and young people and the use o f age as a principle o f group defini­ tion. Specific problems will include relations between generations, political organization of older people, and the role o f older people in the family and the household. Not offered 1989-90. Keith. 56. Fa m ily . An investigation o f the main structures and processes o f family life in several societies and their causes. The course is cross-cultural and draws on material from many areas of the world in an attempt to develop general prin­ ciples about the normative and behavioral character o f family life, but it especially em­ phasizes the European family since the middle ages and class and ethnic variations in the contemporary United States. The class will engage in collective comparative research on poor and middle-class black families. Spring semester. Kaplan. 60. Spanish A m e ric a n S o c ie ty Through Its N o v e l. (Also listed as SAL 6 0 —see Modern Lan­ guages.) This course will explore the relation­ ship between society and the novel in Spanish America. Selected works by Carlos Fuentes, Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Márquez, Miguel Angel Asturias and others will be discussed in conjunction with sociological patterns in contemporary Spanish America. Not offered 1989-90. Hassett and Muñoz. 62. Latin A m e ric a n U rb a n iza tio n . This course is designed as an introduction to problems and issues related to Latin America urbanization. It provides an overview o f the processes behind the urbanization o f Latin America and explores housing policy options. Members o f the class will be introduced to concepts such as dependency, underdevelop­ ment, the informal sector, marginality, the culture o f poverty, self-construction, and selfhelp. The role o f the informal sector in urban development, housing, and the dependent economy is a particular focus. Fall semester. Diaz-Barriga. 63. P o w e r, A u th o rity , and C o n flic t This course analyzes the way in which power emerges, circulates, is augmented and resisted in diverse political contexts. Historical and contemporary cases are interrogated with the theoretical frameworks o f Marx, Weber, Gramsci, Arendt, Parsons, and Foucault. Issues include the question o f state autonomy, political legitimacy, and the interpenetration of the personal and the political. Fall semester. Wagner-Pacifici. 68. Urban Education. (See Education 68.) 70 . Sociology o f Film . A study o f the cultural, economic, and organi­ zational forces that shape commercial feature films in several societies, including United States, France, and Japan. Required viewing lab. Fall semester. Kaplan. 8 0. W om en and Fem inism in the Th ird W orld. An examination o f the roles and activities of women in the Third World, especially South Asia. Attention will be paid to the develop­ ment and activities o f feminist movements in Third World countries. Spring semester. Samarasinghe. 8 1. Colloquium : H um an Responses to Technology. An exploratory colloquium that examines the reciprocal impacts between culture and tech­ nology, i.e., how culture influences the evolu­ tion o f technology and how technology affects social life. Possible topics: appropriate tech­ nology, human engineering in relation to physical anthropology, environmental impacts seen from the perspective o f human ecology, the microelectronic revolution seen from a proxemic perspective, nuclear technology and bio technology. Not offered 1989-90. Legesse. 8 2 . Colloquium : D e velop m ent and U rb a n iza tio n in the T h ird W orld. An examination o f the post-colonial social transformation that occurred in the Third World. This process will be considered in the context o f demographic and ecological change, the green revolution, and the rural-urban exodus. The problem o f urban poverty will receive special attention. Case material will be drawn from Africa, Asia, and Latin America. Spring semester. Legesse. 83. S o cio lo g y o f the A r ts . An inquiry into the most powerful social determinants o f the major forms and domi­ nant contents o f both the popular and elite western arts, including literature and various musical forms. It pays special attention to the organizational, economic, technological, and cultural forces which shape the arts and ac­ count for both the rise and fall o f particular aesthetic forms and the development and decay o f Golden Ages o f artistic production. Though the course considers the history o f oil painting in the west, it does not emphasize it to the exclusion o f the other arts. Spring semester. Kaplan. 8 4 . L a w and S ocial P o lic y : S e xu a lity and Reproduction. (Cross-listed as Women’s Studies 8 4 .) This 249 Sociology and Anthropology course will examine how the law through statutes, court decisions, and other forms o f social policy, encourages and discourages var­ ious forms o f sexuality, reproduction, and parenting. Such issues as contraception, abor­ tion, gay and lesbian rights, reproductive tech­ nology, family violence, and welfare and fam­ ily policies will be covered. Fall semester. Kolbert. 8 5. P o stm o d e rn ism and Cultural T h e o ry . This course examines the emergence o f post­ modernist thought and its impact on under­ standings o f culture and society. The term postmodernism is widely used not only to identify a school o f thought, but also a social condition based on consumer society and the globalization o f culture. The scope o f the course is broad, connecting issues o f post­ modernist "culture,” art forms, and ethno­ graphic representation with contemporary de­ bate on cultural pluralism. Readings for the course include writings central to the develop­ ment o f postmodernist thought (Foucault, Haraway, Jameson, Said) and recent works on cultural theory and ethnographic representa­ tion (Taussig, Rosaldo, Marcu, Clifford). Spring semester. Diaz-Barriga. 9 0. R e se a rch In ternship . The purpose o f this course is to offer students research experience in professional contexts. Students are placed in professional research settings and participate in on-going social science research projects under supervision. Settings available for placement may vary from year to year. Research skills learned and practiced depend on the topic and type o f project, and on the current stage o f the re­ search in progress. Field notes on the research activities are turned in to the Swarthmore instructor at a weekly on-campus meeting. Juniors and seniors with a B average who will commit themselves to at least one and onehalf days work on their project per week are eligible for the course. Transportation costs will be paid by the department. Credit may be one, one and one-half, or two credits, depend­ ing on individual involvement in the program and is normally awarded on a credit/no credit basis. Since available projects may change, students interested in the course are encour­ aged to see the instructor before registration. Students are also strongly encouraged to take S & A 21, either before or during the semester they participate in S& A 90. Fall and spring semester. Charlton, Keith, and Smith. 9 3. Directed Reading. Individual or group study in fields o f special interest to the students not dealt with in the regular course offerings. Consent o f the de­ partment chair and o f the instructor is re­ quired. Members o f the Department. 9 6 - 9 7 . T h e s is . T h e s e s w ill be required o f all C o u rs e m a jo rs. Seniors in the Course program will normally take two consecutive semesters o f thesis tu­ torial. Students are urged to discuss their thesis proposals with faculty during the spring semester o f their junior year, especially if they are interested in the possibility o f field work. Members o f the Department. Th e fo llo w in g c o u rs e s , with attachment, can be taken in preparation for External Ex­ aminations: S& A 3 0 , 3 3 , 4 4 , 5 5 , 6 3 , 8 2 . S E M IN A R S 10 1. C ritica l M od ern S o cial T h e o ry . This seminar will trace the development of critical modern social theory from the works o f Marx to present day social theorists. Par­ ticular attention will be paid to selected works by Marx, Lukács, Adorno, Horkheimer, Mar­ cuse, Freire, and Habermas. Prerequisites: advanced work in Sociology/ Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Sci­ 250 ence; or permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1989-90. Muñoz. 10 2. C re atio n o f C om m u nity. The central question for the seminar is under what conditions community can successfully be created. Utopian experiments, squatter settlements, and institutions such as retire­ ment residences and monasteries will be com­ pared as examples o f intentional and uninten­ tional, planned and unplanned community creation. Not offered 1989-90. Keith. 103. Political A n th ro p o lo g y . A cross-cultural perspective on politics: the structures and processes o f authority, conflict and group definition. Specific problems will include legitimation o f authority, decision­ making, agenda-building, expansion, contain­ ment, and resolution o f conflict. Particular emphasis will be placed on symbolic aspects of politics. Readings will cover a wide range o f cultures and degrees o f societal complexity; in addition, each student will work intensively with ethnographic material from one tradi­ tional society. Not offered 1989-90. Keith. 104. Culture and C re a tiv ity . (Formerly, Human Nature and Culture: Con­ vergent Perspectives.) The orientation o f this seminar is evolutionary and interdisciplinary. Whatever we are, psychologically and cultur­ ally, is in some sense the result o f our evolu­ tionary history. But in what sense? The focal issue: How do natives selectively and creatively make use o f available cultural resources to construct themselves and their lifeways? The vast diversity o f human lifeways argues that such creative construction is a—perhaps the— hallmark of human adaptation. Toward explor­ ing this issue, the seminar will treat, a) human evolution materials; b ) foraging band mate­ rials; c) language; d) human intelligence; e) human sexuality; f) emotion; g) gender; and, h) an appropriate conception o f history ('elective affinity’). Readings will include eth­ nographies, novels, and native narratives. The seminar may be taken for either two or three units of credit. Two: a normal seminar. Three: a normal seminar, plus a research paper to be worked out in consultation with the instruc­ tor. Fall semester. Piker. 105. M odern S o cial T h e o ry . An analysis o f selected works by the founders of modem social theory and contemporary social theorists. Works by Marx, Weber, Durkheim, and Freud will be discussed. Fall semester. Kaplan. 107. Religion a s a C ultural Institution. religious evolution; religion as a force for both social stability and social change; the psychological bases for religious belief. Major theories to be considered include those of Max Weber, Emile Durkheim, and Sigmund Freud. A cross-cultural perspective will be emphasized, and attention will be paid to religious change in modem America. Not offered 1989-90. Piker. 108. S o cial Inequality. This seminar analyzes conflicting theoretical perspectives on the origins and meaning o f social inequality. Empirical studies o f both a historical and cross-cultural nature will be examined for the ways in which they engage alternative readings o f such issues as the na­ ture and representations o f work, property, body, and mind in revealing and reproducing social inequalities. The approach is phenome­ nological: how are inequalities made social and how are they disrupted? Spring semester. Wagner-Pacifici. 109. S o cial and C ultural Change. This seminar will examine the theories o f social movements, modernization, Westerni­ zation, cultural diffusion, and stages o f devel­ opment as they apply to the process o f social change in non-Western societies. Case studies will be drawn from China, India, Indonesia, Peru, Brazil, Mexico, Nigeria, Kenya, and South Africa. Prerequisites: Entry-level course in Sociology/ Anthropology or permission o f the instructor. Fall semester. Legesse. 110 . W o rk and the W orkp lace. This seminar will take up theory and research pertaining to the social organization o f work and the meaning o f work experience in mod­ em societies. Among the topics to be discussed are classic statements on the division o f labor, theories, o f "post-industrial” society, occupa­ tional structure, labor market stratification, occupational choice and recruitment, occupa­ tional socialization, ideology and identity, career patterns, work and social relationships, work and family. Particular case studies will include various types o f blue and pink collar work, business and the corporate world, pro­ fessions and semi-professions. Spring semester. Charlton. The following specific topics will be treated: 251 Sociology and Anthropology 114 . Political S o cio lo g y. This seminar analyzes the ways in which power emerges, circulates, is augmented and resisted in diverse political contexts. Historical and contemporary cases are interrogated with the theoretical frameworks o f Marx, Weber, Gramsci, Arendt, Parsons, and Foucault. Issues include the question o f state autonomy, political legitimacy, and the interpenetration o f the personal and the political. Fall semester. Wagner-Pacifici. 115 . Fre ud and M od ern S o cial T h e o ry . The seminar divides into two parts. The first part is devoted to a close reading o f selected items from the Freudian canon. The second part will examine Freud’s contribution to current social and cultural analysis. Besides works by Freud, works by Mitchell, Rieff, Habermas, and Foucault will be examined. Prerequisites: advance work in Sociology/ Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Sci­ ence; or permission o f the instructor. Not offered 1989-90. Munoz. 118 . Ec o lo g y and S o c ie ty . Examination o f different types o f ecological conditions and how they influence pastoral, cultural, peri-urban, and urban social systems. Special attention will be given to the world food crisis, to climatic change, demographic 252 pressures, environmental degradation, and a wide range o f adaptive strategies that have developed in response to ecological stress. Not offered 1989-90. Legesse. 119 . A g e , C u ltu re , and S o c ie ty . The social and cultural significance o f age will be examined in this seminar. Generational conflicts, rites o f passage, peer grouping cul­ tural definitions o f the life course will be major topics. Case material will include EastA ff ican and Latin-American age grades, mod­ ern retirement communities, life histories from various cultures. Seminar members will also do observation and interview projects focused on age. Fall semester. Keith. 120 . Ge n de r and C ulture. A comparative exploration o f the social con­ struction o f gender utilizing diverse theoretical and empirical perspectives. Not offered 1989-90. Charlton. 180. T h e s is . Candidates for External Examination who choose to write theses will usually do this during the senior year. Students are urged to have their thesis proposals approved as early as possible during the junior year. Members o f the Department. Women’s Studies Coordinator: M A R JO R IE M U R P H Y Committee: N ath alie F. A n d e rso n (English) (fall) A b b e Rlum (English) J o y C harlton (Sociology & Anthropology) N a n c y J . H irsch m an n (Political Science) Je a n n e M a re c e k (Psychology) G eorge M o s k o s (French) A program in Women’s Studies provides stu­ dents with the opportunity to learn the con­ tributions o f women to society, science, and the arts, to study gender and gender roles in a variety o f social and historical contexts, and to explore new methods and theories arising from interdisciplinary study. Women’s Stud­ ies encourages students to examine critically the representations o f women in religion, in the arts and literature, in social and political theory, and in the sciences. Students in any major may add either a con­ centration or a focus for External Examination in Women’s Studies to their program by ful­ filling the requirements stated below. Students intending to pursue Women’s Studies should submit their proposed program to the coordi­ nator o f the concentration at the time they submit their sophomore papers. All program proposals must be approved by the Women’s Studies Committee. The Jean Brosius Walton ’35 Fund contributes to the support o f activities sponsored by the Women’s Studies Committee. C O N C E N T R A T IO N Each concentration must include a minimum of six credits (for the class o f 1990, five credits) o f Women’s Studies courses. Two courses shall be outside the student’s major; one course must be the Capstone Colloquium. Students may elect, with the approval o f the coordinator, to write a one-credit thesis or pursue an independent study as a substitute for regular course work. Students may further elect, with the approval o f the coordinator, to include in their programs courses on women and gender offered at Bryn Mawr, Haverford, and the University o f Pennsylvania. Students will normally take the Capstone Colloquium in the spring semester o f the senior year. Concentrators must complete the equivalent of a comprehensive examination devised by the colloquium instructor. English Lite ra tu re 10. Fa m ily T ie s . Courses on women and gender currently of­ fered for the concentration: English Lite ra tu re 9 0 A . C h e rc h e z la fe m m e : Th e “ M y s te r y ” o f W om an in th e M y s te r y Ge n re . Biology 9 3. Directed Reading in Fem inist C ritiq u e s o f Rio log y. Economics 7 2 . W om en and M in o rities in the Ec o n o m y. Education 3 1. W om en and Education. English Lite ra tu re 12. Th e O th e r: L ite r a ry Rep re se n tatio ns o f G ender, C u ltu re , and Pla ce . English 2 9 . In scrip tio ns o f the Fem inine in 16 th - and 17th -C e n tu ry England. English Lite ra tu re 5 3: C on te m p o ra ry W om en’s P o e try . English 8 1. W om en and M o d e rn ism . En g lish Lite ra tu re 8 2 /P s y c h o lo g y 5 2. R e p re se n tatio ns o f W om en’s Iden tity. English 8 3 . Fe m in is m /P s y c h o A n a ly s is / M a rx is m . English Lite ra tu re 9 1. Fe m in ist L ite ra ry C ritic is m . English Lite ra tu re 112 . W om en and Lite ra tu re . 253 W om en’s Studies H is to ry 10 6. Fre sh m a n S e m in a r. W om en in E a rly A fric a n C iv iliza tio n s . H is to ry 2 5 . W om en, S o c ie ty , and Change in M od ern Eu ro p e . H is to ry 3 4. W om en, G e n d e r, and M od ern Eu ropean H is to ry . H is to ry 5 4 . W om en, S o c ie ty , and P o litic s . M o d e rn Lan gu age s 25 F. L ’Ancien Regim e. M o d e rn Lan g u ag e s 33 F. Fem m e s E c riv a in s . M od ern Lan g u ag e s 7 6 F . Ec ritu re Fem inin e. M od ern Lan g u ag e s 5 0 6 . S tu d ie s in M od ern G e rm an Lite ra tu re : T w e n tie th C e n tu ry G e rm an W om en in Film and Lite ra tu re . M od ern Lan gu age s 5 5 S A . Th e Fiction o f C o n te m p o ra ry S p a n ish -A m e ric a n W om en W rite rs . M od ern Lan gu age s 6 6 S . Spanish W om en W rite rs o f the N ineteenth and Tw e n tie th C en tu ries. M u s ic 3 8 . W om en C o m p o se rs and C h o re o g ra p h e rs o f th e E a rly 20th C e n tu ry. Ph ilo so ph y 4 5 . Ph ilo so p h y and Fe m in ism . Political S cie n ce 3 1 . Fe m in ist Political Thought P s yc h o lo g y 4 4 . P s yc h o lo g y and W om en. Religion 109. Fe m in ist In terp re ta tion o f S c rip tu re . S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y 7 . S e x R o le s, P o w e r, and Ide n tity. S o cio lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y 56. Fa m ily . S o cio lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y 80. W om en and Fem inism in the Third W orld. S o cio lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y 8 4 . La w and S o cial P o lic y o f S e x and R eproduction. S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y 120. Gen de r and C ulture. W om en’s S tu d ie s 8 4 . L a w and Social P o lic y o f S e x and Reproduction. This course will examine how the law, through statutes, court decisions, and other forms of social policy, encourages and discourages vari­ ous forms o f sexuality, reproduction, and parenting. Such issues as contraception, abor­ tion, gay and lesbian rights, reproductive tech­ nology, family violence, and welfare and fam­ ily policies will be covered. Limited enrollment. Fall semester. Kolbert. W om en’s S tu die s 9 1 . Capstone C olloquium in W om en’s S tu d ie s. Advanced study o f gender within the various academic disciplines, and across disciplines of topical issues as they relate to women’s stud­ ies. Theoretical and methodological questions that arise when women are placed at the center o f study are emphasized. The class is normally limited to Women’s Studies concentrators in their senior year who have satisfactorily com­ pleted their courses in Women’s Studies and cannot normally be used to fulfill distribution requirements. (In 1991, Women’s Studies 91 will convert to Women’s Studies 100, a twocredit seminar.) Spring semester. J. Marecek. A F O C U S F O R E X T E R N A L E X A M I N A T IO N Each focus for External Examination must include the following 12 credits, after which the student may take the appropriate external examinations and may, at the discretion o f the external examiners, receive honors in Wom­ en’s Studies: 254 1) at least 3 fields as defined by the student’s departmental major, one field o f which must also be a Women’s Studies field as defined by the Women’s Studies committee and listed below, 2 ) at least 3 fields in Women’s Studies outside the student’s departmental major, fields as defined by the Women’s Studies committee and listed below, 3 ) one o f the Women’s Studies fields outside the departmental major must be the Women’s Studies Capstone Seminar (2 credits), normally taken in the spring semester o f the student’s senior year. The following is the list o f fields in Women’s Studies for which external examinations may be arranged. Though a course or seminar may appear in more than one combined field on the list, a course or seminar may be used only once in a student’s program o f study. Students should note that some courses and seminars may have prerequisites for which they will be responsible. More information is available from the Women’s Studies Coordinator. Fields Preparations by Course Combinations Women and th e Ec o n o m y . (2 or 3 credits) At the general level this field examines topics in labor and/or social economics. These in­ clude the organization o f labor markets, deter­ minants o f wages, income inequality, and discrimination. Government policies with re­ spect to labor relations, health, education, and welfare are also studied. The particular em­ phasis in examining these topics is on the experience and special problems o f women in the economy, including labor market dis­ crimination, wage differentials, and unem­ ployment. Students may prepare for this field by taking a combination o f the following courses. 1. Economics 72. Women and Minorities in the Economy plus either 2. Economics 70. Labor Economics a n d /o r 3. Economics 71. Social Economics or 4. Economics 170. Labor and Social Economics. [Four combinations are possible here: Eco­ nomics 72 plus Economics 70 (2 credits), Economics 72 plus 71 (2 credits), Economics 72 plus Economics 70 plus Economics 71 (3 credits), or Economics 72 plus Economics 170 (3 credits).] Women in A m e ric a n H is to ry and the Econ o m y. (2 credit) This field covers the experience o f women in American society from the Colonial period to the present, with emphasis on women’s place in the larger economy, the changing nature o f work, economic explanations o f differences in wages (discrimination, human capital, oc­ cupational segregation), the rise o f feminism, and the resistance to women’s rights. Students may prepare for this field with a combination o f the following courses. 1. History 54. Women, Society, and Politics plus 2. Economics 72. Women and Minorities in the Economy. W om en in E a rly M od ern Eu ro p e . (2 credit) This field considers continuity and change in the conditions and representations o f western European women between the Renaissance and early nineteenth century with emphasis on France. Students may prepare for this field with a combination o f the following courses. Note that French 25 is conducted in French. 1. History 25. Women, Society, and Change in Modern Europe plus 2. French 25. L’Ancien Regime. Fre nc h W om en W rite rs . (2 credit) Students preparing this field should be famil­ iar with important French women writers from the Middle Ages to the present day, examining their writings for their intrinsic literary value, for their contributions to phi­ losophical and critical theory, and also as cultural artifacts through which the shifting social position o f women in France can be understood. Students may prepare this field through a combination o f the following courses. Both courses are conducted in French. 1. French 33. Femmes écrivains plus 2. French 76. Ecriture feminine. C o n te m p o ra ry Fem in ist T h e o ry . (2 credit) French women have made crucial contribu­ tions to literary, philosophical, and critical theory in France since 1968, questioning and subverting from a feminist perspective estab­ lished structures and male norms o f interpre­ tation. Essential areas o f study include decon­ struction, psychoanalysis, the notion o f au­ thority, and general critical theory. Students may prepare for this field with the following 255 W om en’s Studies combination o f courses. Note that French 76 is conducted in French. Preparation by Seminars and Theses 1. French 76. Ecriture feminine plus 2. English 91. Feminist Literary Criticism. W om en and Lite ra tu re : Fe m in ist Theory and W om en N o v e lis ts —R e vo lt o r Containm ent? (2 credit) Fe m in ist A p p ro a c h e s to P o e try . English 112. (2 credit) A consideration o f contemporary American women’s poetry through the perspectives of­ fered by contemporary feminist theory. Stu­ dents may prepare for this field with a com­ bination o f the following courses. W om en and Lite ra tu re : Th e Politics of S u b je c t, O th e r, S e lf. (2 credit) 1. English 53. Contemporary Women’s Poetry plus 2 . English 91. Feminist Literary Criticism. Fe m in ist A p p ro a c h e s to Re pre se n tatio n. (2 credit) This field examines different approaches to the category o f woman and the subject and considers social, cultural, psychological, and linguistic constructions o f identity. The focus is on discovering the gender assumptions that underlie various representations o f the self, and on questioning how representation me­ diates our notions o f identity. Students may prepare for this field with a combination of the following courses. 1. Psychology 52/English 82. Representations o f Women’s Identity plus eith er 2. English 91. Feminist Literary Criticism or 3. Modern Languages 50G . Twentieth Century German Women in Film and Literature. Fe m in ism , P h ilo so p h y, and Po litics. (2 credit) This field encompasses the theoretical consid­ eration o f women’s relation to political and philosophical concepts through the study o f both classic works in political theory and philosophy, and contemporary feminist schol­ arship. Students may prepare for this field with a combination o f the following courses. 1. Political Science 31. Feminist Political Thought plus 2 . Philosophy 45. Philosophy and Feminism. 256 English 112. (new, spring 1990) W om en and Lite ra tu re : M od ern Poetry. (2 credit) English 112. (new, to be offered 1990-91) Fem in ist In terp re tation o f S crip tu re. (2 credit) Religion 109. Ge n de r and C ulture. (2 credit) Sociology-Anthropology 120 (new, fall 1989) T h e s is . (2 credit) Thesis to be on a related women’s studies topic, appropriate from any department which approves the student’s proposal. C apstone S e m in a r in W om en’s Studies. (2 credit) Advanced study o f gender within the various academic disciplines, and across disciplines of topical issues as they relate to women’s stud­ ies. Theoretical and methodological questions that arise when women are placed at the center o f study are emphasized. Required of, and normally limited to, students in the spring of their senior year who are completing either a concentration or a focus for external exami­ nation in Women’s Studies. (The Capstone seminar is currently listed as Women’s Studies 91 and will continue to be offered for one credit until the spring o f 1991 when it will convert to a two-credit seminar. For the class o f 1990 only, students who wish to complete a Focus for External Examination may take a one-credit attachment to the one-credit Cap­ stone Colloquium to complete the 2 credit field.) Women’s Studies 100. VI The Corporation Board o f Managers Alumni Association Officers vfit »■ k& V f *B W 3 * *y?vH8 M ässas *4 Jr ••■ •.»•I , .V > ; m , W 3üö0fi I ■ "« e ? * i S » » ir h b s é b sw , » uS!P « r - i c 31 4 fip IV JK t fi. <$■ fi > .{ Jr Ü yj« Explanation off Buildings . r g 318 y 1ft 1. Parrish Hall—Admissions O ffice, administration offices, business offices, classrooms, and dormitory 2. Parrish Annex—Faculty offices 1ft 3* Scott Building—R elief map o f campus 4. Performing Arts Center (under construction) 5. Lang Music Building—Underhill Music Library, dance, music 6 Martin Biological Laboratory and Animal Laboratory—Biology, language laboratory 7. Cornell Science Library 8 . Du Pont Science Building—Chemistry, mathematics, physics, and astronomy 9. Beardsley Hall—Art history and studio art, Computing Center, and Wilcox Gallery 10. Hicks Hall—Engineering 11. Trotter Hall—Social sciences and Center for Social and Policy Studies 12. Pearson/Arts Center—Pearson Theatre, drama, education, religion, studio artij and faculty offices 13. Papazian Hall—Linguistics, philosophy, psychology, and engineering laboratory 14. Friends Meeting House 15. Whittier House rfhra KGB » 16. Cunningham H ou se— Scott Arboretum O ffic e s 17. Wister G reenhouse 18. McCabe Library 18. Old Tarble— D an ce stu dios (temporary) 120. Worth Health C e n ter 21. Beniamin W est H ouse— Birthplace o f B en jam in west (design ated a national historical omy landmark)— in form ation , security, a n d com m u n ication s * 22. Bond M em orial and Lodges— Dormitory sp ace and meeting rooms ^ Robinson H ouse— B la c k Cultural Center V vg " 27. Clothier Fields 28. Barn 29. Lamb-Miller Field House— 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 8. Ashton G uest H ouse • Tennis C ourts 39. Physical education Tarble Pavilion—Physical education Ware Swimming Pool Squash Courts Service Building—Maintenance, grounds, and environmental services Heating Plant Fraternity and Social Lodges—Alice Paul Women’s Center Sharpies Dining Hall Tarble Social Center in Clothier Memorial— Personnel offices, snack bar, student offices, bookstore Sproul Observatory—Astronomy and computer science Scott Outdoor Auditorium Dormitories and Residences 1. Parrish Hall A. Dana Dormitory B. Hallowell Dormitory C. Wharton Hall D. Willets Dormitory E. Worth Dormitory F. Mertz Hall 6 . Palmer Hall N. Pittenger Hall I. Roberts Hall J . Mary Lyon Building K. Woolman House L Professors* Houses M. Employees* Houses N . Courtney Smith House— P resid en t’s H ou se Cunningham Fields 319 Directions fo r Reaching S w a rth m o re College DRIVING From the Pennsylvania Turnpike Take Exit 2 4 (Valley Forge). From the toll booth, travel about 2 miles on 1-76 to the Gulph Mills exit, then follow Route 3 2 0 South approximately 14.5 miles to College Avenue. (Beware: Route 3 2 0 has unexpected turns along the way.) Turn right onto College Avenue and follow the road to Parrish Hall. (The entrance to the Admissions Office is through the archway at the back o f Parrish Hall.) From the N e w Je rs e y Turnpike Take Exit 3 and follow signs to the W alt Whitman Bridge. After crossing the Bridge, stay to the right and follow signs for 1-95 South. Pass Philadelphia International Airport and continue on 1-95 toward Chester, Pa. Exit onto MacDade Boulevard. Follow signs for MacDade Boulevard East. Turn left at second light on MacDade (Dunkin’ Donuts is on the corner to the right) onto Fairview Road. Continue 1.2 miles to Route 3 2 0 North (Chester Road). Turn right and go one mile to College Avenue. Turn left onto College Avenue and follow the road to Parrish Hall. From the South Traveling on 1-95 from the south, exit on MacDade Boulevard. Follow signs for MacDade Boulevard East. Turn left at second light on MacDade (Dunkin’ Donuts is on the com er to the right) onto Fairview Road. Continue 1.2 miles to Route 3 2 0 North (Chester Road). Turn right and go one mile to College Avenue. Turn left onto College Avenue and follow the road to Parrish Hall. TR A IN The College is readily accessible from Philadelphia by train. Amtrak trains from New York and Washington arrive hourly at Philadelphia’s 30th Street Station. From 30th Street Station, the SEPTA Media Local takes 21 minutes to reach the campus. AIR An express train runs from the airport to 30th Street Station where you can take the SEPTA Media Local train directly to the Swarthmore campus. The combined fare is about $ 6 .0 0 , and the trip requires about one hour. Taxi service is also available. The fare is approxi­ mately $18.00, and the trip requires about 3 0 minutes. 320 Second-Class Postage Paid Swarthmore, PA 19081 ■ ISSN -0888-2126 1 Swarthmore ( .«liege Swarthmore, PA 19081 215-328-8000 W j|